By Rob Pue

September 24, 2022

How do you think things are going so far with the “Build Back Better” plan of the Great Reset?  Are you better off today than you were four years ago?  Are you more optimistic about the USA and the world than you were four years ago?  Or are you seeing looming doom on the horizon?

According to recent surveys, only about 17% of Americans say the country is headed in the right direction.  That’s roughly about the same number of people who get their news from MSNBC, and I’d guess the demographics are very similar.

Many today speak of the “Global Elites” — those wealthy few who control everything, those who orchestrate the never-ending manufactured “crises” that require them to acquire more and more control — and curtail more and more freedoms for citizens of Planet Earth.  These are the ones who consider themselves above the law, and indeed, they ARE above the laws of man, untouchable, unaccountable to anyone but the devil they serve…for now.

So what about them?  Are they better off today than they were four years ago?  In many ways, one could say “yes,” as their plans for world domination are moving forward at warp speed.  But it appears many of them are concerned about what their futures may hold as well.

In early September, Gustavo Arnal, the 52-year-old CFO of Bed, Bath and Beyond, committed suicide by throwing himself off the 18th floor of a Manhattan office building after massive layoffs at the company, and amid a $1.2 billion lawsuit in which he was charged with allegedly inflating the prices of company stock shares.

In the month of August alone, 2,150 corporate executives sold off huge amounts of shares in their own companies.  And the super rich are now preparing for a soon-coming “apocalypse” by installing underground bunkers.  According to an article in The Guardian, the “Rising S Company,” headquartered in Texas, builds and installs underground bunkers and tornado shelters, for as little as $40,000 for an 8’ X 12’ prefabricated steel unit.  But they also offer what they call “The Aristocrat,” which is a luxury series underground bunker, large enough for a family to live very comfortably in, complete with a pool and bowling alley.

And according to The Guardian, “A company called Vivos is selling luxury underground apartments in converted cold war munitions storage facilities, missile silos and other fortified locations around the world.  Like miniature resorts, they offer private suites for individuals and families — and larger common areas with pools, games, movies and dining.”  These facilities, which cater to the billionaire class, feature imitation natural sunlight, “sun-lit” natural garden areas, wine vaults and other amenities to make the wealthy feel at home.

Clearly, these so-called “Elites” are preparing for the consequences of their “Great Reset” plan in ways that are simply not available to us peasants.  Despite the current administration’s claims that we’re not in a “recession,” more than a third of US families who work full time, year-round, cannot afford to pay their bills now.  For “low income” families — those who earn less than $52,000 a year, it’s 78% who can no longer make ends meet in their monthly budgets.  One in six American households are now behind on their electric bills, and 3.8 million renters are facing eviction before winter, because they can’t afford to keep up with their rent.

On a recent trip to the grocery store, even I was surprised to find many of the shelves empty of items that had always been there before.  I was able to purchase the essentials of what I needed, but it cost over $40 for two small plastic bags of items.  The White House may be right — perhaps we’re not in a “recession,” but more likely, at the start of a full-blown depression, as the cost of goods and services continue to rise, more businesses are closing their doors, and those that remain open are begging for employees that simply can’t be found.

Meanwhile, homelessness continues to increase, as tent cities are exploding across the country.  Violent crime is out of control, along with illicit drug abuse, sexual deviancy, the brainwashing of our young children into sexual and moral perversion and hatred for their country, history and heritage, and extreme hopelessness.  What else should we expect in a nation that has rejected God and where most of our pastors have become self-help gurus rather than bold preachers of the whole Word of God?

Michael Snyder, writing for Sons of Liberty, quoted a reporter who recently visited some of the most exclusive parts of San Francisco:

“I saw complete hopelessness in the eyes of haunted souls, dragging themselves down the street looking for their next ‘fix.’  I saw men and women of all ages hunched over on the sidewalks with open wounds all over their bodies.  I saw the filthy tent cities, stinking with human excrement and strewn with needles and pipes. I saw children staring in horror at people dying right in front of them.”

Note: this is not in the “bad” part of town — this is in some of the wealthiest parts of San Francisco.  Another recent report revealed that 50% of residents of San Francisco have been victims of crime in the past year alone.  In Seattle, which voted to defund the police, that city has lost nearly 500 police officers — 125 just this year — and that city now resembles a third-world country as well. The same can be said of cities like Chicago, Detroit, St. Louis, Baltimore, and New York.

California has experienced rolling blackouts, as the energy grid cannot keep up with the demand for electricity to charge the “green” vehicles now owned by just 1% of that state’s population.  Yet the government there has doubled down on their “green” commands — further dooming their own people.  In Colorado, residents with “smart thermostats” were locked out of operating their air conditioners, the thermostats locked at 78 degrees, in the midst of a summer heat wave.

The news from Europe is even more dire.  In Germany, electric bills suddenly surged to over $2000 per month on average.  Those who cannot pay, have their electricity disconnected.  Homes without power are then deemed “uninhabitable” by city officials and the property is seized by the government.  People are warned of coming blackouts this winter, and urged to find alternative ways to heat their homes.  Wood has become a priceless commodity as people scurry to find what they can to stay warm.

This Great Reset is Communism on steroids, and here in the US, every one of our government agencies has been weaponized against the citizens.  The FBI raided Trump’s residence, then set their sights on all patriotic, conservative Americans.  Biden went on national television to declare at least half the country as “enemies of the state.”  Steve Bannon was arrested on the same day that 35 other patriots were either arrested or subpoenaed.  Even Mike Lindell was “swatted” by the FBI at a Hardees restaurant in Minnesota and had his cell phone confiscated by the New American Nazis.

I have several personal friends who’ve already been visited by the FBI — some multiple times — because of statements they’ve made, people they know or for Christian activism, like street preaching, sidewalk counseling at abortion centers or being in DC on January 6th.  None are violent.  All are committed Christians.  Yet they’ve been targeted by the FBI.  Honestly, I’m surprised my own front door hasn’t yet been broken down, because of the truth we publish in our newspaper and broadcast on radio and TV.  Wisconsin Christian News HAS been noted in court documents related to the January 6 rally because of statements made on our TV program, “WCN TV.”  No visits yet, but there are plenty of weaponized 3-letter agencies that have my name and number and it’s only a matter of time for me too.

But we must remember that this is a global takeover — not just an American one, and not just caused by Biden.  Biden is nothing more than a puppet to his Globalist New World Order masters.  Millions of illegals are flooding across our southern border — but most are not from Mexico.  Ironically, a majority are from Venezuela, fleeing the horrors of communism there.  I say “ironically,” because that’s the same system currently being installed here — and across the globe.  Why don’t the well-educated Leftists, Feminists and “Soy-boys” understand this?

I was recently speaking with a citizen of Mexico, and he related how the Mexican people are so angry with the policies of the US government, allowing the free flow of illegals — because to get to the US, they must pass through Mexico, and this person told me, they’re also destroying that country as they pass through, “like locusts,” he said.  No one can blame people seeking freedom from communism in countries like Venezuela.  But here we have a current-day, real-life example of what communism is and does, and yet we’re inviting it, implementing it’s policies, and adopting it’s ideologies in every area of society and government, while dismantling and destroying everything good in the USA in the process.

Meanwhile, the hypocrisy of the Left is stunning.  Recently, when fifty illegal immigrants were sent to Martha’s Vineyard, the governor of Massachusetts called up 125 National Guardsmen to respond to what was called a “Humanitarian Crisis.”  Texas and Arizona have also been sending illegals to Democratic strongholds that have declared themselves to be “sanctuary cities” — but the “sanctuary city” title seems to be no more than another attempt at virtue signaling by the Left, because the minute the illegals show up, the compassionate liberal mayors like Lori Lightfoot and Muriel Bowser become outraged and scream, “Not in MY back yard!”  Think of it: 50 illegals in Martha’s Vineyard — vacation-land for the rich and famous — is call for panic and rage.  But two million in Texas and Arizona border towns is “someone else’s problem.”

Where I live, I’m somewhat insulated from the madness we hear about in the bigger cities.  We’re not overrun with lawlessness, though our crime rate is notably rising.  We’re also not experiencing the deadly drought that the western 2/3 of our country is currently going through.    We can enjoy the green grass, wildflowers, lakes, hills, forests and abundant wildlife of God’s creation. But the decadence and decay of the Leftist/Communist agenda is invading here too,  it’s just more hidden.  Just like in the big cities, our small town libraries are featuring child pornography in children’s books.  Our schools are still sneaking the LGBTQP+ propaganda into the curriculum, along with critical race theory and  revisionist history.  Our pulpits are still silent on matters of critical urgency as the pastors continue to preach soft things to soothe peoples’ consciences, never taking a stand for righteousness, even though God’s Word is clear on all these matters.  This is what’s happening nation-wide and now the demons are targeting even the smallest of towns with perversion and filth.  So while many may not see it here as openly as you do in other places, there’s literally no place left in the USA that this evil hasn’t permeated.

Recently, someone asked me what the Holy Spirit was telling me.  I responded, “He’s saying, ‘it’s good that you’re preparing for what is to come, to protect and provide for your family the best you can.  But know and understand that nothing you can do will ever fully prepare you, because you will never be fully prepared.  What’s coming is unlike anything you can imagine now and you cannot adequately plan for it.  You will have your faith and your strength severely tested and you will face fiery trials.  You will have to learn to rely on God, and God alone, like never before.  He is your only hope, and the only hope of all humanity.  Prepare for tribulation.  And never forget that we overcome the enemy by the word of our testimony, the blood of the Lamb and loving not our own lives, even unto death.”  THAT is what the Holy Spirit has been telling me, in case you wanted to know.  And also, “Do not grow weary in well doing,” which I must admit, is becoming a real challenge for me these days.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 372.

by Karen Schoen

September 24, 2022

New add for police? NO! for the IRS!

Until we recognize that the Globalists are our enemy, that they are in both parties, and call them our enemy, we lose. These people are NOT American. They want the destruction of America and for the past 60 years they have been teaching our kids that Americans and America is the enemy.  Slowly these globalists have turned America’s bureaucratic agencies into the private military Obama wanted. Who will IRS agents, Agricultural agents, Educational agents etc. shoot? Why Americans of course. After all Americans, MAGA, are the enemy.

What do they think of us? “The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.” – Club of Rome, premier environmental think-tank, consultants to the United Nations.  Where are these kids today? In government, media and Wall St. Who is their enemy? Americans

What do Globalists believe: “Global Sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control.” – Professor Maurice King, Agenda 21

Americans  are the enemy. They are too rich, have to many luxuries and must be cut down to the rest of the world. They want us controlled, impoverished, enslaved or dead. They will stop at nothing to maintain power. So they merged agencies and armed them while taking away Americans means of protection.  When I say that I am constantly asked, “what American will fire on another American to collect delinquent taxes?  Do you think any illegal with Obiden papers, who has no allegiance to America and Americans, working for the government will just follow directions and shoot? What if these illegals become police or soldiers or the private army Obama kept calling for.

All policies in the Green Broke Deal can be found in UN Agenda 21.

This document is over 300 pages, 40 chapters of total control over the means of production and distribution of all means of human activity. Today this document goes by many names i.e: Great Reset, Green New Deal, Build Back Better, Agenda 2030, Sustainable Development, Resilient Cities. But remember a name change is not a content change. They all lead to one place, the destruction of America and the western freedom.

Who are these Globalists? Where did they get their ideas? Remember as I said before, these people are not Americans. They want the destruction of America and will make it happen. Globalists follow their leaders. The original elite were educated in the Frankfort School, today the Aspen Institute, UN, and WEF are carrying the agenda.  Sadly Globalists take the worst from each ideology, merge them together into an illogical, incoherent overly expensive policy designed to destroy American values and culture.  Here are a few of their leaders and what they promote:

John Maynard Keynes – Keynesian economics 1883-1946.  Keynes stated that if Investment exceeds Saving, there will be inflation. If Saving exceeds Investment there will be recession.  “For the engine which drives Enterprise is not Thrift, but Profit.” businesses and people tighten their belts and spend less money. Lower spending results in demand falling further and a vicious circle ensues of job losses and further falls in spending. Keynes’s solution to the problem was that governments should borrow money and boost demand by pushing the money into the economy. Once the economy recovered, and was expanding again, governments should pay back the loans. Keynes’s view that governments should play a major role in economic management marked

Karl Marx – 1883  Communism, Das Kapital.  While many equate Karl Marx with socialism, his work on understanding capitalism as a social and economic system remains a valid critique in the modern era. In Das Kapital (Capital in English), Marx argues that society is composed of two main classes: Capitalists are the business owners who organize the process of production and who own the means of production such as factories, tools, and raw material, and who are also entitled to any and all profits.

The other, much larger class is composed of labor (which Marx termed the “proletariat”). Laborers do not own or have any claim to the means of production, the finished products they work on, or any of the profits generated from sales of those products. Rather, labor works only in return for a money wage. Marx argued that because of this uneven arrangement, capitalists exploit workers.

Fabian – 1884  Fabianism became prominent in British socialist theory in the 1880s. The early Fabians rejected the revolutionary doctrines of Marxism, recommending instead a gradual transition to a socialist society. When Fabianism emerged in the United Kingdom during the 1880s, collectivism was widely considered necessary for human flourishing. believed that substantial state intervention would be necessary if ordinary individuals were to prosper. That dominant position also involved collective responsibility for children’s education and nutrition, housing, and employment, along with support for care of the sick and aged.

Thomas Robert Malthues – 1766-1834 best known for his theory that population growth will always tend to outrun the food supply and that betterment of humankind is impossible without stern limits on reproduction. This thinking is commonly referred to as Malthusianism.  Population will always expand to the limit of subsistence. Only “vice” (including “the commission of war”), “misery” (including famine or want of food and ill health), and “moral restraint” (i.e., abstinence) could check this excessive growth.

Machiavellianism: named after the political philosophy of Niccolò Machiavelli,  In the field of personality psychology, Machiavellianism is a personality trait centered on manipulativeness, callousness, and indifference to morality. The political philosophy that, “the ends justify the means.” Those who follow this political concept are more likely to have a high level of deceitfulness and an unempathetic temperament.

Hegelian Dialectic: The ruling elite create the crisis. They let the crisis fester until it become normalized. Something other than the real cause is blamed. Once the crisis escalates, the people demand a solution. The solution is offered by the same elite who created the problem.  This process is repeated over and over and simultaneously until the desired elite agenda is achieved. [Link]

World Economic Forum WEF – Klaus Schwab “You will own nothing and be happy.”  The first thing to go is your private car.

WEF Dr Harari:  Just give the humans drugs and video games and they will be happy.

FBI terror list:  [Link]

‘Extremist’ symbols on the leaked FBI list include the so-called ‘Betsy Ross’ flag from 1777, The ‘Don’t Tread on Me’ Gadsden flag, the ‘2A’ abbreviation for the Second Amendment, and the ‘Tree of Liberty.’

Globalist believe that humans are nothing more than animals and should be corralled into cities where they will be easier to control. Electricity, energy, food, healthcare  mobility, housing, employment, education will be controlled by the government. They do not care about the damage they do to the people, because the people are the enemy. After they have destroyed MAGA, they will find another group to vilify. As the late, great George Carlin said, “They have a club and we ain’t in it.” As long as the Globalists are living la vida loca they do not care. We can rot. You can see their indifference and distain for the  illegals sent to Martha’s Vinyard.  Thanks to Obama’s parting gift of Exec order 12333, Expanding Surveillance Powers to spy on Americans all agencies are merging information and  are now armed to fight who, Americans?

How do they want us to live?

Sustainable Development: Sustainable Development means control. Humans will be forced off rural lands and forced into cities so rural land can go back to the animals and humans can be controlled.  They can’t get me you say. Have a smart meter? The globalists control the power in your house.

The Globalists know:

1. Everything in America today is connected.
2. There are no coincidences or random acts
3. Everything has a plan
4. All plans are based on lies.

Money Power, Control is their mantra.

Is America worth saving?

© 2022 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

By Shirley Edwards

September 23, 2022

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.   Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

This week I attended a Team Away Day from my place of work.  It was one of those events which attempts to bond strangers together.  We had ice-breakers, games, and then a buffet; we did craft and a ‘mindfulness’ exercise in the afternoon slot, before finally listening to a talk about Equality and Diversity in the workplace.  We also had a minute’s silence to remember Queen Elizabeth II who had recently died.

It was a strange correlation to the day.  I came away feeling somewhat ‘groomed’ before being plied with guilt at the end of the day, for my lack of awareness towards my fellow countryman.

However, the announcement on Thursday, 8^th September, 2022 of the death of Queen Elizabeth II has come as no surprise to me.

At 96 years of age, a long and relatively health filled life, cannot exist forever

Out of a respect for her passing some shops and local businesses in my area, which is 200 miles from London, have a portrait of Queen Elizabeth in their window and my local corporate supermarket, ‘Tesco’s’ is now playing classical music, instead of Jay Z, in the background whilst you quietly shop and pay alone at your unfriendly self-service checkout.   Aside from this, there is little change to the atmosphere.  Life carries on.

However, in some governmental workplaces, orders have been given not to post derogatory comments on social media about the Queen, and in my own organization where I work, ‘counseling’ is being offered to those who may be affected by her passing.    Some staff are really bewildered by this offer of help.

You see, the last two and half years have been revelational for some, but not for all people.   A plan to divide, conquer, and subject people to the humiliation of being masked and cruelly isolated from each other, even during the sickness and death of loved ones, under the disguise of a pandemic, which has now been proven to be nefarious in its statistics, to say the least, has revealed to a greater extent the plans for a global reset, a new world order, and a plan to de-populate the world through whichever means possible.

For those prepared to go down the rabbit-hole, they are now much more aware, more than ever during any time in history, of how a few people who call themselves the elite class, which includes royalty, controls ever single system in our society for their own benefit, and not ours.

They are aware that in the background, there are people who orchestrate everything, and who hate God and humanity.  Front men do their bidding.  A false image of nobility, voluntary work and caring for others veneers and glosses over the rotten core of the apple.

During my life I have always instinctively known this.  As a child it was always strangely uncomfortable to me to have to stand and pay homage to an anthem whose words honoured a queen and not a country or God.

National Anthem | The Royal Family

Back then, the hymn “I vow to thee my country” would have been a more suitable and humble offering in my opinion.

The horrendous mistakes and fear mongering during the past two and a half years have been conveniently swept under the carpet now that a sense of patriotism is attempting to re-install itself.  Suddenly, we all need to come together.  It is like a game of mental Tai-Chi.

I don’t personally believe that after the funeral the acceptance of the Prince of Wales who is now King Charles III, will work.  Similarly, pushing an equality and diversity agenda along with gender issues is still creating division rather than any type of unity.   Many people are also waking up to how these issues are being used against us all.  They know they are being continually ‘played’.  They know they have had enough.

The mourning for the Queen, which I believe is much more evident in London than the rest of the country, is not comparable to the one person who really did change the image of the monarchy, and whose legacy will not quietly vanish or go away.

Diana – The Princess of Wales.

The grief and the memory of Diana’s death in my country was quite different to the one we are experiencing now.  It was announced 25 years ago on 31^st August, 1997.

Dermot Murnaghan Remembers The Chilling Moment He Had To Announce Princess Diana’s Death | LK – YouTube

Her age and the incident itself meant more people identified with the sadness of losing someone.   There was a genuine grief and a shock across the whole of the country.   I understood the grief that others were visibly displaying just about everywhere.

However, Diana was also no angel, but people related much more readily with her vulnerability and her humanity than any other royal they believed they knew.

She stood apart from the rest, not just with her beauty, but by the admission of her infidelity and eating disorders, due to the rejection she had always experienced.  Many people identified with her and felt they knew her more personally which I feel explained the overwhelming sadness which was experienced back then.

There was also a lot of suspicion around the details of her death which she even foresaw and predicted herself.

During those days, there was also much anger towards the monarchy, who made no public announcements to comfort people, did not fly the flag at half mast, and showed little to no acknowledgement about her passing until they were advised to.

Similarly, during the last two and a half years there have been no public messages of comfort or re-assurance from the Church or the Monarchy other than to promote a vaccination.  It is reported that the Queen thought those who did not want to be vaccinated were ‘selfish’.   The doors of the churches were also firmly closed.

The Queen: People who refuse vaccine should think of others, rather than themselves (telegraph.co.uk)

The country, in my view, has survived on the humanity of ordinary people who have also attempted to care for each other whilst ever effort has been made to divide, isolate, and conquer them.

Nothing is as it Seems

The UK is still divided and it is not united in grieving for the Queen which is being fashionably reported throughout mainstream media.

The history which we were once proud of and which certainly should not be eradicated, was built upon much more solid values and a decency which supersedes our present-day values.  It would be nice to hold on to these images and pretend things are as they were, but they are not.

To date, I have not listened or watched any coverage that our mainstream media is portraying towards the monarchy.  I am aware that beyond every image is another story.

The Queen has a very respectable image for many people, but these days I can only go on what I physically see and experience for myself.

My disappointment is in the loss of our free speech, the demise of decency and values, and the total destruction of all we hold dear, including the attacks on our children.   Those are issues worth grieving and fighting for.

Let us never erase history or forget it.   The Good and the Bad are important lessons.

The last two and a half years should have revealed to everyone how we are disrespected and hated.  Children and Adults died completely alone.  Dedicated nurses were threatened and persecuted with the loss of a job for not being vaccinated.  People were blackmailed and bribed into medical interventions which have now been proven to not be at all safe.  Many people have died and have been injured.

This Royal family have not been a rock, a comfort or a watchman or spokesperson on my behalf as currently being depicted through our mainstream media.  It will be a time in history I will not forget.

May God Save us All……..

Queen dead aged 96: World grieves Britain’s Elizabeth II | Daily Mail Online

© 2022 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

By Sidney Secular

September 23, 2022

I assume that you know that the “great replacement” was not just a conspiracy theory. We nationalists, rationalists, and realists have noticed and talked about it for a long time. Sadly, our knowledge has made very little – if any – difference in the matter. The mass media stifled the matter until it became so apparent with the invasion of the illegals and the constant war against Whites waged by the Deep State here and abroad that it became impossible for them to keep a straight face about the issue of race replacement. But someone, somewhere knowing the power of memes in advancing schemes had the sense or presence of mind to create a term for it – and that’s the only way it could be crystallized in the minds of the oblivious and intellectually mindless. It can now be bandied about as a concrete concept to examine, and determine its origins and the evil behind it so it can be properly opposed.

The evil godfather of the momentous movement to displace/replace/erase Whites that has been continuously moving forward and is now gaining momentum even as it is revealed, was one Richard, Count Couvenhove-Kalergi (1894-1972). Kalergi’s father was an Austro-Hungarian diplomat who was stationed in Japan; his mother was a Japanese noblewoman. In 1922, he wrote a book in German, “Praktischer Idealismus” — “Practical Idealism” in English, introducing and propounding a special version of the Great Replacement. He also founded the “Pan European Movement” in 1922 to promote a personal sense of being European from a political and cultural standpoint, the starting point for the much later European Union.

Kalergi was especially well connected. Big Jewish bankers gave him lots of money (Paul Warburg gave him 60,000 gold marks). He was supported by the likes of Bernard Baruch, Albert Einstein, B’nai Brith, the New York Times and Winston Churchill (you now know who the traitors and enemies of Western Civilization were at least at that time). He was a very active Freemason in the Vienna lodge – surprise, surprise! He envisioned a Europe without borders. There would be no French, Germans or Italians, etc. as we know them because they would be eventually “whited out” or “whitewashed” out of the gene pool and replaced by a new type of European man consisting of an African-Oriental admixture. Kalergi believed this new man would look something like the ancient Egyptians but he must have flunked anthropology because the ancient Egyptians were White before they “amalga-mated” with the surrounding and invading Browns and Blacks, a matter that caused Egyptian civilization to gradually decline and become actually rather “third-worldy.” Ruling over this new mixed European race would be a moral aristocracy of Jews, untainted by racial admixtures, of course.

Interestingly enough, this particular strategy had already been publicly voiced, though generally ignored when, on January 12^th, 1952, one Rabbi Emmanuel Rabinovitch, speaking to an assembly in Budapest, Hungary declared: “We will openly reveal our identity with the races of Asia and Africa. I can state now with assurance that the last generation of White children is now being born. Our Control Commission will, in the interests of peace and wiping out of interracial tensions, forbid the Whites to mate with Whites. The White woman must co-habit with members of the dark races, the White man with Black women. Thus, the White race will disappear, for mixing dark with White means the end of the White man, and our most dangerous enemy will become only a memory. We shall embark upon an era of ten thousand years of peace and plenty, the PAX JUDAICA, and our race (the JEWS) will rule undisputed over the world. Our superior intelligence will enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark peoples.

Of course, that was not the way the European Union (EU) was sold to the people of Europe. It was sold as a way to reduce travel and trade barriers, and facilitate commerce among European nations. But as the EU bureaucracy became entrenched and ever more powerful by the 1970s, it began to gradually implement Kalergi’s vision. Mass immigration was the vehicle for transformation, turning Europe “inside out,” so to speak. All the current Western European leaders are committed to massive, nearly unrestricted Third World immigration into Europe while their own people are forced by law and custom to cut their birth-rates and reject their national pride. These politicians and the supporting cast of media, academia, and big business with their New World “orderlies” are the driving forces of the cult of Kalergi. The Cult is dedicated to the eradication of nationalities and sovereign states and maintains control of the levers of power in the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and most of Europe. It is also gradually encroaching into other areas, using puppet states like the Ukraine as it would love to devour Russia, the last bastion of White Christianity in the world and bring that nation under its power.

Part of the ecstatic enthusiasm that greeted Donald Trump in 2016 was his willingness to talk about at least some aspects of the immigration issue and as well, Trump came across as sort of a White knight about to slay the degenerate Dems and the vile Deep State. The undercurrent of his popularity – that is, his rejection of Kalergi’s cult – apparently neither Trump nor the leaders of the “Stupid Party” (GOP) understood or, in the alternative, they discounted. This was especially true for Trump with his Jewish family members. If one doesn’t understand the position of the Jews in the Cult, one cannot understand the Cult. Meanwhile, good Americans can’t quite admit to themselves that they are targets of genocide though they are desperate to stop the descent into the present overwhelmingly dysfunctional “diversity” and its attendant depravity. The derogatory label “racist” invented by Leon Trotsky to sow discord in the West between the races along with all the associated emotional baggage created by generations of political correctness, freezes their resolve to turn the situation around and their will to resist evaporates. In consequence, their neighborhoods are becoming replicas of third world cesspools via mass migration and Black infiltration with the eventual takeover of the country by its sworn enemies.

All the while, America’s small-to-mid size towns are being hollowed out, their main streets deserted, their businesses transferred to the big box and chain stores stuffed with cheap Chinese junk or “knockoffs” of the decent products made by former major American manufacturers. Their jobs have been lost or they have been replaced by local illegals or third-worlders who find themselves in their natural habitat (an American third world). The gigantic volume of ocean traffic bringing in the foreign junk is polluting the world’s waterways as the ships run inefficiently on polluting diesel fuel while clogging up the supply chains that the COVID mandates convoluted into a monstrous mess. Mention of this problem in the media or government is “deep-sixed” so that the junk can flow without any environmental concerns or the huge shipping charges or untoward delays in international commerce.

All the while, the elites brazenly lie and shout that the Whites, especially the MAGA multitudes are the biggest threat to American “democracy,” by which they allude to their generations of oligarchic rule. Meanwhile, “Affirmative Action” has lost its traction as a sop to Blacks. Why? Because, today’s “White privilege” is too strong for the oppressed to overcome even with affirmative action and therefore it cannot be relied upon the create the “diversity” that is said to be our greatest strength as our founding White population is too defective to carry us forward into the Utopian World of Diversity and Equity. Of course, “diversity” in any context has been shown to be an economic, social and cultural wrecking ball.

Meanwhile, so-called mainstream Republicans – addicted to accumulating dollars faster than that dollar loses value – are willing to follow the Demonrats’ lead in printing the unlimited quantities needed to pay the invaders under the table to stay ahead of the game. As a result, they do all they can to invite maximum numbers of illegals and foreigners to displace domestic labor, sometimes under the phony guise of inviting guest or temporary workers who soon become permanent.

The Demonrats are only too happy to invite and permit the entire population of the Third World to invade America and displace the native population in accordance with the Kalergi cult concept to assure their permanent political dominance. Remember, nobody is a more sure supporter than the fellow who owes you something! The two political parties play musical chairs with our elections and prey on the public’s foolish sympathies to enrich themselves. The leaders of both parties salivate over the prospect that by 2041 the European people who founded and settled this great nation will be a despised minority in the land they built and made great.

“Black Lives Matter” we are told but nothing is done to actually help Blacks that really matters. Meanwhile, it is Whites who are overwhelmingly the victims of inter-racial crime and the percentage of victims of White on White crime is minuscule compared to White victims of Black criminals, whose depredation in usually senseless, unpremeditated and savage. Big city Black mayors and their equally Black factotums blabber and blather about making changes but wind up playing musical chairs with other Blacks in top political positions with nothing being accomplished in the end except more victims, many of whom are themselves Black. Why? Because anything done must be in accordance with outmoded socialist concepts that don’t strengthen either the Black family or the desire for law and order, both of which are necessary prerequisites for improvement.

What is our man(?) Biden’s position on the replacement of Whites? In August 2016, at the “White House Summit on Countering Violent Extremism,” then Vice President Joe Biden hailed the swiftly approaching replacement of the nation’s founding stock as a “strength” and a good thing. Even an amoeba fights for its own survival, but deranged puppet Biden lacks even that lowly organism’s basic instincts, serving only as a devilish clown that many in the clueless and insouciant American masses find attractive.

The year 2015 saw the wholesale invasion of Europe by Third Worlders, mainly Muslims and Blacks, variously described as “refugees” or “migrants.” Unlike the bedraggled refugees we used to envision, helpless women and children, the old and the ill, these were mainly robust young men, well dressed, chattering on their cellphones. They had the money to pay greedy gangsters and smug smugglers for their transport and support during sometimes hazardous journeys. By land and sea, they swarmed into, hapless, helpless Greece and angrily battled with police forcing their way to the handout capitals of Europe – Germany, Switzerland and Sweden – where they became infamous for raping White women and rightly earned the moniker, “rapefugees.” The colluding Commie authorities in these areas of settlement even handed out brochures in true Kalergi-like fashion advising the “newcomers” how to come on to the White women to get their friendship – and so much more whether the White women wished to give it or not! Germany accepted over a million and a half of these freeloaders and fornicators who added to the misery of the long-suffering German taxpayers who ponied up an average of $13,500 to support each “migrant.”

The depredations of these devils reached a crescendo at the New Years’ Eve public gatherings in Cologne, Hamburg, Vienna, Salzburg and Stockholm. The police and media tried to downplay the fact that the attackers were organized Muslims. However. social media allowed the assault scenes to go viral. In a kind of “prelewd” to envisioned future dispossession per the Kalergi plan, there were reports of Germans expelled from their apartments to make room for the invaders. YouTube videos showed Muslims molesting bathers, male and female, in public pools, and defecating in the water. In true leftist blame-the-victim fashion, the authorities advised women to dress modestly and cover their heads with scarves so as not to “turn on” the feral predators. According to the media, the real villains were members of the “extreme right” who protested the outrages of these unwanted “guests.” Police visited outspoken critics of the invasion who had posted their views on Facebook, threatening them with the loss of their jobs or even the loss of their children!

Is there any rational way to explain the communist Chancellor’s decision to welcome useless and dangerous Third Worlders (other than addiction to the Kalergi cult mandate) at a time when there were no jobs for them (the unemployment rate in Germany was still 6%), and most of the invaders had no marketable skills? Yes. German Chancellor Angela Merkel was a former Communist leader before the fall of the “Wall” then known as Angela Kasner when she was propaganda secretary of the Young Communist League in East Germany. In 2010, she received the “Coudenhove-Kalergi Prize” for welcoming the hordes of Third Worlders into Germany whose population has a below replacement level birth rate. Many of the African and Middle Eastern invaders have families of 5 or more children.

Since the 8th Century, Europe has been repeatedly invaded by militant Muslims. For centuries, they raided European coastal areas and kidnapped millions of Europeans to be taken to Turkey and North Africa as slaves. Rich Jews were kidnapped for ransom money. As recently as 1863, the Turks were at the gates of Vienna, but the invasion was halted by a large Pan-European army spearheaded by a cavalry charge of 20,000 horsemen! Now, the Muslims are invited to invade without any threat of resistance. Former “French” (actually Hungarian) President Nicolas Sarkozy was explicit in a December 2008 speech. He insisted that sex between the French and Third Worlders is not just desirable, but should be made mandatory! He enthused over a future of “metissage” or race mixing and warned that if people did not do it voluntarily, the “Republic” would have to resort to more forcible methods.

Present French President Emmanuel Macron is another “SOB” son of Kalergi, having asserted that “bombshell” population growth in Africa means Europe is entering an unprecedented age of mass migration. He also attributes this to “great poverty,” “climate change,” and geopolitical conflicts all of which are the fault of Whites! He could have added deliberate starvation caused by destruction of food supplies and shrinkage of farmlands in accordance with Green New Deal mandates – but he didn’t. Duke University Professor Stephen Smith, an expert in these matters, estimates that the number of Africans living in Europe will grow from the present 9 million to between 150 and 200 million within the next 30 years! Smith adds that the migration will be facilitated by the West financing the would-be journeys from Africa, so the smugglers can be smug as well as well compensated for their efforts. It is also necessary to remember that a lower IQ population does not find its own IQ raised when it invades countries with a higher IQ. Rather, as is the usual case in nature, everything sinks to the lowest common denominator and the formerly more intelligent people become less so with the increase of their more stupid invaders. Indeed, this is the very reason for the Kalergi cult. As the good Rabbi said, “Our superior intelligence will enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark peoples.”

The great majority of Europe’s elites, both Christian and secular, are committed to Coudenhove-Kalergi’s goal of replacing European man. It will be left to populists and right-wingers like Victor Orban of Hungary, Marine LePen of France and hopefully many more patriots that will arise to save White Europeans and Christians from the invasion and extermination that has been planned and enabled by the elites and is already well underway. Of course, the same situation exists in other White areas of the globe such as North America, Australia and New Zealand. It would seem that the only White sanctuary not presently under direct siege is Iceland and that country is apparently taking the matter very seriously indeed as any investigation of the country’s “immigration” policies will make clear!

Below is an illustration of what is desired. It was not a cover of the magazine National Geographic, but it certainly illustrates the mindset of its editors. Time is growing very short to save Western Civilization, that White culture that took Man from the cave to the Stars.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Andrew C. Wallace.

September 23, 2022

We must resist this unconstitutional occupation by a private, foreign corporate entity pretending to be our National Government in every LAWFUL way! The following is what I am doing. I pray that American Citizens have the courage to emulate me. Our failure to resist will lead to destruction of all we hold dear, and will result in massive bloodshed, as History has proven.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with any Presidential Executive Orders, for they have no Constitutional authority over me.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with Common Law unless it has Constitutional compliance with my Protected Rights.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with Judicial rulings at any level that attempt to make law, as this is the role of the Legislative Branch.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with laws made by unelected bureaucrats who have no authority over me.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with a majority of Federal Laws that are unconstitutional because they are beyond the scope of the Limited and Enumerated Powers in our Constitution.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with unconstitutional edicts requiring me to submit to faux vaccine injections or other protocols.

I WILL NOT COMPLY if unconstitutionally ordered to surrender my firearms, nor will I relinquish the right to use deadly force in defense of life and property.

HOWEVER, I WILL HONOR MY OATH OF ALLEGIANCE AND COMPLY WITH ALL CONSTITUTIONALLY-COMPLIANT LAWS. THE PURPOSE OF THE CONSTITUTION IS TO PROTECT OUR RIGHTS!

GOD BLESS AMERICA

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

by Lee Duigon

September 22, 2022

Why the United States armed services should have a “chief of diversity and inclusion officer” is well beyond my imagination. What does an eternal round of grievance-collecting have to do with successfully fighting a war? Is our top brass so confident that we’ll never have to fight again, that they can waste time on stuff like this?

And as if that weren’t foolishness enough, the gork they named to that post now has to be “investigated” for her over-the-top racist, anti-white tweets. Don’t worry—they’ll find “nothing wrong here,” as usual.

Here’s one of those tweets. They will keep posting their drivel on social media for everyone to see.

“This lady [a white woman] actually had the CAUdacity to say that black people can be racist, too [oh, gee—really?]. I had to stop the session [don’t ask] and give Karen the BUSINESS…”

“CAUdacity” is a word for “Caucasion audacity,” and “Karen” a derogatory term for a white woman. Nope, nothin’ wrong here. No hate here.

And then they wonder why recruitment is way down!

Stories like this are a dime a dozen in the nooze. Somehow we have wound up being governed by people who hate us. Our government is riddled with them.

But it’s not just the government. According to a Harvard poll, 73 percent of Democrats (wow!) believe “tens of millions of dangerous MAGA Republicans” pose “a threat to our democracy” and are “trying to overthrow the Constitution”. That would be the same Constitution that guarantees us a republican form of government, not a “democracy.” The same Constitution that Democrats routinely characterize as “racist.” But then everything these days is “racist,” isn’t it?

Tens of millions of us, who actually voted for Donald Trump’s re-election as president—what do you do with tens of millions of voters who threaten our non-existent “democracy”? A Democrat U.S. senator who does not want his name to be used because people make rude noises when they hear it has suggested a massive compulsory sensitivity training course for some 75 million of us. “Lock ‘em all up until their minds are right!” he says.

Or they could just lock us all down and make us wear masks until someone invents an anti-Trump vaccine and then they could “mandate” all of us to get another “jab.” The mandate would only apply to us democracy-threateners.

Who to blame? Well, of course the Democrat Party itself, big-time. And public schools and colleges and teachers’ unions. Hollywood. Our Free & Independent In-the-Bag-for Democrats nooze media. They’ve all worked very hard to drag us to this point. But if anyone on our side got up in front of the TV cameras, with a red light in the background and two Marines flanking him like Pretorian Guards, and called all these libs “dangerous” and “a threat to our republic”… why, he or she would be called a “hater.” And probably a racist, too, even if he or she never mentioned race at all.

It’s only wrong if we do it!

Take the kids out of the teachers’ unions’ public schools. Don’t send your sons and daughters to Far Left universities. Don’t fork over your hard-earned money to Hollywood so Disney can make movies celebrating sexual aberrations.

And by all means never, never, never vote for any Democrat, ever again.

Because they hate us.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit before they send us all to Uighur Camp. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 22, 2022

Part 5: You cannot escape the numbers. What do you do about the cultures?  How will you solve what cannot be solved once it manifests? Islam’s only intention in the West.

First of all, let’s repeat Joe Biden’s speech from 2019. Let it sink into your mind, heart and soul.  Then ask yourself, do you want “his”  future manifested on your children and our country?

Joe Biden said, “We want an unrelenting stream of immigration. Non-stop. Non-stop. Folks like me who were Caucasian, of European descent, for the first time, we’ll be an absolute minority in the United States of America. Absolute minority.  Fewer than 50 percent of people in America, from then on, will be of white European stock. That’s not a bad thing.  That’s the source of our strength.” (Biden speech, Washington DC. April 26, 2019)

In reality, instead of immigration being our source of strength, that kind of a future will be the complete and total unraveling and/or destruction of our society.  You have to wonder about Biden who has lived on the public dole his entire life as a politician…who has never worked a real job…who is 80 years old and TOTALLY out of touch with history…who carries a mindset that fails to comport with reality—how did such a sidewinder rattlesnake like Biden claim the White House?

Once he made the presidency, he’s been an absolute abysmal failure on multiple fronts.  He and/or his handlers possess NO comprehension of what he or they are doing.  He does not understand what he’s causing.  He created $5.00 a gallon gas prices.  He created an invasion of our  southern border that has rendered us a “destination” for millions of refugees from around the world.   He’s inviting fentanyl and dozens of drugs across the border to be  distributed to our children.  Note: as reported on major networks, fentanyl kills 220 Americans every single day of the year.  He’s piling millions of refugees onto our welfare rolls to the tune of billions of our tax dollars for illegal migrants.  He’s doing NOTHING for our 540,000 homeless Americans and veterans.  He’s making a mockery of our laws by not enforcing them.  He’s leading our country into a lawless, no-man’s-land with endless murders every weekend in Chicago, NYC, Detroit, St. Louis, Baltimore, San Francisco, Denver, Houston and many more.

Somewhere along the line, there will be no escape for the American people.

At some point, there’s no way for our country to handle the immigrant load.  At some point, they  will be living in refugee tent cities in our country.  At some point, they will be marauding our cities, our schools, our children and our lives.  At some point, they will recreate their own poverty and misery in our country—because there is no way we can pay for them, feed them, educate them or save them.

This past week’s example of Martha’s Vineyard dealing with 50 refugee immigrants shows you exactly what’s transpiring.  The rich will not tolerate the immigrants in their midst.  In my travels around the world, I discovered that there are always “rich” people in every country. They isolate and insolate from the poor people—and don’t care about their misery.  They shun them.  Martha’s Vineyard people shipped all 50 illegals out within 24 hours…saying they couldn’t house them. Yet, they professed to be a “sanctuary city.”  What  a crock!

At the same time, Biden invited over 2,000,000 illegals already this year, with another 1,000,000 waiting to cross.  Again, the numbers lining up at our border will continue into the millions. That’s how nasty it is out there in the third world.

But the more we import the third world people into America, the more the United States will become a third world country itself.  So, what happens when all those millions who cannot speak English, are totally illiterate, possess no viable skills, and simply cannot function in this first world society—grow their numbers to a point where we cannot feed, house or work them?

With these numbers and these realities facing us, do you think our culture can survive?  How?  Who will maintain our Western Culture?

Again, we remain on course to add 100,000,000 immigrants to the USA by mid-century. This is what it looks like in sheer numbers. Every American should see this video because this is what’s coming:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muw22wTePqQ

If we remain on this course set by Biden and Congress, those numbers will manifest.  Those refugees from around the world with all their  incompatible religions and cultures, along with their languages—will manifest in our Western Culture.  But they won’t mesh with our culture because they can’t.  Absolutely for certain, Islam cannot and will not mesh with Christianity, period.  There’s no middle ground for Muslims.

“Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any faith, but to become dominant. The Qur’an should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar Ahmed, director of Council on American Islamic Relations.

“It is the nature of Islam to dominate, not to be dominated, to impose its law on all nations and to extend its power to the entire planet.” -Hassan Al-Banna 

Mary Ann Frieling said, “Between 2000 and 2010 the number of Mosques in the US doubled to 2,500. All of the money to build these Mosques has come from Saudi Arabia. Most of these Mosques are being located in areas where there are no Muslims….in the strong-hold heart of America. These are seeded areas for Muslim groups to cluster….and spread from there. Mohammed Muslimseed will spread across our great land.”

“For Muslims, Islamic Law has Allah as its author. Any other legislator is illegitimate.”  Mohammed Hocine Benkheira, Le Point, 3/21/2016

There you have it.  They  spell it out for  us.  And we keep importing them until they simply destroy our Constitution and our Western Culture.

Part 6: Conclusion, violence, dissension, poverty, failed society, Jarod Diamond’s  book: Collapse: How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

September 22, 2022

I was reminded the other day of a statement a friend of mine made a couple of years ago.

“Being a Christian is a lot like being a vitamin.  You simply have to B1.” 

Simple statement, but meaningless, actually.

How do you recognize a Christian?  Does calling oneself a Christian actually make it so?

I brought this up on my daily show (www.CoachDaveLive.com) last week in an attempt to get the folks in my “huddle” to actually think.

An entire book in the Bible is called ACTS.  It is a record of some of the activities that the 1^st Century Christians found themselves involved in.  It is a fascinating recitation of the “acts” of the Apostles.  Their faith cost many of them their lives.

Webster defines ACT as “That which is done; a deed, exploit, or achievement, whether good or ill.”

TO ACT connotes movement…production…exertion of energy…accomplishment.

People are defined by what they DO…not simply what they are.  As I once heard someone ask “if they charged you with the crime of being a Christian would there be enough evidence to convict you?”  Action leaves evidence.  Evidence suggests complicity.  Complicity implies quilt.

Let me ask you again…what is it that Christians DO?

Plumbers fix pipes.  Singers sing songs.  Truckers drive trucks.  Preachers preach, cooks cook, cleaners clean, dancers dance.  Every category of human endeavor is defined by what the doer actually does.

Except for Christians.  Christians simply are…sort of like vitamins.

But even vitamins DO something.  They are imperative for the proper functioning of a body.

Some plumbers are Christian.  The same with butchers, bakers, and candlestick makers.  Being a Christian identifies the values that one possesses…the standard by which they live their lives…but it does not demonstrate exactly what it is that their Christianity causes them to DO.

The Bible teaches us that “they will know that we are Christians by our love?”  But what does that mean?  Love should produce action.  Love should provide evidence of belief.  The Apostle Paul said that what we DO is evidence of what we believe.  Action produces the fruit of belief.

What is it that your Christianity causes you to do?

No one can earn or work their way into Heaven. Salvation is by grace alone…through faith alone…in Christ alone. But works are evidence of belief. The idea of WORKS has gotten a bad rap in the church. Works are the evidence of the living out of the Christian Faith.

James 2 “What doth it profit, my brethren, though a man say he hath faith, and have not works? can faith save him?  If a brother or sister be naked, and destitute of daily food, And one of you say unto them, Depart in peace, be ye warmed and filled; notwithstanding ye give them not those things which are needful to the body; what doth it profit?  Even so faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone.  Yea, a man may say, Thou hast faith, and I have works: shew me thy faith without thy works, and I will shew thee my faith by my works.  Thou believest that there is one God; thou doest well: the devils also believe, and tremble.  But wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead?

Was not Abraham our father justified by works, when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar?  Seest thou how faith wrought with his works, and by works was faith made perfect?  And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, Abraham believed God, and it was imputed unto him for righteousness: and he was called the Friend of God. Ye see then how that by works a man is justified, and not by faith only.  Likewise also was not Rahab the harlot justified by works, when she had received the messengers, and had sent them out another way?  For as the body without the spirit is dead, so faith without works is dead also.

Prayer, alone, is not works.  Prayer empowers action.  Action produces works.  Works are evidence of belief.  Belief is the incubator of action.  Church attendance alone is not action.

According to Revelation 20 we will all appear at the Judgement Seat of Christ.  It is there that we will be required to produce evidence of our Christianity.

“And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.  And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works.”

Is simply BEING a Christian all that is required of the Lord?  Was my friend, right?  Is the Christian Life really similar to a vitamin?  Just B1?

I am reminded of the Parable of the talents where the man who had only ONE buried it for fear of not stacking up.   Jesus called him a “a wicked and slothful servant.”

When you and I stand before the Lord will we simply be judged by what we BELIEVE or will we be judged by what we did with what we believed?

How is your Christian-exercise program going?  What action is your faith producing?

Just what is it that Christians are supposed to DO?

© 2022 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Devvy

September 21, 2022

Americans following the mystery of COVID-19, how it originated and where has been a topic of discussion since the insanity began of locking down this country, dangerous mask mandates and the rank stupidity of six feet distancing now have proof and evidence of the major players and how this criminal act was pulled off thanks to the amazing research and hard work of Tom Renz, his team and Make Americans Free Again.

Renz is an attorney involved in several lawsuits including the one I cited in my last column.  Lawsuits involving victims of those experimental gene editing technology injections being passed off as vaccines.  I also wrote at the bottom of my column:  “Will those responsible for this massive crime against humanity – SARS-CoV-2 and those injections ever be held accountable?  Will the truth finally be revealed?   Yes, and soon which is all I can say for now.”

Well, Renz just released for the public what I consider to be the BOMBSHELL document:

BREAKING: The Origins of SARS-COV2Fauci, Wuhan, EcoHealth & More – “Renz Law in collaboration with Make Americans Free Again have put together a report presentation documenting 133 Citations, Declaration of an employee of EcoHealth under penalty of perjury, months of research and consulting with experts. Below you find a copy of the presentation and the full report.”

This is a 57-page document that must be read in its entirety.  It is the story of SARS-CoV-2 from start until now.  Criminal acts by named individuals paid for by you and me.  You will be absolutely shocked regarding intelligence agencies and guess whose name pops up in that document?  Hunter Biden.

Not speculation but hard scientific facts and evidence, some of which has been provided by a whistleblower on the inside with impeccable credentials.  I suspect we’ll see more to come in the way of those wanting to do the right thing or…the old tactic of the first one who sings gets the best deal.  Better hurry up as the iceberg is dead ahead.

To read – and you must (I’ve read it twice), go here.  Scroll down to the September 12, 2022 date for the 57-page report just released.

There will be another development very soon so stay tuned.  The day of reckoning is here for the guilty and that includes unnamed individuals in the alphabet soup agencies.  They all need to be indicted, tried, convicted and sent to a federal SuperMax prison locked down for 23 hours a day until they all die.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

On page 36 of the document above you will see the name Christian Drosten.  Dr. Reiner Fuellmich (attorney in Germany and licensed in California) filed a Cease and Desist letter against Prof. Drosten:  “In a 3 October statement on Crimes Against Humanity, Reiner Fuellmich describes in detail how Christian Drosten invented a prototype Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) test to purportedly detect live-and-infectious SARS-CoV-2 virus which became the model for the worldwide PCR test:”  Rest at link here.

FACTS: Experimental COVID Injections and SADS, September 19, 2022 (Mine)

By Bradlee Dean

September 21, 2022

“ONCE A GOVERNMENT IS COMMITTED TO THE PRINCIPLE OF SILENCING THE VOICE OF OPPOSITION, IT HAS ONLY ONE WAY TO GO, AND THAT IS DOWN THE PATH OF INCREASINGLY REPRESSIVE MEASURES, UNTIL IT BECOMES A SOURCE OF TERROR TO ALL ITS CITIZENS AND CREATES A COUNTRY WHERE EVERYONE LIVES IN FEAR.” -PRESIDENT HARRY S. TRUMAN

If you remember right, on October 26, 2001 the unconstitutional Patriot Act was pushed forward in spite of the fact that not one representative had an opportunity to read it.  It was laid on their desks at 3:30 am.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

If you also remember right, the United States did not know who to attack after September 11, 2001.  So, they decided to attack Iraq and, in turn, Vice President Dick Cheney profited to the tune of 39.5 billion dollars (Proverbs 17:15).

[YouTube Video]

If you also remember right, for 18 years, the American people were told by the mainstream media that the Muslims were a threat to this country at every given step.

Now, they attack Americans in defending those who are here to conquer illegally.

Truth be told, the very ones that are allowed to set the narratives here are the very ones setting up their political opposition within the borders of this country (Ephesians 4:14).

Friends, those who were originally accused for the Twin Towers coming down could have never dreamed of what it is that the American government has done to its own people to date (Leviticus 26:15-16). Therefore, America will never be destroyed from the outside.  If we falter and lose our freedoms it will be because we destroyed ourselves (Numbers 32:23).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

To add insult to lying injury after lying injury, we now have the unconstitutional Department of Homeland Security Gestapo head Alejandro Mayorkas, and right on que, accusing the American people of being the “domestic extremists.” We all saw this right after the 72 definitions from the DHS came out publicly (Revelation 12:10).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

MSNBC recently highlighted Mayorkas saying, “The threat landscape has evolved considerably over the last 20 years,” and that foreign terrorism has now taken a back seat to domestic extremism.

“We are seeing an emerging threat, of course, over the last several years of the domestic violent extremist,” said the DHS chief.

“The individual here in the United States radicalized to violence by a foreign terrorist ideology, but also an ideology of hate, anti-government sentiment, false narratives propagated on online platforms, even personal grievances,” he added.

As Chris Menahan highlights, Mayorkas has wielded a pretty broad brush when it comes to defining what behavior qualifies as ‘domestic extremism’.

“Mayorkas said last year that white extremists are the greatest threat to America and put out terror alerts painting opponents of covid lockdowns and people who don’t trust the Biden regime as potential domestic terrorists.”

[YouTube Video]

President James Madison warned long ago: “If Tyranny and Oppression come to this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy.”

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Zack Strong

September 21, 2022

We live in dark and confused times. Our Founding Fathers also lived in dark and uncertain times. Today, we turn to them for inspiration. Only light expels darkness and these words of encouragement from our noble forebears are pure light scorched with the holy fire of Freedom.

Days prior to the Battle of Long Island in 1776, General George Washington issued a challenge to his fighting men. Said he:

“[T]he hour is fast approaching, on which the Honor and Success of this army, and the safety of our bleeding Country depend. Remember officers and Soldiers, that you are Freemen, fighting for the blessings of Liberty—that slavery will be your portion, and that of your posterity, if you do not acquit yourselves like men: Remember how your Courage and Spirit have been dispised, and traduced by your cruel invaders; though they have found by dear experience at Boston, Charlestown and other places, what a few brave men contending in their own land, and in the best of causes can do, against base hirelings and mercenaries—Be cool, but determined; do not fire at a distance, but wait for orders from your officers—It is the General’s express orders that if any man attempt to skulk, lay down, or retreat without Orders he be instantly shot down as an example, he hopes no such Scoundrel will be found in this army; but on the contrary, every one for himself resolving to conquer, or die, and trusting to the smiles of heaven upon so just a cause, will behave with Bravery and Resolution: Those who are distinguished for their Gallantry, and good Conduct, may depend upon being honorably noticed, and suitably rewarded: And if this Army will but emulate, and imitate their brave Countrymen, in other parts of America, he has no doubt they will, by a glorious Victory, save their Country, and acquire to themselves immortal Honor” (General Washington, General Orders, August 23, 1776).

What are we fighting for today? Are we fighting for power, control, dominion, wealth, or fame? Are we fighting for a political party or faction? Are we fighting for conquest and empire? Or, alternatively, are we fighting for “the safety of our bleeding Country,” our “own land,” and the “blessings of Liberty”? Is our cause so just that it merits the “smiles of heaven”? Are we “Freemen” resisting slavery and rebuking tyranny? Unless we fight for our Faith, Families, and Freedom, or cause is unjust and will fail. To win, we must know who we are, why we are fighting, and make our appeal to the God of this covenant land, who is Jesus Christ.

When the Declaration of Independence was signed, the fiery patriot John Adams wrote to his beloved wife Abigail, stating:

“You will think me transported with Enthusiasm but I am not. — I am well aware of the Toil and Blood and Treasure, that it will cost Us to maintain this Declaration, and support and defend these States. — Yet through all the Gloom I can see the Rays of ravishing Light and Glory. I can see that the End is more than worth all the Means. And that Posterity will tryumph in that Days Transaction, even altho We should rue it, which I trust in God We shall not” (John Adams to Abigail Adams, July 3, 1776).

Do we look forward through the mists of swirling darkness and glimpse the “Rays of ravishing Light and Glory” that are our destiny as a People? Do we hold in remembrance the sacred mission that the Pilgrim and Puritan forefathers and our Founding Fathers set for us; namely, the creation of an asylum for Liberty and a new Zion of our God? With our eyes on this most glorious prize, triumph will be ours with His divine aid.

A year later, Mr. Adams wrote again to Abigail, telling her:

“Do our People intend to leave the Continent in the Lurch? Do they mean to submit? or what Fatality attends them? With the noblest Prize in View, that ever Mortals contended for, and with the fairest Prospect of obtaining it upon easy Terms, The People of the Massachusetts Bay, are dead.

“Does our State intend to send only half, or a third of their Quota? Do they wish to see another, crippled, disastrous and disgracefull Campaign for Want of an Army? — I am more sick and more ashamed of my own Countrymen, than ever I was before. The Spleen, the Vapours, the Dismals, the Horrors, seem to have seized our whole State.

“More Wrath than Terror, has seized me. I am very mad. The gloomy Cowardice of the Times, is intollerable in N. England. . . .

“Posterity! You will never know, how much it cost the present Generation, to preserve your Freedom! I hope you will make a good Use of it. If you do not, I shall repent in Heaven, that I ever took half the Pains to preserve it” (John Adams to Abigail Adams, April 26, 1777).

As bleak as the situation looked in the moment, John Adams nevertheless looked above and beyond the sacrifices and pain and toil to the “noblest Prize” of Freedom and Independence. As we look around us and see former friends fall by the wayside, turncoats show their true colors, and a cabal of traitors try to overthrow and subjugate this great nation, we must remember what Mr. Adams knew; namely, that the prize we fight for is worth all our efforts, blood, sweat, and tears.

The Father of the American Revolution, Samuel Adams, threw down the gauntlet for the men of his day. His words apply with equal force to our generation:

“The truth is, all might be free, if they valued freedom and defended it as they ought . . . If, therefore, a people will not be free, if they have not virtue enough to maintain their liberty against a presumptuous invader, they deserve no pity, and are to be treated with ignominy” (Samuel Adams, Boston Gazette, October 14, 1771).

Another time, Samuel Adams spoke just as clearly and bluntly, challenging patriots everywhere to join the cause:

“Contemplate the mangled bodies of our countrymen, and then say, What should be the reward of such sacrifices? Bid us and our posterity bow the knee, supplicate the friendship, and plough, and sow, and reap, to glut the avarice of the men who have let loose on us the dogs of war to riot in our blood, and hunt us from the face of the earth? If we love wealth better than liberty, the tranquillity of servitude, than the animating contest of freedom – go from us in peace. We ask not your counsels or arms. Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May your chains set lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that ye were our countrymen.

“. . . The calamities were at our door. The rod of oppression was raised over us. We were roused from our slumbers, and may we never sink into repose until we can convey a clear and undisputed inheritance to our posterity. This day we are called upon to give a glorious example of what the wisest

and best of men were rejoiced to view, only in speculation. This day presents the world with the most august spectacle that its annals ever unfolded. Millions of freemen, deliberately and voluntarily forming themselves into a society for their common defence and common happiness. . . .

“Our Union is now complete; our constitution composed, established, and approved. You are now the guardians of your own liberties. We may justly address you, as the Decemviri did the Romans, and say – “Nothing that we propose can pass into a law without your consent. Be yourselves, O Americans, the authors of those laws on which your happiness depends.”

“You have now in the field armies sufficient to repel the whole force of your enemies, and their base and mercenary auxiliaries. The hearts of your soldiers beat high with the spirit of freedom – they are animated with the justice of their cause, and while they grasp their swords, can look up to heaven for assistance. Your adversaries are composed of wretches who laugh at the rights of humanity, who turn religion into derision, and would, for higher wages, direct their swords against their leaders or their country. Go on, then, in your generous enterprise, with gratitude to heaven, for past success, and confidence of it in the future. For my own part, I ask no greater blessing than to share with you the common danger and common glory. If I have a wish dearer to my soul, than that my ashes may be mingled with those of a Warren and Montgomery – it is – that these American States may never cease to be free and independent!” (Samuel Adams, “American Independence,” August 1, 1776).

It has been inspiring the past several years to witness a speedy awakening from coast to coast. The deliberately engineered national calamities that have hit us one after have jolted millions awake. Now, our ranks are swelling. We have an irate minority of Liberty-loving, America-first patriots steeling themselves for the battle for their rights. They proudly wave the American flag and they acknowledge that America is exceptional.

More importantly, many of our number have inclined their hearts toward God and are petitioning Him for a just redress of our grievances against the “rulers of the darkness of this world” (Ephesians 6:12). We are grateful to Heaven for its bounties. We are filled with love and respect for our Founding Fathers whom the Lord prospered and inspired to set up a free nation and a beacon of hope for humanity. Today, it is our duty to carry forward our Freedom, regain what we have lost, and cement the standard of Liberty forever in America.

In his rousing writings, Thomas Paine encouraged the beleaguered Continental Army onward to a victory which he knew was certain. He affirmed:

“These are the times that try men’s souls: The summer soldier and the sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of his country; but he that stands it now, deserves the love and thanks of man and woman. Tyranny, like hell, is not easily conquered; yet we have this consolation with us, that the harder the conflict, the more glorious the triumph. What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly: It is dearness only that gives every thing its value. Heaven knows how to set a proper price upon its goods; and it would be strange indeed, if so celestial an article as FREEDOM should not be highly rated. . . .

“I have as little superstition in me as any man living, but my secret opinion has ever been, and still is, that GOD Almighty will not give up a people to military destruction, or leave them unsupportedly to perish, who have so earnestly and so repeatedly sought to avoid the calamities of war by every decent

method which wisdom could invent. Neither have I so much of the infidel in me as to suppose that HE has relinquished the government of the world and given us up to the care of devils. . . .

“. . . a generous parent should have said, “If there must be trouble, let it be in my day, that my child may have peace;” and this single reflection, well applied, is sufficient to awaken every man to duty. Not a place upon earth might be so happy as America. Her situation is remote from all the wrangling world, and she has nothing to do but to trade with them. A man can distinguish himself between temper and principle, and I am as confident, as I am that GOD governs the world, that America will never be happy till she gets clear of foreign dominion. Wars, without ceasing, will break out till that period arrives, and the Continent must in the end be conqueror, for though the flame of liberty may sometimes cease to shine, the coal can never expire. . . .

“. . . Say not that thousands are gone, turn out your tens of thousands; throw not the burden of the day upon Providence, but “show your faith by your works” that GOD may bless you. It matters not where you live or what rank of life you hold, the evil or the blessing will reach you all. The far and the near, the home counties and the back[country], the rich and the poor, will suffer or rejoice alike. The heart that feels not now, is dead: The blood of his children will curse his cowardice, who shrinks back at a time when a little might have saved the whole, and made them happy. I love the man that can smile in trouble, that can gather strength from distress, and grow brave by reflection. ’Tis the business of little minds to shrink; but he whose heart is firm, and whose conscience approves his conduct, will pursue his principles unto death” (Thomas Paine, The American Crisis, No. 1, December, 1776).

Are you prepared to doggedly pursue your principles unto death? Does the fire of Freedom burn in your bones? Does the light of Liberty shine in your soul? Is your supply of patriotic coal low or are you constantly nourishing the blaze of American Independence? God will bless those who enter into a covenant to serve Him on this special land. America is His outpost. He will defend us if we man up to exert ourselves for Him, for the Heaven-inspired Constitution, for our families and children, for our precious rights, and for our sacred Freedom.

When things get difficult, when war howls, when tyranny rages, when dissenters scoff, when the controlled press spews pessimism and defeatism, then is the time to press forward, redouble your efforts, believe in America, embrace the heritage of your ancestors, and show your faith by your works. God will not restore the Republic or deliver Liberty to you on a silver platter, for, as Thomas Jefferson said, “we are not to expect to be translated from despotism to liberty, in a feather-bed” (Thomas Jefferson to the Marquis de Lafayette, April 2, 1790). The great Sage also wrote: “[T]imid men . . . prefer the calm of despotism to the boisterous sea of liberty” (Thomas Jefferson to Phillip Mazzei, April 24, 1796).

Are we timid? Are we scared of the fight? Are we to servile to do our duty to protect and perpetuate our God-given rights? If we are, we have no hope. But our forebearers believed in the Lord. They believed in Liberty. They believed that America was special, that her people were chosen for the task of freeing the world through the force of their example, and that God would not fail us so long as we did not fail Him. Let’s exert ourselves like men, reclaim the title of freemen, and stand in the gap for Liberty.

Finally, we turn to the immortal rallying cry of Patrick Henry just prior to the shot heard ‘round the world at Lexington and Concord:

“If we wish to be free–if we mean to preserve inviolate those inestimable privileges for which we have been so long contending–if we mean not basely to abandon the noble struggle in which we have been so long engaged, and which we have pledged ourselves never to abandon until the glorious object of our contest shall be obtained–we must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and to the God of hosts is all that is left us!

“They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. The millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of [Washington]! The war is inevitable–and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

“It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace– but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!” (Patrick Henry, “Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death,” March 23, 1775).

Are you willing to suit up for Freedom? Are you willing to risk it all in this noble cause? Are you willing to be called an “extremist” and do the revolutionary thing of defending Freedom? We don’t need a majority, but we need an active and vigilant core that appeals to Heaven, refuses to submit to slavery, and values dangerous Liberty more than tyrannical security.

We are not alone; the fight for Freedom is God’s fight. America was set up by Him and His divine power. We were established as His new Israel, His base of operations, His empire of Liberty. America is special in the divine economy and will never fail. A cleansing must occur, and blood must nourish the tree of Liberty, but a righteous remnant will prevail. There must be no doubt in our hearts of this crucial truth. Our destiny is Freedom forever!

© 2022 Zack Strong – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Zack Strong: zastrong@hotmail.com

By Lex Greene

September 20, 2022

Contrary to what most Americans think, there is no such thing as “Constitutional Rights.” The U.S. Constitution has nothing to do with the Natural Rights of U.S. Citizens. The Constitution isn’t even an enumeration of “protections” of all Natural Rights of the People. That document, the “Supreme Law of this Land,” only establishes the structure, duties, and authorities of our Federal Government. Nothing more or less.

Likewise, the Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of the Rights of the People. It’s an enumeration of additional limitations and prohibitions placed on government.

The Rights of the People do not come from any government or governmental body. In fact, the Natural Rights of the People are well beyond the reach of government in the USA, they are “inalienable.” – “All men have certain natural rights which are inalienable.”

In the USA, this foundation for freedom and liberty was established for all U.S. Citizens in the opening of our Declaration of Independence – “When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them.”

All of our basic Rights as American Citizens are Natural Rights, “endowed by our Creator,” as established in our Founding Documents, known as our Charters of Freedom. All such Rights are “inalienable” by governmental bodies, any government body.

Our most basic Natural Rights are an inalienable Right to “Life, Liberty and the [individual] pursuit of Happiness.” Fundamentally, any human being who does not have a protected Right to Life itself, has a Right to nothing at all. Our 2^nd Amendment, “the Right of the People to keep and bear arms,” exists so that “the People” can protect these most basic Rights, no matter the source of the threat.

Natural Rights are different than Civil Rights. In the USA, Civil Rights have been established by government via Civil Rights Acts, a legislative process. Civil Rights are guarantees of equal social opportunities and equal protection under the law, regardless of race, religion, or other personal characteristics. Civil Liberties are something else yet again. Civil liberties are guarantees and freedoms that governments commit not to abridge, either by constitution, legislation, or judicial interpretation, without due process.

In contrast to Civil Rights and Civil Liberties derived from legislative process, based on man-made statutes, Natural Rights are based upon Natural Law, defined as “those that are not dependent on the laws, customs, or beliefs of any particular culture or government, (and therefore, universal and inalienable) were central to the debates during the Enlightenment on the relationship between the individual and the government.”

In the USA, our country was intentionally founded upon “The Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God,” not man-made statutes. We are designed to be a nation of laws, but those laws are constitutionally required to be consistent with and in furtherance of, our Natural Rights. As a result, our government is regulated by these laws and Rights, and prohibited from infringing upon these Rights for any reason, in any manner whatsoever.

Today, at least 80% of what our federal government and many state and local governmental bodies do, are direct infringements upon our Natural Rights, in direct violation of both federal and state constitutions. But most modern Americans don’t know it, or don’t care.

For the record, the U.S. Constitution is still the “Supreme Law of the Land,” and all State Constitutions are the Supreme Law in each state. Anything and everything a governmental body does that is at odds with those Supreme Laws, are themselves, “unlawful” and “unconstitutional.” Under such conditions, they have no force of law behind them whatsoever. They are NULL & VOID the second they are passed by any governmental body, Executive, Legislative or Judicial.

There is only one single purpose to the U.S. Constitution, and it is to “form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity.”

When any governmental body in the USA acts at odds with this purpose, which they do daily now, they do so in direct violation of the Founding documents which created that government, and which they have all taken an oath of office to serve, protect and defend. They are therefore, engaged in acts of treason against the People, from whom all government powers are derived.

Unfortunately, most of what our federal, state, and local governments have enacted over many years, are unlawful and unconstitutional. The People either didn’t know, didn’t pay attention, or didn’t care as literally hundreds or thousands of infringements crept into our new norm.

Once a government grants itself such power, they will never relinquish that power willingly. They are likely to do whatever it takes, including scorched earth events, to retain the power they have stolen from the People.

The People have only three options in how they can retake the power that rightfully belongs to only them.

1. Remove the threat to Life and Liberty via elections, which is only possible with a well-informed and active electorate, and only in free, fair, honest election processes. We have neither in the USA right now.
2. Put down the threat via Judicial processes, designed to restrict governments to constitutional boundaries. Constitutional issues are meant to have “original jurisdiction” in Supreme Courts, allowing direct access to prevent the People from taking matters into their own hands. This is only possible with courts that uphold, enforce, and protect the Natural Rights of the People, which we also do not have today.
3. The last resort of the People is founded in our Declaration of Independence. Our Charters of Freedom were designed to forever protect the Natural Rights of the People and direct the People to remain “forever vigilant” against a destructive government and use all of their Rights to protect the future of freedom and liberty for all posterity.

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

“That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness.”

Over the past 246 years or so, Americans had quite literally thousands of opportunities to “alter” the increasingly destructive nature of their government. But as our Founders so wisely warned…

“Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly, all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.”

In other words, so long as life seems mostly normal and comfortable, even tolerating a significant level of suffering, the People will be unlikely to ever confront evil in their governments. Only when conditions deteriorate to a broadly intolerable level, are People likely to react.

Because intolerable evils tend to be trust upon the People incrementally over an extended period of time, like a frog dropped into a pot of room temperature water and brought to a boil slowly, most will not notice the changes until they boil.

Those who do notice early in the process, are often labeled “conspiracy theorists” and “tin foil hat” folks. The labels are designed to prevent others from taking notice of events unfolding slowly, most of them unfolding right under their noses and in broad daylight.

When all else fails, return to the basics, stick to the fundamentals. The government approved “experts” are there to confound and confuse, making issues seem much more complicated than they actually are.

If we stick to the basics, we cannot be confounded, confused, or controlled by the government “experts.”

When our government becomes anti-Life, they have become destructive of all Natural Rights.

When government becomes anti-second amendment, they have become destructive of all Natural Rights.

It’s not the People, but rather government “experts,” responsible for driving every Citizen to trillions in national debt. The proven lies surrounding COVID19 over the past two years all came from government approved “experts.” Those responsible for the mass illegal invasion of our country are national security and legal “experts.”

As we have witnessed, only certain “experts” are recognized as such, specifically, those who carry water for the government, against the People.

Our Natural Rights, under the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God are the foundation for every Right on earth. Fail to protect and defend those Rights, and you will have no other.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

John Solomon is a great reporter, but his article urging a new congressional Church Committee “to probe FBI abuses” is a recipe for more delay. Such hearings would be a complete waste of time and manipulated by the left-wingers.

A new film, “America on the Precipice,” captures the real essence of the problem and will have far more impact than any number of promised investigations from politicians who have allowed major institutions to fall under the influence and control of Obama-style Marxism.

The organization EPAC, standing for Ensure the Preservation of America and Our Constitution, uses this new blockbuster film to explain how the “fundamental transformation” has occurred and how Marxism can be purged from our beloved America. EPAC founder and patriotic businessman Hugo G. Goerner tells me the film’s premier will be on October 9.

Holding out the promise of more congressional investigations, John Solomon writes that, “A half century ago, Americans held grave concerns that J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI and other U.S. intelligence agencies had abused civil rights, improperly targeted enemies and illegally gathered evidence, so Congress set out on a great cleansing mission.” In fact, the Church Committee was named for a very liberal Senator, Frank Church of Idaho, whose purpose was to gut the ability of the FBI and CIA to fight communism at home and abroad.

Under J. Edgar Hoover, the FBI investigated totalitarian movements such as the communists, Nazis, and the KKK. Today, the FBI largely concentrates on groups designated as objectionable by the Southern Poverty Law Center. That includes Trump supporters and yours truly.

John Solomon should report on Hoover’s warnings in his book, Masters of Deceit, and then report on FBI informant Herbert Philbrick’s book, I Led Three Lives.

Another Philbrick book, Communism and Race in America, is also a good place to look. He discusses communist use of front groups and its “dialectical approach” to subversion that emphasizes how anything which creates tension in society “is a part of the path of progress,” from the communist point of view.

Years before the current crisis, Congress could have held hearings into what, if anything, FBI directors like Robert Mueller and Christopher Wray have done about investigating the communist networks on the streets of America. In terms of Congress, liberals abolished the House Internal Security Committee, the successor of the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

One member of Congress who publicly supported the recreation of the House Internal Security Committee, former Rep. Steve King of Iowa, was targeted with a well-orchestrated “hit” by the Leftist media and Republican establishment.

The FBI doesn’t investigate communist groups on American soil anymore because some of them are integrated into the Democratic Party. The Communist Party USA (CPUSA), once aligned with and funded by Moscow, openly supported Barack Hussein Obama for president in 2008 and 2012. Obama’s CIA director John Brennan voted for the CPUSA in college.

At the time that America’s cities were burning in 2020, Attorney General William P. Barr was warning that groups of “outside radicals and agitators” were exploiting the George Floyd situation “to pursue their own separate and violent agenda.” Barr added, “In many places, it appears the violence is planned, organized, and driven by anarchistic and far left extremists, using Antifa-like tactics, many of whom travel from out of state to promote the violence.”

What he didn’t say is that the FBI, under his jurisdiction, is clueless about who is planning and organizing the chaos. Barr joined Wray in dereliction of duty.

Filling the void more than a decade ago, we held a “Marxism in America” conference in 2010 and laid the groundwork for what needs to be done.

In fact, de-communization is already happening, as parents lead the campaign to stop communist brainwashing in the schools. In Frederick County, Maryland, running on the “Education Not Indoctrination” slate, Cindy Rose has declared that educators are now “training our children to be Marxist revolutionaries,” while neglecting intellectual achievement and structured learning.

Our 2010 “Marxism in America” conference included Professor Mary Grabar discussing the left’s favorite historian, secret Communist Party member Howard Zinn, and his brainwashing techniques.  America’s Survival, Inc. obtained Zinn’s FBI file and posted its contents.

Grabar wrote, Debunking The 1619 Project: Exposing the Plan to Divide America and Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America.

We also discussed the influence of Harry Hay, a Communist Party member who started the modern gay rights movement in America. He divorced his wife, after contracting a venereal disease, became a “radical fairy” with an interest in the occult, and marched for the cause of adults having sex with children. We obtained his FBI file as well.

Our book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, notes that Marx focused on workers when there were many others who could be considered “exploited” by the capitalist system. Added to the “workers” list from the twentieth century usage was a wide range of allegedly exploited individuals, including women, homosexuals, minorities, indigenous persons (Indians), immigrants, disabled persons, and animals. The earth itself has also been added to the list.

The Marxist theory of history (historical materialism) holds that history moves through the following stages: Slavery/ feudalism/Capitalism/Socialism/Communism. In their view, we are entering socialism, on the verge of communism. As the new film says, we are indeed on a “precipice.”

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Glynn Adams

September 20, 2022

We really need to get back to our Jewish roots. Leviticus 23:2 is clear in that God when speaking to Moses said, “The feasts of the LORD which you shall proclaim to be holy convocations, these are My feasts.” The Hebrew word “moed” that is translated feasts in Leviticus 23:2, would be best translated as divine appointments. God has prescheduled divine appointments with His people operating on a different calendar from the one the world uses. These feasts of God are relevant to Christians today!!!

We must pay attention to God’s prophetic calendar and His time schedule. In Genesis 1:14, God declares that He is creating the sun and the moon for “signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years.” On our Gregorian calendar we think seasons such as winter, spring, summer, and fall. However in Genesis 1:14, God is referring to the timing on God’s own prophetic calendar. The days mean holy days, like the new moon and the Sabbath, as well as the Spring Feasts of Passover and the Fall Feasts of Tabernacles. The term years refers to the Jubilee years, which occur every fiftieth year and the Shemittah years, which happen every seventh year.

When these feasts, God’s divine appointments, are celebrated, they are to be “dress rehearsals” to the very day and hour on God’s calendar when they would find their prophetic fulfillment of what God is going to do on that exact day and hour. There are seven feasts. The spring feasts have been fulfilled with the death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus and the day of Pentecost. The fall feasts of His second coming have not been fulfilled. So when you celebrate the “dress rehearsal” of the fall feasts this year, Jesus could come during that dress rehearsal. When you participate in these fall feasts, this is how you get ready and are prepared for His second coming.

It is very important for everyone to pay attention to these feasts and their “dress rehearsals.” In 33AD, the Jewish religious leaders, the Scribes and Pharisees along with a large Jewish religious crowd, who had rejected Jesus as Messiah and condemned Him to the cross, were across town in Jerusalem celebrating their dress rehearsal for Passover by placing a lamb on the altar to be slain for their sins for what they thought was a future event – at the same exact moment, Jesus was on a cross dying for the sins of the world. While the real Passover was being fulfilled, the religious crowed of Jewish leaders and religious people with all their years of dress rehearsals missed the real Passover!! Why? Religion does not prepare anyone for what God is doing. They drifted away from a relationship with their God while attending meaningless religious rituals and they did not recognize their visitation of God in the flesh.

This fall feast of God is all about new beginnings, a fresh start over, repentance, change, transformation, and hope. God is a God of restoration and the church in America needs a makeover from top to bottom. If we continue on our current religious track, I believe we will bring more and severer judgments of God upon ourselves and nation!!!

Do not be deceived about these fall feasts and their importance to YOU!!! These fall feasts are all about Jesus and what He is going to do in the future. These fall divine appointments are extremely important and has serious spiritual implications. This is why God has dress rehearsals to ensure we are on the same calendar with God, that we get every detail of these feasts correct and that we are ready and right with God!!! Sometime in the future these three feasts will usher in the second coming of Jesus Christ. He will be crowned LORD of Lords and King of kings, to set His millennial reign as King to judge the nations, all people and His enemies and to marry His Bride.

Jesus is coming back as the Conquering King and Warrior Messiah ben David with a sword in His mouth. He will operate on His truth not our modern-day vain imaginations of truth. He cannot be bought and He will not be impressed with how big is the church you build or any ones works. Revelation 19 describes Him as one who will smite the nations and He will rule with a rod of iron.

The first of the three fall feasts is Rosh Hashanah. So let’s unpack some truths behind the first of our fall feasts. To begin with it starts the Jewish New Year which starts on the 1st of Tishrei on God’s calendar and 6 Pm on September 25, 2022, our calendar. It is also called Tom Teruah (The Feast of Trumpets or the blowing of the shofar). Teruah which means “blowing” or “ to shout” as in a battle cry. This referring directly to the pre-approved day when God Himself will shout the battle cry as He comes to judge the earth and will blow the shofar to gather His troops. This is what the Apostle Paul was referring to when he wrote in 1 Thessalonians 4:16 that “the Lord himself will descend from heaven with a shout…and with the blast of God’s shofar. The dead in Messiah will rise first.” Will you be ready when the shout and shofar sound?

By the way, Daniel 12:1 speaks that Michael the angel of Israel, will stand up and there shall be a time of trouble such as never since there was a nation. One of the other names for Rosh Hashanah is “the Time of Trouble.”!!! Incredibly, another name for Rosh Hashanah is the “Opening of the Books”!! Whoever name is written in the Book will be delivered!! Daniel continues by saying that many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life and some to shame and everlasting contempt.

Rosh Hashanah is also known as Yom HaDin, the Day of Judgment. On this day it is believed the doors of the heavenly court are opened and court is in session. During the ten days to Yom Kippur, it is believed that God determines who will live and who will die the next year.

Yom Teruah is also known as the “day of remembrance.” So if you remember to crown God as King and sound the shofar on the Feast of Trumpets, God will remember you and save you from your enemies. Yom Teruah is the sounding of the alarm clock to tell the dead it is time to wake up!!! Hello church in America!!!! Rosh Hashanah is a new and fresh start, a clean slate, a do over from anything in our lives that we feel is wasted or unworthy.

Realize one of the keys to unlocking prophecy is understanding that these fall feast days are dress rehearsal for the days of events that will happen one day. Imagine each year the angelic hosts are rehearsing the coming of Messiah. At the same time here on earth, all those with understanding are simultaneously rehearsing the same event. We become one with what is going on in heaven at the very same time. Some year on that day, the dress rehearsal will become the reality and we shall simply instantaneously be translated to the party.

Ten days after Rosh Hashanah is Yom Kippur – the Day of Atonements on the 10th of Tishrei and it is a day of fasting. It is also a time of repentance and awe. Repentance is more than feeling sorry which can lead to conviction and remorse. True repentance is constructive resulting in a real change in the way we think, ultimately leading to a change in our actions.

“God set forth Jesus as an atonement through faith in His blood.”(Romans 8:21-22) As God mended our broken relationship with Him, He called us to be fixers, restorers, repairers of the world. Yom Kippur focuses on this reparation. We can’t experience the fullness of His joy if we don’t have His ability to forgive and be forgiven. Isaiah 58 teaches us about afflicting our souls during Yom Kippur.

The writer of Hebrews hammers home the significant of Christ’s atoning sacrifice, Jesus was not only the pure, spotless Lamb slain for our sins. He was also the high priest able to go into the true Holy of Holies in Heaven and offer Himself to God the Father as the perfect sacrifice for sin. (Hebrews 9:1114) Pray for Israel that their eyes will be opened and they will turn to Christ.

God made a provision on the cross for each believer to get right with God, to repent, to give forgiveness, and to walk in obedience. On this Biblical fast day and a day when many dress in white for holiness, let us Christians in America use this time to put everything we do in our lives, in our churches, and in our nation on the altar before God and under the leadership of the Holy Spirit remove everything that does not have its basis in the Word of God.

I am very concerned at the attitude American Christians and churchgoers as well as Pastors in their approach to God and the things of God today. We ought to be in Godly fear, humility, and repentance over what we have allowed to happen to this nation. We have allowed evil to capture this nation and we are ruled by Satan rather than God, and we have become a dwelling place of demons. Our children are being destroyed and we won’t take a stand against this tyranny and loss of freedoms and we turn a blind eye and ignore all of this evil overtaking our nation. We must repent and return to God!!!

The last fall feast is the Feast of Tabernacles. It is also called Sukkot or Feast of Booths. They were to dwell in booths or sukkots or temporary shelters during the festival mainly because God made them dwell in booths in the wilderness after He brought them out of Egyptian slavery. The Feast of Tabernacles was one of three pilgrimage feasts when the people were to come to Jerusalem and for a time, dwell or tabernacle with God there. God’s ultimate plan from the foundation of the world has always been to tabernacle with His people.

Why did God insist that Israel dwell in tabernacles or temporary dwellings places every year throughout all their generations as an eternal statute? God wanted to remind us all each year at this appointed time that both the earth and our mortal bodies are also only temporary dwelling places. The Greek word for tabernacle is “skenos” and refers to the human body which is taken down at death much as you would take down a tent after a camping trip. The Apostle Paul wrote in 2 Corinthians 5:1 that when our earthly house of this tabernacle is dissolved, there’s one waiting for us in the heavens built by God.

Sukkot is an eight day party of rejoicing. We rejoice and celebrate what God has done for us in the past and what God is going to do for us in the future. Sukkot is the party that recalls God’s presence, protection, and provision when our ancestors existed Egypt and wondered the desert for forty years.

Just how important is the Feast of Tabernacle? Scholars believe strongly that Jesus was born during the Feast of Tabernacles. We do well to get on God’s timeline rather than our timeline!!! “Sukkot” is the only Feast Day other than “Shabbat”, that is prophesied as the one that will be celebrated by all the nations in the Messianic Kingdom to come. The celebration of Sukkot expresses our expectation and desire for the Messiah and His Kingdom to come!!! Since Jews and Gentiles will celebrate Sukkot in the Messianic Kingdom, it only makes sense to celebrate it now as we await that day!!!

The Word says no one knows the day or hour of His coming. It is impossible to know the day or hour because there are twenty-four time zones and it can be two different days at any one time. However, we are to know the times and seasons, and as we have found out, the times and seasons specifically are referring to the appointed times!!! Paul told the Thessalonians, “Of the times and the season brothers, you have no need that I write to you.” Why? Because they already knew the appointed times – the feasts!!

Jesus went on to say that they know that the Day of the Lord would come as a thief in the night. But then read very slowly what He said next, “But you brothers are not in darkness that that day should overtake you as a thief” (1 Thessalonians 5:1-2, 4)

But I am here to tell you that most of the religious systems in America are deceived and are in darkness, and don’t know they are a prime people for Jesus coming to them as a thief in the night. . Only deceived religious people in darkness and disobedient to Jesus ignore the darkness operating in this nation and refuse to resist it. “Jesus said, “Satan does not cast out Satan.”

Was Jesus upset with the religious leaders and people of His day because they could not discern the signs of the times? (Mathew 16:3) Did Jesus weep over Jerusalem because the religious did not recognize the time of their visitation? (Luke 19:41-44) To whom does the Bible say that Jesus will come as a thief in the night? To the dead church at Sardis. (Revelation 3:1-3)

We also see in Revelation the lukewarm, wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked church of Laodicea. That church is told to put on white raiment that the shame of their nakedness doesn’t show and to anoint their eyes that they might see. Almost every church in America is dead, lukewarm, miserable, poor, blind and naked while they all say they can see.

The false pastors and religious in America are in darkness, deceived, and blind because they cannot see the evil overtaking this nation. So they tolerate evil and refuse to resist it. Jesus will come to the false pastors and religious in America as a thief in the night!!!! What an awful day that will be for the religious leaders of our day!!! Now you know why it is so important to know the times and season of the Feasts of God!!!

God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Dr. Chuck Missler, Rabbi Jason Sobel, and Pastor Mark Biltz for their excellent commentary on the Feasts of God)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By: Devvy

September 19, 2022

How many tens of millions of words have been written about SARS-CoV-2 commonly known as COVID-19?  Well, likely tens of thousands by so-called “fact checkers” since roughly April 2020 who have no shame about the lies they repeat on a daily basis regarding COVID-19 and those experimental gene-editing technology injections which legally are not vaccines.

Which is why I refer to them both here in the US and other countries as the prostitute media.  Like whores who walk the streets plying their trade, these so-called “fact checkers” are responsible for outright lying to the American people and keeping the truth from them for money.  Ruining the reputations of doctors and scientists around the world who were/are desperately trying to warn people about those mRNA injections.

Who Fact Checks the Fact Checkers? A Report on Media Censorship  // Facebook admits the truth: ‘Fact checks’ are really just (lefty) opinion

Back story regarding the use of the word vaccine because it’s critically important.  Can You Sue Employer: Mandatory COVID-19 Injections Death or Injury? (Mine, Dec. 6, 2021):

“Pfizer BioNTech filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Dec. 31, 2019.  See document here, pg 14 – 15:

“To our knowledge, there is no current precedent for an mRNA-based immunotherapy such as the type we are developing being approved for sale by the FDA, European Commission or any other regulatory agency elsewhere in the world. Although we expect to submit BLAs for our mRNA-based product candidates in the United States, and in the European Union, mRNA therapies have been classified as gene therapy medicinal products, other jurisdictions may consider our mRNA-based product candidates to be new drugs, not biologics or gene therapy medicinal products, and require different marketing applications.

“Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective, or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.”

Pg 16:  “Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA…Our product candidates may not work as intended, may cause undesirable side effects or may have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.”

“Vaccines normally take 10-15 years before getting approval for mass distribution.  The first injections were rolled out in hospitals on Dec. 14, 2020.  That SEC filing was last day of 2019 before production began. Clinical trials are scheduled through 2023, so yes, humans on this planet are being used as test subjects.

“How about Moderna and their SEC filing, June 30, 2020?  “Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have evolved and may continue to change in the future, and the implications for mRNA-based therapies are unknown…Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

“Click on Table of Contents and go down to page 64; “Our pursuit of mRNA-1273, a potential vaccine for SARS-CoV-2, continues to be subject to completion of the required clinical trials and regulatory approval in the United States and elsewhere. We may be unable to produce a vaccine that successfully treats the virus in a timely manner, if at all…Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

“On Moderna’s web site under EUA  it says, “The Moderna COVID‑19 Vaccine has not been approved or licensed by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), but has been authorized for emergency use by FDA, under an Emergency Use Authorization (EUA), to prevent Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID‑19) for use in individuals 18 years of age and older. There is no FDA-approved vaccine to prevent COVID‑19.”

What Is Gene Therapy? How Does It Work? – “Recognizing this, scientists have been working for decades on ways to modify genes or replace faulty genes with healthy ones to treat, cure or prevent a disease or medical condition.”  *End* I did that column 10 months ago and look at the carnage – all those scientists and doctors, tragically have been right.

Moderna’s top scientist: ‘We are actually hacking the software of life’

Video interview with Dr. David Martin:  Key: Learn Why the 1986 Vaccine Protection Act Does Not Protect Covid-19 Injections (33:40) I watched that interview twice and highly recommend you find the time to watch it.

Prof. Dolores Cahill started warning back in January 2021:  Do not take those injections.  Prof. Cahill, prior to sounding the alarm, was one of the most highly respected Immunologist/Molecular Biologists in Ireland and other countries.  She was fired from her job.  Decades of experience and her life has been hell for the past two years.  Video (must watch, 12:37):  Professor Dolores Cahill Explains Why mRNA Vaccine is Bad for You, Jan. 11, 2021

Dr. Sherry Tenpenny, also a doctor with decades of experience has also been working tirelessly educating everyone about the science behind those experimental injections, from my Dec. 13, 2021 column quoting Dr. Tenpenny:  “It takes at least 6 weeks from the time you get your injection for the spike antibody to start to develop.  So, somewhere between 3 months and quite frankly 20 years.  The immunologist I spoke to said that over the next 10 years we are going to see this go on in perpetuity, because it can take anywhere from 2 years to 19 years to get full blown auto-immune disease.  I think we will see massive injuries and a lot more deaths starting somewhere between 4 and 18 months from now.   This Vaccine will permanently alter your immune system.

“When you get this spike antibody in your system it will permanently and irreversibly change your immune system.  The messenger RNA is the spike protein to develop an antibody against that spike protein.  It means next time you come in contact with a virus the antibody should block you from getting sick.

“However, not only does it not stop you from getting sick, the antibody itself is going to turn on your body and create havoc and massive auto-immune disease. It attacks your organs by molecular mimicry.  It is a genetic modification technology.”  This is an interview, August 28, 2022, with attorney Tom Lenz who discusses the above:  New Bombshells, Justice is Coming as they Panic w/ Tom Renz

Scientists conclude COVID Vaccines reprogram the Immune System causing Lymphocytes to attack Vital Organs, August 24, 2022

Since shortly after the roll-out of those experimental injections (we must stop calling them vaccines), people started dying and suffering from horrible injuries.  I’ve covered the verified numbers for what seems a lifetime ago.  Americans who want the truth have been watching videos on alternate video web sites (since You Tube censors all these doctors and scientists world-wide) have been getting the truth out there which is why there’s been such a massive resistance.

So many lawsuits filed by Americans to keep from losing their job and their life.  My dear friend, Larry Becraft, a constitutional attorney – that lawsuit he’s lead counsel on was filed in June 2021 and still hasn’t gone to trial.  A different one:  EXCLUSIVE: Pfizer Vaccine Whistleblower Responds to Motion to Dismiss False Claims Suit, August 25, 2022.

Killing off our workforce

The number of deaths is staggering.  When a vaccine is given approval by the Federal Death Administration (FDA) and a dozen people die, it’s pulled from the market or the manufacturer is given a warning.  Not for these COVID-19 experimental injections.  People should ask themselves why?  I can answer that:  Politics – as in governors, mayors, city, county and state health officials pushing them on everyone.  What are they going to say now – especially during an election year?

We keep hearing there’s not enough workers or people don’t want to work.  Millions of unfilled jobs so let’s employ illegal aliens in violation of federal immigration laws.  They can’t work because they’ve either died or are now being cut down with heart problems, blood clot problems, developing cancer and the list goes on.  Fifth Largest Life Insurance Company in US Paid Out 163% More for Deaths of Working People ages 18-64 in 2021 After COVID-19 Vaccine Mandates, June 17, 2022

With the number of sick and dying who is going to drive those trucks that deliver what we need to stores?  We’re already short about 80,000 truck drivers.  Electricians, plumbers, butchers, farmers, ranchers, hair dresser, barber, computer jobs of all kinds, airline pilots, our military.  What happens when they’re all too sick to work or have died?  I believe COVID was engineered to be endemic so it will go on year after year and people will continue taking those experimental injections – unless it’s stopped by a massive NO by the world.

How about the huge teacher shortage?  Yes, many refused to take the injections just like doctors and nurses who then quit their jobs.  But, when enough of them die or become too sick to work in job sectors of every stripe, what’s going to happen then?  Estimates are roughly 3.7 BILLION people on this planet have been given those injections.  Think about that.  I have.

I’ve done quite a bit of research on the robot industry.  If you’re going to depopulate a huge number of humans, you still need some way for businesses to operate – with the exception of heart surgery (altho’ robotics is already in use for some functions), dentists or lawyers.  Now even receptionists are being replaced with robots!  You get the idea.  May sound far-fetched until one thinks about the long game and believe me, in between praying a lot, I have.

Now, robotics can be a marvelous thing for things like prosthetics, but my money goes on replacing humans in as many job sectors as possible.  This is an interesting ad:  Invest In The Robots Bringing Manufacturing Back To The United States:  “The United States once dominated global manufacturing. But according to The Bureau of Labor Statistics, US manufacturing’s share of GDP has shrunk more than 50% in just the last 50 years.”  The mass sucking sound started with NAFTA then GATT/WTO and all these other “free” trade treaties.  “Free” trade killed our manufacturing, industrial and agriculture sectors which made America the wealthiest industrial nation in the world.  Once robots replace humans, where will they go for work?

Major U.S. airport deploys giant robots to catch unmasked travelers:  “In Houston, at the George Bush Intercontinental/Houston Airport and William P. Hobby Airport, there were six robots roaming around to disinfect areas, Dallas Culture Map reported.  The Houston Airport System spent close to $1 million for those six robots to go around cleaning surfaces like tables, chairs, doorknobs and keyboards.”  Jobs formerly held by humans.

I’ve seen estimates of 20 million manufacturing jobs worldwide will be lost to robots by 2030.  Hey – it’s great to cut down on the cost of production but what about those workers now out of a job?  What do they use for money to buy products?  How many jobs do robots really replace?

Down below are links – a tiny number as I save them, more than 400 items – because this is absolutely a conspiracy (Cornell Law: Conspiracy is an agreement between two or more people to commit an illegal act, along with an intent to achieve the agreement’s goal.)  The numbers don’t lie.  There are more whistleblowers than you know and they have the evidence.  As I written before, I firmly believe millions of Americans are afraid of the truth because if they believe the science and some of the best scientists and doctors on this planet, fear takes over.  They’ve taken the injections and do not want to even think about what that technology is doing to their body.  Yes, it is frightening.  I do pray for everyone.

I’ve asked this question since early 2021 after people started dying in large numbers:  When will enough dead be enough?  How about all those whose lives now destroyed from those injections (C19 Vac Reactions) – how many is it going to take before cities, counties and governors ban those injections?  Of course, the “fact checkers”, politicians, doctors, health officials will all say the deaths and injured have nothing to with those experimental injections.  BULL.

Every time I do a column on this it just sickens me to my very soul.  Of course, the “fact checkers”, politicians up for reelection and scared to death people who’ve been jabbed will continue to bellow about conspiracy theories.  The “vaccines” have nothing to do with the massive number of deaths and injuries.  BULL.  What’s going on is unprecedented.

I wonder if life insurance and health insurance companies might start going bankrupt or refuse to pay out as the numbers continue to climb?  COVID-19 Vaccines and Informed Consent, August 25, 2022:  “The Society of Actuaries collected and analyzed claims data from twenty life insurance companies that provide group term coverage in the United States, representing roughly 90% of the employer-based group term life insurance industry. All-cause mortality data for the pandemic period (April 1, 2020 through September 30, 2021) was compared to all cause mortality data for the baseline period (2017 through 2019).

“The analysis reveals a dramatic spike in deaths from all causes during the third quarter of 2021 (July 1 through September 30). During that quarter, excess mortality for all policyholders was more than 30% above baseline. The spike in deaths was even more dramatic for working-age people. Excess mortality for people ages 25 to 34 was 81% above baseline, excess mortality for people ages 35 to 44 was 117% above baseline, excess mortality for people ages 45 to 54 was 108% above baseline, and excess mortality for people ages 55 to 64 was 70% above baseline. The dramatic increase in deaths from all causes during the third quarter of 2021, particularly among working age people, undermines the claim that the COVID-19 vaccines are safe and effective…Continued in the PDF link below.”

 Here It Comes, Sept. 9, 2022:  “Another thing we know (this one for certain): a new leading cause of death throughout Western Civ in people under 60 is “Cause Unknown.” At least that’s the official designation because the officials running public health and the medical establishment don’t want to know what’s killing people. Or, more precisely, they don’t want you to know, so they pretend not to know.

“If they suddenly felt the itch of curiosity, they might discover that the mRNA shots were behind the spread of Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS) — the interchangeable and equally ambiguous tag for this mystifying phenomenon.”

The links below are either articles or videos and not in any particular order.  Just remember:  According to the Center for Disease Creation (CDC), the NIH (National Institute of Hell),  health officials, the prostitute media, politicians – those “vaccines” are safe and shame on you for not getting one.  I guess that’s why Congress and their staffs have been exempted from getting them.  CDC Director Admits Agency Gave False Information on COVID-19 Vaccine Safety Monitoring, Sept. 13, 2022:  “Dr. Rochelle Walensky, the agency’s director, said in a letter made public on Sept. 12 that the CDC did not analyze certain types of adverse event reports at all in 2021, despite the agency previously saying it started in February 2021.”

SADS or Sudden Adult Death Syndrome isn’t just adults.   I could list another 50 pages.

High Schooler Has Six Feet Of Blood Clots Removed From Legs  //  16-Year-Old High School Football Player Collapses and Dies After Suffering Medical Emergency During Practice, Sept. 9, 2022 //  61,000 Millennials Aged 25 to 44 Died in 2021 After COVID Vaccine Mandates – 84% Increase in Mortality Rate, Sept. 9, 2022  //  8-Year-Old Boy Dies of Sudden Cardiac Arrest //  Seven Dead Doctors in 14 Days Don’t Lie. The Covid Vaccine is a Killer, August 17, 2022  //  LOOK:  SADS: “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome” Explodes as Young and Healthy Adults Die Following COVID Vaccine Mandates, Sept. 6, 2022  //  17-Year-Old High School Football Player Dies in His Sleep, Sept. 11, 2022 // Following the Science? – 159 Children dead, 1.2k disabled, 14.5k hospitalised & 55k injured due to COVID Vaccination in the USA according to CDC, Sept. 5, 2022

UFC Fighter & Harlequin Romance Cover Model Killed by Vax Induced Cancer (video) – whole set of videos of victims from Hollywood to politicians who pushed those experimental injections.  One is a doctor in shock by the increase in melanoma cancer YTY. // England Study Confirms 100 Myocarditis Deaths After COVID Shots – “In the largest study to date on myocarditis deaths related to COVID-19 vaccination, researchers found that 100 people in England died of myocarditis soon after receiving a COVID-19 vaccine.”  Sept. 15, 2022 //  Medicine Regulators admitted in October 2020 that they knew the COVID Vaccines would cause Heart Damage, Blood Clots, harm to Children & Death, August 27, 2022 // Breaking!!! Covid vaccine claims overwhelm Courts, June 14, 2022, video

American Heart Association Journal: Thrombosis, Cardiomyopathy, and Other Vascular Events Following Vaccination, Nov. 24, 2021:  “The journal Circulation is a well-respected publication. It’s 71-years-old, its articles are peer reviewed and in one survey it was rated the world’s no 1 journal in the cardiac and cardiovascular system category.

“I’m going to quote the final sentence of the abstract which appears at the beginning of the article. This is all I, you – or anyone else – needs to know.  “‘We conclude that the mRNA vacs dramatically increase inflammation on the endothelium and T cell infiltration of cardiac muscle and may account for the observations of increased thrombosis, cardiomyopathy and other vascular events following vaccination.’

“That’s it. That’s the death bell for the covid-19 mRNA jabs.  The endothelium is a layer of cells lining blood vessels and lymphatic vessels. T cells are a type of white cell.  We always knew these jabs were experimental. My video in December 2020, just under a year ago, warned about these specific risks. I read out a list of possible adverse events published officially by the American Government.  But now we have the proof of the link.  The mRNA jab is, remember, known not to stop people catching covid.  And it is known not to stop people spreading it. I don’t believe anyone disputes these facts.”

9-Year-Old With No Pre-existing Conditions Died 2 Weeks After Pfizer Shot, Latest VAERS Data Show, July 29, 2022 – “VAERS data released Friday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention show 1,357,940 reports of adverse events from all age groups following COVID-19 vaccines, including 29,790 deaths and 247,686 serious injuries between Dec. 14, 2020, and July 22, 2022.”  VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System) is only about 1% data reported.  Do the math.  600% More Deaths Reported In Last 19 Months Than In Entire 32 Year History of VAERS Database, August 8, 2022

1,249 Athlete Heart Attacks, 847 Dead, Since Last Year, Sept. 9, 2022 //  30-Year-Old Rugby Player Dies Suddenly – Leaving Family and Friends “Completely Shocked”, August 23, 2022  //  37-Year-Old Pro Scottish Mountain Biker Dies in His Sleep Two Days After Winning Bike Championship, August 24, 2022  //  Breaking!!! Covid vaccine claims overwhelm Courts

I am not a doctor and this is not medical advice but if I had taken those injections (which isn’t going to happen), I would ask my doctor to order a D-Dimmer test.  Quoting from my column, July 26, 2021

Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts”, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – “Dr. Hoffe sent an open letter shortly after in April 2021 to the Provincial Health Officer in BC enumerating all his concerns and questions, something he describes on the Laura Lynn and Friends show (video linked below). In his letter he mentions the ruination of lives of patients now reporting chronic pain, neuromuscular weakness, serious neurological problems, and questions the continuing of the vaccine, when “this vaccine is quite clearly more dangerous than Covid-19…8. So my last question is this: Is it medically ethical to continue this vaccine rollout, in view of the severity of these life altering side-effects, after just the first shot? In Lytton, BC, we have an incidence of 1 in 225 of severe life altering side-effects, from this experimental gene modification therapy.”

“Dr. Charles Hoffe has found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine.  He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections.  This is a must watch short video. This is a very frightening prediction:  Those who took the injection likely will die within three years.”

Dr. Hoffe went public not naming any patient.  The jack-booted medical thugs in Canada under maniac dictator Justin Trudeau have gone after that courageous man big time.  The modern day Stasi are ruling California:  California Lawmakers Pass Bill to Punish Dissenting Doctors for ‘Misinformation’

Sustained, As-Yet Unheard of Excess Mortality Trend Strikes Switzerland, Sept.10, 2022  //  Is it the shot? Deaths soaring in area with 95% COVID-vaccination rate, Sept. 11, 2022  //  Major nation bans COVID vaccine for children under 12, Sept. 7, 2022:  “In May, despite Pfizer trial data showing the chance of death in children from the shot is 107 times higher than death from COVID-19, the FDA approved Pfizer booster shots for children 5-11.”

UK Government Admits Covid Vaccinated Children Are 4423% More Likely to Die of Any Cause & 13,633% More Likely to Die of Covid-19 Than Unvaccinated Children, Sept. 12, 2022 //  The British Government Has Begun Paying $140,000 for COVID-19 Vaccine Damage Victims, August 26, 2022 //  Vaccines are taking an average of 5 months to kill people //  Landmark First Peer-Reviewed Study on Pfizer and Moderna Covid Vaccines Confirms ‘Excess Risk’ of Adverse Side Effects, Sept. 2, 2o22

Embalmer Sounds Alarm: Massive Increase in Strange Blood Clots and Cancer, ‘It’s not Normal, It’s Drastic’ (Exclusive Interview), Sept. 16, 2022 READ

Over Half of Babies, Toddlers Suffered ‘Systemic Reaction’ after COVID Shot, Sept. 4, 2022  // UK Gov. confirms 9 in every 10 COVID Deaths over the last year have been among the Fully/Triple Vaccinated, August 27, 2022:  “Official figures published by the UK Government reveal the fully/triple vaccinated population have accounted for over 9 in every 10 Covid-19 deaths in England over the past year, 91% of all Covid-19 deaths since the beginning of 2022, and 94% of all Covid-19 deaths since the beginning of April 2022.”

Medicine Regulators admitted in October 2020 that they knew the COVID Vaccines would cause Heart Damage, Blood Clots, harm to Children & Death, August 27, 2022  //  Trail of death: Latest actuarial data connects excess deaths to covid vaccine mandates, August 26, 2022  //  Just Remember how many colleges and universities in this country have demanded students get those injections or they’re kicked out.  All these healthy young people dying or injured is no damn coincidence.  She was only 21:  Northern Iowa Swimmer Passes Away, Cause of Death Not Released, July 30, 2022

‘Toxicity’: U.K. stops recommending COVID vax for pregnant women – Government cannot demonstrate that the shots are safe,  August 30, 2022  //  Outrageous:  Unvaxxed Coast Guard cadets ‘escorted out like criminals’ & 3 have nowhere to go; booted by Academy, Sept. 1, 2022  //  COVID Vaccine Propaganda Busted – High Deaths and Cancers, August 12, 2022  //  US Government Data Confirms a 143,233% Increase in Cancer Cases Due to COVID Shots, August 25, 2022  //  10,000% Increase in Cancers Following COVID-19 Vaccines as Doctors and Scientists Worldwide Sound the Alarm, August 2, 2022  //  Biden Claims mRNA ‘Gene Therapy’ Vaccines Will ‘Prevent Cancers’ In Bizarre Live Speech (It’s called propaganda.)

Covid Vaccine Destroys Natural Immunity, NEJM Study Shows, Sept. 12, 2022 (Which is why the person develops autoimmune diseases.  80 of them for which there are no cures.  Crimes against humanity.  A very important read.)  //  (Uh, oh) WATCH: EU MPs are fed up! – Big Pharma under cross-examination!  //  Silenced healthcare workers speak out publicly for the first time, August 26, 2022 //  Must Watch Steve Kirsch Analysis: the Covid Hoax is Collapsing – If you’re unfamiliar with Steve Kirsch, he has more money that we’ll ever see in ten lifetimes.  Bio:  “Steve Kirsch is a retired high tech serial entrepreneur based in Silicon Valley. See stevekirsch.substack.com for his Substack. Steve has started seven companies with a combined market cap of over $2 billion: Mouse Systems, Frame Technology, Infoseek, Propel, Abaca, OneID, Token, and M10. He received a BS and MS in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from MIT in 1980.”

Covid vaccines have killed at least three-quarters of a million people in the United States so far, and the body count keeps growing, June 29, 2022:  “When will America finally reach the point of saying enough?”  //  CDC now says covid jabs causing myocarditis isn’t “misinformation” after all, after YEARS of Big Tech censorship for those who said it first, Sept. 14, 2022  //  “Ethically Unjustifiable” – Scientists from Harvard & Johns Hopkins Found Covid-19 Vaccines 98 Times Worse Than the Virus, Sept. 12, 2022  //  Mystery Clots Appear in 50–70 Percent of Deceased: Funeral Director, Sept. 6, 2022  //  VIDEO: Megi Bakradze- the First Nurse to Receive AstraZeneca Vaccine in 2021 — DIED 24 Hours Later //

Will those responsible for this massive crime against humanity – SARS-CoV-2 and those injections ever be held accountable?  Will the truth finally be revealed?   Yes, and soon which is all I can say for now.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Watch these victims of the injections.  Real people.  Real horror.  Scroll down to The Highwire video.

COVID-19 Shots: The Dead Have Names, (Mine) April 26, 2021

Legal Challenges Begin in India: Bombay High Court Issues Notice to Indian Government, Bill Gates and Others in Connection to Vaccine Death, Sept. 4, 2022

Quite a bit of the film appears to be in China but there is much more in this video people should see.  The Line in the Sand… “Vaxxine induced” Sudden Adult Death Syndrome… Take a Stand and Make This Go Viral!

COVID-19: The Omega Brief (Mine, Sep. 13, 2021) filled with horrific proven data, information and facts

COVID-19: Weaponized Flu Designed to be Endemic (Mine, Dec. 13, 2021)

Digital Humanity Heading Toward a Digital World Reality: A Robotic and Distorted Environment Without Culture, Caring, or Intellect

By Kathleen Marquardt

Agenda 21/2030 use interlocking 3 Es – Economic Prosperity, Ecological Integrity, and Social Equity (or in ethical language Eugenics, Eviction, and Enslavement) to define the goal of Sustainable Development.

Economic Prosperity

To achieve the so-called Economic Prosperity required carry out the plan requires that those who control the world, in the words of the late Rosa Koire, they must first “inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all education, all information, and all human beings in the world.”

To be able to control all human beings in the world means they will first have to reduce the population. There is no way the global elites would be able to control 8 billion people And, there is no way they could feed that many. But they have no plans to feed even half that many. To “cure” starvation” their answer is to get rid of those who are starving along with most of the middle class. We are no longer needed nor wanted. And, we are the class that will not go willingingly.

Overpopulation is a root problem of all the environmental issues. If you can control the population, you can control almost anything. Rinkesh Kukreja, Founder – Conserve Energy Future

It’s terrible to have to say this. World population must be stabilized and to do that we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. Jacques Cousteau speaking at UNESCO, Nov. 1991

A 2009 study titled “Reproduction and the carbon legacies of individuals,” looked at the relationship between population growth and global warming. It determined that the “carbon legacy” of just one child can produce 20 times more greenhouse gas than a person will save by driving a high-mileage car, recycling, using energy-efficient appliances and light bulbs, etc. “Clearly, the potential savings from reduced reproduction are huge compared to the savings that can be achieved by changes in lifestyle,” Global Population SPEAKOUT, Paris 2015

The preamble to Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development reads:

This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognize the eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimension, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development. (emphasis mine).

The global elite feel quite certain that they will attain all 17 goals of Agenda 2030 in the allotted time. How do they plan to have poverty in all its forms and dimension, including extreme poverty, eradicated worldwide by 2030? We are watching it before our eyes.

• The annual abortion rate worldwide is 73 million.
• The UK Medicine Regulator has confirmed that over a period of nineteen months the Covid-19 Vaccines have caused at least 5.5x as many deaths as all other available vaccines combined in the past 21 years.
• This means, that when compared side by side, the Covid-19 injections are a shocking 7,402%/75x more deadly than every other vaccine available in the UK.
• Bill Gates, China, and other globalist parties (including BlackRock and Vanguard are buying up U.S. farm and ranch land.
• China has bought over 1 million hectares (over 2 ½ million acres) of ranchland in South and Central America.
• (What does buying up ranch and farm land have to do with population reduction? That land is now no longer and will not be producing for the general population.)
• Food production plants and agricultural operations are being burned down, almost daily.
• The World Economic Forum’s agenda is to stop growth and decide what industries to shut down. People out of work will starve sooner, but the rest of us are slated to be ashes, fertilizer for forests, or perhaps even soylent green for those not yet taken out.
• 87,000 new IRS agents are being sought who were to “carry a firearm and be willing to use deadly force” (yes, those words were on the IRS jobs webpage until the backlash spurred the IRS to remove the words (but is the requirement still there?). We should not be surprised that an unconstitutional amendment must be backed up by force.
• Because our country is being run by immoral liars and wannabe world tyrants, we, (mostly the middle class) are the only ones still ruled by a moral compass. Thus, we are the targets.

Quotes re eugenics:

The most important question in 21st-century economics may well be, ‘What should we do with all the superfluous people, once we have highly intelligent non-conscious algorithms that can do almost everything better than humans?‘ Yuval Noah Harari, assistant to Klaus Schwab

In order to arrest or reverse Climate Change you’ve got to stabilize the population, and hopefully, reduce the population by having a one child family for a hundred years. Get population back down to about two to two and a half billion people. Ted Turner

If you haven’t given voluntary human extinction much thought before, the idea of a world with no people in it may see strange. But, if you give it a chance, I think you might agree that the extinction of Homo sapiens would mean survival for millions, if not billions of Earth-dwelling species. . . . Phasing out the human race will solve every problem, om earth, social and environmental” Les U. Knight, Wild Earth, Vol. 1, No 2 (Summer1991), p.72

The Earth as we know it will not survive without drastic measures. . . .the only feasible solution to saving the Earth is to reduce the population to 10 percent of the present number. Professor Pianka, University of Texas, 2006

So, Economic Prosperity is not for the poor, or the middle class. And it probably isn’t for a lot of the upper class. With the few useful idiots the Global Elite need, combined with their robots and artificial intelligent, they expect to live happily ever after. They haven’t read the end of the book: Marxism only destroys. It can only destroy them, also. But I have hopes that they won’t get that far.

Ecological Integrity

Try to nail down the definition of Ecological Integrity. The closest I got is from Conservation Science and Practice, Volume 3, Issue4/e411”The integrity of ecosystems is a property that contemporary conservation biologists and restoration ecologists believe that they can observe and measure, and integrity is often cited as a good reason for taking specific actions, including protecting high-integrity areas and intervening to increase integrity by reintroducing lost species, removing non-natives, and adjusting abiotic elements.”

Under this label lies an enormous amount of anti-human action. The framework for “Ecological Integrity” is the Wildlands Project (brainchild of Dave Foreman[1]  and Reed Noss), now the Wildlands Network. Under the guise of saving endangered species. The legal framework for the plan is found in Article 8a-e of the Convention on Biological Diversity. Working in tandem with the Biosphere Reserve Program, a 1971 creation of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, Cultural Organization (UNESC0), the Wildlands Project gained an instant international position and became the basis for the U.N.’s Convention on Biodiversity.

Like the two parts of Agenda 21 — ????? and Reinventing Government, The Wildlands Project laid down the blueprint for the reorganization of human society, and the other Convention on Biodiversity detailed how it was to be done.

Simply put, the Wildland Project is divided into 21 Bioregions, which then were divided into three zones:

1. Wilderness area, designated as habitat of plants and animals; human habitation and use or intrusion is forbidden.
2. Buffer zones surrounding the wilderness areas. Limited, and strictly controlled, human access is permitted within this zone.
3. Cooperation zones, the only zones where humans are permitted to live.

The late Dr. Michael Coffman noted the strategy to implement such reserves and corridors would include:

• Start with a seemingly innocent-sounding program like the “World Heritage Areas in Danger”. For example: Bring all human activity under regulation in a 14-18 million acre buffer zone around Yellowstone National Park.
• Next, declare all federal land (except Indian reservations) as buffers, along with private land that is within federal administration boundaries.
• Next, extend the U.S. Heritage corridor buffer zone concept along major river systems. Begin to convert critical federal lands and ecosystems to reserves.
• Finally, convert all U.S. Forest Service, grasslands, and wildlife refuges to reserves. Add missing reserves and corridors so that 50% of the landscape is preserved.
• Each of the 21 bioregions will be governed by a bioregion council.
• “When the councils come into play, local, state, and national government will not be able to interfere with their governance. It will be under the strong arm of the UN Environmental organizations such as the Sierra Club, Nature Conservancy or other Green organizations which will be given the green light (to be) the enforcement arm of these councils at the local level.” (Karen Lee Bixman, “The Takings of America)

Other asymmetrical warfare means of taking land are:

• by denying water and/or grazing rights to farmers and ranchers or limiting their use of pesticides and herbicides, which in turn will force the farmers and ranchers out of business, causing the land to possibly fall into the hands of the federal gov’t.
• when Wilderness Areas, Parks, etc. are established. Not only the land is out of production, but, the mineral resources underground or forest above can also be made off-limits for development.
• by expanding the legal definition of a wetland. By making any trickle of water or puddle a wetland, the EPA can prevent the development of the land and all the land around it. This makes the land worth less and easy to acquire by sundry entities including the gov’t.
• when an endangered species is located within a forest. Then large areas around this area are made off-limits to development, and once again, the land loses its value and is easily acquired by gov’t.
• by the direct taking of land through eminent domain.

… when Road RIP, a non-governmental organization, was created for the sole purpose of removing existing roads and preventing the construction of new roads into wilderness areas. Then humans are locked away from land that was once served by roadways.

… when urban boundaries are created around a town, beyond which development may not occur and/or utilities may not be provided. This will destroy the economic value of the rural lands around the town. Comprehensive Land Use Plans in existence today and their policies are creating this scenario.

…  when the government declares land part of a flood plain, then forces the homeowners to give up their homes. The homes are then destroyed and the land is not allowed to be developed. The government gets a 2-fer if the land is along a river.  Then, not only is the land off-limits to development, the government has total control of the river and the priceless water it contains.

… when a land trust purchases private property rights from a land owner for promises from the land owner to do certain environmentally friendly things. In return the land owner and his heirs are then able to stay on this land in perpetuity.

Social Equity

“The social equity dimension of sustainability refers to how burdens and benefits of different policy actions are distributed in a community. The more evenly they are distributed, the more equitable the community is, and this even distribution is reflected in economic, ecologic, and social outcomes.” Google

That definition is communism. And the global elite wish us to see it more in that light than what they are doing under the sobriquet of social justice.

As I see equity as it is now being used as a whipping tool against, depending on the day, anything that doesn’t line up with the Marxist, Cancel Culture neo-shibboleth of the day. So, every day, white, male, Christians, children who are still the sex they were born are unacceptable. For a while, it was the founding fathers and other heroes who helped form America. Those are, mostly, on the trash heaps and in the burned book piles.

It is also being used to attempt to order that in every business and field of endeavor, be filled by the proportional equivalent of the general population. Has anyone checked the proportions of those classes in the Global Elite?

Plus, somehow equity has become the definition of “if you are anti-free market economics you can plunder businesses; if you are an illegal alien, you can be set free (because it was racist to put you in jail for murder), and you can go murder some more. Keep in mind, this helps on the E for Eugenics.

Once we are all equal – equally stupid, equally poor, equally non-property owners, we are slaves – owned by the Global Elite.

Washington State Supreme Court Justice Richard B. Sanders said it best:

“Property in a thing consists not merely in its ownership and possession, but in the unrestricted right of use, enjoyment, and disposal. Anything which destroys any of the elements of property, to that extent, destroys the property itself. The substantial value of property lies in its use. If the rights u use be denied, the value of the property is annihilated, and ownership is rendered a barren right.

What we are seeing in social justice is being made into slaves by our fellow citizens who are going right down that road with us – they just don’t realize it. Don’t pity them, they deserve it. We don’t.

If, as Mattias Desmet says in The Psychology of Totalitarianism, it takes no more than 30% of the population to fall sway to “mass formation spurred by a singular, focused, crisis narrative that forbids dissident views and relies on destructive groupthink.” Ponder that as you recount the past two years.

Then, please, let’s hear the lion roar – all 60+% of us.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] Dave Foreman was founder of EarthFirst! a radical environmental group that in invented Monkeywrenching – destroying forest and industrial equipment, spiking trees to maim or kill workers, sabotaging dams, ski lifts, and electrical towers. ↑

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 19, 2022

Part 4:  How do we expect to survive another 100 million immigrants?  How will we maintain our own culture?  What do you expect will happen to your children?

If you watch what’s actually happening at our southern border with over 3,000,000 illegals projected to invade our country in 2022 (2/3 of that figure are already here), are you under any illusion that we will survive this invasion?  How many of us natural-born citizens will be left when over 100,000,000 immigrants land on our shores in the next 27 ½ years from now, by 2050?

Right now, the official count for foreign-born residents of the United States stands at 45.2 million.  Not counted in that census: somewhere between 20 and 25 million illegal alien foreign-born. That’s somewhere north of 70 million foreign-born—with cultures and world views totally different from average Americans.  From there, you must understand that those immigrants birth 1,000,000 of their own babies annually.  Thus, by 2042, Americans will become the new minority within their own country. That’s you, your children and all of us!  (Source: www.PewResearchCenter.org ; www.cis.org)

That’s got to shake you up just a little bit!  If not, you fail to understand the implications.  For a demographic fact, Europeans are being displaced from their own countries.  In fact, Sweden and Norway face total absorption by their immigrants.

Radical Imam: “Sweden is Ours” Days after Sweden’s new pro-Islamic party gloated publicly about “taking over” Skåne County, the province that’s home to the infamous city of Malmö, one of the country’s most radical Islamist preachers claimed Swedish land belongs to Muslims.  Days after Mikhail Yuksel, the leader of Sweden’s new pro-Islamic party, gloated publicly about “taking over” Skåne County. He claimed Sweden belongs to followers of Islam.”

There are 55 million Muslims slowly, and methodically taking over every country in Europe. They mean business. The greater their numbers, the greater their power.  They are actually using democratic laws to work their Sharia Law into place.  Douglas Murray documented it in his book: The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

You don’t think it could happen over here?  If not, you might be a tad slow on the uptake. The one thing that most people don’t learn from history…is the fact that they don’t learn from history.

As a matter of fact, “Equal if not greater ignorance can be found in America.  A poll carried out in 2020 found that two-thirds of Americans between the ages of eighteen and thirty-nine had no idea that six million Jews were killed in the Holocaust during World War II.”  That coincides with the mall host asking simple questions like,  “How many sides are there two a square?”  Answer by a twenty-something kid, “How should I know?’

So here we are allowing Biden to break our immigration laws, and both houses of Congress aiding him in breaking them…and no one understands the ultimate ramifications of the end result.  As  long as most American aren’t affected at this moment, the nation simply watches the invasion with passive nonchalance.

Did you notice what happened in Martha’s Vineyard when Florida Governor DeSantis dumped 50 illegal aliens onto that multi-billionaire “sanctuary city”?  Answer: within 24 hours, they rounded all of them up and shipped them over to a military base.  In other words, the ultimate N.I.M.B.Y. fraudulent stance of the rich, famous, high and mighty!

Barack Obama’s “wife” once said, “We all need to sacrifice…we need to give up some of our own wealth to provide for others who don’t have anything.” (para)  When 50 illegal migrants knocked on her door, she called for a bus to ship them out.”

Barack Obama said, “America is and always has been, a nation of immigrants. Throughout our history, immigrants have come to our      shores in wave after wave from every corner of the globe. Everyone of has an ancestor who was born somewhere else.  The basic idea of welcoming immigrants to our shores is central to our way of life. It is in our DNA.”  Notwithstanding, Mr. Obama called for the busses to carry 50 illegal migrants away from his sprawling 29-acre mansion and estate.  Maybe his “sanctuary” policy stems from his Kenyan origins.  Obama was America’s first anchor baby president.  Who really knows?  We do know that he carries a fraudulent Social Security card number of a dead man from Connecticut—given to him by his mother who worked in that government office. The final story on Obama hasn’t been told, but one day, it will be exposed by a top journalist.

In 2019, Joe Biden said, “We want an unrelenting stream of immigration. Non-stop. Non-stop. Folks like me who were Caucasian, of European descent, for the first time, we’ll be an absolute minority in the United States of America. Absolute minority.  Fewer than 50 percent of people in America, from then on, will be of white European stock. That’s not a bad thing.  That’s the source of our strength.” (Biden speech, Washington DC. April 26, 2019) I would suggest that his dementia was in full swing at that time because such a statement proves that he was/is totally out of his mind.

How do I know?  India is a nation of minorities and over 100 languages. They cannot and do not work on the same page.  That’s why 70 percent of 1.3 billion Indians do not have access to a toilet and that nothing ever changes to improve that country out of its own misery.

Reframing America’s History To That Of An Evil Nation

At this point, writers, newspapers and the media push the “1619 Project” as the “true” founding of America.  It’s a black perspective.  Now, we have Critical Race Theory tearing down the very fabric of America’s Constitution.  If you add ANTIFA, La Raza, Sharia Law and Black Lives Matter, you’ve got a wholesale destruction of the foundation of America’s origins, its Constitution and its laws.  Worse, the very system that built the United States into a prospering, free country—capitalism—faces a very uncertain future.  I personally, suggest, “Steady State Economics” as the only viable alternative.

In the last two years since that carjacking, drug-addict, fentanyl pusher, woman abuser, shoplifter and counterfeit-money-passer George Floyd met his self-demise, angry crowds have torn down statues of Christopher Columbus, General Robert E. Lee, General George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and many more—as if they can erase history.  That’s interesting when you realize that 2/3 of America’s youth don’t know anything about the 6,000,000 Jews gassed to death in 40 death camps in Germany and Poland during WWII.

What’s the big deal?  Answer: as a former educator, I understand the need for historical perspective. I understand that you must know history in order to NOT repeat the bad things of history.  To pretend that you can erase those bad things proves to be sheer folly.

The harsh reality we face: if we keep allowing endless refugee immigration into America, at some point, whether it’s in Detroit or Minneapolis where a virulent religion prevails, we’ll hear something like what’s happening in Sweden…an imam will proclaim, “Michigan is America’s first Islamic State and Sharia Law dominates…long live Allah.”

In the end, enough American educators, governors, senators and mayors of all our cities need to honor America. Honor its extraordinary accomplishments as a country! Honor everyone and every event in order to understand and make-better for future generations.  Because if we don’t, we’ll find our country filled with angry, illiterate and useless citizens or non-citizens that will not participate in a positive way to carry forth this republic. We will become like another India.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Pastor Roger Anghis

September 18, 2022

Most of the corruption I’ve brought forth has been from the Democrat Party simply because they are the most corrupt political entity in America today but the corruption is not limited to them. The Republicans have shown that they believe that we need to do what they say on several occasions as well. I believe it was in the 2012 election in Arizona the Republican Party had a particular candidate in mind for the House of Representatives but the people voted for a different candidate. Imagine that happening in a country that has a representative government. The PEOPLE voting for whom THEY want. Well, that didn’t sit well with the RNC and they pulled all monies and support for the candidate that the people chose and that candidate lost. Well, they are at it again.  Mitch McConnell supported a candidate for the Senate but the candidate that Trump backed, Blake Masters, won the primary and a PAC affiliated with McConnell pulled all funding for Masters. The main super PAC supporting Republican Senate candidates slashed airtime in Arizona, signaling trouble for nominee Blake Masters’s bid to unseat Democratic incumbent Mark Kelly.

The Senate Leadership Fund, an outside group allied with Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), said it canceled about $8 million worth of TV, radio and digital ads in Arizona, delaying its entry into the race until October. The cuts were first reported by Politico.

The move comes a week after the super PAC announced an additional $28 million in Ohio to prop up Republican hopeful J.D. Vance.[1]

I don’t want to sound like a sore loser but why does either party think they have the right to demand the people support the choice of the party over the choice of the people.? They were elected to represent us not control us. These are the same tactics used in socialist/communist nation. They make it look like you have a choice but you only get to choose from whom they want you to vote for. That’s not representative government.  That’s communism.

John Kerry, the Democrat presidential candidate in 2004, has a history of anti-American activities that go all the way back to the Viet Nam War. He was involved with a group of traitors, in my book, called the Vietnam Veterans Against the War.  This group worked directly with the Viet Cong and North Vietnamese government without the approval of our war department. That’s called treason. Kerry, while he was yet a Naval Reserve officer, met without official authorization in Paris with representatives of the Viet Cong and the Vietnamese government during the Paris Peace talks. He subsequently returned to the U.S. to implement specific anti-war protests as instructed by Hanoi in a disinformation plan designed to cause the U.S. government to lose the war in by eroding public support.

In June 1970, Kerry met with leaders of both delegations, the Viet Cong and the Vietnamese government, in Paris, in unauthorized discussions that included Madame Binh, the foreign minister of the Provisional Revolutionary Government of South Vietnam, also known as the Viet Cong. Publicly released FBI surveillance reports document that Kerry, then acting as a spokesman for the VVAW, returned to Paris to meet with the North Vietnamese delegation in August 1971 and planned a third trip in November 1971.

Undermining U.S. support for war.

A document captured from the Vietnamese communists during the Vietnam War strongly suggests a close link existed between the Hanoi regime and VVAW while Kerry served as the group’s leading national spokesman. The document, a 1971 “circular” distributed by the Vietnamese communists within Vietnam, discusses strategies to coordinate a national propaganda effort with the activities in the United States undertaken by anti-war activists.[2]

This group also had strong ties with the Black Panthers via Al Hubbard a supposed pilot who had been wounded in combat. Hubbard’s claim to have been a transport pilot wounded in combat was discredited when the Department of Defense released documents demonstrating that though he had been in the Air Force, he was neither a pilot nor an officer, had never served in Vietnam and had never been in combat.[3] This traitor served in the Senate from 1984 until 2013 when Obama selected him for Secretary of State. I can only imagine how much damage he was able to accomplish and how far he was able to push America down the road to socialism. He is now Biden’s Energy Zar.  He’s out there telling us our carbon footprint is too big and we need to drive a Prius, and live in a smaller house while he has 6 houses, 12 cars, 2 yachts, and a private jet.[4]

This is typical of the elite. You have the rules, they make the rules but don’t have to live by them. That’s called communism and the Democrat Party is rife with those that live in that manner. Remember Hillary Clinton?  During the 2016 presidential election, they found that she was operating the Secretary of States office primarily out of her home using a private unsecured server that held classified information.  When the subpoenaed 30,000 emails that were stored on that server, she deleted them. You or I would be in jail at the end of the day if we did that and she’s still breathing free air. They called for her electronic devices, phones, computers, and other communication devices and she took the sim cards out, smashed the phones with hammers, and tried to wipe the hard drives clean. There is only one reason for this and that is you are trying to hide evidence. Again, you or I would be in jail for a long time if we had done that but she is still breathing free air. Democrats don’t live by the laws they make only you and I are required to do that.

If you or I don’t pay our taxes we usually have to pay a hefty fine and maybe do some jail time.  Democrats, not so much.  Civil rights leader Reverend Al Sharpton is in the headlines again, but not for Ferguson or civil rights issues this time. A New York Times report says that the now svelte Reverend and his for-profit businesses owe a chubby $4.5 million in state and federal taxes. It isn’t only the taxman that is not being paid, according to reports. Even worthy causes like hotels, landlords, and travel agencies are getting the cold shoulder from Mr. Sharpton or from his advocacy organization, the National Action Network.[5] Then we have most of the Obama administration who campaigned that everyone rich and poor pay their fair share of taxes: How embarrassing this must be for President Obama, whose major speech theme so far this campaign season has been that every single American, no matter how rich, should pay their “fair share” of taxes.

Because how unfair — indeed, un-American — it is for an office worker like, say, Warren Buffet’s secretary to dutifully pay her taxes, while some well-to-do people with better educations and higher incomes end up paying a much smaller tax rate.

Or, worse, skipping their taxes altogether.

A new report just out from the Internal Revenue Service reveals that 36 of President Obama’s executive office staff owe the country $833,970 in back taxes. These people working for Mr. Fair Share apparently haven’t paid any share, let alone their fair share.[6]

When you compare the government we have today to what our Founders gave us it is obvious that we need to do a restart.  Not the Klaus Schwab kind but the get back to basics kind. What I have written here only scratches the surface of the corruption we have that we must do something about.  November is right around the corner and there’s no better time to start and no better place thqn the ballot box.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. https://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/2022/08/26/arizona-senate-republicans-masters/
2. http://www.wnd.com/2013/01/did-john-kerry-act-as-an-enemy-agent/#mjjtvqoaPI8eAu2C.99
3. http://www.wnd.com/2013/01/did-john-kerry-act-as-an-enemy-agent/#mjjtvqoaPI8eAu2C.99
4. https://news.knowledia.com/US/en/articles/does-john-kerry-own-multiple-houses-cars-and-yachts
5. https://www.forbes.com/sites/robertwood/2014/11/19/lessons-from-rev-al-sharptons-4-5-million-tax-bill
6. https://www.investors.com/politics/columnists/obama-white-house-staff-back-taxes/
7. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37

By Rob Pue

September 18, 2022

Recently, I was driving in a small town and stopped for a red light.  As I waited, I noticed something was missing.  Surveillance cameras.  This town had no surveillance cameras at it’s intersections — something most of us have become accustomed to paying no attention to because today, those cameras seem to be everywhere.  But a week later, I was in another small town, about the same size, but this town had some of the most modern, high-tech cameras I’d ever seen, and they were, indeed, everywhere.

I have some questions about those cameras.  For instance, who’s watching?  Are these cameras monitored by someone?  Are they recording video footage, taking still photographs, or what?  I tried doing some research to find out, but found no answers to these questions.

This may seem like a trivial matter, but the bigger issue is that as American citizens, we really have no personal privacy anymore.  Someone is always watching us, collecting information and data about us, and tracking our every move.  You may think this is no big deal because after all, you’re an upstanding citizen and have nothing to hide.  But you’d be surprised how much data and information about you is continually being monitored, and stored.  Just type your name or address into any internet search engine, and you may be surprised at what you find.

In today’s world of high tech, virtually every entity you interact with is collecting information on you.  Of course, this has been going on for years, but things really ramped up in 2006 when a thing called “Facebook” was launched to the public.  It was presented to us as a fun way to connect with family and friends, and make new friends online.  Because it was so user-friendly, it grew quickly, especially with the advent of “smart phones” and other hand-held devices.  Today, nearly 3 million people use Facebook daily, and many are addicted to it.

Initially, I had no interest  at all in Facebook, but I was eventually lured in as well, when it became possible to have special pages for one’s business, or in our case, the ministry of Wisconsin Christian News.  And like so many others, I also had a personal page, where I posted photos of family events, holiday celebrations and activities we would do.  And like everyone else, I was clueless, at first, as to the true intentions and purpose of Facebook.  I believe it was never actually meant to be an innocent social media platform, but rather, very likely it was a construct of one of our government’s three-letter agencies to harvest personal information on every user, who freely gave that information over via the Facebook app.

Think about it: if the government were to demand you supply them with pictures of all your kids, other family members, information and photos of your family vacation, places you traveled, and personal information they had no business knowing about, few would comply.  But using Facebook as a fun form of online entertainment, people handed that information over willingly and proudly.  How many moms took pictures of their little kids’ first day of school, for example, and posted it on Facebook?  By doing this, they not only made that information public knowledge, which was captured and archived forever by the Facebook machine, they also, unknowingly, showed potential child predators exactly what their children looked like and where they could be found on that first day of school.

That’s just one example.  Soon Facebook also began offering another “fun” form of entertainment — quizzes.  They’d develop a quiz called something like, “if you were an animal, what animal would you be?”  You would answer a list of 10-12 questions and then Facebook would reveal that “you’re a bear, because you’re bold and outgoing.”  Or “you’re a butterfly, because you love flowers and love to make people happy.”  Other quizzes tested your knowledge on subjects like history, math or problem solving.  Others offered to reveal to you your ideal career, based on the answers you gave in the quiz.

Friends, it didn’t take me long to understand that these were not just fun little games Facebook was offering.  They were personality profiles.  Most would never willingly give up such personal information by completing a personality profile on a site like Facebook.  But disguised as a fun game, millions turned over their personal, private thoughts and ideas without knowing it.  And all this data is now archived, along with countless photographs and videos and untold amounts of other personal information which is now stored in the Facebook “metaverse” forever.

How many of us read the fine print in the dozens of pages in the User Agreement when we signed up for Facebook?  My guess is, almost nobody.  We just scrolled down and clicked on “accept terms” and now all that personal information we willingly handed over is the property of Facebook.

Then, a few years ago, Facebook started to crack down on free speech.  If you posted something they didn’t agree with or like, you’d be banned — tossed into “Facebook jail” for 30 days or more, not allowed to use the site.  Others were “shadow banned.”  This is where you THINK you’re posting to a large group of people but almost no one is seeing your posts.  That’s what happened with our Wisconsin Christian News page.  We had about 30,000 people following our Facebook page, but I doubt if more than 20 were actually being allowed to see our posts, because they were Christian and conservative messages we were posting.  I pulled the plug completely on Facebook a couple years ago, after becoming “fed up” with all the nonsense.

Amazon is another invasive corporation that’s spying on you all the time.  Evan Greer, the director of a nonprofit Digital Rights Organization stated, “People tend to think of Amazon as an online seller company, but really Amazon is a surveillance company. That is the core of its business model, and that’s what drives its monopoly power and profit.”  Amazon is designed to be extremely user-friendly.  People can purchase just about anything with a few clicks of a button and have it delivered to their home in a day or two.  But Amazon is much more than just a place to shop.

According to an article at AmericanMilitaryNews.com, “Last year, an Amazon customer reportedly requested all of the data that the tech giant has collected on her through her home devices, including smart speakers like the Dot and Echo, and was stunned to see Amazon had compiled thousands of voice recordings, location data and more.” 

You may appreciate having your own video surveillance cameras to protect your home and property.  Many use the “Ring” video doorbell — but that’s owned by Amazon and it’s providing the tech giant with more personal information about you than you realize.  Not to mention those “Alexa” devices in millions of homes.  “Alexa” is a wi-fi device that you keep in your home and is supposed to serve as a virtual assistant.  Simply ask Alexa a question and you’ll get an audible spoken answer from this machine, after it searches the internet for information.  You can also order things through Amazon by simply speaking the words now.

Most recently, Amazon acquired the iRobot company, maker of “Roomba” vacuum cleaners.  These automated vacuum cleaners are sold to customers as super-easy and convenient.  They vacuum for you and learn to avoid obstacles in your home and they even automatically empty the collection bin, then return to their charging station, automatically.

But did you catch what I said there?  They learn to avoid obstacles in your home.  Sounds good, right?  So they don’t crash into your furniture or get stuck on the stairs.  Here’s the creepy part: these robot vacuums, now owned by Amazon, one of the most invasive personal data collection companies in the world, are also MAPPING the interior of your home and storing that information in their archives.  So now, not only is Amazon listening to everything you say and do in your home through Alexa or any number of other online devices, they’re also mapping the floor plan of your home.  What could possibly go wrong?

And for those who don’t know, Google is way more than an internet search engine.  They own an astounding number of companies and have their hands in everything.  Did you know they own the “Android” company — maker of “smart phones?”  They also own Fitbit.  So with your Fitbit watch, you may think you’re just keeping track of your daily exercise, diet and personal health… but all that information goes directly to Google.  I wonder who reviews your personal health information after that.

A few years ago, we installed an electronic thermostat called the “Nest” in our home.  It was meant for convenience, of course, and allows us to control the temperature in our home remotely, through our smart phones.  But recently, the Nest company was acquired by Google, and in order to continue to heat our home, we were forced to set up an account with Google.  No big deal, right?  Well, our thermostat has become increasingly “nosey.”  For example, each month we get an email detailing our energy usage.  If you use less energy, you earn a “leaf” — but if you use more energy than the previous month, you lose “leaves.”  Forgive me if I sound paranoid, but this sounds like the beginning of establishing our “social credit score” based on our energy usage, which could very well lead to forced compliance with the Green New Deal.  And of course, the penalties for using more energy than the government approves of will be a lot greater than losing an imaginary “leaf.”

I would also caution everyone to stop using Gmail immediately, unless you’re ok with Google reading and storing your personal emails to build an even larger personal profile on you.

Of course, MANY very invasive new technologies are already integrated into all the flat screen TVs in peoples’ homes.  Several years ago, we were warned that these TVs were not only listening to us, but also watching everything that goes on in our homes.  Also available on the market are wi-fi wired refrigerators, washers and dryers and other household appliances — all collecting data and information, 24/7, and storing it — somewhere, for someone.

And if you use a “smart phone,” be aware, that it, too, is always listening, and often watching you through the built-in camera.  Even if it’s turned off.  In the “old days,” if you wanted privacy from your “nosey” phone, you could simply remove the battery.  But that’s impossible with the new phones.  To get that privacy now, you need to turn your phone off and put it inside a “faraday” bag, which blocks RFID transmission.

Friends, Big Tech is monitoring, harvesting and storing all of your personal information, every keystroke on your computer; every call you make, every photo you take — they’ll be watching you.  We’ve witnessed the death of personal privacy in America, and nothing good can come from this.

Recently, we learned of the IRS hiring 87,000 new “special agents,” willing to carry firearms and use deadly force if “necessary.”  Another rogue three-letter government agency that’s been weaponized by the Leftists.  Last year, Biden’s “American Rescue Plan” (sounds legit, right?) proposed that banks would be required to report to the IRS all personal transactions of $600 or more.  After a great deal of backlash, that amount was raised to $10,000 or more.  But it makes little difference, because this is an ANNUAL amount.  In other words, anyone who holds a bank account with activity of $10,000 or more per year will be flagged for reporting to the newly weaponized IRS.  It’s pretty hard to live on less than $10,000 a year.  So in other words, banks must report virtually everyone with an account to the IRS now.  And some wonder why those 87,000 new agents will need to be armed and required to use deadly force.  Our personal privacy has been dead and buried for a while now, and I believe we’re in “warp speed” headed toward a “social credit score” society — just like they use in Biden’s favorite country, China.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 371.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Butch Paugh

September 18, 2022

There can be no doubt that the world is becoming darker and more depressing every day. The people of the world seem to be in constant turmoil, full of frustration and getting angrier every day! Unless an individual has been completely engulfed in the “ways” of mankind and the world “system”, there is no way that they can’t see the insanity and mass confusion that has overwhelmed the whole world and the people of the earth.

The masses are getting desperate! Their whole little “world is crumbling around them! Their hearts and minds are full of anxiety and fear! Most have dysfunctional families. The “natural” love that families and mankind had at one time that kept society somewhat steady and secure, has vanished and been replaced by a “perverted” and lustful “feeling”! It is not the nurturing, tender and compassionate caring that once held the fabric of families and communities together in a bond of peace and contentment.

Their hearts and minds have become places of darkness! Full of all manner of tormenting thoughts and feelings! They are desperately striving to escape this horrific “prison” of pain, fear and desperation! They are driven to “doctors” to seek help. They are given the only remedy mankind has to offer. Drugs! Or, as God’s Word describes these mind-controlling and mind altering “medicines” (drugs), as witchcraft! Gal. 5:20 Or pharmacy or “pharmakeia”! Also means “sorcery” and magic. (Strong’s 5331) The same meaning as the words “sorcery” that is written in Rev. 9:21 and 18:23.

Anti-depressants, uppers, downers, “nerve” pills and other quick, temporary “fixers” of the “symptoms” of a far too serious disease that man simply cannot cure! If they can’t obtain “legal” drugs, they find a ready supply of “fixes” on the streets! They can never be cured and rescued from the darkness and torment that fills their lives, but for a little while they can have their senses numbed against the pain!

Yet, through this maze and haze of confusion and fear some still try to function and cope with mostly an empty facade of a “normal” life. Hoping that the next “election” will bring sanity back to their world! That somewhere, somehow an individual will come forth to “stabilize” things once again. And “he” will! This individual will be the answer to the hopes, wishes and “prayers” of the masses and even to many who “falsely” think they are born again followers of Christ. Those who are caught up in this world system who depend on mans’ system to sustain them! (Mt. 7:21-23, Jer. 17:5, Dan. 8:25) In Daniel 8:25 there are three words used to reveal, to those who will receive the truth of God’s Word, as to how this “man” will come to be the long awaited savior of the world! Please read the verse again and notice these words used in the 1611 KJV Bible. (Throw the other “perversions” out now!) Peace, policy and craft. In order to understand how his deception will work, we need to know what each word mean according to the Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance.

peace – Strong’s No. 7962 – security (genuine or false): prosperity, peaceably, abundance. Also refers back to 7951 – to be tranquil, i.e. secure or successful, prosper, safety

policy- Strong’s No. 7922 – intelligence, understanding, wisdom, prudence, knowledge and discretion.

craft- Strong’s No. 4820 – Fraud, deceit, false, guile, feigned, subtlety and treachery.

Yes, this “answer” to the hope, wishes and prayers of the people of the world will “seem” to be their final needed “fix”! He will bring into plain view his kingdom and his followers will worship him thinking he is their messiah! (Rev. 13:11-18)

His kingdom is being manifested over the whole earth in the “policies” he has given mankind in “his” wisdom, letting them “think” it’s all their ideas and policies. Most people never realize, comprehend or understand that they are being totally deceived! Their “god” has them blinded! (II Cor. 4:4, Eph. 4:18) The masses have turned from their Creator to man and his “promised” benefits! Faith in God for his provision is no longer needed. We have “welfare”! (Mt. 6:25-34, Phil. 4:19) We have provoked our Provider to jealousy! (Ex. 34:14)

His, (the anti Christ’s), kingdom is quickly coming to fruition at a speed that is increasing every day. George Bush Sr. called it the new world order. Klaus Schwab and others are calling it the great reset. Their stated time for this all to be brought forth is the year 2030! But, only Jehovah God knows the exact date! If nations would bring forth heartfelt repentance, there surely could be a reprieve! But sadly, even most “churches” have very little idea or much concern about their sins of commission and omission!

Folks, we must try not to deceive ourselves or be deceived by others! (I Tim. 4:1, II Tim. 4:13, II Pet. 2:1-3) The most heart- breaking truth is the fact that the real “Fix” is offered to all! No cost at all to those who “will” receive The “Cure” for the darkness, fear and torment that plague most of the minds and hearts of mankind. The man of sin, known as the beast, anti-Christ and other names, will have a temporary fix! He is bringing massive chaos to the people of the world, but then he will bring about his “order” and dispel chaos temporarily. Do not be deceived!

If only the pure light of Christ was being preached and lived by all those who call themselves His followers, perhaps we would see healing spread around the world. Unfortunately, Matthew 5:13 pretty much describes the “light” of the church today! Many, many “Christians” I speak to seem to be depressed, angry, frustrated, tormented and walking in fear themselves! Friends, this ought not be so! If you are living in darkness, torment and fear, you are not walking in Christ and His light! Here are a few promises from God’s Word to help you understand that victory of this world system is available to all who receive the truth through faith in His promises!

First, and most importantly, you must live by faith in Him and His promises! It is impossible to have victory in Christ otherwise! (Heb. 10:23, 11:6, Rom. 1:17, Heb. 10:38) When an individual sincerely repents and trusts Christ to become His Saviour and Lord, the darkness, torment and fear is dispelled from their hearts and minds. In Colossians 1:13 we are promised to be taken out of the power (authority) of darkness into the Kingdom of Christ. If we walk in Christ we are no longer in darkness. (John 8:12, Eph. 5:8, Rev. 21:24) As we are promised in Phil. 3:20, we become “citizens” of Heaven. The word ‘conversation’ in this verse is Strong’s no. 4175. It literally means “citizenship”. Wow! Victory in Jesus!

In closing this article, let me bring one more fact to your mind. And that fact is that no matter how close you walk with Christ, you are still in the world! You will have trouble and tribulations as all men do! But by remaining “faithful” to God and His Word, we can overcome this world’s heartaches and trials! (John 16:33, I John 4:3-4, 5:4, I Tim. 3:12-13)

There is absolutely no reason for anyone to walk in fear, anxiety, depression, turmoil or anger. Christ is ready, willing and able to deliver you from Satan’s kingdom of darkness and slavery! (John 14:27, 16:33)

If you have any questions about His promise of salvation and hope of eternal life, please feel free to contact me at 304-846-4448 or at pastorbutch@startmail.com.

© 2022 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Steven Yates

September 17, 2022

Queen Elizabeth II was born April 21, 1926, and passed away September 8, 2022. The world she left was horrifically different from the one she was born into. Understatement of the century. Should conservatives honor her life and legacy?

My answer would be a qualified Yes. My answer acknowledges that she wasn’t perfect, nor was the Royal Family free of assorted question marks. Be this as it may, Queen Elizabeth’s life seemed to reflect something that is rapidly disappearing: class. Not in the economic sense. In the sense of cultivated behavior that reflects dignity, self-respect, proper manners, and a sense that with great wealth and power (she had both) comes great responsibility — not to gain more wealth and power, but to watch over and serve that portion of the world to which one has been entrusted.

A controversy has erupted over conservatives paying respects to her memory. Tucker Carlson defended doing so in one of his recent commentaries.

I imagine that was hard for liberals to hear. After all, British colonialism is very much out of fashion. To defend it? Gasp! How unwoke can you be?!?!

Carlson, to his credit, couldn’t care less about being woke. So as he is wont to do, he provided a dose of truth in a world saturated by wokery’s lies.

The British empire, rising as did beginning in the seventeenth century and whatever else one says about it — no one says it was perfect — was more humane, decent, and civilizing than anything the twentieth century produced.

What did the British empire help bring about? Rising living standards everywhere it and its agents set up shop. Improved medical care. Falling crime rates.

What happened after it withdrew (and became the present-day Commonwealth)? Living standards fell. Governance grew deadly. Uganda, as Carlson points out, got Idi Amin for a spell. Rhodesia eventually became Zimbabwe, with everything that name invokes, going from one of the richest countries in the world to one of the poorest in just one generation. South Africa got “majority rule,” but also massive political corruption, violent crime, and a minority of whites who justifiably fear for their lives. Now Chinese economic hit men are moving in. How many Africans silently wish the British had never left?

Just the truth here, without trigger warnings that have become hallmarks of a hypersensitivity that protects lies, wokery, and corruption.

What made the British empire a superior form of life? That’s an easy question.

It was joined at the hip with what was still fundamentally a Christian-based civilization, even if secularized financial elites were already sabotaging its upper echelons.

By the time Elizabeth II was born, Christian culture was being dismantled apace, and being replaced by materialism. What enabled materialism in addition to financial liberation were Darwinism, Freudianism, and the rising technocrat mindset that started with Auguste Comte. This mindset rejects original sin and embraces its opposite: human beings can perfect themselves by their own means. All we have to do is place ourselves in the hands of “the experts.” Technocracy proclaims itself the path to a “scientifically designed world” and to a more perfect human. This last is called transhumanism.

GloboCorp — or the superelite, hellbent on establishing a world government serving its global corporations — is a natural product of this worldview. Present-day elites are as different from those of yesteryear as night is from day. There were elites of yesteryear who merited being called aristocrats. To them, excellence mattered. Grace mattered. Proper décor mattered. Leadership meant service, not domination.

Achievement mattered. The first corporations emanating from the Anglo-European world spread the rising scientific-technological-commercial mindset, but within an ethos that sought to improve the lives of those to whom its purveyors had been entrusted. True, they did not always succeed, because those they contacted weren’t welcoming of what the West offered. Sometimes this was indeed Westerners’ own fault. A Christian worldview is no guarantee against corruption and wealth’s abuses. Corporations such as British East Trading Co. controlled as much wealth as governments. Wealth is power. Power corrupts. No one with a brain denies this.

Nevertheless, the visible aristocrats of the day were about something other than money and power, and this makes them very unlike their equivalents today.

Money and power become the summum bonum of every culture materialism overwhelms, whether those who think materialism reflects “the scientific view of the universe” or not, whether they wish to retain (essentially Christian) “ideals of truth, justice, and equality” or not. Sometimes sooner, sometimes later, materialism engenders death cultures.

Communism and Nazism were about power and domination, and the result was the mass slaughter of millions of innocent people. Both are rooted in variations on the modern materialist worldview, in which there is no Creator, no transcendent reality, no moral compass rooted in eternal truths, and hence nothing above history and society — and those able to seize the reins of power.

One of the most important consequences of the materialist outlook: when all is said and done, lives don’t matter, especially if they become inconvenient. Entire populations are thus expendable. Our holocaust is hidden by such innocuous-sounding euphemisms as women’s reproductive rights.

Thus Communism, thus Nazism, thus the pro-abort mindset of Planned Parenthood: sick branches from the same diseased tree and roots.

Neither do capitalism and materialism mix! I think none other than Adam Smith understood this at some level. His Wealth of Nations notes that businessmen are subject to corruption and that “market forces” alone are insufficient to prevent the formation of cartels and monopolies. He was thinking of government regulation, of course, and that invites the question, who regulates the regulators? In the absence of self-regulation in accordance with a Christian worldview in which consciousness of human imperfection and temptation are part of the culture, capitalist institutions are as vulnerable to corruption as those of overtly totalitarian systems like communism and Nazism. It just takes longer. Sadly, Smith was a product of his century. Leading intellectuals were rejecting Christianity. Thus he never took this last step, preferring instead a “morality of sentiment” shared with his correspondent and close friend the Scottish philosopher David Hume.

Even self-regulation at this level won’t do the job perfectly, of course. Original sin again….

Materialism become the dominant worldview of the twentieth century among academic and political-economic elites and superelites — whether they understood it in these terms, or not (most did not). The academics systematically confused materialism, a worldview (supplying starting points for reasoning) with science (a range of methodologies and results). Their claim to epistemic authority — “we know the truth” — gave materialism cultural as well as intellectual power. Capitalistic enterprises were not immune. A term I have sometimes used for the spread of materialism from the pristine labs and hallways of academia through the rest of a civilization is cultural osmosis.

Neoliberalism, the brand of capitalism that dominated the West by the turn of the millennium, had already financialized the economy and redistributed wealth upward — welfare-statism in reverse, I have called this. When money becomes your sole value, you will sell out not just your employees but your nation. Hence corporations moving jobs to cheap-labor countries, hiring illegal immigrants willing to work cheap so that all wages are driven down, all in addition to gains made from going public and selling shares. Hence the purposeful pursuit of technology that eliminates jobs and dumps tens of thousands of people into the streets. Hence the devaluation of currency via money printing, which is all that will prop up a fundamentally unsustainable system so that those who profit from that system can continue indefinitely.

In this environment, the middle class starts to disappear. Its earnings no longer keep up with its (inflated) expenses. Society as a whole gravitates toward techno-feudalism, a state of affairs in which the superelite dominates, regional visible technocratic elites, both political and economic, advance agendas assisted by cadres of cooperative administrators, and real freedom diminishes. The majority, without the know-how to escape this kind of system (and “educated” to believe they live in a democracy), live increasingly miserable lives working “gigs” for low pay, indebted to “payment plans” with no end in sight. This is the new serfdom, tied not to land as such but to the money system. To keep their sanity, the masses respond to whatever pleasurable escapes are made available by corporations, which include drugs and eventually every form of sexual fetish and perversion. Moral arguments against all these will have all but disappeared, demonized when they do appear as calls for “theocracy.”

Today’s government schools, of course, are encouraging small children to question their “gender.” As recently as three decades ago, this would have been condemned as child abuse. The sexually confused were seen as mentally ill. Today you can get kicked off Big Tech’s platforms for saying such.

What does all this have to do with Queen Elizabeth and the Royal Family? I am not claiming they’ve stayed free of the corrupting effects of what was trending all around them. Indications are, though, that Queen Elizabeth was profoundly disappointed by the divorces and scandals that have dogged later generations of Royals. Tradition, however, kept her from weighing in on political matters. I cannot help also having sensed, for some time now, her dignified if stoic refusal to be transformed into a celebrity, which has become the unfortunate fate of her grandchildren and their spouses.

Goes without saying, the superelite are not following the example she set. Led by Klaus Schwab and his Young Global Leaders, they scheme to complete their global empire based on surveillance and control, not dignity and service. Meanwhile, wars they fomented lay waste to nations, economies crumble under the weight of irrational policies, political systems fragment on fomented division and justifiable distrust of authority, formal education continues to disintegrate under the weight of wokism, and cultures descend into barbarity.

As an exemplar of this last, consider this tweet by one Uju Anya of Carnegie Mellon University: obviously, given that name alone, an academic affirmative action charity case:

I heard the chief monarch of a thieving raping genocidal empire is finally dying. May her pain be excruciating.

See what I mean about formal education disintegrating? What can one say to the sociopaths that have inundated its once honorable lecture halls? What is scary is that such people may have as many as several hundred university students fall under their sway each academic year.

Some will reply angrily to all this that the Queen associated with, and even knighted, people who turned out to be pedophiles. If true, this is just one more symptom of the corruption of our era. She herself seemed to remain above all such frays. Even should it turn out that she looked the other way as much as possible, her British stiff upper lip intact, just the dignified appearance she maintained for as long as she lived might well be remembered as among the last anchors against the long-term collapse of Western civilization.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

By Cliff Kincaid

September 17, 2022

With “transhumanism” becoming a popular topic, perhaps the transformation of human beings into drug-addled and drug-crazed zombies bears some scrutiny.

On the eve of the release of new inflation numbers, the elite publication Axios claimed that President Biden and Democrats were riding “a wave of good news.” The publication insisted that, “Inflation’s fury has cooled. Gas prices are down. Democrats have racked up legislative successes, including last month’s passage of a landmark climate, health and tax package.”

The caveat was the August Consumer Price Index, which was due out that same day, “a new data point for the political weather.” Well, it turned out to be another higher-than-expected inflation number, leading to a market decline, a loss of 1200 points.

The White House celebrated the “Inflation Reduction Act” after news broke that the consumer price index rose 8.3% in August from a year ago.

Over on CNBC, a guest claiming inflation had peaked was joking about using ayahuasca, a hallucinogen. The channel has hailed the “psychedelic renaissance.”

Is this what explains the modern-day bias of the news media and their notion that people won’t notice the lies emanating from the White House?

At an America’s Survival conference in 2017, Dr. Tina Trent explained how the movement to legalize drugs now wants to make “mind-expanding” drugs more available, even mandatory, in order to erase traditional Christianity and transform consciousness through “New Age” practices.

Ayahuasca has been in the news because the reigning NFL MVP, Aaron Rodgers, took a series of trips to Peru during the off season and consumed “the medicine” in the form of a psychedelic tea drink. NFL spokesman Brian McCarthy said this didn’t violate the league’s anti-drug abuse policy, even the drug’s psychoactive component, DMT, is illegal in the U.S.

DMT’s psychological effects include “intense visual hallucinations, depersonalization, auditory distortions and an altered sense of time and body image.”

Interestingly, one version of the global warming (now climate change) theory originated with marijuana advocate Carl Sagan, who was also an astronomer. Before he came to believe the Earth was inhabited by a spirit called Gaia, Sagan was writing about the virtues of dope and “the cannabis experience.” He explained, “I do not consider myself a religious person in the usual sense, but there is a religious aspect to some highs. The heightened sensitivity in all areas gives me a feeling of communion with my surroundings, both animate and inanimate.”

The U.N.’s Environmental Sabbath program advised kids to hold hands around a tree and meditate. The purpose, through dope or meditation, is to become “one” with trees, rocks, and dirt.

Now, a new Gallup Poll has found that more Americans smoke marijuana than cigarettes.

One of those consumers was Nikolas Cruz, the Parkland Florida mass shooter who plead guilty to murdering 17 people in 2018 and told police about extensive drug use, including marijuana, and “demons” in his mind.

His trial is now ending its second month, in order to determine whether he is sentenced to death or life without parole.

If someone wants to stop “gun violence,” one place to start is enforcing federal laws against marijuana. But Attorney General Merrick Garland prefers to order FBI agents to surround the My Pillow guy and seize his company phone.

A former drug addict who converted to Christianity, Mike Lindell understands this aspect of the war against the West and runs a program to help people with drug problems.

In the midst of “the Great Reset,” marijuana and now psychedelics have become the “Soma” for our own Brave New World.

With Aaron Rodgers talking about the “self-love” generated by the tea from Peru, look for more young people to follow his example into the gutter, as they contemplate the value of their gender studies graduate degrees and write off their federal student loans.

However, after signing a three-year $150 million contract extension, Rodgers’ team the Green Bay Packers lost its season opener to the Minnesota Vikings, 23-7. Commentators blamed the defeat on the loss of a talented wide receiver to another team, rather than any possible lingering mental health effects of the hallucinogenic.

Recognizing the stakes in this global conflict, WNBA star Brittney Griner was sentenced to nine years in a Russian prison for bring marijuana into the country. She hopes to be exchanged for the Russian arms dealer and former Soviet military officer Viktor Bout, the legendary “Merchant of Death” who is serving a 25-year sentence in U.S. federal prison.

Bout was lured out of Russia, where he was living openly, and arrested in a sting operation in Thailand by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA). Some of the weapons Bout was selling were for communist Colombian terrorists in the FARC (Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias) to use against Americans.

The communist FARC has been shipping drugs to the U.S. for decades, with a senior FARC commander extradited from Colombia in June of this year for a trial on charges of “leading a continuing criminal enterprise and participating in an international cocaine manufacture and distribution conspiracy.”

While the DEA tries to bring drug traffickers to justice, Joe Biden’s open borders policy makes their job far more difficult, with cocaine and fentanyl flowing into the United States, the latter made possible by Chinese chemicals provided to the drug cartels.

This is also a problem, however, that affects some on the right side of the political spectrum.

In federal documents concerning his arrest and detention in regard to his imprisonment as the face of the January 6th “insurrection,”, the QAnon Shaman, 33-year-old Jake Angeli (born Jacob Anthony Chansley), admits he was the person photographed at Vice President Pence’s chair on the Senate dais, face painted, carrying the spear and wearing a horned helmet. He claims “a profound spiritual experience” through mind-altering drugs, given to him initially at the age of 11 by his father, that included mushrooms and peyote.

Such characters are hardly “political prisoners.”  Like Hunter Biden, a drug addict who illegally purchased a gun without disclosing his habit and has not been prosecuted, these people need rehab and prison.

Conservatives can’t complain about rising crime rates if they endorse soft-on-drugs policies. Hence, they must take into account billionaire homosexual “conservative” activist Peter Thiel’s financial interest in the marijuana and psychedelic-research industries and his political contributions to GOP Senate candidates Blake Masters (Arizona) and J.D. Vance (Ohio).

Enforcement of anti-drug laws has to be a priority for Republicans and Democrats. We have to reduce the number of zombies with mental problems running rampant in the streets of major cities and contributing to mass murder and the rising crime rate.  But it’s an open question whether Republicans will join Democrats in cultivating potheads and other drug abusers as a voting bloc by endorsing legalization of marijuana and psychedelics on a national basis.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of Americas Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

by Kathleen Marquardt

September 17, 2022

I am so thankful that my children are grown and were exposed to very little of the Woke world (comparatively speaking). Back then, it was political correctness which hadn’t reached even close to Woke yet! But we are well down that road. Back when political correctness was getting a foothold, it got under my skin enough to tell a Sacramento Bee reporter that if anyone accused me of being politically correct, I’d slit my throat. You can imagine how I view the Woke world now.

But Disney? Disney used to be for entertainment, especially for children. What Disney offers now can only be considered entertainment for those wanting sick and twisted porn. Regular porn is probably passe’ in today’s “in your face” woke world anyway.

“Give me four years to teach the children and the seed I have sown will never be uprooted.” —Vladimir Lenin

“Our strength, in other words, has rested in our determination to reject simplistic absolutes and to redefine and revitalize a productive middle ground, relinquishing outdated solutions and embracing new approaches”. —Hillary Clinton, It Takes a Village

What are those simplistic absolutes? They are moral absolutes, the opposite of evil, wrong, sin, and hate.

Disney has gone ballistic over a piece of Florida legislation that prohibits state teachers from introducing or promoting LGBT topics to children in kindergarten through 3^rd grade. The Christian lifestyle and moral absolutes are banned in schools, so the Left are replacing them with the most disgusting, degrading, despicable behavior the world has seen to date. Nero could take lesions. Parents are, and should be, the arbiters of what is fed to their open, receptive, and not yet discerning children’s’ minds.

But in this world where being white is being racist, where possessing moral absolutes is to be shunned as antiquated as well as racist; and where being tolerant only denotes those who believe in LGBTQIA2+furries, pansexuals and anything other than heterosexuals is acceptable.

They can have their parades, and we have the option to stay away. But keep your trannies out of our schools and libraries – if they were just reading books to our children, we wouldn’t notice. But they are doing their grooming (and I don’t mean combing their hair and putting on make-up) of our children and flouting it on mainstream and social media. There is now a big push to more than normalize this sick and twisted, debased, corrupt behavior – and to inject it into our children’s psyche.

Disney General entertainment president Karey Burke vowed to “up the ante on gender politics during an all-hands meeting, promising that at least half of the characters in its productions will be LGBTQIA or from racial minorities by the end of the year. On during a company-wide Zoom call, she said that Disney must do more to be more inclusive. She (he, it?) choked up during it, saying the issue hit close to home because of her children. ‘I’m here as the mother of two queer children, actually, one transgender child and one pansexual child, and also as a leader’”.

Disney LGBTQ advocates attacked the company for failing to block a Florida law that banned classroom instruction on sexual orientation and gender identity in grades K-3. So Disney vowed to overturn the law, adding that they would work to increase the number of LGBTQ characters in future productions. So, Disney higher-ups, determined to retain their great ESG credits, responded: “Our goal as a company is for this law to be repealed by the legislature or struck down in the courts, and we remain committed to supporting the national and state organizations working to achieve that.” [i]

For the unaware, this is “woke capitalism” (progressive-slanted corporate lobbying) at work. You may wonder what Environmental, Social, and Governmental (ESG) actions are valued in companies? Well, the above actions are high on the list.

In 2018, Ross Douthat, opinion writer for the New York Times, wrote, “Corporations engaged in a “certain kind of virtue-signaling on progressive social causes, a certain degree of performative wokeness “efforts to tax or regulate our new monopolies too heavily.” [ii]

Now that Disney has demonstrated ESG valuations so well, I wonder if we won’t — finally – see a much-deserved backlash against such nonsensical values in determining what a company is worth. If we don’t see backlash to this, we might as well crawl into caves and wait for the Rapture.

One of the Disney companies produced the movie Little Demon, wherein “13 years after being impregnated by Satan, a reluctant mother, Laura, and her Antichrist daughter, Chrissy, attempt to live an ordinary life in Delaware, but are constantly thwarted by monstrous forces, including Satan, who years for custody of this daughter’s soul.”

In conjunction with the movie, “After School Satan Clubs” are being set up. School boards must allow all groups proposed; this is a First Amendment issue. These clubs are the brainchild of a pro-abortion advocacy group, The Satanic Temple, which regards killing unborn babies in abortions as a religious ritual. One can easily see where this leads to – abortion at any age after birth up to 95 (grannie may run out of money).

What to do? Parents, get your children out of the public (Marxist) schools. The Satanic website notes, “After School Satan Club[s]” are needed to provide a “contrasting balance” to after-school activities at some schools.” Those activities that need “to be contrasted” must be Christian clubs. What else does Satan detest; Satan is only a contrast to Jesus and Christianity.

And Wall Street Journal’s Gerard Baker, has the best take on Disney deciding to go for woke. Baker’s mockery is fine-tuned and right on.[iii] It’s easy to mock, but when a company whose products have entertained, enlivened and enriched the lives of billions of children and their parents decides it must take a stand against the Parental Rights in Education Bill, what does it expect? By joining in the campaign to distort the objective of Florida’s new law, defame the people behind it, and deprive parents of the right to determine whether their children as young as 5 should be taught about sexual orientation or gender identity in the classroom, Disney executives invite something much worse than ridicule. They risk placing themselves on the side of a small minority of unrepresentative ideologues who are trying to remake the relationship between children, their parents and their teachers.

The larger problem Disney’s dutiful obeisance to the noisy extremists represents is the way in which those who seek to control our culture are redefining a central element of democratic pluralism—what it means to be an open and tolerant society.

“In March, Disney’s president of content told employees the company plans to have at least 50% of its regular characters come from “underrepresented groups.” Another top producer boasted about Disney’s “not-at-all-secret gay agenda,” including “adding queerness” to children’s programming. Yet another senior executive promised that Disney would implement a “tracker” to ensure programs contain enough “canonical trans characters.”[iv]

I’m sure the pope is sending consultants to see they get the dress and verbiage correct. If, when you started reading this, you thought I was steaming, you were right. It is time for every right-minded citizen to wake up and condemn the woke.

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[i] https://ewtn.co.uk/article-disney-fans-caught-in-the-wake-of-woke-corporate-capitulation-to-lgbtq-pressure/

[ii] https://ewtn.co.uk/article-disney-fans-caught-in-the-wake-of-woke-corporate-capitulation-to-lgbtq-pressure/

[iii] https://www.wsj.com/articles/disney-woke-florida-dont-say-gay-parents-students-teachers-movies-cartoons-world-lgbtqia-sogie-gender-expression-transgender-crt-critical-race-theory-11649082625

[iv] https://californiaglobe.com/articles/disney-pays-the-price-for-woke-activism/

by Rees Lloyd

September 16, 2022

By Act of Congress in 1979, the third Friday of September, while not a national holiday, is observed annually as “POW-MIA RECOGNITION DAY.” Its purpose is to remember and honor all those veterans who suffered as prisoners of war, and all those many thousands who were and are still missing in action.

POW-MIA Recognition Day 2022 is Friday, September 16. There will be observances all across the country at military installations, state and national governmental facilities, and by veterans organizations including many of the more than 12,000 Posts of The American Legion (see www.Legion.org), Veterans of Foreign Wars (www.VFW.org), and other veterans service organizations, as well as at other patriotic organizations.

Perhaps most poignantly, many of the observances will include members of the National League of POW-MIA Families (www.powmiafamilies.org), which will have its own observances as well.

For them, the families, the wars have never ended. Their grief has never ended. The pain has never ended of not knowing what ultimately happened to their beloved family members who went off to serve in defense of the nation, and are still missing in action, their actual fates endlessly wondered about, but unknown.

It is because of the efforts of the National League of POW-MIA Families that, by act of Congress, the now famous POW-MIA Flag —which they created — will fly right below our American Flag on National POW-MIA Recognition Day. It is the only flag which is allowed to be on the same standard as our national Flag. Congress acted in 1988 to allow the POW-MIA Flag to be so flown also on Independence Day (Fourth of July); Veterans Day; Memorial Day; Armed Forces Day, and Flag Day).

Many Americans if not most — and certainly most immigrants, legal and illegal — are unaware of how many other Americans have suffered as POWs, or were or still are missing in action, as a result of serving to preserve American freedom.

For one reason, many if not most of the media do not report on National POW-MIA Recognition Day; and almost all if not all government schools, under domination of the liberal teachers union, do not teach the children about it. (For further example, September 17 is “Constitution Day”— celebrating the signing of the American Constitution on September 17, 1787. It  is also virtually ignored by major media, and in government schools.)

Regarding POWs, the Congressional Research Service has determined that: In World War II, 130,201 American military suffered as POW’s, of whom 14,072 died in captivity. In the Korean War, there were 7,140 POWs, of whom 2,701 died while imprisoned. In the Vietnam War, 725 were taken prisoner, 64 of whom died at the hands of their Communist captors from torture or disease. In the Gulf wars since 1991, 37 were taken prisoner; none of whom are still in captivity.

Regarding MIAs, the Defense POW-MIA Accounting Agency, reports that some 83,114 Americans are still missing in action from WWII to the present. That is: 73,515 are still missing in action from WWII; from Korea, 7,841 are still missing; 1,626 still missing from the Vietnam War; 126 from the Cold War; and 6 since 1991 in the conflicts in the Middle East.

The Communist dictator Joseph Stalin once infamously observed: “One death is a tragedy; a million deaths is a statistic.”

The figures cited above are not “just statistics” for the families of the POWs and MIAs. Nor should they be for us. Each one who suffered or died in captivity, each one who is missing in action—over 80,000 despite the continuing efforts of the U.S. to account for all the missing — is a personal tragedy, a continuing loss, and, continuing grief of families who do not know what actually became of their loved ones who went to war for them, for our country, for us, and never returned, disappeared in action without a trace.

Thus, for their families, there has been no closure. They should not be alone.

On National POW-MIA Recognition Day, we Americans, all of us, have the opportunity to remember and honor all of the POWs and all the MIAs, by participating in one of the many observances, or, if not able to do so, to pause in our busy lives to honor and remember them and to stand with their families in their continuing grief and suffering.

May God bless and keep them all— all the POWs, and all the MIAs, and all their families. May we Americans never forget them and their sacrifices but always remember and honor each and all of them, and their families. (Support the National League of POW-MIA Families at www.powmiafamilies.org).

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2022 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

By Lex Greene

September 16, 2022

In an effort to figure out why our government and media are so concerned with lawful and responsible gun ownership, I decided to study the leading causes of death in the USA. With all of the focus on disarming the law-abiding citizens of the USA, I expected to see that gun violence by law-abiding citizens was a leading cause of death in the USA. Why else would anyone be so damned concerned with Second Amendment protected Rights in the USA?

Imagine my surprise when I discovered the real leading cause of death in the USA, and no, it isn’t COVID19 either. My research is based upon official government issued statistics posted on government websites, including the CDC.

Since most Americans still foolishly believe everything our government tells them, the above numbers were taken directly from government official sources. That way if you disagree, you disagree with your government, rather than me.

Despite gun violence being the least of our problems in terms of causes of death, at only 0.6% of the deaths in 2020, 90% of which are gang violence, drug or theft related, mostly in every democrat run city…still, our government has convinced millions of Americans that it is the biggest threat in our country. Far from it…

COVID19 is #4 on the list at 10.2% – but remember that the CDC has admitted that 94% of the deaths labeled COVID19 actually died of something else. Only 6% of the 350,831 (21,050) were actual COVID deaths in 2020. (Note: the 2021 COVID deaths were up by 30% after vaccines)

Diseases of the heart and cancer, among others, happen largely if not entirely, beyond our control, and they are indiscriminate in nature, claiming the lives of young and old alike.

But as you can see in the grid above, the #1 cause of death in the USA is ABORTION, 100% of them at the sole discretion of women who believe they have some insane non-existent constitutionally protected right to kill their own children. Women killing their own children accounted for 26.9% of all human deaths in the USA in 2020, making it by far the leading cause of death in the USA. It’s been this way for many years now.

Yet, all public political attention is on “gun violence” at the bottom of the list, which only accounts for 0.6% of the deaths nationally in 2020. If you expect any sane person to believe that women determined to kill their own children, care anything at all about the death of your children due to gun violence, you’re wrong. They clearly have no regard for human life at all, their children or yours.

But it is largely the same women who demand a right to kill their own children, who also aim to eliminate your natural Right to keep and bear arms, in protection of your own children and families. The same group also supports defunding law enforcement and putting convicted felons back on the streets, while flooding our country with illegal aliens from every 3^rd world toilet on earth.

Today’s democrat party panders to these women voters, for their own political power, and that’s why this horrific evil continues in our country. Many republican politicians now pander for votes on this issue too, all knowing how evil it is, but more concerned about their political power than the life of any child.

Before anyone brings it up, “rape” accounts for only 0.5% of all abortions. This means that 99.5% of all abortions have nothing whatsoever to do with “rape.”

Now, to be fair to women, 44% of women voted against this total evil insanity in 2020. They are not directly responsible for abortion being the #1 cause of death in the USA. But 55% of women voted for this evil in 2020, and they have been voting for this evil ever since the Supreme Court issued the Roe v. Wade decision, since overturned. They plan on voting for abortion again in 2022…as the top issue driving their votes in every election.

Here’s the worst news about at least 55% of women voters in the USA today…

Unlike every other cause of death, this one solely targets the most innocent and defenseless victims on earth, children. 90% of gun related deaths in the USA are between street criminals. But 100% of abortions strictly target an innocent child.

Like it or not, these are the facts. These facts prove that the deadliest people in the USA today are 55% of women. Sadly, at least 55% of American women are directly responsible for the mass murder of innocence in the USA as the #1 cause of death, simply due to their support for abortion.

Maybe we need to be talking about the #1 cause of death in the USA, instead of gun violence, all the way at the bottom of the list!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Edwin X Berry, PhD, Theoretical Physics

September 16, 2022

Today, Seth Borenstein, AP Science Writer, produced another irrational attack on climate truth. He references a prediction in the 2012 special report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC),

“A changing climate leads to changes in the frequency, intensity, spatial extent, duration, and timing of extreme weather and climate events, and can result in unprecedented extreme weather and climate events.”

Then, he presents the usual extensive list of weather-caused damages since 2012.

He says this IPCC report is the warning and forecast “by top United Nations climate scientists more than 10 years ago.”

He quotes Michael Oppenheimer of Princeton University,

“The report was clairvoyant. The report was exactly what a climate report should do: Warn us about the future in time for us to adapt before the worst stuff happens.”

But Borenstein and Oppenheimer go off the scientific cliff by concluding these IPCC predicted damages prove that our CO2 emissions caused these damages.

The only thing Borenstein has proved is that he and scientists parked in universities around the world do not understand the logic of science and boastfully announce conclusions that are illogical, irrational, and unethical.

Events do not prove their cause.

Events do not prove CO2, human or natural, caused the events. Furthermore, climate is a 30-year average of weather, so the use of weather events to argue a human cause for climate change is unscientific. The fundamental scientific principle – that events do not prove their cause – ends all arguments that events prove human CO2 is guilty.

The most important principle in science is ironically one of the simplest.

It is impossible to prove a theory is true but only one contradiction with data or accepted physics proves a theory is false. Science progresses by proving theories are false, not by claiming theories are true.

Proof that a theory is false supersedes all claims that the theory is true. Neither votes nor opinions can overturn proofs that a theory is false.

Only true science can find the cause.

The IPCC claims these three (false) theories are true:

1. Human CO2 causes all the increase in atmospheric CO2 above 280 ppm.
2. The CO2 increase above 280 ppm causes global warming.
3. This global warming causes dangerous climate change.

All climate alarmists assume these three IPCC theories are true. They cannot prove these theories are true, be we can prove these theories are wrong.

You didn’t know it was this simple, did you?

Good physicists have supplied the proofs that Republicans need to win the climate debate. These physicists will win in a court of law. If Republicans back true scientists, Republicans will win climate lawsuits and win elections.

Let’s look at the big picture of climate alarmism.

This figure shows the three scenarios for Natural and Human CO2.

The first bar is the IPCC version for 1750. Here, the natural CO2 level is at 280 ppm. It is at equilibrium, which means the CO2 outflow equals the CO2 inflow.

The second bar is the IPCC version for about 2020. Here, the IPCC assigns all the CO2 increase to Human CO2. All climate alarmism is based on this bar.

The third bar is what the IPCC data show (Berry, 2021). Here, the Human addition is only 35 ppm. This means Natural CO2 caused about 75% of the CO2 increase. The third bar is climate truth according to IPCC’s own data.

Berry (2021) proves the second bar is false, PCC’s theory (1) is false, and the climate claims by Borenstein and Oppenheimer are science fiction. It is simple and can prove in a court of law that climate alarmism is based on false science.

Other scientists have proved IPCC’s theories (2) and (3) are wrong. There is no scientific basis to support the claim that human CO2 causes dangerous climate change.

The threat of the climate fraud is the Great Reset.

The Great Reset depends on the climate fraud and its climate laws and regulations. The only way to stop the Great Reset is to undermine its Democrat-supported climate foundation by voting Republican in the 2022 election.

The Great Reset, if achieved, will impose a world government with a two-tiered economy where the superrich will control their profitable monopoly and everyone else will live as a serf in perpetual socialism.

You will own little or nothing. You will rent what you need from the monopoly. You will jump when they tell you to jump, eat the insects they tell you to eat, and take every vax jab they tell you to take until your shoulder or butt is full of little holes.

They will control the miseducation and medication of your next generation so they will never again regain the power to be free.

Will the Republican Party support climate truth in time to win in 2022?

Climate change is the most divisive, misunderstood, critical issue in the 2022 election

According to Pew Research, in 2022, 60% of all American voters say climate change is a major threat. Among Democrats, 88% say climate is a major threat. Among Republicans, 31% say climate is a major threat, 45% say it is a minor threat, and 24% say it is not a threat at all.

Climate truth is the core Republican issue because it affects the supply and cost of our energy and food, and negatively affects our education, economy, taxes, and freedom. The climate fraud encourages citizens to believe other government lies.

Your climate belief can decide your vote. If you strongly believe there is a climate emergency, you will vote Democrat, even if you are a Republican. If you strongly believe climate change is a fraud, you will vote Republican, even if you are a Democrat.

America’s only hope is that the Republican Party will support climate truth. The absence of a Republican challenge has allowed the Democrats to gain voters on the climate issue.

President Trump is no longer president because, in addition to the election fraud, he lost his climate debate against Biden. His debate loss disillusioned voters who were waiting for him to prove Biden is wrong about climate.

The Message is more important than money.

Now, in mid-September 2022, the November election does not look good for Republicans.

Republican candidates say they are losing the election because the Democrats have more money. While money is necessary, today’s business advertising proves a better message can beat money every time.

This Republican climate message will get free publicity because it is controversial:

1. Nature controls the climate.
2. Our CO2 does not change the climate and is not a pollutant.
3. Global temperature controls the CO2 level.
4. We need more CO2 because more CO2 grows more food with less water.

Our national energy plan should include:

1. Making natural gas our primary energy source.
2. Making nuclear energy our growing primary energy source.
3. Drill, baby, drill, with added incentives to keep our offshore oil rigs in top condition.
4. Make high-tech coal our secondary energy source.
5. Teach our children the truth about climate change in our schools.

Our national CO2 plan should include:

1. Eliminate all climate laws, regulations, incentives, and treaties.
2. Eliminate all subsidies for EV’s, heat pumps, wind, and solar energy, thereby forcing them compete on a level economic playing field.

Carbon capture may be the most insane and counter-productive peacetime undertaking in human history.

Don’t waste good energy to put atmospheric CO2 in the ground.

Stop net zero politics. Netzeroclimate.org says, “Net zero refers to a state in which greenhouse gases going into the atmosphere are balanced by removal from the atmosphere.”

Berry (2021) describes how CO2 always moves toward a net zero state where outflow equals inflow. It’s high-school physics.

Montana Republicans have not supported climate truth.

Nineteen Republicans entered Montana’s 2022 primary election for Congress. Montana Free Press asked these candidates to answer questions on climate change.

Sixteen Republican candidates (85%) agreed with the Democrats on climate change. They did not read Berry’s book, Climate Miracle.

Democrats have filed multiple redundant climate lawsuits.

If they win their climate lawsuits in Montana, Democrats will control Montana’s mining, energy, and economy. They will shut down Montana’s hydrocarbon energy try to power Montana with wind energy.

In 2011, Dr. Berry filed an Intervention to a Democrat climate petition in Montana’s Supreme Court. His Intervention caused the Court to reject the petition, thereby saving Montana billions of dollars per year thereafter and making him the only scientist to defeat a climate lawsuit. The Montana Supreme Court ruled,

“If they cannot prove a connection between eliminating Montana’s minute carbon emissions, and reducing the pace of global climate change, then public trust doctrine cannot, even under their own flawed legal theory, apply.”

De. Berry’s attorney, Quentin Rhoades, wrote,

“This establishes once and for all, at least for Montana law, that climate science is decidedly not settled.”

Beginning in 2020, environmental groups have filed more climate lawsuits against the State of Montana. One of these new lawsuits, Held v. Montana, is a carbon copy of their 2011 petition to the Supreme Court that Dr. Berry defeated in 2011. Montana has refused Dr. Berry’s offer to help Montana defeat Held v Montana.

How to stop a climate lawsuit.

Montana’s defense attorney for Held v Montana thinks they must defend against the plaintiffs’ direct claims.

Dr. Berry disagrees. He believes the best way to defend against climate lawsuits is to prove the plaintiffs’ assumptions are wrong, as he did in 2011.

According to Dr. Berry, all climate lawsuits assume the above three IPCC theories are true. The best way to win the defense is to defeat theories (1) and (2). Dr. Berry says his Climate Team 6 can take out these three invalid climate theories in court and thereby stop all Democrat climate lawsuits.

As a bonus, defeating these Democrat climate assumptions in court will change America’s education and politics.

Montana’s defense should use the 2011 Montana Supreme Court precedent that climate science is “not settled.” This would put the burden of proof on the plaintiffs to defend the science behind their lawsuit.

The defense should include the reasons the 2011 plaintiffs filed their petition in the Montana’s Supreme Court rather than in a lower court. They claimed an irreversible climate change event would occur before they could go from a lower court to the Supreme Court and stop Montana’s CO2 emissions in time to save the planet. Now 10 years later, it is obvious that no such damage has occurred.

The scientific method says if your prediction is wrong then your theory is wrong. This proves the scientific basis of the Democrats’ 2022 climate lawsuits is wrong.

Dr. Berry’s Climate Team 6 includes the best climate scientists in the world who know how to win a climate lawsuit. Dr. Berry’s team can teach other attorneys what they must know to defeat climate lawsuits.

Republicans must act now!

Republicans must lead a new revolution against the climate fraud.

Putin’s closure of his gas pipeline to Europe should be our wakeup call. Europe quickly cast aside its green idealism for carbon fuels and nuclear energy. Solar and wind have proved they cannot support a free industrial society.

Now is the perfect time for Republicans to promote climate truth because people want to stay warm this winter and want to keep the costs of energy, travel, and food low.

Dr. Berry’s book, Climate Miracle, can help Republicans win climate lawsuits, stop the climate fraud, and stop the Great Reset.

If Republicans accept this challenge, they will win in November 2022 and change the world.

© 2022 Ed Berry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ed Berry: ed@edberry.com

By Lex Greene

September 15, 2022

The politicians and their propaganda media promote the notion that over 300 million Americans have a wide range of issues they are concerned about, causing them to fracture into issue based factions easy to manipulate, divide and conquer for political purposes.

Many think the elections are between democrats and republicans, or independents against both. People have been trained to believe that we are a totally divided and fractured country today, which is in part true. However, in reality, our elections have been reduced to only two factions and two choices today.

THE AMERICA FIRST FACTION

Often referred to as the “MAGA movement,” which stands for the “Make America Great Again” voting bloc, most of whom believe in President Donald J. Trump and the many things he accomplished against all Washington DC insiders for four years. This group will cast their ballots on the basis of Life, Liberty, and the free individual Pursuit of Happiness, freedom, liberty and justice for all, and the Rule of Law.

This faction puts freedom and liberty for everyone above all else when they walk into an election booth. This group believes in making the USA the very best free and secure nation anywhere on earth. They vote for a better future for every human being. This group includes most republicans, and some democrats and independents.

THE DEATH CULT FACTION

Like it or not, this faction cannot possibly be described any other way today. This group includes democrats and socialists now, almost exclusively, and they openly call for “war” against all other Americans. This group includes those burning and looting cities across the nation ahead of the 2020 elections, as well as criminal gangs destroying every democrat controlled city in the USA. (BLM, ANTIFA, MS13)

The number one issue for this voting bloc is “death.”

• An alleged “constitutional right” to murder their own children
• A right to burn and loot entire cities, and murder innocent citizens
• A right to put convicted violent felons back on the streets
• A right to flood our country with violent illegal aliens and drugs
• A right to disarm law-abiding citizens and defund all law enforcement
• A right to cause endless wars around the globe
• A right to force lethal injections into citizens at will, without any liability
• A right to force young children into deadly mandates against parental consent
• A right to use Federal Agencies to terrorize citizens, political opponents
• A right to protect child traffickers and pedophiles
• A right to operate a Nazi-style thought police gestapo, targeting political opponents
• And I could go on for a few pages with this list…

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VOTING BLOC TRENDS

According to all related election data, U.S. women overwhelmingly vote for the death cult in every election cycle, by a 25% margin on average. Not too long ago, female voters leaned hard conservative in protection of their families. Today, they lean hard left and they represent the largest voting bloc in the “death cult” faction now.

U.S. men, however, have always trended towards the conservative right in their voting, but not by as wide a margin lately. As more and more women seek to be men, and men seek to be women, these patterns are changing, unfortunately.

Making matters worse, females are now 52% of the USA population, not counting the men who now dress like women. Men represent only 48% of the USA population at present, which means the female population has a baseline 4% voting advantage over men.

Adding to this problem, women have had a much higher voter turnout rate than men recently, approximately 63% female voter turnout to 59% of males. So, women not only outnumber men by 4%, but they also vote at a higher rate than men.

In 2020, aside from the evident election fraud across the country, largely via mail-in balloting and machine manipulations, 57% of women voted for Biden, while only 42% of women voted for Trump, a 15% margin in favor of the “death cult.” (Source)

Men voted 53% for Trump, and only 45% for Biden. However, women outnumber men nationally and they have a much higher voter turnout rate.

So, when considering who is most responsible for all of the many disasters in the USA and world since January 2021, there is no escaping the reality that women voters played a huge role in creating all of the ills facing our nation just 22-months later.

In 2022, women voters still list the top issue in this election cycle as “abortion,” the alleged right to kill their children. This makes the modern American female voter the greatest threat to Life, Liberty, and Happiness in the USA today.

Life goes on, as it always must, despite all of the serious disasters facing our nation today. Voters only get to decide what life in America will look like after the November elections. Will it be a nation full of life, freedom, liberty, and justice for all…or will it continue to be a nation torn apart by the death cult currently in power?

While everyone will get to vote, it is women voters who will decide what happens. We can only hope that they have learned from their past mistakes and self-correct, or the USA will soon be gone forever.

Only women can convince other women to change, specifically, the 42% of women who voted for Life and Liberty in 2020. I suggest that every female voter in that 42% group get very busy convincing women in the 57% death cult group, to change, and really fast. There isn’t much time left…

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

September 15, 2022

We have never been closer to losing our country than we are today.

The Biden regime has launched a purge of President Donald Trump’s associates and political supporters. It’s not just former government officials now at risk. This week Mike Lindell, CEO of My Pillow, attempting to buy a meal at Hardee’s, suddenly found himself surrounded and blocked by three carloads of armed FBI goons. They confiscated his cell phone. That’s what you get for being an avid Trump supporter. It makes you a suspected “domestic terrorist.”

So far they’ve raided the homes of at least 35, and maybe as many as 50, citizens who exercised their inalienable right to vote for and work for their president. The raids occurred amid a near-total nooze media blackout. The regime didn’t want America to see this.

But Tucker Carlson discussed it on the air, Monday night. I was impressed by his presentation and posted twenty minutes of it on my blog, leeduigon.com.

Just hours later, readers let me know that YouTube had censored Carlson’s broadcast. I went to YouTube and the video was gone. If you clicked to see it on my blog, you got two minutes of babbling Biden. And now that’s gone, replaced by a black screen and a notice that the video had been pulled for “violating” this or that YouTube protocol. Someone had decided that we must not be allowed—yes, I said “allowed”—to see this video.

Later a reader found it on Rumble and sent me a link. You can see it here.

Do we see a pattern emerging here? “Justice” Dept. has the FBI spy on parents who don’t like their local school boards promoting transgender propaganda and racial strife. FBI goon squad—armed!—raids President Trump’s home at Mar-a-Lago. Next, a news blackout for FBI raids on several dozen “Trump allies.” Then they go after Mike Lindell. The FBI has turned into the kind of gangsters they used to chase.

How far in advance was this all planned—and by whom? Tens of millions of us voted for Donald Trump in 2020. Tens of thousands of us worked in his campaign, one way or another. How far down the hierarchy does The Regime mean to go? Is this a coup? A putsch? An organized, determined effort to take down our republic and replace it with an authoritarian one-party state? I know it sounds like crazy talk; but I’m not used to seeing my country run like a banana republic, and I don’t like it. Democrats to this day question the validity, the integrity, of the 2016 election and others. We question 2020—and that makes us criminals? Is there a First Amendment in the house?

Am I afraid? You’re damned right I’m afraid. And someday Democrats will be afraid, too, when our self-anointed elites and the powers of darkness decide that some of their people aren’t Democrat enough. But it may well be too late by then.

Step by step we are walking away from liberty. How many more steps must we take before we can’t find the way back?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit, before the FBI shuts us all down. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 15, 2022

Part 3: Losing your identity in America, confused as to where you belong, immigrants against American traditions

One Japanese-American complained that she didn’t know whether to celebrate her “American” side or her “Japanese” side.  She felt confused as to her allegiance.

In the City of Dearborn, Michigan, over 300,000 Muslims know exactly what and who they celebrate:  the prophet, Quran and Sharia Law.  They have created their own little Baghdad right here in America. You won’t  see Old Glory flags being flown within their midst.

Notice that 125,000 Somalians in Minneapolis, Minnesota remain in their “Somaliland” enclave in order to maintain some sense of their African identity.  They really don’t fit into the predominantly Scandinavian society of Minnesota.  And, there’s no way that those pure white Scandinavians fit into Somali Islamic culture.  So, what do they do?  Most whites avoid stepping into Somaliland.  Because of that harsh reality, what do the people in Washington DC hope to accomplish by importing millions upon millions of incompatible cultures, languages and unprepared immigrants into the midst of a 21^st century first world  country?

Not only are the immigrants confused, isolated and tolerated, but their offspring grow up angry…because they don’t have a clue as to where they fit into America.

As Americans lose their identity, or it’s meshed into a big bowl of multicultural mush, older Americans wonder what kind of a country  will erupt from the ashes of the “old” America?

One black writer, Otegha Uwagba, wrote, Whites: On Race and Other Falsehoods.  She complained that white friends don’t ask her how she is. “I feel abandoned.”  After George Floyd’s death, she said, “My mailbox was a dumping ground for white guilt.”

Uwagba bitterly complained, “Everywhere white shame looms large…sucking the oxygen out of the room.  Even the most penitent white  people have a way of making it hard to breathe.”

She said, “Americans need to retrain their minds.”

How can anyone tell the Chinese to retrain their minds NOT to be Chinese, or Indians, or African or any other ethnic group?  How can anyone understand their own county if they hate it?

White Privilege? White Supremacy?  White Power?

Just after Eliza Fletcher in Memphis, TN suffered death at the hands of that rapist, three black kids bragged on social media that they were out to kill old white ladies.  To date, their threats have been ignored by the national media. But if it were three white boys threatening to kill little old black ladies, well, you can imagine, all hell would break loose.

Is that what the media and/or the Washington DC folks want to encourage with their dumping 1,000,000 refugees onto American soil annually?  And, now, with over 3,000,000 illegal refugees streaming into America in 2022 per Joe Biden’s invitation, what do you think will happen in the cities and schools they overrun?

To solve it all, UCLA law professor and leading critical race theory proponent Cheryl Harris  argues, “The right to private property should be suspended, with money and land seized, and redistributed along racial lines.”

In other words, let “racism” move forward on a different rung of the ladder.  Or, let’s just change the totality of America’s success as a country and turn it into another form of a racist society. In this case, people of color benefit at the expense of white people.

As we continue into this national experiment that is clearly not working, how do we “hold” America together?   What happens when the baby boomer generation dies out?

At the same time, how much have we dumbed-down our educational systems?  I watched a two minute video where the narrator asked simple questions of kids at a mall.  The kids didn’t know how many letters are in the alphabet. How many seasons in a year?  She replied, “12.” One was asked what language the people in Idaho spoke. She said, “Potato.”  How many states make up the United States?  He answered, “Five?…I don’t know.”  What continent are we on right now?  He answered, “Oh, North Africa?”  “What’s 3X3 X 3?”  The  kid answered, “18?”  How many pennies are in $1.00? The kid answered, “How should I know?”   Another was asked, “What country did we gain our independence from?”  A girl answered, “Mexico.”  What is a shape with four sides called?  Answer, “I don’t know man…I learned that in 5^th grade.”  Can you name three countries outside the USA?  She answered, “New Mexico, Connecticut and Alabama.” What is one quarter plus two dimes?  He answered, “65 cents?”  Can you tell me what time this clock reads?  She answered, “Oh my God…I don’t know.”

A sobering 33% of high school graduates never read another book the rest of their lives.  Another 42% of college grads never read another book after college.  About 57% of new books are not read to completion.  And, 70% of U.S. adults have not been in a bookstore in the last five years.  Finally, 80% of U.S. families did not buy or read a book last year. (from Mark Stevens)

Well dear reader, that’s the future of America.  I remember as a math-science teacher starting in 1973, administrators forced teachers to pass kids up to the next grade instead of holding  them back.  Now, we’ve got multiple  generations of adults who are functionally illiterate.

How can we expect functionally illiterate people to maintain America with reasonable participation, voting, contributing to the work force, and simple citizenship?  Did you notice on NPR last week when they said that the homeless in Los  Angeles jumped from 66,000 to 69,000?

What happens when those numbers explode into  the millions?  Can we erase poverty with so many illiterate people?  Is there any chance to abate racism with THAT many illiterate people?

Let’s go back to George Floyd.  When he died, Fentanyl flooded his body.  That same year, 2020, 93,000 Americans died from opioid overdoses.  In 2021, 107,000 Americans died of Fentanyl overdoses. China’s main drug export killed all of them.  Ironically, Joe  Biden invited and allowed all those drug cartels to invade our country with an endless supply of those drugs.

As to gun killings in America, 702 deaths and 2,844 wounded in 2021.

Is it possible that young Americans, young immigrants and minorities are losing their minds, as well as their affinity toward America?  So, what can they do and/or what are they going to do?  With such mass functional illiteracy, how will they participate in America’s future?  Do they even want to participate?

Historian Seymour Lipset said, “Most great nations are not conquered by armies. They commit national suicide.”

In his book, America Extinguished: Mass Immigration and the Disintegration of American Culture by Dr. Samuel T. Francis, he said, “Nothing is more basic to assimilation of immigrants in a foreign culture than learning its language. But many immigrants are not  learning English, a strong sign they haven’t assimilated and don’t intend to.”

Do you think we’re going to survive this invasion of cultures and languages?  Will our youth survive the endless drug invasion? Will we survive our mass functional illiteracy?  Why don’t the goofballs in Washington DC not see what’s happening?  Why are they allowing, and in fact, applauding Joe Biden’s total disregard for our country’s borders?

How does it feel to be displaced and replaced out of your own country?  Answer: ask today’s Europeans and/or ask Native Americans.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Paul Engel

September 14, 2022

• What are the rules when a government agent comes to your door?
• When does a government actor need a warrant to enter your home?
• Looking at some previous Supreme Court cases, we’ll see that you may have more legal authority than you realize.

When a government agent stands at your door asking to come in, do you know what your rights are? What would you do if that agent tries to enter your house illegally? If that day comes, the difference between liberty and incarceration may well depend on how well you know your rights and how prepared you are to assert and defend them.

A situation like this was at the core of a 1967 case involving Roland Camara. He was charged with violating the San Francisco Housing Code for refusing to allow city housing inspectors to enter his home without a warrant. The city claimed that the ground-floor quarters violated the building’s occupancy permit. Mr. Camara sued in State Superior Court, claiming the inspection ordinance was unconstitutional because it failed to require a warrant for inspections. The court denied his request for a writ of prohibition, relying on the 1959 case Frank v. Maryland.

Frank v. Maryland

In the case of Frank v. Maryland, a Baltimore City health inspector discovered evidence of a rat infestation at the rear of Frank’s home. When Frank refused access to the health inspector, who did not have a warrant to search, an arrest warrant was sworn out under Article 12 §120 of the Baltimore City Code.

Whenever the Commissioner of Health shall have cause to suspect that a nuisance exists in any house, cellar or enclosure, he may demand entry therein in the day time, and if the owner or occupier shall refuse or delay to open the same and admit a free examination, he shall forfeit and pay for every such refusal the sum of Twenty Dollars.

Frank v. Maryland

Is a city law that allows government agents access to your home valid? After all, wouldn’t such a law violate the Fourth Amendment’s protections against unreasonable searches? The court looked at history and the laws of Maryland and came to this conclusion:

In light of the long history of this kind of inspection and of modern needs, we cannot say that the carefully circumscribed demand which Maryland here makes on appellant’s freedom has deprived him of due process of law.

Frank v. Maryland

What I found interesting in this opinion is the fact that while the court looked at the Fourteenth Amendment, they paid little attention to the Fourth. Notice the court found that an unwarranted search did not violate due process, but said nothing about the search being unreasonable. As I understand the court’s reasoning, since a health inspector is not law enforcement, meaning the inspector is not looking for evidence of a crime, the Fourth Amendment does not apply. This opinion was the basis for the decision of the Superior against Camara, which was upheld by the District Court.

Camara v. Municipal Court

Which brings up back to 1967 and the Camara v, Municipal Court case. This time the court saw things differently.

1. The Fourth Amendment bars prosecution of a person who has refused to permit a warrantless code enforcement inspection of his personal residence.  Frank v. Maryland, supra, pro tantooverruled.

Camara v. Municipal Court

The Fourth Amendment prohibits unreasonable searches and seizures. By extension, you cannot be prosecuted for refusing to allow a warrantless search. Based on this, the court overturned Frank v. Maryland, pro tanto, latin for “only to the extent”. That means only the question of warrantless code enforcement inspections are affected.

(a) The basic purpose of the Fourth Amendment, which is enforceable against the States through the Fourteenth, through its prohibition of “unreasonable” searches and seizures is to safeguard the privacy and security of individuals against arbitrary invasions by governmental officials.

Camara v. Municipal Court

I know the courts claim the Bill of Rights doesn’t apply to the states except through the Fourteenth Amendment, which I’ve dealt with before. Notice though, that the court says the purpose of the Fourth Amendment is to protect you from arbitrary invasion by government officials. The Fourth Amendment isn’t simply about privacy, but your own security. Is that what the Constitution actually says?

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

It’s quite simple; the Fourth Amendment doesn’t simply protect you from arbitrary searches, but from unreasonable ones. What makes a search reasonable? One with a warrant based in probable cause or an exigent (urgent) circumstance. Or as the court put it, “carefully defined exceptions”.

(b) With certain carefully defined exceptions, an unconsented warrantless search of private property is “unreasonable.”

Camara v. Municipal Court

One of the most common examples of the “carefully defined exceptions” the court is referring to is a situation where human life is in imminent danger, such as a fire or cries for help.

(d) Warrantless administrative searches cannot be justified on the grounds that they make minimal demands on occupants; that warrant in such cases are unfeasible; or that area inspection programs could not function under reasonable search warrant requirements.

Camara v. Municipal Court

It’s not a question of how invasive the search is, how much of an impact it has on the occupants, or that the inspection program couldn’t function if they had to obtain warrants; a law claiming to allow warrantless inspections is not justified under the Fourth Amendment. Of course, that’s not to say that the court doesn’t see a legitimate reason for inspections.

2. Probable cause upon the basis of which warrants are to be issued for area code enforcement inspections is not dependent on the inspector’s belief that a particular dwelling violates the code, but on the reasonableness of the enforcement agency’s appraisal of conditions in the area as a whole. The standards to guide the magistrate in the issuance of such search warrants will necessarily vary with the municipal program being enforced.

Camara v. Municipal Court

If code enforcement can show the reasonableness of their inspections, then the court has said that satisfies probable cause. However, is that a probable cause? Not according the the Free Legal Dictionary:

Apparent facts discovered through logical inquiry that would lead a reasonably intelligent and prudent person to believe thatan accused person has committed a crime, thereby warranting his or her prosecution, or that a Cause of Action hasaccrued, justifying a civil lawsuit.

Probable cause is a level of reasonable belief, based on facts that can be articulated, that is required to sue a person in civil court or to arrest and prosecute a person in criminal court. Before a person can be sued or arrested and prosecuted, the civil plaintiff or police and prosecutor must possess enough facts that would lead a reasonable person to believe that the claim orcharge is true.

Probable Cause – The Free Legal Dictionary

So how can the court claim probable cause for code enforcement if there isn’t a reasonable belief that a civil or criminal violation has occurred? I cannot see one.

3. Search warrants which are required in nonemergency situations should normally be sought only after entry is refused.

Camara v. Municipal Court

This sentence is important. The court isn’t asking code enforcement to get a warrant every time they want to perform an inspection, but only if entry is first refused. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t ask for a warrant when they show up, just that they likely won’t bother getting one unless you ask for it.

4. In the nonemergency situation here, appellant had a right to insist that the inspectors obtain a search warrant.

Camara v. Municipal Court

The court sums up their position here. Unless there is an emergency, the appellant had a right to insist that inspectors get a search warrant to enter their property, and so do you.

Conclusion

So where does that leave you if and when you find a government agent at your door? First, unless they have a warrant, you are not required to grant them entry. Even if you don’t think you’ve done anything wrong, I’ve had multiple attorneys tell me there is no benefit to allowing law enforcement entry to your home, business, or even your car. The warrant, and the probable cause that is required to get one, is for your protection. Don’t let code enforcement, or any other government agent claim they do not need a warrant to search; that is only true if you grant them access or if there is an articulable emergency. If they threaten to have you arrested for refusing them, remind them of the Fourth Amendment and the fact that the Supreme Court has confirmed that you cannot be prosecuted for refusing to allow an inspection without a warrant. If you can remember the case Camara v. Municipal court, even better.

I’m still concerned about the court’s willingness to defer to so called “compelling government interest” over the language of the Constitution. According to the court in Camara, as long as the government agent can convince a judge that the inspection is “reasonable”, then the warrant can be issued. Which brings us back to the big question: What is a reasonable search or seizure?

Suitable; just; proper; ordinary; fair; usual.

Reasonable – The Free Legal Dictionary

What makes a search just? When does “public good” outweigh your right to private property? And just how does the reasonableness of an inspection equate to probable cause for a warrant? These are all good questions, ones that should be answered before government agents start getting warrants to perform “inspections” on your property.

To sum this all up, this is an excellent examples of the words of John Jay:

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the supreme Court

Having read the Constitution, we have a better understanding of our rights, which means we should quickly recognize when they are violated. And having read a bit of court opinion, we are even more prepared to defend and assert them. I hope this helps you feel more prepared and secure in your home. I know it makes me feel more secure in mine.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Bradlee Dean

September 14, 2022

If there was one guy they should have turned the other way in attacking, it was Judge Roy Moore.  Now they know! –Reported by The Sons of Liberty Media, November 22, 2017

Scripture is clear, friends:

“One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established. If a false witness rise up against any man to testify against him that which is wrong; Then both the men, between whom the controversy is, shall stand before the LORD, before the priests and the judges, which shall be in those days; And the judges shall make diligent inquisition: and, behold, if the witness be a false witness, and hath testified falsely against his brother; Then shall ye do unto him, as he had thought to have done unto his brother: so shalt thou put the evil away from among you. And those which remain shall hear, and fear, and shall henceforth commit no more any such evil among you. And thine eye shall not pity; but life shall go for life, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” -Deuteronomy 19: 15-21

In law, this is still applicable today.  The only problem is that most Americans think that it is free speech when nothing could be further from the truth.

Free speech does not give anyone license to lie or maliciously attack nor does it permit anyone to defame.

[Rumble Video]

The Associated Press reported Jury: Democratic PAC defamed Roy Moore, awards him $8.2M

A federal jury awarded Republican Roy Moore $8.2 million in damages Friday after finding a Democratic-aligned super PAC defamed him in a TV ad recounting sexual misconduct accusations during his failed 2017 U.S. Senate bid in Alabama.

Jurors found the Senate Majority PAC made false and defamatory statements against Moore in one ad that attempted to highlight the accusations against Moore. The verdict, returned by a jury after a brief trial in Anniston, Alabama, was a victory for Moore, who has lost other defamation lawsuits, including one against comedian Sacha Baron Cohen.

“We’re very thankful to God for an opportunity to help restore my reputation which was severely damaged by the 2017 election,” Moore said in a telephone interview.

Ben Stafford, an attorney representing Senate Majority PAC, said in an emailed statement that they believe the ruling would be overturned on appeal.

Moore, a former Republican judge known for his hardline stances opposing same-sex marriage and supporting the public display of Ten Commandments, lost the 2017 Senate race after his campaign was rocked by misconduct allegations against him. Leigh Corfman told The Washington Post and said Moore sexually touched her in 1979 when she was 14 and he was a 32-year-old assistant district attorney. Moore denied the accusation. Other women said Moore dated them, or asked them out on dates, when they were older teens.

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

September 14, 2022

Because of decades of propaganda by Islamapologists, it is now a reality that the very first prob-lem with any discussion of Islam is that many people believe that no one is ever supposed to criticize it. In the West, one is immediately called an anti-Muslim bigot, hater, racist, and Islamophobe. In Islamic countries, one’s fate is much worse, with death as a common outcome. Thus, we have to establish why it is acceptable to criticize Islam.

The primary reason is simple. It is valid to criticize anyone and anything because every person has the sacred, inviolable rights of free speech, freedom of thought, freedom of religion, and many other rights that stem from those central concepts. If anyone says that you cannot criticize a person or a topic, then you must vigorously correct that person, for that way lies totalitarianism. It simply can’t be said more clearly than with the words of the American patriot Patrick Henry when he declared on March 23, 1775, at the Second Virginia Convention in Richmond, Virginia:

“Give me liberty, or give me death!”[1]

Let’s start with this question: Are Muslims Free? If they are not, should they be free?
It’s a reasonable statement to say that all human beings have the intrinsic right to be free, and thus we can demand: “Freedom for Muslims, Freedom for All.”

However, it is unfortunate for Muslims that the vast majority of people living under Islam are not free. They are repressed by a form of totalitarianism that I describe as “the Ultimate Tyranny.”

Stating that Islam is the Ultimate Tyranny will undoubtedly offend Muslims and many non-Muslims as well. Thus, I do not want to be misunderstood. I am not “anti-Muslim.” In fact, I am pro-human-being and would like to help the human beings who just happen to be Muslim to escape the tyranny under which they suffer.

As any honest and informed Muslim will tell you, and as I document below, Muslims live as slaves to Allah, to Mohammed, and to Islam. Muslims are victims and slaves of a system that com-mands and teaches them to victimize and enslave the citizens of the entire world. Even Mohammed called himself a slave:

“Do not exaggerate in praising me as the Christians praised the son of Mary, for I am only a Slave. So, call me the Slave of Allah and His Apostle.” (Sahih Bukhari 4:55:654)

How can one say that Muslims are slaves when some people convert to Islam willingly and Mus-lims in the West seem to be quite free? Muslims acknowledge that “Islam” means “submission,” yet many Western Muslims are non-orthodox, which, from the viewpoint of orthodox Muslims, means that they are unfaithful Muslims. Orthodoxy in Islam is not the same as in Judaism, within which you have Orthodox Jews and Reformed Jews as two distinct and legitimate groups. Recep Tayyip Erdoğan, the president of Turkey, stated:

“There is no moderate or immoderate Islam. There is only one Islam.”[2]

It has been popular in the West to refer to Islamic terrorists as “radical,” but that term is incor-rect. Stephen M. Kirby, Ph.D. is the author of six books about Islam and states:
“How can you use the term radical without first identifying the norm? Normative Islam is based on the unabrogated commands of Allah in the Koran, and the examples and teachings of Muhammad (the Sunnah). If the Koran and the Sunnah support a Muslim’s actions, that Muslim is not radical, he is devout.”[3]

I prefer to use the term “orthodox” and am thus focused on orthodox Islam and the Muslims who live under that system (which can also include a family or community anywhere in the world). Let’s look then at what it means to be “a slave of Islam.” Of course, under Islam, Muslims can also own their own slaves, who live in even worse conditions of life. First, let’s just focus on Muslims. “Slave” is defined in the dictionary as:

– “a person who is the property of and wholly subject to another and forced to provide unpaid labor.
– a person entirely under the domination of some influence or person.”[4]

Some of the essential qualifications of a “free person” are that the person has the rights of freedom of speech, freedom of religion, freedom to exercise their beliefs, freedom of political af-filiations and economic activities of their choosing, and freedom of movement and travel. Muslims are not granted all of these rights by Islam. Muslim men have some of them, such as economic ac-tivity and travel, but Muslim women are oppressed as second-class citizens and, in strict Islamic en-vironments, cannot leave their homes unless they are accompanied by a male relative.

Muslims who leave Islam are marked for death under the crime of apostasy. Mohammed was unequivocal:

“[In the words of] Allah’s Apostle, ‘Whoever changed his Islamic religion, then kill him.’” (Sahih Bukhari 9:84:57)

Muslims who submit to Islam (voluntarily or otherwise) go through a one-way door. Under or-thodox Islam, there is no way out. This may not be readily apparent in the West because, in the West, many Muslims are not orthodox, preferring the freedoms of their non-Islamic countries. However, orthodoxy lurks behind the scenes and becomes visible when we hear of so-called “honor killings” for leaving Islam, as this 2015 article in The Christian Post detailed:

“Most recently, Ali Irsan of Texas was charged last week with capital murder of Iranian activist Gelareh Bagherzadeh and Coty Beavers, his son-in-law. Nesreen Irsan, Ali’s daughter, converted to Christianity with the help of Bagherzadeh, and left home and married Beavers, a Christian. Ali Irsan’s wife, Shmou Ali Alrawabdeh, and his son, Nasim, were also charged with murder.”[5]

As reported by Jessica McBride in the 2019 Heavy.com article “Nesreen Irsan & Ali Irsan Now: Their Lives Today,” Nesreen, the apostate daughter, barely escaped and is now in hiding:

“. . . authorities alleged that Ali Irsan also planned to kill Nesreen and others but didn’t pull that off before his arrest.”[6]

Islamic advocacy groups in America, such as CAIR (the Council of American-Islamic Relations), routinely dismiss Muslim honor killings as simple domestic violence having nothing to do with Islam. However, this has been disproved. Writing for the 2009 Middle East Quarterly in the article “Are Honor Killings Simply Domestic Violence?” Phyllis Chester stated:

“And, unlike most Western domestic violence, honor killings are carefully planned. The perpetrator’s family may warn the victim repeatedly over a period of years that she will be killed if she dishonors her family by refusing to veil, rebuffing an arranged marriage, or becoming too Westernized. Most important, only honor killings involve multiple family members. Fathers, mothers, brothers, male cousins, uncles, and sometimes even grandfathers commit the murder, but mothers and sisters may lobby for the killing. Some mothers collaborate in the murder in a hands-on way and may assist in the getaway. In some cases, taxi drivers, neighbors, and mosque members prevent the targeted woman from fleeing, report her whereabouts to her family, and subsequently conspire to thwart police investigations. Very old relatives or minors may be chosen to conduct the murder in order to limit jail time if caught.”[7]

Muslims in orthodox Islamic countries, communities, or families must follow a strict set of laws called “Sharī‘ah.” They cannot criticize Mohammed or Islam; they cannot draw a picture of Mo-hammed; and they cannot live as they wish, especially if they are women. It is true that men under Islam enjoy a certain amount of freedom. Some are immensely wealthy and do not seem to be in chains. Yet they are still slaves to a religious-political system that will turn on them in an instant if they violate its laws.

Muslims in the West may object to this description of their status, but they must acknowledge that they are largely protected from the repression of Sharī‘ah law by the laws and freedoms of the West. In spite of those privileges, many orthodox Muslims want to replace the US Constitution with Sharī‘ah law, which would eliminate the freedoms that non-orthodox American Muslims currently enjoy.[8]

Muslim Women Are Slaves of Slaves

Women under Sharī‘ah Islam are second-class citizens who can be forced to undergo female genital mutilation, be married off to strangers before puberty, and then be beaten by their husbands. They are “slaves of slaves.” These traditions started with Mohammed, who had sex with a nine-year-old girl when he was fifty-four:

“The Prophet wrote the (marriage contract) with Aisha while she was six years old and consummated his marriage with her while she was nine years old and she remained with him for nine years (i.e., till his death)” (Sahih Bukhari 7.62.88)

Mohammed’s “perfect example” has given an excuse to Muslim men to have sex with little girls for fourteen hundred years. The Ayatollah Khomeini married a ten-year-old girl and lowered Iran’s minimum age for girls to be married to nine.[9] The age of Khomeini’s child bride is in dispute, with Islamapologists trying to raise her marriage age. I believe the math reveals that she was nine.

In Chapter Five of the 1985 biography of the Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini titled The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution by Amir Taheri, the author writes that when Ruhollah Khomeini was twenty-seven, in the summer of 1930, he married Batul (nicknamed Iran and later sometimes referred to as “Khadijeh”), the daughter of one Ayatollah Saqafi, residing in Shahr-e-Rey, near Tehran, Iran.

“One of Saqafi’s daughters, Batul, who was nicknamed Iran, was, at the age of ten, the most likely bride-to-be. . . .

A small ceremony was organized in which Saqafi himself performed the marriage rites. . . . Before leaving for Qom, Ruhollah was allowed a glimpse of his wife’s face—the smiling face of a healthy child.”[10]

Although Taheri’s biography of Khomeini states that Batul was ten at the time of her marriage, he writes on the next page:

“In January 1931, Batul began her eleventh year and was already expecting her first child.”[11] At least according to Western counting, when one begins their eleventh year, it means that they just turned ten, which means that Batul was nine in 1930 when she married Khomeini. This follows the pattern of Mohammed’s marriage to Aisha.

However one might explain away the age of Aisha in seventh-century Arabia, it is very clear that in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries having sex with young girls must be classified as pedo-philia. Sit with this phrase describing Khomeini’s new bride for a moment, and then imagine if that described the wife of a modern, Western, Christian man. The words “pedophile” and “jail time” eas-ily come to mind. “. . . his wife’s face—the smiling face of a healthy child.”

Many people in the West are in the habit of excusing behavior like this because it’s coming from “a third-world, Muslim civilization, so we can’t use our Western standards of judgment.” But that viewpoint is balderdash, nonsense, and an arrogant expression of the bigotry of low expectations. We cannot and must not use silly excuses like that when it comes to protecting the victims of pedophilia, rape, or abuse. They need us to defend them instead of apologizing away the crimes of their sexually twisted abusers.

This is the reality: a nine-year-old child bride of a Muslim man has to obediently lie there while the adult and sometimes very old male comes on top of her and inserts his sexual organ into hers. This is not acceptable, civilized behavior. What is the adult Muslim male thinking? Is he regarding the spiritual, emotional, and physical well-being of that young girl with a heart of unselfish and compassionate love? No, not at all.

Ali ibn Abi Talib was the cousin and son-in-law of Mohammed. He was the fourth caliph and is regarded by Shia Muslims as the rightful immediate successor to Mohammed. Here’s what he thought about women:

“It makes no difference which woman you marry. For all women feel the same, when you mount them in the dark.”[12]

A very large number of orthodox Muslim men are hypnotically obsessed with sex, both during their life on earth and as they look forward to their promised future in “Paradise,” where they believe that they will be permanently sexually aroused without getting tired and will have endless sex with seventy-two sex slaves, as Mohammed stated:

“It was narrated from Abu Umamah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

There is no one whom Allah will admit to Paradise but Allah will marry him to seventy-two wives, two from houris and seventy from his inheritance from the people of Hell, all of whom will have desirable front passages and he will have a male member that never becomes flaccid (i.e., soft and limp).” (Sunan Ibn Majah 37:4481)

Infidel Women Are the Lowest of All

Sex with young girls and an unhealthy obsession with sexual entitlement would be bad enough, but Allah, Mohammed, and Islam also condone the rape of non-Muslim women, revealed by Allah in the Qur’an:

“And all married women (are forbidden unto you) save those (captives) whom your right hands possess.” [4:24] (M. M. Pickthall)

Rape of infidel women is theologically justified, as was illustrated by the 2015 testimony of a twelve-year-old rape victim of an orthodox ISIS Muslim:

“When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion.
‘I kept telling him it hurts—please stop,’ said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. ‘He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.’”[13]

Because of this religious belief, the enormous migration levels of Muslim men into Europe have produced soaring rape statistics. Since 1975, when Sweden opened its borders to Muslim immigrants, rape has increased in that country by 1,472 percent (as of 2015).[14] In England, Muslim rape gangs, euphemistically referred to as “Asian grooming gangs,” have been gang-raping thousands of white British teenage girls for decades, while the police and authorities turn a blind eye because of political correctness and the fear of being labeled racist.[15]

It is reprehensible and deeply hypocritical that a majority of Western feminists ignore the tragic plight of women under Islam and the criminal attacks against non-Muslim women by orthodox Muslim men. Why do they ignore the many thousands of female victims? Where is the #MeToo movement?

Islam Is the Ultimate Tyranny

For the reasons explained here, as well as many other problems with Islam, I state unequivocally that Islam is the ultimate tyranny. It is far more pernicious and all-encompassing than communism because it imbues its adherents with a religious fervor and belief that their system of mass slavery must overtake the world at any cost.

Islam was initially unappealing to seventh-century Arabs. It wasn’t until Mohammed decided to use violence and a system of financial and sexual rewards given to the men who joined him in vio-lence that Islam became almost unstoppable. It attracted the worst kind of men: men who were im-pressed by violence and men who were excited by the prospect of unlimited sexual dominance over women. They became the jihadis who committed horrific crimes against humanity and continue to do so today. Those types of men are the ones who keep their Muslim populations enslaved in the twenty-first century.

Islam claims it is the fulfillment of Jewish and Christian history, but Islam does not follow the Ten Commandments, and Islam most definitely does not teach Muslims that they should follow Jesus’ example and “love their enemies.” Quite the opposite.

Yes, there are good-hearted, freedom-loving Muslim men and women who are moral, loving, and nonviolent. Of course there are. I do not state that “Muslims are the ultimate tyranny.” Individuals can be good or evil, and Muslims are themselves victims of Islam, whether they embrace it with in-doctrinated, jihadist fervor, resist it at the risk of death, or ignore as much of it as they can get away with, which is quite a lot in free, Western countries.

No, the problem is with Islam. Frankly, the West should be sympathetic toward the Muslims who feel oppressed by Sharī‘ah and should help them safely leave the tyranny of Islam.

Image: A female beggar in Afghanistan, wearing a burka. Wikimedia Commons. Public Domain.

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Endnotes:

Verses from the Qur’an are followed by numbers in brackets which denote the chapter (“Sura”) and verse. The name of the translator is in parentheses. For example: [4:56] (Maududi). Verses that are simply followed by names and numbers in parentheses (no brackets) are from the books of the “Hadith,” the teachings and traditions of Mohammed as related by various authors. For example: (Sahih Bukhari 4:55:654).

1. https://www.colonialwilliamsburg.org/learn/deep-dives/give-me-liberty-or-give-me-death/
2. https://www.meforum.org/7078/erdogan-no-moderate-islam
3. https://islamseries.org/
4. https://www.dictionary.com/browse/slave?s=t
5. https://www.christianpost.com/news/are-islamic-honor-killings-a-growing-threat-in-america.html
6. https://heavy.com/news/2019/11/nesreen-irsan-ali-now-today/
7. https://www.meforum.org/2067/are-honor-killings-simply-domestic-violence
8. https://www.danielpipes.org/blog/2009/07/replacing-the-us-constitution-with-the-koran
9. https://robertspencer.org/2019/12/muslim-cleric-allah-permitted-the-prophet-muhammad-to-marry-aisha-when-she-was-9-years-old
10. Amir Taheri, The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution, Chapter 5, “The City of Taghut,” page 90. Pub-lished by Adler & Adler, 1986, Bethesda, Maryland.
https://archive.org/details/spiritofallah00amir/page/90/mode/1up
11. Ibid, page 91.
12. Ibid, page 89.
13. https://robertspencer.org/2015/08/he-said-that-raping-me-is-his-prayer-to-god
14. https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/5195/sweden-rape
15. https://robertspencer.org/2018/03/uk-whistleblowers-on-muslim-rape-gangs-in-telford-were-punished-silenced-and-fired-from-their-jobs

By Sidney Secular

September 13, 2022

The rise of Asians in America – especially the “northeast” Asians, that is, the Chinese, Japanese and Koreans – will not be the salvation of the Historic American Nation that many believe. All the political pundits are increasingly promoting the Model Minority myth about Asian-Americans, both immigrant and native-born. They may be hard working, self-reliant, prosperous and largely law abiding, but surprisingly they make up a growing segment of the anti-American, Open Borders Left. These Asians feel “it just isn’t mine,” the same response reported by Barack Obama when his ghostwriter wrote “Dreams of my Father” wherein he describes a trip across Europe in his youth which, though duly impressed him, left him with the unsatisfied feeling that “. . . it just wasn’t mine.” And, of course, he was right! The achievements of the Caucasian (White) Race have never been duplicated even by the Asians with their superior IQ gene!

This off-putting feeling is the factor that explains much of the social dissatisfaction and dysfunction among minorities, and especially among those who have had the benefit of attending prestigious American universities but (unbelievably!) have come to resent the experience – and the nation that provided it! – intensely. White Americans assume the positive experiences Asians have in our society will help assimilate and satisfy them and make them identify with (and like) us more – but it only seems to reinforce their antipathies. They may believe that Harvard and Princeton are beautiful but they don’t feel part of their cultures because these Ivy League schools were founded by White Protestant men – or in the current wacky woke culture, the derided and dreaded dead White males!

This sense of demographic disconnect has led to discontent and such idiotic measures as placing more paintings of minority graduates and faculty inside campus buildings. But such gestures only seem to intensify the sense of separation and antipathy from those for whom they were made. Many conservatives naively assume this disconnect would not exist without the stain of affirmative action and that Asians must not share it because they do not rely on affirmative action’s lower standards for admission to prestigious universities. Indeed, they are often the plaintiff’s in suits against academia because they are bypassed for the benefit of unqualified Blacks. The assumption is that if Asian minorities were admitted simply on merit, we could all just get over this equalitarian nonsense and they would not be burdened by a socially constructed anti-white mindset arising from so-called “inequality.” Unfortunately, as that notion itself is false, it raises equally false hopes by failing to understand the “it just isn’t mine” mindset, is itself anti-White! Despite the well documented hatred Blacks have for Asians – and pretty much everything else they know are superior to them – and the belief Asians have that Blacks –  and Whites – are inferior to them (something that Blacks at least are smart enough to understand), in the end, the Asians will go against Whites simply because this is a White culture and a White country and therefore it “isn’t theirs.”

Negative feelings against Asians by Blacks are most obviously demonstrated in the growing number of brutal Black-on-Asian assaults across the country. The fact that this has not persuaded Asians to side with Whites is sharply defined in the case of former Deputy Attorney General Bill Lann Lee who attended Yale on a scholarship and then Columbia Law School. But instead of being grateful to the “White society” that had succored him and recognized his talents, he took up arms against the Historic American Nation by working for the NAACP and then the Clinton Justice Department. Then there is the case of Michelle Wu, the current mayor of Boston. She is the daughter of Taiwanese immigrants and attended Harvard Law School where she (unfortunately) became a protege of Elizabeth Warren. Wu successfully ran for Boston City Council in 2013 and the Press started pressing the case that she was a model of a successful Asian politician. Like Deval Patrick, the Black Governor of Massachusetts from 2007 to 2015 who also went to Harvard Law School, Wu pretends that her minority status has been an obstacle she had to overcome, when in reality for both Patrick and Wu it was a free ticket to an easy election victory with the overwhelming support of weak-brained libber Whites. Wu didn’t have to do anything but be “Asian” in a weak field of non-Asian, non-Black – that is, White – opponents. However, it is true that Wu was elected in part because she was NOT Black. Most Bostonians al are genuinely frightened of Blacks (and rightly so) but not of Asians who have no history of mindless violence.

Nevertheless, despite having all the right racial and ideological trappings, within a few short months of her tenure, the 37-year-old Wu has become the most unpopular mayor in Boston’s nearly 400 year old history. Wu’s first blunder was to bring in a fellow Taiwanese American Tiffany Chu, from San Francisco to serve as Chief of Staff, showing both a deliberate ethnic bias and a clear lack of understanding the current conditions in ‘Frisco. She could have secured her popularity among liberal White Bostonians by choosing a local politician familiar with the City, but she chose to follow the Black Power route of “if it ain’t one of us, it ain’t getting’ hired.”

Further, Wu did herself no favor with her choice for Chu is an extreme leftist typical of California in general and San Francisco in particular. As a result, Chu’s first priority was to ensure “gender equity” in the matter of awarding snow plowing jobs across the city in the coming winter. This was silly to begin as it had no practical application – especially with regards to “gender.” Wu’s next belly flop was her imposing a vaccine mandate on basically everyone in the city.  COVID “vaccine passports” were required of all citizens to enter virtually all public venues. The public opposition to both the highly dangerous COVID shots and the vaccine passports was overwhelming and huge protests ensued. Many restaurants simply ignored the requirement entirely. Boston has many Irish pubs that are centers of social conviviality vice hubs of gourmet grub, and the COVID rulings didn’t go down well. Wu was puzzled by this development and withdrew the vaccine passport requirements but attributed her defeat in  this matter to –  you guessed it! –  “White racism”. She also stated that she felt the singing of patriotic songs and people chanting “USA, USA” during the demonstrations gave her the feeling she didn’t belong in the USA. Of course, that “feeling” was the result, not of her race but of her behavior! If she had watched any conservative political gatherings, she would have known that is what many conservatives of all races believe and it is not a matter of race, but of one’s personal agenda!

However, the most revealing admission by Wu was that throughout her entire life she had felt invisible or “othered” in her own country – which again is a reflection of the feeling that “It just isn’t mine.”  In an attempt to prop up her sinking popularity, Wu attended the Boston St. Patrick’s Day Breakfast, and important and popular event where the lead speaker is expected to use humor to gain acceptance by the crowd. Unfortunately, Wu would have been better served by speaking simply as she was not known as a humorist. But instead, her puns wound up punishing her. I’m not sure what the exact wording was, but she came across as being tired of problems that are disruptive to her agenda and all of them could be blamed on Whites of various types – “white” snowstorms, white “snowflakes,” “White racists” and the White dominated firefighters union. The joke she used dropped like a lead balloon because her listeners knew that she wasn’t joking! She really does despise White people! It is even more striking when one considers that  she has a White husband and, perforce, mixed race children – but perhaps that is not so strange after all. These life choices may have been made to help her political ascent in a country that “just isn’t her’s” rather than as natural emotional decisions.

This puzzling phenomenon seems to be the case with prominent anti-White, non-White radicals such as Kamala Harris, Ketanji Brown Jackson, and Ilhan Omar. This doesn’t say much for the prospects for assimilation of the minority multitudes. There are, of course, many genuinely patriotically Asians. But for every Michelle Malkin, how many Michelle Wu’s are out there? And more to the point, where have they been placed in the ruling hierarchy? It’s one thing if your local Chinese restaurant’s owner is anti-American. It’s quite another when such a person is your governor or, maybe eventually, your President.

The reality is that Asian voters consistently and nearly overwhelmingly support left-wing candidates, and there seems to be no reason for that to change, as the “it just Isn’t Mine” feeling is not one that will easily go away or maybe ever go away. The Marxist concept that the Historical American Nation must be destroyed so that it can be built back better, at least better in terms of it becoming a majority minority enterprise where the Whites can be ousted from their “privileged” positions, seems to be in the back of the minds of Blacks and the other minorities. This is part of the utopian vision that the libbers trot out despite its impractical nature, and can only result in the death of everything that America has represented that has made it special. And, perhaps even more important, the death of Western Civilization and the race – White – and the religion – Christianity –  that made of Man so much more than a two legged life form.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

September 13, 2022

On the anniversary of 9/11, I am used to seeing the claims that Dick Cheney and other officials bombed the World Trade center in an “inside job” designed to drag us into war. This is the Alex Jones school of thought. He also claimed the children murdered at Sandy Hook were child actors. For the latter, he has been ordered to pay millions of dollars in damages to the families of the victims.

When former Trump adviser Stephen K. Bannon promotes the Alex Jones school of lunatic thought, he makes Trump supporters look stupid.

Jones became the face of the 9/11 “truth” movement, even though another Jones, former Obama official and Marxist Van Jones, was another prominent advocate of the view that America attacked itself on 9/11.

The 9/11 “truth movement” was not concerned about the real truth but political gain for the opponents of the Bush Administration. That is why a Marxist like Van Jones, and others like him from the “progressive” side of the political spectrum, were a major part of that apparatus.

This is not to say that there are not anomalies and problems in the official story. We know that a military intelligence unit, Able Danger, had identified several of the 9/11 hijackers in the U.S. a year before the 9/11 terrorist attacks were carried out.

And the FBI knew as well.

I asked former FBI special agent Coleen Rowley about the absurd “inside job” claims during an interview. She said the “inside job” nonsense is a lunatic response to those who wanted to use 9/11 for political purposes. She said it’s important to ascertain the facts about what happened. And those facts are that a Muslim terrorist group by the name of al Qaeda was on American soil plotting to attack the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and possible the White House or the Capitol building.

Rowley is not a conservative or a neoconservative. She ran for Congress, after being forced out of the FBI for whistleblowing, as a Democrat. She later left the Democratic Party, concluding it was corrupt.

Rowley’s FBI office in Minneapolis had learned of the 9/11 plot before it happened, when agents were tipped off about an al Qaeda operative, Zacarias Moussaoui, taking flight training in the area. After the fact, the FBI would admit that, on August 15, 2001, “the flight school reported its suspicions about Moussaoui to the FBI, including that he only wanted to learn how to take off and land the airplane, that he had no background in aviation, and that he had paid in cash for the course.” But FBI headquarters failed to investigate and stop him.

If FBI headquarters had taken proper action, 9/11 could have been stopped.

Who was really behind the 9/11 “inside job” disinformation? It didn’t start with Alex Jones, but he jumped on the Marxist-inspired disinformation bandwagon. I discuss the assortment of globalists and New Agers behind this theory in my report, “The Big Con and 9/11 Truth.”

Indeed, convicted con man Lyndon LaRouche was considered the intellectual author of the 9/11 truth movement because he started questioning whether Muslims had staged the attacks right after they occurred. Larouche started out as a Marxist and, in a 1976 lecture, titled, “What Only Communists Know,” declared his desire to bring into being “a new Marxist international…”

The truth is that 9/11 was another FBI “intelligence failure” from a corrupt agency that has only gotten more corrupt over the years. Every “failure” seems to give them more power.

The FBI also failed to stop or even understand the nature of the post-9/11 anthrax attacks. Those, too, were carried out by al Qaeda, operating on American soil.

The phrases “Death to America,” “Death to Israel” and “Allah is God” were on the anthrax letters but FBI Director Robert Mueller was ordered to cover-up al Qaeda involvement. Why? The evidence is that the anthrax was stolen from a U.S. lab by an al Qaeda operative.

Remember that former FBI Director Mueller, the Russia-gate Special Counsel, blamed al Qaeda’s post-9/11 anthrax attacks on innocent American scientists. From the start of the FBI’s inquiry, the Bureau seemed determined to eliminate al Qaeda as a source of the attacks. Former government scientist Dr. Stephen Hatfill’s career was destroyed by the FBI as they sought to frame him. Eventually, the Department of Justice paid Hatfill a multi-million dollar settlement in recognition of the fact that they had persecuted an innocent man.

Mueller ran the FBI and failed to implement reforms after a Russian agent, Robert Hanssen, was caught. Incredibly, Hanssen had worked on FBI counter-intelligence against the Russians!

This is the real 9/11 Truth. Our “intelligence” agencies are filled with infiltrators and those who protect them. These corrupt agencies cannot be trusted. They must be abolished. They do not protect the American people. They exist only to enrich themselves with money and power.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. uasurvival.org

By Kelleigh Nelson

September 13, 2022

Voters, whatever their political views, should rise up against politicians who want to dilute the Bill of Rights to perpetuate their tenure in office. —Ted Olson, former Solicitor General

When once a Republic is corrupted, there is no possibility of remedying any of the growing evils but by removing the corruption and restoring its lost principles; every other correction is either useless or a new evil.  —Thomas Jefferson

War is when the government tells you who the bad guy is. Revolution is when you decide that for yourself. —Benjamin Franklin

“The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether of one, a few, or many, and whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny.”  —James Madison, Federalist 47, 1788

Mark Twain tells us, “The only difference between reality and fiction is that fiction needs to be credible.”  Had an author written what has happened to America just over the last six years, no one would believe it.  The yarn would be just too far out to have any credence whatsoever.  But we’re living it!

In his recent speech from Independence Hall in Philadelphia, our illegitimate dementia ridden president walked to the podium holding hands with his wife.  I don’t recall any other president’s wife doing such.  Maybe she didn’t want him to veer off from his intended destination.

Jonathan Turley commented that the backdrop of Uncle Joe’s speech looked like he was yammering at us from Dante’s Inferno.  And the two Marines…when the military is supposed to be apolitical.  However, with General Mark Milley, who many consider a traitor, Chief of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, we can disabuse ourselves of their impartiality.

Joshua Charles tweeted that Biden’s speech was the single most toxic, inflammatory and hypocritical speech by an American President he was aware of.  I fully agree.

Democracy vs. Republic

Biden extolled the wonders of our Constitution and Declaration of Independence and then told us that equality and democracy are under attack.

First and foremost, we are not a democracy, we are a Representative Republic. There is a massive difference, and I would be absolutely thrilled if “democracy” was actually under attack.  Why?  Because it is mob rule, because it is never mentioned in either of our founding documents, because it is a treacherous form of government.

Our founders knew that in its pure form democracy is ultimately dangerous.  The writings and sermons from our founding era are replete with warnings of this fact:

• Alexander Hamilton wrote, “If we incline too much to democracy we shall soon shoot into a monarchy, or some other form of a dictatorship.”

• Thomas Jefferson lamented that “a democracy is nothing more than mob rule, where 51 percent of the people may take away the rights of the other 49.”

• James Madison argued that democracies “have ever been spectacles of turbulence and contention; have ever been incompatible with personal security or the rights of property; and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths.”

• John Adams concluded that democracy “never lasts long. It soon wastes, exhausts and murders itself. There never was a democracy yet that did not commit suicide.”

Yet, Joseph Biden and his democrat comrades all call us a democracy, and the same goes for nearly all but a handful of republicans.

More democracy they scream!  Even calling for the abolition of some of our founders’ safety mechanisms.  They propose eliminating the Electoral College and blocking the confirmation of “unpopular” Supreme Court Justices.  We would never have had Justices Samuel Alito and Clarence Thomas.  They also want to tie representation in the U.S. Senate to state populations, rather than equal representation. And we know where that would lead.

Most of our institutions were designed to thwart the malevolent and pernicious effects of too much democracy and are purposely designed to be anti-democratic.  They are essential safeguards for individual liberty, something today’s comrades in both parties would love to do away with as their goals are collectivism, i.e., Marxism.

Psychological Projection

Our illegitimate president continued by saying, “Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”  The Marxist approach taught by Hillary Clinton’s hero, Saul Alinsky … blame your enemy for what you yourself are doing.

Biden continued by targeting constitutional conservatives who supported Donald Trump.

Biden continued, “Let me speak as plainly as I can to the nation about the threats we face, about the power we have in our own hands to meet these threats.  Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”

Oh yeah Joe?  You targeted your opposition just like any good totalitarian dictator would do, and you incited violence by saying any true constitutionalist is a threat to America!

Biden’s puppeteers plan a crackdown on his political opponents by the security state, i.e, the FBI, which has become, let’s face it…America’s Sturmabteilung, (Storm Troopers), also known as “Brown Shirts.”

In her latest substack article, Sidney Powell commented, “The left is raiding, scaring, silencing, intimidating and bankrupting the opposition.”  And yes, according to Steve Bannon and Harmeet Dillon it’s true, 35 to 50 FBI raids occurred on senior MAGA/Trump allies.

The speech was violent, demonstrably evil, and attacked more than half of the American electorate.  Shades of 1861 come to mind where 700,000 Americans died at the hands of their fellow citizens.

Silent Republicans

Where are the Republicans as a party?  Only a handful stand firm against the onslaught of Stalinist tactics.

Where is the outcry over Biden’s encouragement of violence against fellow Americans?

Where is the outcry about the January 6^th participants languishing in prison for over 20 months?

Where is the outcry over the hundreds of thousands who have died or been disabled by the mRNA clot shots? There are now over 900 dead athletes and 1323 athlete cardiac arrests.

Where is the outcry over the sieve at the southern border?  Biden took an oath to defend this country against invasion, yet he invites it.

Where is the outcry over the horrid targeting of Trump supporters in Biden’s vile speech?

Where is the outcry over the fraudulently named Inflation Reduction Act which does not reduce spending but creates more climate change laws and restrictions?

Where is the outcry over the high prices of food, gasoline, and everyday essentials?

Where is the outcry over military prosecutors negotiating a plea deal with 9/11 architect Khalid Sheikh Mohammed?

Where is the outcry over Iran getting billions of dollars (again) before Congress can even review the new nuclear deal?

And why have we not heard one Republican criticize Biden’s lawmaking Executive Orders when that function belongs only to Congress?

There is so much more.

Why do the Republicans sit on their hands and never raise their voices?  Why?  Because most of them hated Trump just as much as the Dems did.

While this fascist regime shreds our Constitution, there is silence from the Republican Party.

They are silent because they are in bed with the left.  Have you ever seen them fight like the Democrat Party fights when they’re not in power?  The Republican Party guarantees all Democrat nominees will be voted into power, whereas the Democrat Party fights tooth and nail to keep true patriotic Americans from any seats of power.  Remember Joe Biden’s smear campaign against Clarence Thomas in his 1991 hearings to become a Justice of the Supreme Court?

And there was a long list of Republicans who told Trump to concede the election and not fight the obvious vote fraud.  They wanted him gone.  These same republicans email us for money and you can’t get rid of them no matter how many times you unsubscribe.  They keep coming back.

Biden apparently has a plan to win the 2022 elections.  True the Vote’s Catherine Englebrecht and Gregg Phillips discussed the Chinese infiltration of U.S. election software.

The Goldwater Campaign

Having been a Goldwater girl when Barry Goldwater was running for president in 1964, I watched as “neo-conservative” elements moved to encircle and control his campaign.  One of his speechwriters, unbeknownst to him, was a member of the Students for a Democratic Society, led by militant communists.  Efforts of men within the party who did not want Goldwater elected, including the Rockefellers and George Romney (Senator Willard Mitt Romney’s father) were comfortable working with and befriending people like Saul Alinsky (Hillary Clinton met Alinsky in 1961), the Association for Community Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN) and similar community activist groups promoting a socialist agenda.

At the time, the establishment retained its control over the party leadership and purposely scuttled the campaign.  To the Victor go the Myths and Monuments by Arthur R. Thompson tells the story of a group of people from Europe who banded together to subvert America’s liberty, government and religious system.

Irving Kristol and other “former” Trotskyite communists had infiltrated the Republican Party; they were leftists brought in to dilute and divide what was left of Republican constitutionalists.  William F. Buckley and Kristol did their best to destroy true patriotic and constitutional conservatives with their subtle socialist dogma.  He supported liberal causes, from abortion, drugs, and pornography, to the Panama Canal giveaway.

John McManus’ book, William F. Buckley Jr.: Pied Piper for the Establishment, tells the entire sordid tale.  Buckley was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), a CIA agent and member of Yale Skull and Bones Society.

In fact, the Republican Party has done all it can to ensure that constitutionalists’ influence is negated or isolated within the party.  And of course, the average party activists or voters never see what goes on behind the scenes.

Tragedy and Hope

For nearly 60 years, we have seen a failure of the Republican Party to fight the assault on freedom.  We’ve called them weak, when in fact they are players in the same evil game.  When I look at Senator McConnell and Congressman Kevin McCarthy, I think, “Hell no, they won’t save anything except themselves.”

In 2014, I wrote a 23-part series entitled, Enemies on the Left, False Friends on the Right.  The following was mentioned in the first article of the series.

In 1966, Carroll Quigley wrote his massive book Tragedy and Hope, A History of the World in our Time. Tragedy being that so many people have to die, and Hope being the New World Order. He was the official historian for the CFR and was privileged to study the elites’ plans for the world for nearly two years. Quigley taught at the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University from 1941 to 1976, and was Bill Clinton’s mentor. On page 1247 of his book, he wrote this:

The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international. The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can “throw the rascals out” at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. The policies that are vital and necessary for America are no longer subjects of significant disagreement, but are disputable only in details of procedure, priority, or method …..Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of these things but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.

This is what exists today in America! We have one party with one agenda! This book had its first printing in 1966. The powers that be (Milner, Rhodes, the CFR, etc.) were so horrified that Quigley had exposed so many secrets, the book was not reprinted, and Macmillan Publishing destroyed the plates. It wasn’t until 1974 that Jack Meserole received permission from Quigley, reprinted the book, and sold it for his cost. Quigley laughed at the elitists because he knew the noose was so tight around the necks of Americans that even with the truth of his book, nothing would change.

Conclusion

We have seen the hatred of both left and right for anyone who would challenge the status quo.  Too many Republican politicians do not believe in the conspiracy that people on the left will infiltrate their organization to scuttle any chance of a viable candidate having an effective level of influence.  We’ve seen it time and again.  The enemies of freedom surround those who could make a difference and ultimately destroy.

Our once great nation has come under the control of deranged totalitarians, of power-seeking sociopaths who hate America, her people, our Constitution, and especially our Judeo-Christian culture.  Our very words and thoughts are subject to censorship and labeled as hate speech, misinformation or conspiracy theories.  We are now called extremists.

Arthur Thompson, former CEO of the John Birch Society tells us, “What is taught today is that a belief in conspiracies is shallow thinking, and perhaps even paranoia.  In 1776, it was taught as fact.  When two or more people plan in secret to affect an evil purpose, it is the definition of a conspiracy, whether you like the word or not.”

New Zealand Prime Minister and young global leader Jacinda Ardern said, “government is your single source of truth. Unless you hear it from us, it’s not the truth.” She also tells us we should dismiss anything else we hear unless issued by government.

No difference than what we’re hearing from our illegitimate president and his administration, what is being foisted upon us with censorship throughout mainstream and social media.

We are in a spiritual war, a war between good and evil.

Arthur Thompson ended his book with these words, “The Conspiracy does not care what you know, only what you do about what you know.”

What will you do?

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By: Devvy

September 11, 2022

America was attacked twenty-one years ago today, thousands of innocent human beings died and the cover-up began immediately.  Those who still believe the “official” narrative of what happened are those who not only have done no research, but are too afraid of the truth to acknowledge what their own eyes saw.  The truth about 9/11, who masterminded it, the players and the money to fund it is something most people in America cannot handle.

The same applies to Pearl Harbor, Ruby Ridge, WACO, TWA Flight 800, OKC and, of course, the massive lies regarding COVID-19 and those experimental gene therapy injections passed off as vaccines which they are not.

Mine:  FDR wanted the Japanese to strike first.  Ruby Ridge should never have happened by the “rank and file” in the FBI but they had other plans.  One of their snipers shot a mother, Vicky Weaver, in the forehead holding her 18-month-old baby.  She was unarmed and a threat to no one.   Their son, Sammy, age 13 and the family dog were also murdered that day.  The sniper, Lon Horiuchi, was never charged.  Shadow government craven turncoat, former AG Bill Barr, led the charge to protect killers like Horiuchi.

No question TWA Flight 800 was brought down by a missile.  My dear friend who passed away in December 2019, Brigadier General (Ret.) Ben Partin wrote about it:  TWA-800 SHOOT DOWN, Feb. 2, 2018:  “On October 4, 1996, seven weeks after the TWA incident, I sent a fax to the chief TWA-800 investigator in New York. The fax stated as follows:

“I did the initial design, development, and test of the first several continuous-rod warheads for the MOMARC missile in the 1956-7 time period. This was done at the Ballistic Research Labs at the Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Maryland. I carried several to Socorro, New Mexico for testing in a special arena nearby.

“A proximity fused, continuous-rod (CR) missile warhead is the only target destruction system I know that would be consistent with all damage assessment information I have seen in the open media.

“The destructive mechanism is unique to that type of warhead. You would not see blast or blast-frag damage. Neither would you see residuals from explosives. The instantaneous kill is unique to that warhead type, The CR warhead is the most difficult to perfect even with many design iterations.”

“I would encourage you to have someone reassess the recovered structure who is familiar with the unique structural kill of a CR warhead.  If I can be of any help, let me know.””  Response:  CRICKETS.

Of course, the FBI and Congress had no interest in the truth being revealed.  Here’s Ben’s bio.  This is a speech Ben gave at a convention I put on in 1998 for the Wallace Institute.  It is well worth your time to watch on th0se cover-ups.

Jack Cashill has done an amazing job in uncovering the cover-up of TWA Flight 800.  Reopen the TWA Flight 800 Case.  I’ve read his books and here you will find Jack’s archives on TWA Flight 800 and the cover up that remains fixed today.

WACO.  The ATF or FBI could have picked up David Korsch at any time before they murdered 83 men, women and children.  It was a slaughter approved by sexual deviant, then AG, Janet Reno.  How the Government Covered Up the Waco Massacre:  “Only nine days before the ATF attack, David Koresh had gone target shooting with three undercover ATF agents (whom he recognized as G-men).

“Koresh “provided the ammunition and the agents handed him their guns,” noted former federal lawyer David Hardy, whose research exposed the ATF memo detailing the target practice six years after the raid. After the raid, the ATF insisted that Koresh never went outside the “compound”—and thus the agency needed to launch a full-scale attack to get him. But Koresh could easily have been arrested while target shooting. Danforth also ignored the evidence that ATF agents shot first as they assaulted the Davidians’ home.”

Those responsible for planning and executing 9/11 still walk free today.  I say that with absolute certainly as I, like so many others, have spent the equivalent of thousands of hours of research and watching documentaries by real experts not on the U.S. government payroll over the past 21 years.  Like family members who lost a son, daughter, father, uncle, cousin – and not just Americans as many were innocent people here from foreign countries in the wrong place at the wrong time.

Tens and tens of millions of Americans continue to believe every lie ever printed in the prostitute media about 9/11, the 9/11 Cover-Up Commission Report and the faked killing of Bin Laden on May 2, 2011.  How many Americans even know Bin Laden was never on the FBI’s most wanted list for 9/11?  How about yippe-kayee, Bush, Jr and Bin Laden?

“The most important thing is for us to find Osama bin Laden. It is our number one priority and we will not rest until we find him.” George W. Bush, September 13, 2001.

“I don’t know where bin Laden is. I have no idea and really don’t care. It’s not that important. It’s not our priority.” George W. Bush, March 13, 2002

Of course not.  Bin Laden was already dead but keeping him “alive” was essential for dragging America into yet another unconstitutional (undeclared) war, a cash cow for the military industrial complex.

READ:  Mainstream Media Evidence Bin Laden Died In 2001, May 22, 2016 – “Following Seymour Hersh’s claim that the raid on the Osama bin Laden compound in 2011 was “one big lie,” the following quotes from mainstream media outlets offer conclusive proof that the government and media knew that bin Laden had died in December 2001 in Tora Bora due to kidney failure.”  What too many Americans don’t know is dictators throughout history have one or more individuals who greatly resemble them they use as “doubles”.

We’ve all seen the controlled demolition of the twin towers.  Horror that can never be unseen.  Families pain and grief they still deal with today.  All the interviews with first responders who heard the explosions underground.  They had no reason to lie in those real-time interviews.

Architects and engineers by the thousands who’ve courageously come forth over the decades proving those towers were NOT brought down by fire from the two commercial air liners that hit them.  Naturally they have all – including family members – been ridiculed, called conspiracy nuts and worse.

Pilots who’ve flown the same commercial airliner, a Boeing 77 (Flight 77) that did not hit the Pentagon, all slandered to keep the official lie in place.

This is an hour and a half video everyone should watch and MAKE IT GO VIRAL:  Pilots for 9/11 Truth Explain How & Why

New Study from Pilots for 9/11 Truth: No Boeing 757 Hit the Pentagon, June 21, 2007: “Pilots for 9/11 Truth obtained black box data from the government under the Freedom of Information Act for AA Flight 77, which The 9/11 Report claims hit the Pentagon. Analysis of the data contradicts the official account in direction, approach, and altitude. The plane was too high to hit lamp posts and would have flown over the Pentagon, not impacted with its ground floor. This result confirms and strengthens the previous findings of Scholars for 9/11 Truth that no Boeing 757 hit the building.”

I believe the most comprehensive analysis of the Pentagon and Flight 77 was done by Barbara Honegger, M.S., San Francisco Tesla Society, March 9, 2014.  It is a 311 page analysis that is simply brilliant.  (I interviewed April Gallop on radio.  She was there; a strong and completely credible witness.  April is in that analysis.)  Where did all the dead passengers go? 

I believe I know where Flight 77 went and if I had Donald Trump’s money, I would quietly put together the right people to find the wreckage.  I’m not stupid.  I’ve debunked a number of 9/11 conspiracy theories as I seek truth not splashy click-bait headlines.  (FEMA’s Prior Knowledge of 9-11 Put to Rest)  Where I believe Flight 77 went is the only one that makes sense.

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) came out with their white-wash report and have stuck to it ever since.  They’re lying.  Robert A. Motch has been trying for 24 years to educate who are the shadow players behind so many of these horrific disasters as well as coordinating to being down this country.  He sent me a 31-minute video that is a MUST watch.  Stand for the Truth: A Government Researcher Speaks Out | 9/11 Evidence and NIST

That 31-minute video is one of the most important you will see as the individual used to work for NIST:  “In August 2016, Peter Michael Ketcham, a former employee of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), began looking into the reports his agency had released years earlier on the collapse of the World Trade Center. What he found shook him to the core.

“In this poignant half-hour interview, Peter Michael Ketcham tells his story of discovering that the organization where he had worked for 14 years had deliberately suppressed the truth about the most pivotal event of the 21st century.

“Through his willingness to look openly at what he failed to see in front of him for 15 years, Mr. Ketcham inspires us to believe that we can all muster the courage to confront the truth — and, in so doing, finally heal the wounds of 9/11.”

MAKE THAT VIDEO GO VIRAL.

The wound will never be fully healed until the truth and perpetrators are brought to justice.  The fact that NIST (The National Institute of Standards and Technology) has been so willing over the decades to lie to the American people who pay their salaries– the same as Dr. Death Fauci and Debra Birx – should anger the American people as it has so many of us and in countries who lost their citizens that day.

Building 7 was absolutely a controlled demolition.  On that day 21 years ago my late husband who was a retired Army Colonel, Army Corps of Engineers for 27 years (an engineer for 43 years when he retired)  – the first thing he said watching Building 7 collapse in real time:  That was a controlled demolition and then he explained to me how long it takes to wire and set charges to bring down a 47-story building that pancakes into itself near perfectly.

SEVEN is a 45-minute documentary on Building 7.  That 47-story building came down seven hours after both towers had come down.  Like the Murrah Building in OKC it HAD TO BE PREPARED IN ADVANCE.  The Murrah Building didn’t explode from a truck parked outside at the curb.  If it had, why was the debris blown from the inside out?  Because the charges were inside on the columns in the basement area.  Watch SEVEN AND  MAKE IT GO VIRAL.

Robert A. Motch has worked with and funded a huge amount of money in support of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.  He’s been asking people to forward his research.   Engineer Roland Angle: The official 9/11 narrative cannot be allowed to stand (audio).  It took me a long time to face what I knew to be true about 9/11, Nov. 9, 2021, actor William Hurt (who passed away March 12, 2022.)  “A day later I was back at work.  Another week later, and by sheer coincidence, there we were, filming on location in NYC. Prior to 9/11, a reservation had been made for us to stay at a hotel 12 blocks north of Ground Zero. I asked the young elevator man as we first went up to the room if he’d lost anyone close.

“Surprised and instantly in tears, he said, “My uncle. He was the window-washing machines overseer. Never missed a day.” Off my room, there was a patio. I could look down the avenue and see the site, smoldering in the night lights. In horror, I knew what it was partly made of. We all did. What I didn’t know at that time: Thermite keeps burning a long time. At night, I’d go down. They let me through the barriers because I was recognized. I’d talk to and hug the first responders.

“It never left me.  The discrepancy.  The difference between the story we were told to believe and its impossibility.  I felt alone until 2013. Then I couldn’t stand it anymore, and I started digging. Digging for truth in the rubble of the official lie, then in another heavier layer of rubble that lay in my own mind, installed there by our mass media.”

Our open border

No one should be surprised if we have another 9/11 because of the massive invasion going on at the border between the U.S. and Mexico.  42 Suspected Terrorists Have Been Apprehended at Our Southern Border Since Biden Took Office, April 20, 2022.  Border Patrol Nabs 10 Migrants on Terror Watch List As Unprecedented Surge Continues, August 21, 2022.

Think there are no terrorist cells in this country just biding their time?  Only a fool or someone in denial could believe that.  Haven’t the American people noticed so many of hundreds of thousands of illegals from nearly 100 countries – including enemy countries in the Middle East – are males, well fed and the right age to be fighters?

Prodding Today, Lights Out Tomorrow, Dec. 29, 2015 (Mine).  “I found out about something called ‘prodding’ used in intelligence circles. What it means is Muslim terrorists – like the ones allowed to flourish in this country – will make a small hit to see how prepared governments, state or federal, are and what kind of response to expect. The damage from proddings can be significant but it’s really a ‘dry run’ up to something bigger…

“I’m going to tell you a true story. Two days after 9/11, I was at my hair dresser in Sacramento, California. 9/11 was the talk. Karen pointed out one of the other hair dressers  told her a couple of Middle Eastern men rented a down stairs apartment in the building where she lived. They left the front door open here and there so when the woman walked by several times, she was able to see an empty living room with nothing but boxes and fax machines. There didn’t seem to be any other furniture.

“Those males cleaned out the apartment (they paid their rent in cash) on 9/11 and haven’t been seen since. I told Karen to tell her to call the FBI soon as she is done with her client so they could go finger print that apartment before it gets cleaned. That’s exactly how cells operate – like the two terrorists who committed the slaughter in San Bernadino with a garage full of bomb making materials. No one said anything for fear of being politically incorrect.”

Think members of Congress are completely in the dark about Building 7?  Hundreds of activists send Building 7 film to congressional reps, April 15, 2021.  Reaction from every one of them:  CRICKETS.

Go to Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.  Take your time and be sure watch the video by a father whose son was murdered that day and what is the Bobby McIlvaine Act. [See their DVD: “The Anatomy of a Great Deception“]

We will never forget!  America doesn’t once a year but unless and until a REAL, televised investigation is presented to the American people by Congress or a grand jury is convened, all the dead will continue to be remembered once a year just like Pearl Harbor and all the others mentioned above while the guilty walk free.

All the thousands of family members of loved ones killed that day, friends, co-workers and children old enough to understand do not forget for even one day a year.  9/11 started the disastrous undeclared “wars” in Iraq and Afghanistan.  The world deserves the truth.  The families deserve the truth.  So many first responders have died since 9/11 from cancer and other related illnesses brought on by being on site.  Only We the People can make that happen.  Come January after Congress is sworn in, there has to be massive heat put on them.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

The Latest on 9/11 Legal Actions: An Interview with Mick Harrison and David Meiswinkle (Video interview)

Very important series I did on Flight 93:  Asking Questions at the Flight 93 Crash Site

Intelligence and the 9/11/2001 Events, Sept. 10, 2022

A very important report:  The Oklahoma City Bombing Case Revelations

Katzenbach Memo, Warren and 9/11 Commissions (Mine)

Total chaos which showed exactly how unprepared America was for that day because of the deliberate confusion created by training exercises:  Summary of Flights Hijacked on 9/11

By Lex Greene

September 12, 2022

According to the most distrusted and unpopular political organization in American history, democrats responsible for the Nazi-like Biden regime, “MAGA Americans are dangerous extremists” based upon their open agenda to “Make America Great Again.”

How dare these “extremists” work to “Make America Great Again.” How dare they rise up peacefully in objection to the utter destruction of the USA and confront a global Marxist assault on all things American. How dare they try to return America to that shining city on the hill, the beacon of hope for freedom and liberty for every American Citizen and every human on earth.

MAGA Americans are “America First” Americans, determined to make America a global leader for good again, so that America can help others to secure freedom, peace, and prosperity all over the world. The “extreme” agenda of these folks is indeed a grave threat…to evil.

The MAGA Priorities

• A moral and ethical society able to elect moral and ethical leaders
• A fundamental regard for human life
• True justice for every Citizen, without any regard for ethnicity, color, gender, or creed
• Peace and tranquility in which to raise our children and grandchildren
• Equal opportunity for everyone willing to freely earn personal prosperity
• A Constitutional Government living within its boundaries and means
• Less taxation and regulation, and more individual freedom and liberty
• A society where all protect the liberty of others, in order to preserve our own
• Safe and clean neighborhoods free from violent crime and corruption
• Secure borders and national security in an increasingly dangerous world
• True pillars of our community to lead our government
• Real journalism instead of the political propaganda machine we have now
• Free, fair, transparent, secure, and honest elections
• A secure supply chain for all necessities of life
• Abundant domestic clean energy
• A stable prosperous economy
• Quality affordable healthcare
• An end to all forms of tyrannical totalitarian government
• Freedom, Liberty, and Justice for all

If you don’t want all of these same things, then you’re not an American at all. You should move to a land where these things don’t exist and live out the balance of your life in the squalor and tyranny you vote for here.

If you prefer socialism over freedom, no problem, just move to a socialist country. If you believe in communism, move to a communist country, like China or North Korea.

We all know that when democrats speak about “democracy,” they really mean global Marxism.

MAGA-haters are spending billions in U.S. tax dollars on a failed witch hunt against Donald J. Trump because he is clearly the most popular pro-American political figure anywhere on earth. But he isn’t even your real problem…

Over 100-million America First Patriots are your problem, which is why the tyrannical corrupt Biden regime is targeting every freedom-loving American today, labeling them “extremists, insurrectionists and even domestic terrorists.” They are a problem, but not for the reasons told by MAGA-haters.

MAGA Americans are “freedom fighters.” They are only a threat to everyone who hates freedom, liberty, justice, peace and tranquility, truth, moral and ethical government, and all other things American.

America remains the most well-armed society on earth, and we will continue to be. We have approximately 20-million military veterans in this country, well trained in the art of security. There are more well-armed and trained hunters just in the state of Wisconsin alone, than current members of the U.S. Military.

Marxist democrats are doing all they can to incite a war with America First Citizens, proving that they are not the sharpest knives in the drawer. Meanwhile, MAGA Americans are doing all they can to resolve these matters peacefully and lawfully, because that’s who they are…law-abiding conservatives.

If you paid any attention to who the MAGA Americans are, you’d know better than to incite a war with them, or even get in an argument with them. But hey, if there is anything true American patriots love as much as their freedom, it is being underestimated by their enemies.

Trump isn’t your problem, he’s just one man. In case you haven’t noticed, the more you attack Trump, the more MAGA Americans you create. Not because of support for Trump, which is real, but because MAGA Americans feel attacked every time you attack Trump. So, keep it up, YOU’RE DOING GREAT! You are better MAGA recruiters than Trump himself.

Let’s be honest here, people who can’t even tell if they are male or female and don’t believe in guns, are picking a fight they can’t survive. We don’t want this for them, but they will bring it upon themselves.

God Bless America First!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 12, 2022

Part 2: America’s identity, racial separation, what’s next?

While BLM, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood and Antifa would like to destroy every aspect of American culture, they lack any reasonable plan for creating a livable, free and rational society.

One of BLM’s leaders siphoned $10 million out of their bank account. Another one bought a $2 million house for her personal use. In reality, BLM anarchists lack any comprehension of a peaceful, civil and functioning society. How many African-Americans would opt to returning to Somalia, Sudan, Congo or Ethiopia to live in refugee camps?

If La Raza, which translates into “the race”, showed any success in Mexico, why are millions streaming out of South and Central America, along with over 15 million illegally from Mexico—into this terrible United States of America?

As to Islamic society, what American woman would prefer to live under Sharia Law? What American woman would choose female genital mutilation or being honored killed by her husband or brother?

Why are Canada and Europe being invaded by the Middle East and Africa if their societies are so racist, unfair and cruel?

Quite a few people responded to Part 1 of this series. Here are their thoughts. They may coincide with your thoughts:

“Sadly, to say as great as our Constitution has been to make America what it has been, at the same time it has been the catalyst for our own destruction. That destruction being the rights and protection(s) it intends are used by the very powers who despise us to defeat us.

“All the arguments that can be made to keep America American are disparaged, and used in courts of law to grant this or that minority group protection(s) against us the evil discriminatory white people.

“The Japanese have it right! Keep Japan Japanese.”

“Your, and my generations of America are hanging-on by a thread, and gasping for breath to remain alive; but this country will not survive.” Be well,R.T.

“America is having a hard time with the massive influx of illegal aliens who have no intention of becoming American. Quite the contrary, they want to convert America into the same sh*thole they left. With their utter disregard for our laws, which also applies to the ruling class, we are being fragmented, not united. We will be entering a war here on our soil in our towns and cities due to the a*shole in the White House.” B.M.

“An historian said, “Before a civilization dies, it loses its mind.” How do we regain our minds? We have to trash our TV’s, sports and game ‘mentality’ and return to pre-TV and books when we were a homogeneous nation in race, culture and sensible values. Thanks for your voice.” L.P.

“I heard from Andrew Wilkow, “When over ‘there’ comes here, here becomes ‘there.’”

“Years ago I read Milestones by Sayyid Qutb. He wrote of overcoming a nation without bloodshed. Then I read The Death of a Nation by Stormer and he spoke of the communist takeover. Also, Alan Bloom’s book Closing the American Mind”.

In his book, The War On The West by Douglas Murray, he said, “The CRT people argued that America was not merely a white-dominated society, or that America had a white-majority population, but a white-supremist society. They claimed that all white people benefited from allowing white-supremist rule.”

In other words, if you are white America in 2022, you’re damned one way or the other for your skin color.

In May 2020, when lifelong felon George Floyd was caught for the umpteenth time for his criminal behavior as a car jacker, woman abuser, drug dealer, shoplifter, thief, porno star and passing phony $20 bills, he died at the hands of a white police officer trying to neutralize him. At the time, fentanyl filled Floyd’s body.

BLM proceeded to burn, loot and riot to the tune of $2 billion in cities around America. Not one of them saw a courtroom. Law and order lost all credibility when faced with BLM anarchists. Additionally, wildly crazy accusations followed with unarmed black people being killed as high as 10,000 a year. When in fact, in 2020, only 10 blacks were killed by police…and all of them via criminal activity.

“But as figures compiled by the Washington Post Police Shootings database confirm, in the years before the death of Floyd, more police officers were killed by armed black Americans than unarmed black Americans were killed by police,” said Murray.

Ironically, weekend shootings in Chicago range from 40 to 60 with 10 to 15 deaths, all of them black on black killings, but not one single response by Black Lives Matter leaders, or CNN, NPR, PBS or Anderson Cooper.

Soon after Floyd’s death, the judicial system sent police officer Chauvin, along with his minority police colleagues, to prison for 20 years to life.

In recent years, black authors published books like Antiracist Baby, How to Argue with a Racist, How to be an Antiracist. In other words, feed more fuel to the fire until the pot explodes.

There’s an old saying by a Native American who said to his son, “There are two wolves competing in your mind…one is good, and the other is bad.” The young boy asked, “Which one wins?” The old chief said, “The one you feed.”

If we as a nation keep feeding black power against white power, or racism against non-racism, or black supremacy versus white supremacy—there will be a point where the pot explodes.

If we negate our laws via mayors like Chicago’s Lori Lightfoot and by AG’s ignoring criminals, giving free bail, and no jail time—we’ll receive more Eliza Fletcher killings and/or the 19-year-old kid, Ezekiel Kelly, who blasted four people to death in Memphis while he filmed it on Facebook. You might repeat that historian’s words, “Before a civilization dies, it loses its mind.”

If I were in power in America? I would create video instructional programs in schools that show every student what he or she faces if he or she chooses crime of any kind. We’re talking hard time in a cell and what it’s like in a prison yard. Let each student know what they face if they choose crime. I would pay top salaries for top law enforcement professionals across America. I’d come down on every criminal with the heavy weight of law and order. I’d put any and every criminal of any color into a cell for as long as it takes. I’d make it so nasty for criminals, that they would fear even trying to jack a car, rob a bank, steal from a convenience store, rob a train, kill someone, etc. Some have suggested public hangings for drug dealers, cop killers and murderers.

If we don’t get serious about law and order in our Western Country, as the one writer said, “When over ‘there’ comes here, then here becomes ‘there.’”

Do any of us want to replicate other third world countries in any way, shape, form or manner?

Coming Part 3: The uglier it gets; it gets even uglier

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Glynn Adams

September 11, 2022

For those who are still asleep, decades ago war was declared on Christianity, our Constitution, Christians and the citizens of this nation.  It is a war that Christians in America have not shown up for.  When apostasy rises, when false teachers emerge, and when the truth of God is attacked, it is time to fight and contend for the faith.  As a watchman of God, I challenge every Christian and Citizen to contend not only for our faith but our Constitution and rights given to us by God.  “For certain men have crept in unnoticed who long ago were marked out for this condemnation, ungodly men who turn the grace of our God into lewdness and deny the only Lord God and our Lord Jesus Christ.” (Jude 4)

The danger is real.  False teachers have crept not only in the church of the Living God but the news media and their false teachers are now spewing their lies, deception, and evil ideology across this nation 24/7.  Too many of our false pastors are turning God’s grace into unbounded license to do as they please.  In America today we are dealing with an unbelieving America, a church system that has embraced religion, having forsaken the Living God.  America is now committing more sin than Sodom and Gomorrah.  In Matthew 11:23-24, Jesus pronounced a railing against Capernaum, “And you, Capernaum, who are exalted to heaven, will be brought down to Hades; for if the mighty works which were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day.  But I say to you that it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day-of-judgment than for you (Capernaum).”  Unless we repent and change our wicked ways in America, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day-of-judgment than for America. We have been blessed more than any nation but look at us now!!!

In the face of such danger, the pastors and church in America should be calling for a solemn assembly, fasting and praying, and repenting of our national sins.  Thanks and blessings to Coach Dave Daubenmire and our Salt and Light Brigade in calling this nation to repentance.  What a blessing to be a part of this spiritual fellowship of believers.  But today, the pastors and churches in America are ignoring evil but instead are entertaining the people with smooth words, content in their apathy, and refusing to change their wicked ways.  The message of Jude is relevant today for all of us who name the Name of Christ, “Beloved, while I was very diligent to write to you concerning our common salvation, I found it necessary to write to you, exhorting you to contend earnestly for the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints.” (Jude 3)

Why are so many of our pastors and churches so apathetic today?  Why can’t they see that Satan and his powers of darkness have determined to destroy this nation?  Our religion today has great moral indignation against poverty, abortion, political parties and politicians but we have not enthroned Jesus Christ as LORD and King in our hearts.  If we had, we would have indignation over our own sin, refusing to resist evil, our disobedience, being lukewarm, asleep, and at ease with our false religion. Oh, we have indignation over what evil is doing to us but have no spiritual responsibility to resist this evil overtaking our nation.  Why are so many in the Body of Christ content to remain silent while our nation is being captured and ruled by Satan; we have become a nation of violence, division, and murder; a dwelling place for demons and evil spirits, demonic strongholds, demonic occults and religion absolutely has no spiritual responsibility to resist this evil and to contend for the faith?. We are being destroyed and we do nothing?  Why?

 “My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge.  Because you have rejected knowledge, I also will reject you from being priest for Me:  Because you have forgotten the law of God, I also will forget your children.” (Hosea 4:6)

America is being destroyed because most have rejected the knowledge of God and His law, and as a result, we have become non-productive Christians.  This is not caused by stupidity but ignorance.  We have not been taught the right things of God, or we have been taught a lie.  This is dangerous because Satan comes to us in our ignorance and many are helpless – because of a lack of knowledge.  Our pastors are manipulating the Word of God and using it for the wrong reasons to build bigger churches.  2 Timothy 3:16-17 says, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction in righteousness  that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished into all good works.”  How many of us would characterize today’s sermons as instruction, reproof, conviction, correction, discipline, and training in righteousness?  We barely have a working knowledge of the New Testament and we have reduced the Old Testament to children’s stories.  We are not well-fitted or thoroughly equipped to move in the Kingdom of God.  Is there any better example of being destroyed for lack of knowledge than the Western church of today?

America is being destroyed because we have rejected the knowledge of God and as a result, we are producing non-productive and uninformed children in this generation that will make it impossible to keep our Republic that was given to us.  Most parents and grandparents certainly do not know the Constitution or what is required to maintain a Republic and neither do our children.  Parents in America have been so irresponsible because we have not even taken the time to see what our children are being taught in our public schools and universities.  Our children are being indoctrinated in an ungodly ideology, anti-American, anti-family, anti-Constitution and anti-God rhetoric for years now.  They know if they can get our children to sin, they will run from God.  They are not being taught how to be productive citizens but how to become compliant to the collective.  Because we have forgotten the law of God, God is forgetting our children.  Look at our children after years of religion, public schools and universities.  They are going the way of this Babylonian world demonic system and are living in fear, discontent, without natural affection, torment, sin, and where suicide abounds.  Wake up parents and grandparents!!!

The Body of Christ in America is to bring heaven down to our nation and the Kingdom rule of God.  We have been given authority and power to have dominion in our land and to bring in the ways of God in our nation.  Instead, we have committed two evils; we have forsaken God the fountain of living waters and have hewed for ourselves religious cisterns, broken cisterns that does not know the Word of God and how to live by it.  Our religious cisterns have produced multitudes of unconverted congregants and unsanctified believers with no hunger for the things of God.  Our current spiritual state has opened us up to the kingdom of darkness and we are being deceived more each day and we are being primed for the coming great deception.  We see our nation being destroyed by demonic forces and we are paralyzed in spiritual ignorance to the point that we just curse the darkness and post on Facebook.  We have reduced the Body of Christ, the most powerful experience ever extended to humanity to mere religious theater and entertainment to grow our churches.  Because God is no longer the enter piece of our churches and culture, we are a nation spinning out of control.

Who really knows how much time we have before the full carnage and pain arrives.  God is a God of grace and a willing God whose knowledge is available to us if we will reach out for it with all our heart! – We must get prepared for what is coming and we must get very serious about these perilous times.  We can no longer sit on the sidelines and observe the Kingdom, we must embrace the mantle placed upon each and every believer.  If we don’t change our religious ways, we are headed for a train wreck and much pain in this nation.

We are in the month of Elul on God’s calendar.  This is a month of repentance.  On September, 11, 2001, because America had not repented of our sins, the unthinkable happened.  Many flooded to church but we did not repent of our national sins.  In a few days, our religion was back to normal and most of the people did not stay in the churches.  If we do not show God some signs of repentance in this nation, I shudder to think of the potential judgment that could come upon us this month of September!!!

Also, in September we enter the fall Feasts of God.  Notice I said Feast of God; not Israel (Leviticus 23:1-44).  These are God’s feast and they are God’s “appointed times.”  They are “dress rehearsals” for the second coming of the LORD.  The spring feast which are “dress rehearsals” of Passover, the crucifixion, resurrection, and Pentecost have been fulfilled.  The fall feasts are “dress rehearsals” for the seconding coming of Jesus Christ, The Battle of Armageddon, His coronation as LORD of Lords, King of Kings, and His marriage to His bride.  These fall feasts have not been fulfilled.  By understanding and celebrating God’s feasts, we introduce ourselves to the Jewish roots of our faith and gain a heightened perspective.  These feasts not only help us to understand God’s calendar but also connects the dots between the Scriptures that you might stand in awe of what your heavenly Father wants you to see from His heart.

Basically, the fall feast this year start on God’s calendar the first day of Tishrel and on our calendar is September 26, 2022 when God’s divine appointment, Rosh Hashanah begins.  This Feast is also called the Feast of Trumpets.  This feast refers to a day of no work, time of trouble, repentance, opening of the Books, a day of awakening, and also the day of coronation of the King and…a marriage.  On this day God throws a party and all are welcomed!!!  Ten days after Rosh Hashanah is Yom Kippur – the Day of Atonement.  This is a time of fasting, afflicting our souls, repentance, and getting your life right with God and your fellow man.  We can do this now in these dress rehearsals while we have time.  One day in the future when the last trump sounds, it will be too late.

In 1 Corinthians 3:9-15, Paul explains, “for the day” – the Day of Atonement because all will be tested with fire.  He is going to test our testimony to see if we have walked responsibly before God and have been a law abiding citizen in the Kingdom of God.  We must give an account for the life we have lived and the things we have accomplished since we have experienced our Passover.  This is why this day is so important for the believer – you prepare yourself and get ready before God and His coming.  Jesus explains this in Matthew 24 and 25.

God made a provision on the cross for each believer to get right with God, to repent, to give forgiveness, and to walk in obedience.  On this Biblical feast day and a day when many dress in white for holiness, let us Christians in America use this time to put everything we do in our lives, in our churches, and in our nation on the altar before God and under the leadership of the Holy Spirit remove everything that does not line up with the Word of God and the ways of God and let it be discarded.  This includes the way we do church, the way we worship, the way we minister, the way we do everything in the Name of God.  America, we must get this right in this hour because time is running out for once righteous America.  If we do not repent and return to the ways of God, I fear what will happen to our nation!!!

I am blowing the trumpet in America now because we can no longer afford to turn a blind eye to all the evil operating in this nation, to the fact that we are a captured nation, ruled by Satan, and have become a dwelling place of demons and demonic strongholds.  We are supposed to be bringing heaven to earth but we are allowing our enemies to bring hell to America.  Our government is corrupt from top to bottom and our children are being destroyed from kindergarten to our universities while we attend church services every Sunday acting as if nothing is going wrong in America.  We hear no preaching about our national sins, no message of repentance or living holy and righteous.  Our day of testing is here and if we miss our day of visitation to repent or ignore it, judgment like we have never seen will come upon us in God’s timing!!!

Would you miss a dress rehearsal to your own wedding; dress rehearsals are very important?  Dress rehearsals teach us to watch and prepares us to be ready for the reality that is to come in the future.  In 33AD, the religious Scribes and Pharisees were having a dress rehearsal to sacrifice a lamb for Passover while at the exact same time across town, the reality of years of dress rehearsals were happening before them –   The real Lamb of God was being crucified on a cross.  They did not pay attention to their previous dress rehearsals because their erroneous religion lead them to deception and they missed their day of visitation of the real Lamb of God.  Many people in our religious churches in America will miss the second coming of Jesus Christ because while practicing their false religion, they are being deceived and are not watching or getting ready  for the reality of His coming!!!  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  Yes, Jesus said, “Take heed no one deceives you…Watch and be ready.”

In America, we must not ignore the importance of our repentance before our Holy God.  What a waste!!!  God so loved that He provided salvation and instructions for living and maintaining a Republic but many in America are deceived, many are called but few chosen, and narrow is the gate and few who find it.  Surely we are not so foolish and deceived to think elections and politicians will deliver us from this evil.   It will be none other than those beloved who build ourselves up in the most holy faith, praying in the Holy Spirit, keeping ourselves in the love of God and looking for the mercy of our LORD Jesus Christ unto eternal life and “contending for our faith.”  These are dangerous and perilous times.   Decide now:  As Coach Dave said, “Are you “ALL IN” with Jesus Christ until the end?”

Now to Him who is able to keep us from stumbling and to present us faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to all in Christ, God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Pastor Mark Biltz, Dr. Michael Lake, Rabbi Jason Sobel, Rabbi Eric E. Walker, Coach Dave, and to Jude, a bondservant of Jesus Christ and brother of James for their tremendous insights into the Word and biblical truths)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

by Rolaant McKenzie

September 11, 2022

From small things like how many teaspoons of salt may go into a stew to larger efforts as whether there is enough money coming into the budget to overhaul the roof, numbers play an important role in our daily lives.

Often numbers help to resolve issues that may arise. As an example, Numbers (stylized as NUMB3RS) was an American crime drama television series (January 23, 2005-March 12, 2010) that followed FBI Special Agent Don Eppes and his brother Charlie, a gifted college mathematics professor, who helped Don solve crimes for the FBI. The patterns and insights provided by Charlie’s mathematical skills were always in some way crucial to solving a crime.

Other times, numbers can act as mnemonic devices that point to important concepts or events. The following are some numbers in the Bible that are significant to me.

The number 1 is a reminder that there is one God, and the one and only mediator between God and man is Jesus Christ (1 Timothy 2:5-6). Forgiveness of sin and salvation is found only in His name (Acts 4:12).

The number 3 is a reminder of the Holy Trinity – the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; the perfection of God and His redemption of humanity. The Father loved lost sinners so much that He sent His one and only Son to atone fully for their sin debt on the cross and grant them the gift of eternal life (John 3:16). Those who trust in Jesus are born again and receive the indwelling presence of the Holy Spirit, who seals them unto the day of redemption (Ephesians 1:3-14, 4:30).

The number 5 describes God’s gracious dealings with fallen humanity in the first five books of the Old Testament, Genesis through Deuteronomy, and the first five books of the New Testament, Matthew through Acts. The culmination of His love is seen in the death of His Son Jesus on the cross, the perfect and complete atonement for sin, and His resurrection from the dead that ensures eternal life for all who believe on Him.

The number 7 points to completion, such as when God completed the creation of the heavens and the earth by the seventh day and rested from His work. This stands as a refutation of Darwinian evolution. “Know that the LORD Himself is God; it is He who has made us, and not we ourselves” (Psalm 100:3). Believers find their completeness in the Lord Jesus (Colossians 2:10).

The number 9 refers to the ninth hour (3 PM) when Jesus on the cross said, “It is finished,” and died having paid in full the sin debt for sinners.

But on the first day of the week, Jesus rose again from the dead as promised, as proof of the acceptance of His sacrifice by God and the truth of His teachings. Some of the earliest Christians referred to Sunday as the 8^th day, a new beginning. In the writings of the Apostolic Fathers, Barnabas in his first epistle (between 70-130 AD) wrote:

“I shall make a beginning of the eighth day, that is, a beginning of another world. Wherefore, also, we keep the eighth day with joyfulness, the day also on which Jesus rose again from the dead.” (The Epistle of Barnabas, 15:8-9)

The number 153 refers to the great catch of fish in John 21 Peter and six other disciples caught in the period after the Lord Jesus rose from the dead. They worked hard all night but could not catch any fish. In the morning Jesus stood on the beach, and He told them to cast their net on the right side of the boat. So great was the number of fish in the net, that they could not haul it into the boat, but needed additional help dragging it to shore.

This account reminds me of the abundant grace shown in Jesus dying on the cross for sinners, providing for physical needs such as food, forgiveness, and restoration. God’s love, His grace, is greater than we can imagine. Peter, who denied Jesus three times, discovered there is hope and restoration for all who repent and take refuge in Him.

By faith, Abraham considered himself a sojourner on earth who looked forward to a new country in which will be the new eternal city with foundations, built by God for all who trust in Him (Hebrews 12:8-16). This city’s wall will have twelve foundation stones, on which the names of the 12 apostles of Jesus will be inscribed. It also will have twelve gates, on which will be written the names of the 12 tribes of Israel.

All believers in the Lord through the centuries trusted God’s promises and looked forward to “new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells” (2 Peter 3:13). We, too, who trust in His promises, who believe the gospel (1 Corinthians 15:1-4) will receive citizenship in this new country, in this new city, that never perishes.

Flash cards are cards containing information on both sides that are intended to be used as aids in memorization. The Lord Jesus, Creator of all things, made the numbers we all use. Like flash cards, they can act as illustrations of God’s grace — His love for humanity and the redemption He provides for all who trust in Him.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

September 11, 2022

For some reason, the Democrat Party is willing to sell out the United States to China. Biden’s dealings with them, Hunter’s dealings, William Burns, and Representative Eric Swalwell has been accused of being involved with a Chinese spy Christina Fang. A Democratic congressman who sits on an influential intelligence committee is refusing to say whether he had a sexual relationship with a supporter whom US intelligence suspected was a Chinese spy.

Eric Swalwell, 40, a former presidential candidate who has represented a Californian district since 2013, was close to Fang Fang, or Christine Fang, a Chinese woman who has been accused of targeting up-and-coming local politicians as part of a Beijing spying operation lasting from 2011 until 2015, when she left the country.[1]

Biden won’t stand up to China because he doesn’t have the guts to first of all but he doesn’t see China as a threat. Democratic presidential candidate Joe Biden said Wednesday night that China was “not competition” for the U.S., prompting blowback from prominent members of both political parties.

At an event in Iowa City, Biden was explaining why he believes concerns that China could eventually surpass the U.S. as a world superpower and economic force are overstated.

“China is going to eat our lunch? Come on, man,” the former vice president said.

“I mean, you know, they’re not bad folks, folks. But guess what? They’re not competition for us,” he added.[1] A president that doesn’t consider an enemy a threat should not be president.

Two things are obvious to anyone that is paying attention, first, Biden is NOT making the decisions. Right now, he doesn’t have the mental capacity to go to the bathroom let alone be president of the United States.  Second, the policies that we are seeing are the exact same policies Obama either tried to initiate or did initiate. Susan Rice is involved in the Biden administration and I’ll guarantee you if you look in the shadows far enough the traitor Valarie Jarrett is hiding in there too as well as Obama himself.  Hillary was supposed to win in 2016 and finish Obama’s 3^rd term. Didn’t happen so they’re using Biden and it is obvious the Deep State is doing all it can to finish America off.

When you look at everything that is going on in the world, the food shortages, the demands from the communist World Economic Forum and Klaus Schwab’s comment that by 2030 you’ll own nothing and be happy, the push for establishing the New Green Deal, and the demand that we comply with the vaccine mandates, the New World Order is making its big move.  It will fail miserably but it will create havoc in the process.

In America, we have rights that most of the world only wishes they had. But the Democrat Party hates that it cannot control your every move. Let’s look at some of the things they are attempting to do to remove you of your burden of freedom.

Taking Total Control Of Our Food – S. 510 “The Food Safety Modernization Act”

1. 510, “The Food Safety Modernization Act”, is another huge power grab by the FDA and the federal government over our food supply. The bill is written so broadly and so vaguely that nobody really knows what it means. The potential for abuse of these vague new powers would be staggering.  So will the government abuse these powers?  Those who are in favor of the bill say that of course, the government will be reasonable, but those who are opposed to the bill point to all of the other abuses that are currently taking place as evidence that we simply cannot trust the feds with vague, undefined powers. If this food safety law does get passed, tens of millions of Americans will be left wondering what they are allowed to grow in their backyards, what seeds they are allowed to save, and what can and cannot be sold at farmer’s markets.[2] I have included the URL for this information as I usually do but this page has been pulled from the internet because, I suppose, it disseminates too much information the Deep State does not want you to know.

Taking Total Control Of Air Travel – The Dehumanizing Full Body Scanners And “Enhanced Pat-Downs”

Totalitarian governments throughout history have always sought to dehumanize their subjects.  Sadly, that is exactly what is happening in America today.  If you want to get on an airplane in the United States, you will now be forced to either let TSA agents gawk at your naked body or let TSA agents grope your entire body including your genitals.  I was flying back from Los Vegas and was wearing a tee shirt with an American flag on it and out of the entire plane of people, it was packed, I was the only one they pulled out to search.  Imagine that.

Taking Control Of Our Businesses – Thousands Of Ridiculous Regulations

Why would anyone in America even attempt to be an entrepreneur today?  Most small businesses are literally being strangled by hordes of red tape.

Just consider how things have changed in America.  The Federal Register is the main source of regulations for U.S. government agencies.  In 1936, the number of pages in the Federal Register was about 2,600.  Today, the Federal Register is over 80,000 pages long.  When Obama was president, he averaged 65 new regulations a day! Not a week or a month but a day.  This is why Trump required that two regulations be revoked for every new regulation proposed.[3]

Taking Control Of Our Environment – The Green

In Cleveland, Ohio if an RFID tracking chip signals that a recycle bin has not been brought out to the curb within a certain period of time, a “trash supervisor” will actually sort through the trash produced by that home for recyclables.

According to Cleveland Waste Collection Commissioner Ronnie Owens, trash bins that contain over 10 percent recyclable material will be subject to a $100 fine.

Does that sound like America to you?

Now we don’t even have the freedom to throw out trash the way we want to.

Taking Away Our Patriotism – We Are Even Losing The Freedom To Be Proud Of America

Do you ever think things will get so repressive in America that a group of high school students will be forbidden from singing the national anthem at the Lincoln Memorial?  Well, that has already happened.  Do you think that areas of our nation will ever become so anti-American that they will forbid students from riding to school with an American flag on their bikes?  Well, that has already happened.

Fortunately, there was such an uproar over what happened to 13-year-old Cody Alicea that it made national headlines and he ended up being escorted to school by hundreds of other motorcycles and bicycles – most of them displaying American flags as well.  The school reversed its policy and now Cody can ride his bike to school every day proudly displaying the American flag.

It is the corruption in our political parties that is allowing these things to happen.  We can turn it around but it will take our involvement in politics to do it. First and most important, VOTE! Support godly people that are running, and donate to the good candidates. Our freedom depends on it.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Biden’s-comments-downplaying-china-threat-u-s-fires-pols-n1001236
2. Full-spectrum-dominance-8-examples-of-how-the-government-is-attempting-to-take-total-co
3. Trump signs-executive-order-requiring-that-for-every-one-new-regulation-two-must-be-revoked
4. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37

by Servando Gonzalez

September 10, 2022

We are approaching another anniversary of an event that transformed America: the 9/11. It justified the creation of Office of Homeland Security, an aberration typical of totalitarian regimes that, under the pretext of protecting us from terrorism, curtailed many of the freedoms guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution. Moreover, it created the state of mind that justified the acceptance of losing even more freedoms allegedly to protect us from an invisible virus.

So, in this new anniversary of the event that changed America it is appropriate to study it from the rational, non-emotional perspective of intelligence.

According to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, intelligence is the final product resulting from the collection, processing, integration, analysis, and interpretation of available information.[1] So, even though the term intelligence comprises something much more complex, we may safely accept the shorter definition that intelligence is just information after it has been properly evaluated.

In its advisory report to the U.S. Government, the 1955 task force on Intelligence Activities of the second Herbert Hoover Commission stated that: “Intelligence deals with all the things which should be known in advance of initiating a course of action.”[2] A true expert in the subject gave a similar definition more than 2000 years ago. According to Sun Tzu, “the reason why the enlightened prince and the wise general conquer the enemy whenever they move and their achievement surpass those of ordinary men is foreknowledge [intelligence].”[3]

Though the definition of intelligence is very simple and straightforward, most authors dealing with the subject confuse it. Some of them use the terms information and intelligence as synonyms, when it is obvious that they are not. Others even have used the term “raw intelligence” as a synonym for information, but, as we will see below, contrary to information (which might contain misinformation and disinformation), intelligence is a very elaborated product; there is nothing raw in it.

The evaluation of information, also known as appraisal or assessment, has to do with the analysis of a piece of information in terms of credibility, reliability, pertinence and accuracy, to change it into intelligence. The evaluation of information is accomplished at several stages within the intelligence cycle [4] with progressively different contexts.

The evaluation or appraisal of a particular item of information is indicated by a conventional letter-number system.

The evaluation of information simultaneously takes into consideration both the reliability of the source based on its previous performance and the credibility of the information itself. The process involves a check against intelligence already in hand and an educated guess as to the accuracy of the new information based on how well it dovetails with previous intelligence.

Though independent, the two aspects cannot be totally separated from each other. The authoritativeness of the source, which may not necessarily coincide with its reliability, can never be ignored, though it is sometimes overrated in the light of the credibility of the information —something that has to do with the expectations of the people involved in the evaluation process. But people, including intelligence analysts, tend to believe what they suspect or expect to be true, or what better fits their personal needs, so there is always an element of bias in any evaluation of information.

It must be emphasized that both evaluations must be entirely independent of each other, and they are indicated in accordance with the system shown above. Thus, information judged to be “probably true” received from a source considered to be “usually reliable” is designated as “B2”.

One must keep in mind that the question of what is authoritative and what is not is very relative. A highly authoritative source may produce credible information, but the intelligence officer must always ask himself the question “Why?” The higher the authoritativeness of the source, the higher the possibility that it may be biased or had been compromised and, therefore, the higher the danger of disinformation. Highly authoritative sources from totalitarian governments may not always tell the truth, to say the least, but highly authoritative sources from democratic countries may not be very reliable either. There is evidence that the CIA has been involved in recruiting scholars at the most prestigious American universities and journalists in the most influential American media. Also, there is suspicion that the KGB, the Mossad, and even the Cuban intelligence services, among others, have done a good job penetrating American universities and media.

Bias in evaluation can never be fully eliminated in an intelligence service and, more importantly, in high government circles. Moreover, creating evaluators to evaluate the evaluators can only compound it. Within the intelligence establishment, the only effective safeguard lies in the individual competence and quality of its members. Even more important is their intellectual honesty and personal courage to face pressures from above.

One must always bear in mind that no source can ever be regarded as infallible and no single bit of information can ever be regarded as totally accurate. Whatever the case, the chances for error, misinterpretation, misunderstanding and deceit are too high to blindly trust any information. Super patriots, doctrinaire partisans, court historians, bureaucratic climbers, people of provincial outlook, enemy moles —all of them are potential dangers to sound information evaluation. Perspective, perspicacity, worldliness, a soundly philosophical outlook, the knowledge and sense of history, and perhaps a bit of skepticism and a sense of humor — these are the qualities of an intelligence analyst that minimizes error in the interpretation and evaluation of information.

The 9/11, 2001, Events

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning dared to question the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouth-piece parroting it over and over ad nauseam, and is still doing it.

Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses. But the U.S. Government, like all governments around the world, is made out of politicians, and politicians have never been a source of truthful information.[5] Moreover, the current U.S. Government is fully under the control of the CFR conspirators, whose openly expressed goal is to destroy the U.S. and implement a totalitarian New World Order. Consequently, I will qualify the only source of the 9/11 information, that is, CFR secret agents in the US Government, with a D: Not usually reliable. Now I will take a look at the accuracy of the information itself.

Probably the main characteristic of truthful information is that fits with past similar information that has proved to be true. Of course, there is a first time for everything, and the fact that a similar event has never happened prior to the present event is no sure indication that it cannot happen. But, in the analysis of historical events, we have the added advantage that we can add to the evaluation of the information the occurrence of similar events in which the information has proved to be true or not, after the one in question.

Consequently, the evaluation of the information itself in the case of historical events is a process involving a check against intelligence already in hand about similar events before and after the event in question. It also involves an educated guess as to the accuracy of the information related to the event based on how well it fits with this intelligence.

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, never before or 30 years after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire. It also shows that, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition.

This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

Examples abound:

July 28, 1945: A B-25 bomber crashed against the Empire State Building in Manhattan, destroying most of the 79th floor. Flames consumed most of three floors down to the 75th. But the building, the tallest New York skyscraper at the time, did not collapse.

August 5, 1970: 1 New York Plaza, a 50-story office tower, suffered a severe fire and explosion. But it didn’t collapse.

October 26, 1986: 15-story Alexis Hihon Plaza, Montreal, Canada. After an 18 hour fire only the 11th floor partially collapsed.

May 4, 1988: The First Interstate Bank Building is a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles that suffered the worst high-rise fire in the city’s history. But the building didn’t collapse.

February 23, 1991: One Meridian Plaza, a 38-floor skyscraper in Philadelphia, suffered a severe fire. Philadelphia officials later described it as “the most significant fire in this century.” But the building did not collapse.

October 17, 2004: The tallest skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela experienced a severe fire. The building did not collapse.

February 12, 2005: A violent fire started in the Windsor building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story tower. At its peak, the fire, which burned for almost a day, completely engulfed the upper ten stories of the building. During the night the building shredded large pieces, which crashed to the ground, but the building did not collapse.

February 9, 2009: a fire destroyed the nearly completed structure of the Beijing Mandarin Oriental Hotel. But, despite the fact that the fire extended across all of the floors for a period of time and burned out of control for hours, no large portion of the 520-foot-tall building collapsed.

November, 2010: An apartment building in Shanghai caught fire and 53 people died. It burned for more than four hours. The building did not collapse.

April 2, 2112: A violent fire engulfed the still under construction Russian Federation tower, the tallest-to-be building in Moscow. After many hours, the firefighters extinguished it. The building did not collapse.

April 3, 2013: A 40-story skyscraper in Grozny, Chechnya caught fire. Flames engulfed the building for many hours, but it didn’t collapse.

February 20, 2015: A fire ripped through the 86-floor Torch tower in Dubai — one of the tallest residential buildings in the world. The building did not collapse.

January 19, 2017: The 17-store Plasco Building in Tehran collapsed after burning for several hours, but it fell to one side, not straight down on its own footprint as controlled demolitions do.

July 30, 2017: The Grenfell Tower, a 47-floor skyscraper in London caught fire. The fire burned for 12 hours, about four times longer than the WTC towers and was totally destroyed, but the building didn’t collapse.

Moreover, according to Newton’s third law, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” This means that as a hammer descending on a nail slows down, so also the crashing upper floors of the twin towers would had slowed as they hit the floors below that were structurally sound. But, surprisingly, this didn’t happen.

Even more difficult to explain is the mysterious collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, because no plane had crashed against it. But the building collapsed as the result of what looked like a typical example of a controlled demolition.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could normally fall on their own footprint when demolished, the companies that do controlled demolition would be superfluous —but they are not. But CFR agents in the US Government want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, nor two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires.

Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by CFR agents in the U.S. Government could be fairly qualified as a 5, that is, improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce a D5: that is, source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

Moreover, the fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given event. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, never put a good crisis to waste —particularly an artificially created crisis.

When I watched on tv the free fall of the first tower it took me just a few minutes to reach the conclusion that the building had fallen as the result of a controlled demolition. I am not an architect or engineer, much less a specialist on controlled demolition, but the fact was so evident that it was the only logical conclusion. Now, why most members of the Repucratic party didn’t see it? Because Repucrats are Americans who love their party more than their country, which explains why they fully accepted the official explanation that started the so-called “War on Terror,” as well as the lies that justified the disastrous “mandates” allegedly imposed to protect us from the Coronavirus.

Biden’s recent speech [6] in which he called Republicans “semi-fascists”[7] is nothing but the logical continuation of Bush’s speech after 9/11 in which he stated: “You are with us of against us” [8] and later added, “Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories concerning the attacks of September the 11th.” [9] The circle of treason that began with Bush has been finally closed by Biden. From now on, for the real Communo-Fascists in this country the sky is the limit. The fight against true American patriots is now in the open.

In the meantime, disinformers of both branches of the Repucratic Party will keep talking about the danger of communism and blaming China and Russia [10] for all the evil in the world. As expected, most of the Repucratic sheeple will keep believing them while ignoring that America’s worst enemies have always been inside the gates.

So, if after Biden’s clear and to the point threatening speech —which actually means that the so-called “semi-fascists”[11] will eventually lose all citizen’s rights, particularly their right to vote— you still think that just by electing members of the Repucratic Party [12] approved by the Permanent Regime you will solve America’s problems, you are a very gullible person … or worse!

My book: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, censored by Amazon, is still available at the NWV store.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[1]. Quoted in Michael Warner, “Wanted: A Definition of ‘Intelligence.’ Understanding Our Craft,” CIA’s Center for the Study of Intelligence. But the author of the article reminds that intelligence is an elusive concept, and there are many different definitions of the term. In the same fashion, the concept of information, the raw material out of which intelligence is produced, is even more elusive, to the point that there is no agreement among scientists about its true nature. The fact explains why Claude Shannon, the creator of the information theory, decided to call it “communication theory” instead. See, Claude Shannon, “A Mathematical Theory of Communication,” Bell System Technical Journal No. 27 (July and October, 1948)
[2]. Quoted in Allen Dulles, The Craft of Intelligence (New York: Signet, 1965), p. 11.
[3]. Sun Tzu, The Art of War -translated by Samuel B. Griffin- (London: Oxford University Press, 1963), p. 144.
[4]. Intelligence Cycle: The process by which information is acquired, converted into intelligence, and made available to policymakers. There are usually five steps which constitute the intelligence cycle: planning and direction, collection, processing, analysis and evaluation, and dissemination.
[5]. See, i.e, David Wise, The Politics of Lying (New York: Random House, 1973).
[6]. See “Biden Calls Trump Philosophy ‘semi-fascism,’” Politico, January 15, 2022.
[7]. Contrary to common belief, fascism began as a political movement of the left. Benito Mussolini, the Italian Fascist dictator, always saw himself as a man of the left, working to defend the working class and opposed to capitalism and free markets. Even the Nazis saw themselves as leftists. Don’t forget that the Nazi party was an offshoot of the German Workers Party, a leftist organization. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the new World Order, pp. 269-271.
[8]. Bush words were “Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.” See “Address to a Joint Session of Congess and the American people,” United States Capitol, Washington, D.C., September 20, 2001.
[9]. President Bush Speech to the United Nations, November 10, 2001.
[10]. Currently, I’d bet you can find more Communists in Berkeley than in Moscow.
[11]. A typical fascist technique consists in dehumanizing the opponents. Hitler called them “vermin,” Castro called them “gusanos” (worms), Hillary called them “deplorables,” and now Fascist leader Joe is calling us “semi-fascists.” The derogatory name changes, but the technique is the same.
[12]. Voting again and again and expecting different results is a clear symptom of insanity. As P.J. O’Rourke, used to say, “Don’t vote, it just encourages the bastards.”

By Lex Greene

September 10, 2022

Speaking of the United States of America as the land in question, the long-standing legal authority of federal government rests entirely under the authorities granted to the federal government via the U.S. Constitution, further limited in nature and scope by the Bill of Rights.

In other words, no authority exists at all, beyond the authority granted the federal government in the U.S. Constitution. Yet, modern society has been conned by “legal experts” for more than a hundred years now. Most Americans errantly think that “Executive Orders” are laws, and so are “court opinions,” because that’s what they have been essentially brainwashed to believe.

If that were true, then the U.S. Constitution would no longer be The Supreme Law of the Land. Instead of a Constitutional Republic created and guaranteed by the Constitution, we would be living under a “dictatorship” by Executive Order, or an “oligarchy” of nine unelected and unaccountable politically appointed Supreme Court Justices.

ARTICLE I of the Constitution assigns all sole lawmaking authority to Congress alone, which is to say, anything that is not properly legislated by Congress, is not a “law” at all. “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States.” (Note: Congress is prohibited from enacting any law which is “repugnant” to the Constitution or Bill of Rights.)

ARTICLE II of the Constitution assigns very limited administrative authority to the Presidency. The Executive Branch has no lawmaking authority whatsoever. The lawful authority of the Executive Branch is limited to the “faithful execution of the Constitution and Laws passed by Congress.” Therefore, Executive Orders are limited to administrative orders only, necessary to the execution of law.

ARTICLE III of the Constitution assigns the limited duties and authorities of the Judicial Branch. Like the Executive Branch, the Constitution assigns no lawmaking authority whatsoever to the Judicial Branch. Court opinions and decisions are not “law.” As we see all the time, court opinions and decisions are regularly overturned.

Unfortunately, for more than a hundred years now, British Common Law trained “legal experts” have conned the American people in order to empower themselves in direct violation of Constitutional Law. In the 1940s, American Law Schools shifted focus away from teaching Constitutional Law, instead teaching British Common Law, often referred to as “precedence and procedure.”

NOTE: It is British Common Law that allowed the US Supreme Court to rule that Citizens have no legal standing to challenge the unconstitutional acts of government in court, all the way back in 1923. Since then, even cases challenging election fraud are denied access to any federal court on the basis of “lack of standing.” If the people have no legal standing, then they have no Rights!

British Common Law is also referred to as “the Law of Commons” and it allows courts to essentially invent government policy under laws not passed by Congress, which means, “deprivation of Rights under color of law.”

Thomas Jefferson quickly saw a fatal flaw in the founding documents they created, referring to what was happening not long after the adoption of the Constitution, as “judicial tyranny.” “The original error [was in] establishing a judiciary independent of the nation, and which, from the citadel of the law, can turn its guns on those they were meant to defend, and control and fashion their proceedings to its own will.” (Jefferson Letter to John Wayles Eppes, 1807)

“Nothing in the Constitution has given them [the federal judges] a right to decide for the Executive, more than to the Executive to decide for them. . . . The opinion which gives to the judges the right to decide what laws are constitutional and what not, not only for themselves, in their own sphere of action, but for the Legislature and Executive also in their spheres, would make the Judiciary a despotic branch.”

(Jefferson Letter to Abigail Adams, September 11, 1804)

As has become all too common today, “legal experts” cannot agree on this issue any more than climatologists can agree on changes in earth’s climate. They can’t even agree that any change is taking place, much less why, or what if anything at all could be done about it.

The conservative-leaning Heritage Foundation confirms everything I am saying here today. But the Bar Association totally disagrees, due to British Common Law taught in law schools since the 1940s. Again, so-called “experts” have a critical difference of opinion.

This means that YOU will have to study and decide for yourselves, as I have.

Foundationally, the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights remain the “Supreme Law of the Land,” or they don’t. If they don’t, then the U.S. federal government has no authority at all, and no right to even exist, as that governmental body in its entirety, exists solely by the adoption of that document.

If Joe Biden or any other President can rule by the simple stroke of a pen on an Executive Order, beyond any authority granted in the Supreme Law, then we live in a pure unconstitutional dictatorship already. If courts can rule by the dictates of an unelected few, then we already live under an unconstitutional oligarchy.

As a result of this national con job, the American society can see a flood of unconstitutional problems created by the federal government today, and they can’t figure out what to do about any of it. They see that so many problems are so complicated now, that they think they need an equally complicated solution, when in fact, the opposite is true.

Complicated problems require a simple solution.

If you realize that Executive Orders are not laws at all, then how much do you need to worry about anything done by Executive Order?

If you realize that courts can’t make laws, then how much do you need to worry about court opinions, especially if they are at odds with the Supreme Law?

It all comes down to this…is the Supreme Law of this Land still the Supreme Law of this Land? If it’s not, then you don’t need to worry about losing a country you already lost.

But if the Constitution and Bill of Rights are still the Supreme Law of this Land, then we need only enforce it. Contrary to common modern false beliefs, we never did have any Rights beyond those we are willing to fight and die for. Our Founding documents tell us what our Rights are, but it is up to us to enforce them.

It’s just that simple. Stop pretending as though government officials have authority they were never assigned or granted by We the People.” They don’t!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Lex Greene

September 9, 2022

We are so far past enough is enough, that it’s ridiculous! What was once a somewhat pro-America political party many decades ago, has become nothing more than a totally corrupt anti-American death cult today. Unless Americans wake up to this fact and deal with it immediately, it threatens the very existence of our country!

STOP the “uniparty” crapola! Of course, the two primary political parties work in concert against our country today. They both represent wealthy self-absorbed self-serving corrupt career politicians, most of whom couldn’t care less about the American people. What did you think would become of both parties when decent people left?

Yeah, both primary parties suck, which is why our country sucks today! That’s what happens when good people take their football and go home, leaving their political team to corrupt tyrants, as if they can do anything divided!

But there is no getting around the most obvious reality today, after the utter destruction of everything since January 2021…unveiled Nazi-like threats of government force against Citizens, and the growing hate-filled lies against more than half of our fellow countrymen from the ignorant mouth of the most fraudulent and destructive occupant of the Oval Office in U.S. history, Pedo Joe.

We are way past stupid in this country right now. The most violent, bankrupt, and deadly cities in the USA are all run by democrats and have been for years. But idiots continue to re-elect them over and over again, no matter how much these cities dive into disastrous conditions year after year.

Today’s Democrat Party is nothing more than a totally destructive death cult and it needs to be eliminated, because it can never be reformed into a pro-American organization.

Face it! Any person, male or female, who will cast a ballot on the basis of some insane bogus right to kill their own children, should never be trusted with anything, especially a right to vote, that will determine the future of this nation! These mental and moral misfits cannot be trusted with any decisions!

REALITY MUST BECOME RELEVENT NOW

• Democrats oppose even the most fundamental natural right to LIFE itself. They demand a right to kill instead.
• Democrats are responsible for putting violent felons back on the streets to rape and murder over and over again.
• Nearly every “mass-shooter” in history has been a socialist leaning democrat.
• Democrats start wars all over the world, seven countries under Obama and three now under Biden.
• Democrats support dismembering humans, even children, via insane “sex change” mutilation.
• Democrats even support altering human DNA against your will, via fraudulent maniacal science, which they fraudulently call “vaccines.”
• Democrats create and promote violent racism constantly.
• Democrats destroy economies, all necessary supply chains, and all basic human rights. They also destroy civil rights and civil liberties.
• And Democrats destroy entire cities, to seize total control of the states.

There is absolutely nothing good, decent, honorable, moral, or ethical about today’s democrats and they are beyond the ability to reform.

We all know it, yet we all allow it to continue!

There are only three reasons why they hold any political power in this country at all today…

1. A dumbed down and government dependent electorate
2. They buy every vote with gifts from the taxpayer’s treasury
3. And they have perfected the art of stealing elections

If not for these three factors, the democrat party wouldn’t even exist anymore in America. It has become so entirely destructive of this country that no decent person in their right mind could ever cast a single ballot for a democrat, anywhere in the country.

Still, here we are, on the brink of extinction or a second revolutionary war, the nation being driven into total madness and destruction, by people who can’t even tell if they are male or female and hate everything America ever was, or was ever intended to be.

If we are not at “enough is enough” yet, we never will be, and that is the end of the greatest free nation ever known in human history!

No more leftist lies, no more biting our tongues, no more going along to get along. I will use my very last breath, last penny, or if need be, last round fighting for good, decency, honor, freedom, liberty, justice, and a peaceful nation worth raising our next generations in…and I don’t care what color, ethnicity, gender, or orientation you are.

You are either American or not American! Time to choose!

If you won’t, then you my friend, are part of the problem. It simply is not possible to save this country so long as today’s global Marxist democrat party is allowed to exist. I am 100% in favor of freedom of elections and political affiliations, so long as they are lawful and not corrupted. But the Democrat Party is entirely unlawful, unconstitutional, immoral, unethical, and anti-American now.

To all past democrat voters, your party is no longer American. You have an opportunity this year to wake up to the many lies you have been fed by democrat politicians, the democrat controlled media and social media, and the democrat run entertainment business. This may be your last chance.

To all so-called “independents,” those who left the game for independent status, get back in the game. We agree, there is much to be reformed and cleaned up in today’s republican party. It’s salvageable, but will never happen unless WE make it happen, together. Quitters NEVER win anything.

To those who have not voted in years, if you care about this country and the future for your children and grandchildren, now is the time to rejoin the fight for freedom, liberty, decency, and justice.

May God Bless this country and lead us out of the darkness that democrats have led this country into!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Paul Engel

September 9, 2022

• What role does the judicial branch have in the federal government?
• Why is the speech that Justice Elena Kagan made at a recent judicial conference so dangerous?
• How can We the People protect ourselves from an out of control federal judicial system?

In Federalist Papers #78, Alexander Hamilton said the the federal judiciary would be the branch of government least dangerous to our rights. Is that how the courts are working in the 21st century? What makes the courts today so injurious to our rights? We get a clue from current Associate Justice Elena Kagan, in a speech she gave at a judicial conference in Montana this July. By comparing her statements to the Constitution and the writings of those who helped frame it, we should not only be able to answer what makes the court dangerous to our rights, but how to protect our rights from them.

Associate Justice Kagan made a statement that many probably took in stride, but for me was jaw dropping.

I’m not talking about any particular decision or even any particular series of decisions, but if over time the court loses all connection with the public and with public sentiment, that’s a dangerous thing for a democracy,

Elena Kagan at a judicial conference in Montana

As I said, I expect most people to read this sentence and not give it a second thought, but when I read this, I see the failure of the republic. Let me explain.

Some of you may be thinking I’m pointing out the repeated lie that America is a democracy. We are not, we are a constitutional republic. While that fact is important to understanding just how jaw dropping Justice Kagan’s statement is, it’s nothing compared to heart of her error. Justice Kagan is concerned that the court may loose its connection with the public and public sentiment, but the court is not elected by the public, and for a very good reason. The court’s job is not to court public opinion, but to decide controversies and criminal prosecutions based on the law.

That branch of government which is concerned in the trial and determination of controversies between parties, and of criminal prosecutions; the system of courts of justice in a government. An independent judiciary is the firmest bulwark of freedom.

JUDICIARY, noun – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The fact that a judge can rise to the level of the Supreme Court of the United States and think that the court should be swayed by public opinion should scare the American people. The branch of government that represents the people and the states is Congress, not the courts. How can we say that we have a representative government if unelected judges can supersede the representative branch? We are not a nation of laws when those who are to apply the law think they can make it up for themselves. What Justice Kagan is describing is not a constitutional republic. It’s not even a democracy. It’s an oligarchy! She believes it’s the role of the court to determine public sentiment, then apply that to the cases before them. But who decides what the “public sentiment” is? According to Justice Kagan, it’s the unelected members of the Supreme Court, the rulings of nine high priests in black robes. The very tyranny that we declared independence from?

The Role of The Judiciary

In his essay on the judiciary, which became known as Federalist Papers #78, Alexander Hamilton described the role of the courts within the central government plainly.

Whoever attentively considers the different departments of power must perceive, that, in a government in which they are separated from each other, the judiciary, from the nature of its functions, will always be the least dangerous to the political rights of the Constitution; because it will be least in a capacity to annoy or injure them…

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Hamilton starts out by stating the judicial branch is the least dangerous to our rights, because they have the least capacity to injure us. Why is that? It seems today that the courts are frequently trampling our rights, so how can it be they are least able to injure us? The answer comes from the rest of the paragraph.

… The Executive not only dispenses the honors, but holds the sword of the community. …

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

The President is not only responsible for the nomination of numerous officials, but the commissioning of all officers, both public and military.

… he shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed, and shall Commission all the Officers of the United States.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 3

The President helps choose who works in the Executive Branch, meaning all of those bureaucrats that pass rules and regulations that impact our lives every day.

… The legislature not only commands the purse, but prescribes the rules by which the duties and rights of every citizen are to be regulated. …

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Congress controls the purse. They have the power to tax, spend, and even borrow against the credit of the United States. Furthermore, with the power to legislate means the power to make laws. These laws may impact everyone in America. But what about the courts?

… The judiciary, on the contrary, has no influence over either the sword or the purse; no direction either of the strength or of the wealth of the society; and can take no active resolution whatever. …

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

The courts are supposed to have no influence over either the sword (military and police) or the purse (the taxing and spending of money). Yet today courts claim the authority to tell the other branches how they can use the strength or wealth of society. Think about that last statement. Yes, a judge must sign a warrant, but the courts cannot execute it. A judge may even find a law unconstitutional, but they have no strength to make the other branches comply.

… [The judiciary] may truly be said to have neither FORCE nor WILL, but merely judgment; and must ultimately depend upon the aid of the executive arm even for the efficacy of its judgments.

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Compare that to the view of the court Justice Kagan appears to have. She wants the court to assume the will of the people, then use that to force others to comply. This is not the courts that our Founding Fathers envisioned. This is not a court that offers opinions and not rulings. This is not a court with mere judgment, but with power.

Overall, the way the court retains its legitimacy and fosters public confidence is by acting like a court, is by doing the kinds of things that do not seem to people political or partisan

Elena Kagan at a judicial conference in Montana

While Justice Kagan claims the court retains its legitimacy by acting like a court, her expectations that they enact the sentiment of the people would have them acting as a legislature not a court. Justice Kagan also claims she’s is not referring to any recent decisions of the court, though I would remind the reader this is the justice who dissented in that same court’s decision that would restore the abortion question to the people and their representatives. A justice who complained that the majority of the court read the actual language of the Constitution, as understood by the people who wrote and ratified the document. Does that sound like a court acting like a court? And lest we forget, this is the same justice who put her feelings about gun violence above the law.

The Solution

What can be done about a judicial branch occupied by would-be legislators in black robes? Let’s return to the words of Alexander Hamilton for some advice.

According to the plan of the convention, all judges who may be appointed by the United States are to hold their offices DURING GOOD BEHAVIOR; … The standard of good behavior for the continuance in office of the judicial magistracy, is certainly one of the most valuable of the modern improvements in the practice of government.

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Contrary to popular belief, federal judges do not have lifetime appointments, they serve during their good behavior.

The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offices during good Behaviour,

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

But who decides what’s good behavior for a judge? The first step is the House of Representatives.

The House of Representatives shall chuse their Speaker and other Officers; and shall have the sole Power of Impeachment. 

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2

That means the power of impeachment rests in the hands of the representatives of the people, your employees in the federal government. This is followed by the Senate.

The Senate shall have the sole Power to try all Impeachments.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3

While the role of the Senate is to represent the states, since the ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment the people choose these representatives as well. That means the ultimate decider of what will be considered good behavior for federal judges is We the People.

Conclusion

During this talk, Justice Kagan made an important point: She said there were times when justices…

really just attempted to basically enact their own policy or political or social preferences

Elena Kagan at a judicial conference in Montana

I would suggest the justice heed her own counsel. Her position in recent cases before the court seem to be based more on her political or social preferences. They are supported not by the Constitution or laws of the United States, but by the previous opinions of judges, many of whom have been just as much political actors as Justice Kagan has been.

I hope by now you have seen the jaw-dropping arrogance of the little talked about words of Associate Justice Kagan. While experience tells me she is not likely to pay any price for her bad behavior, much less the oath she took to support the Constitution of the United States, I can only hope that the American people will take this lesson to heart. If we are to have a judiciary that is least able to injure our rights, we must make sure that those who sit on these courts be on their best behavior. And when they claim the power of the sword or the purse, that their bad behavior be appropriately punished.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

by Lee Duigon

September 8, 2022

Every major moment in history needs a symbol that fixes itself in our minds and sums it all up for us. We have the image of SloJo Biden falling up the stairs to Air Force One, but I think we need a few more.

Ah! Here’s one.

Hobnobbing with our totally daft head of state, Commerce Secretary Gena Raimondo, fantasizing about wiping out the coal industry, assured the eventually unemployed miners that soon we would have “solar installations for abandoned coal mines” Yowsah. “We’re going to do solar installations on an industrial scale for abandoned coal mines”.

What did she mean by that? Are they going to put solar installations on top of the coal mines? But you don’t need coal mines for that; you could do that anywhere.

Solar panels contain highly toxic materials, posing a problem for safe disposal when the panels burn out. Well, okay: when that happens, simply bury the used-up panels in the mines.

But why wait till then? Why not install the panels underground in the first place? She didn’t say that in so many words, but what else could she have meant? Underground solar panels! What could possibly be a more telling symbol for this whole Green New Deal boondoggle? They may not generate any power underground, but at least they’ll be safe!

And here’s another.

A couple of tourists in West Virginia recently suffered the embarrassment of having their electric car run out of juice. They would have been stranded, but for half a dozen kindly miners who pushed the car up to the charging station at the mine. The car couldn’t be towed because the electric cars have plastic undersides that fall to pieces if you try to tow them.

Now that’s a symbol, isn’t it? We don’t generate enough electricity to run our electric cars. But that’s no problem—you just get out and push them. And if you never re-charge your electric car, you’ll never have to rely on that boo-hiss fossil fuel that has to be used to provide the electricity.

Not only that—but if everybody’s electric car has to be pushed by human beings at only a mile or two per hour, think of the impact on highway safety! No more fatal accidents, unless they accidentally push you off a cliff. No more five-car pile-ups. Sure, it’ll take you practically forever to get anywhere; but if it saves ONE life… (I put that in because that’s what libs always say about their insane public policies.)

But look, we want to get rid of privately owned cars anyhow, and who’s going to want a car that has to be pushed all the time?

And who says the plebs really have to go anywhere? If it’s not in walking or bicycling distance—stay home! That’ll really cut down on traffic jams. Naturally, our Necessary People who are not just “useless eaters,” as the World Economic Forum likes to call us, will keep their limousines and private jets. Can’t hitchhike to Davos, can you? Who would be so mean-spirited as to begrudge them their little luxuries? It’s a small price to pay for an ever-expanding government.

Heck, there ought to be a postage stamp with a picture on it of those miners pushing the conked-out electric car up a hill. As an image, it’s right up there with the Marines planting the flag on Iwo Jima. It memorializes a folly so sublime, so all-encompassing, so maddening, as to inspire future generations, and even our own generation, to eat bugs, and go to bed at sundown because, after all, who really needs electric lighting? And then we’ll see about doing without air conditioning.

I don’t think I want to imagine any more of this.

Governed by idiots… It’s not so funny, after all.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit: no one has to know. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 8, 2022

Part 1: America’s identity, pride in country, what’s next?

In the last week, a sexual predator, felon and habitual criminal, African-American Cleotha Abston-Henderson, 38, raped and killed Eliza Fletcher, a 34 year old kindergarten teacher with two small children. After grabbing her off the sidewalk during her daily jog, he left her mangled body behind an old house in Memphis, Tennessee.

As reported by the media, Memphis’ murders reached over 352 in 2021. Even more tragic, if the two had reversed skin colors, Memphis would still be in flames as of this writing. But because she was white, the legal process will move forward without BLM rampaging throughout the city.

Chicago reported 50 shootings and eight deaths over the Labor Day weekend. St. Louis reported four shootings, five deaths. New York City saw 15 wounded from shootings. Detroit featured 32 shootings, four dead.

Virtually all those shootings arrived at the hands of African-Americans in our inner cities. What’s wrong with this picture?

If you look back at Flint, Michigan, virtually a minority city, as well as Jackson, Mississippi…you remember contaminated water. This past week in Jackson, toilets can’t flush and contaminated water systems poison residents. Jackson is minority dominated city.

In Canada, two guys stabbed ten people to death. In London, England, people fear for their lives on the streets of that once peaceful city. In Paris, you cannot walk down a street without fearing for your person being robbed. In Sydney, Australia, you just don’t know what’s going to happen if you walk down the streets. You could be the next victim.

What’s happening to Western Culture? For one thing, it’s being denounced with a litany of name-calling. It’s being degraded as inferior to other cultures. It’s being attacked as slavery-based, systemically racist and violent to other cultures.

But if you look out over history’s horizon, Western Culture brought toilet paper in 1857. It brought toilet systems and fresh water. It brought the arts, commerce and human rights. It lifted millions out of poverty, disease and hopelessness.

Unfortunately, since 1987 at Stanford University, “Every effort to keep alive, let alone, revive, the teaching of Western Civilization, has met with sustained hostility, ridicule and violence,” said writer Douglas Murray who wrote The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

Today, powerful, monied men in high places force Critical Race Theory on our children and even into colleges and the military. If continued, CRT will destroy the foundation of America’s solidarity and cohesiveness. At its foundation, it pits black people against white people for perceived racism throughout America. In other words, it pits citizens against citizens with no solutions.

But when you look out over the world, every minority in America enjoys freedom of choice, education, jobs, the arts, and more opportunities for self-expression than anyone in Africa, India, China, Bangladesh, Mexico, Indo-china and so much of the world.

If you look at Japan, where I have lived, the big R-word manifests throughout that society. A black person would not be allowed to migrate to Japan. Same with China.

In India, there are three classes. Brahmins represent the high class. Kshatriyas the middle class, Vaishyas low class, and the untouchables—Sudras. You cannot rise above the class you were born into. It’s racist beyond conceptual understanding. Ironically, scholars celebrate that India stands as the most populated democracy in the world. At 1.3 billion, in reality, illiteracy dominates, and 70 percent of the lower 1 billion do not enjoy access to a toilet, shower or lavatory.

If you travel through Bangladesh, you must be ready to endure illiteracy, poverty, starvation, disease and lack of any kind of sanitation or hygiene. This country, the size of Oregon, houses 161 million people. It’s on its way to 201 million by mid-century. One can only cringe at what they face as to the human misery index.

In other words, Africa at 1.4 billion, India at 1.3 billion, and China at 1.4 billion face consequences far beyond what’s happening in Europe, Australia, Canada and America.

So why make Western Culture the scapegoat when the non-Western World teeters on the brink of disease and mass starvation via too many people, too much illiteracy and too little resources?

“To delegitimize the West, it appears to be necessary first to demonize the people who still make up the racial majority in the West. It is necessary to demonize white people,” said Douglas Murray, historian.

Writer Robin DiAngelo wrote a book, White Fragility, that denounced all white people as racists. The logical trap is the same one favored by the witch hunters of the Middle Ages: if the woman drowns in the pond, she is innocent. If she floats, she is guilty and condemned to be burned at the stake. In DiAngelo’s world, every white person on the planet is guilty of racism. She said, “White people should strive to be less white.” Under her system, there is no racism in Africa. Instead, tribes simply massacre one another such as the Tutsi’s and Hutsi’s. The rest starve to death in refugee camps.

Wouldn’t DiAngelo’s system be like telling a Japanese person to be less Japanese or an African to be less black or a Mexican to be less brown?” Do you notice you can only get away with such academic balderdash in a free country created by European-Americans?

What Kind Of A Future Is Coming to America?

Can we as a society, whether black or white, stop the killings? Can we stop the murderers of white female joggers? Can we stop black on black crime that kills thousands of young blacks in our overcrowded and rundown cities like Chicago? Can we stop the black Minneapolis (affirmative action) Somali cop in 2017 who drew his pistol and point blank, shot a white woman walking up to the cruiser in her bathrobe after reporting a prowler? Can we stop pernicious homelessness now dominating most major cities in America?

While white people wait for the law to work its course after a murder, a significant number of black people riot, loot and burn to “get even.” How long can our cities sustain such anarchy?

You might agree that intermingling incompatible races may be at the biological heart of America’s crisis. Do we have any solutions? What happens as we continue to add millions of immigrants from incompatible cultures? Does any American possess any commonality with a Somali, Congolese or Ethiopian immigrants? How do we bridge our culture with them when they don’t want our culture? What happens when American culture vanishes? What happens when our country becomes like India’s with 122 different languages? What happens when few people live, think or act on the same page?

Could America survive under African culture? Chinese? Indian? Islamic culture?

What do I think having traveled extensively all over the globe to see racial, cultural and ethnic chaos in the past 50 years? Answer: I think we’re in more trouble than anyone understands. I think we’re importing more problems that we can ever solve. I think we are sowing the seeds of our own destruction. Do you see any change or solutions for our escaping the “dark future” of America? Do you think Canada or Europe, or Australia will survive?

Coming Part 2: Race, history, biology, culture

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

September 7, 2022

Part 1 of this series recalled some brutal events in history where threats and legal constructs were used to silence people who expressed different goals in politics, social conditions and the principles of authority and freedom. This is why the newly created Homeland Security Disinformation Governance Board is questionable and extremely troubling.

We must either allow diversity of opinion to reign or we, ourselves, will fall at the hands of the only available tool – brute force.

This is not new. It has happened before and will again. As the abolitionist, Wendell Phillips, told us, “Eternal vigilance is the price of liberty; power is ever stealing from the many to the few.”

In our own early American history, Congress passed the Alien and Sedition Acts at the behest of the Federalist Party and President John Adams. The ruthless enforcement of these statutes, by government authorities, stifled disruptive voices, instilled fear and led to the threat of arrest and detention for editors who criticized the president.

Thomas Jefferson, the freedom-loving republican, was the man who quickly repealed these unjust laws when he became President. America’s uniquely libertarian approach to free speech has emerged from a long struggle to hear all voices and achieve civil rights and racial equality which exist in statute in America today.

Yet, with President Biden’s new Disinformation Czar, we again realize the weight of the federal government can be turned against any person or private business, at any time, in any manner. The leftist main-stream media outlets will continue to foment division through political pandering and aggrandizement. These facts are now well known. The media pushed the Russia collusion hoax, the Jussie Smollett hoax, they smeared Justice Thomas, Justice Kavanaugh and Nick Sandmann, and they dismissed Hunter’s laptop affair as Russian disinformation.

Throughout history, we have many examples like these. Stories of those who understood both their historical circumstances and legal rights. People stood firm on their principles. The founding patriots openly published their opinions about King George III and the “gross corruptions of his Parliamentary Junto” and we should follow their example.

Stephen Solomon, the author of, Revolutionary Dissent: How the Founding Generation Created the Freedom of Speech, describes details of an era where Americans,

“used every form of expression imaginable to deliver their ideas and arguments. They created songs, essays, letters, cartoons, broadsides, woodcuts, appeals, petitions, resolutions, puns, poems, plays, paintings, and pamphlets. They belittled their foes with parody and satire and launched diatribes, harangues, and accusations against them.”

This was the colonial equivalent of the technological whirlwinds that surround us. It is a mistake to believe that modern technology has cultivated a more thoughtful understanding of alternative viewpoints. It has not.

Instead, Big-Tech is focused on sponsoring, promoting and creating algorithms that artificially rank their preferences above alternatives. At the same time, these filters limit access to straight news and stifle public awareness while pushing left-wing agenda driven stories.

Of course, legitimate news organizations exist. However, clicks are generated on the social-media side of the equation. This is where loyal fans are created, market-share is gained, and money is made.

Social-media outlets are gigantic idea sifters that separate posts based upon gross generalizations. The far left’s outlandish ideas appear as normal after passing through weighted, over-simplified artificial intelligence (AI) filters.

Followed by a clever re-writing of word definitions, these destructive ideas create a cultural malaise without people realizing their vocabulary has been stolen (i.e., define a woman.)

The Twitter limit of 280 characters means the details of any issue, the pros or cons, must get pushed first through a mental sieve of our own making. Like Big-Tech, most individuals using Twitter are incentivized to prioritize their comments based upon size, emotive draw and potential for cultural wave-making; not on truth telling.

We ask, where will truth come from? Does it come from wisdom, understanding and the balancing between costs and benefits? Or, from public momentum? Is this how SCOTUS will decide the Roe v. Wade debate? Will, true or false, get declared by the newly created Disinformation Czar?

We see powerful social engineers and academic policy pundits using statist power to exert public control without any limits or boundaries. These idealogues are willing to cancel, quarantine, and re-educate anybody who disagrees. In fact, F.A. Hayek, in his book, The Road to Serfdom (1944), notes that social and industrial planner Henri Saint-Simon, thought those who did not obey his proposed planning boards would simply be, “treated as cattle.”

Today’s coercive tendency of big-government and the incessant and unwarranted passion for collective intervention is fracturing our national foundation. Our nation used to care about the little guy, the working class, and the underdog. Today these have been replaced by the “greater good” – the authoritarian state.

There is only one path for citizens to maintain their title to personal freedom, freedom of religion, of property, of speech, of the press, and the God given right to self-protection. Thomas Jefferson, told us how: “In questions of power, then, let no more be heard of confidence in man, but bind him down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution.”

This is the bedrock of the American Republic.

The current onslaught of totalitarian actions and legislative malfeasance is widening the gaps between personal freedom and government control. We see censorship and mass political indoctrination sprouting in all areas of private life. As F.A. Hayek noted, the social engineers plan for,

“us to take our pleasures as well as other necessities at the appointed time… and in the prescribed form … depriving us of choice, in order to give us whatever fits best into the plan … at a time determined by the plan.”

To get out of the cattle-pen, people must act now to lift their voices in the public square. To this end, free and fair elections must be our highest universal goal. Election Integrity is our pathway to true representative government.

Auditing election results is the first step needed, but it is not enough. Audits come after the fact, like the police investigation after a murder, it is too little, too late. For Oregonians, the real battle must be to ensure election and voting integrity before election crimes are committed.

This includes strengthening electoral governance, requiring timely election audits with complete transparency via local election office compliance, and ending the legislative exploitation that arises from one-party rule.

In Part 3, I will outline some disturbing details of several detrimental statutes that have been strategically placed like wedges into the bedrock of Oregon’s election integrity. Lastly, I’ll explain why the decades of Oregon’s unending one-party rule must be brought to a close.

Read more about fractures in Oregon’s Bedrock, Part 3 … (coming soon)

Part 1,

© 2022 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

September 7, 2022

“We were warned long ago about taking on this language.”

Friends, we were warned long ago about the language of today being parroted by the mainstream media’s useful idiots (Matthew 15:14).

[Rumble Video]

Remember when George Orwell said, “Political language (Of today) is designed to make lies sound truthful”?

Let’s go back to our founding forefathers and see what they had to say about the unconstitutional 2 party system (Mark 3:25).

George Washington said, in his 1796 Farewell Address, that political parties “are likely, in the course of time and things, to become potent engines, by which cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the power of the people and to usurp for themselves the reins of government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.”

He went on to argue:

“The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism. But this leads at length to a more formal and permanent despotism. The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.”

What Washington called “the spirit of party” was, he argued, “inseparable from our nature, having its root in the strongest passions of the human mind”—namely, the tribal passion to separate the world into “we” vs. “they,” into rival and competing groups. This spirit can then easily become a desire to see “our side” win, regardless of whether our side is better than “their side” and regardless of the issues at stake or the facts of the matter.

President John Adams provided a far more succinct comment on the matter.

“There is nothing which I dread so much as a division of the republic into two great parties, each arranged under its leader, and concerting measures in opposition to each other. This, in my humble apprehension, is to be dreaded as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.” – Letter to Jonathan Jackson (2 October 1780), “The Works of John Adams”, vol 9, p.511

How is it that the unconstitutional, two-party system is set up today in contrast to its original intent?

the United States Constitution, Article IV, Section 4, US Constitution states:

The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against Invasion; and on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive, against domestic Violence.

[Rumble Video]

The short video below demonstrates the absolute ignorance of the mainstream media’s minions (And these are the adults) in driving a narrative that is everything but American Government and how it is to function. (Hosea 4:6).

FOX NEWS CONTRIBUTORS GET INTO SHOUTING MATCH OVER FBI’S TREATMENT OF TRUMP VERSUS HILLARY CLINTON

[Rumble Video]

In conclusion: Americans are just too easy for them that are pulling the narrative strings (Ephesians 4:14).

The propagandists have the people warring against each other instead of against those who are creating the divisive narratives (Psalm 94:16).

What’s worse is that the American people are divided over that which is not even true. Then again, the first casualty in every war is the truth. Therefore, if truth is the first causality of the war, then what must become of the war if the truth takes its rightful place? We will have peace (Isaiah 51:4).

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Steven Yates

September 6, 2022

A Background Report

I did not catch more than the first few minutes of Joe Biden’s teleprompted speech the other night, so it is unclear to me if he repeated the allegation that was circulating in Bidenista circles that Trump supporters are “semi-fascists.” What I heard was the usual predictable pap about the “threat to democracy” posed by “MAGA Republicans.”

We are, indeed, in a battle for “the soul of America.” I call it the narrative war, and whether it will explode from being a war primarily of words into something much hotter, remains to be seen. I think the Bidenistas may be trying to provoke acts of violence, acts that can and will be used against anyone who takes the bait.

The Big Questions for Our Era: Will we continue moving ever closer to a technologically empowered form of feudalism (technofeudalism, if you will), as we were doing for several decades prior to the 2010s? It began with welfare-statism in reverse, redistributing wealth upward into the hands of a tiny fraction of the one percent, and would end in technology-enabled de facto totalitarianism, a totally surveilled and controlled society.

Will we continue to watch as the globe gradually integrates, in top-down fashion, into a single, highly centralized political-economic power system controlled by a few dozen extended families: the superelite, GloboCorp, call them what you will?

Will this continue to be passed off as “democracy,” “the rule of law,” the “liberal world order,” etc., ad nauseam?

Will it culminate, before the end of the 2020s, in the much-discussed Great Reset, which will include the complete replacement of cash with digital currency? What is digital, we should always remember, can be tracked, monitored, and switched off by remote, making dissent from approved narratives a thing of the past.

Or: will we rediscover freedom, meaning personal, familial, and community autonomy within the bounds of moral responsibility? Historians speak of the Great Awakening? (Several, actually.) Is a new Great Awakening possible now, whether in Alexander Dugin’s sense, or something a bit more Anglo friendly?

The superelites have doubtless studied history. They understand that feudalism was the status quo for centuries. As a political-economic system it was mostly stable.

Landed elites owned and controlled everything, of course. Serfs were tied to the land they worked. Theirs were lives of drudgery and misery. They worked from sunup to sundown, just to feed themselves and their own. By law they relinquished a portion of the fruits of their labors to their parasitic lords and masters. They worked for as long as they lived, sometimes dying miserable deaths at very young ages by our standards.

What killed this system?

Protestant Christianity.

According to Protestant Christianity, we are all equal in God’s eyes. His judgment will make no distinction between elites and commoners. Either you have Jesus Christ as your personal savior or you do not.

Philosophically, Christianity gave rise to a freedom movement the roots of which went back at least to the thirteenth century. This era, long before Martin Luther, gave us the natural law philosophy of Aquinas and a key implication of the Magna Carta of 1215, that the king can’t simply do as he pleases. Political activity, like everything else, answers to moral principles. Basic justice calls for such practices as the right of those accused of crimes to confront their accusers in a fair trial.

The basic ideas behind science and technology, coming a few centuries later, are rooted in the Christian idea that the universe is fundamentally rational, that God made man in His image which included our rational agency. Therefore the Creation is intelligible to the human mind, and all human minds have the potential to contribute to knowledge and knowhow. Technique became the test for this. If we’d uncovered a physical principle and mathematized it (as did Newton) and could apply it to the solution of some technical problem (e.g., propulsion), this would suggest we were on the right track even if we did not have all the answers.

Throw in the Gutenberg Press, which enabled anyone to read Scripture instead of rely on Church authority, and you have the ingredients of large scale Awakening (a term I now prefer to the somewhat sullied Enlightenment).

The freedom movement developed further in the hands of philosophers such as England’s John Locke, political strategists such as America’s James Madison, and later, economic thinkers such as France’s Frederic Bastiat. These, and numerous others, endorsed personal liberty, property rights, and free enterprise within the bounds of moral responsibility understood in terms of a transcendent reality communicated to us via Scripture.

The founders of America technically did not found a “Christian nation” where religion was embodied in a national church such as the Church of England, because they hoped that respect for Scripture as a source of moral authority would be built into the culture. If the culture failed, everything else would fail. Personal freedoms and free enterprise would become corrupted by decadence which would prove uncontrollable and increasingly destructive to civilization itself.

The hope of freedom, which inspired millions, meant the death of feudalism.

Christians will say that sin was still there, however, doing its dirty work.

For the landed elites had not disappeared. They adapted to the changed environment, and used new money systems to hijack industrial civilization. They established central banks in Europe and tried to do so in America. Andrew Jackson killed their second attempt (the Second Bank of the United States) in the 1830s. They adapted again.

By the mid-1800s the elites had devised public education which offered one kind of education to their children and another to the masses. The latter were not to be taught how to think or what to think about, except at the most superficial level. The elites did not want well-educated proles. So mass education in government schools aimed to teach discipline by routine, obedience to authority (especially the authority of governments and bosses in corporations), and trades. The children of the masses were to be taught enough literacy to read and follow instructions, basic arithmetic, and official narratives about “democracy in America.”

Most fell for it. Dissidents (many of them theologians) were too few in number to make much of a difference. Most could be written off as troublemakers.

The elites devised economic arrangements that circumvented competition and ensured that every major industry would be dominated by one key figure, e.g., Rockefeller in oil, Vanderbilt in railroads, Carnegie in steel, and so on. In Europe, the Rothschilds and the Schiffs (among others) dominated finance and could engineer panics. Their agents were at work in the U.S. Following the engineered Panic of 1907 they masterminded the Woodrow Wilson presidency and established the Federal Reserve System. This gave them effective control over the U.S. economy they have maintained ever since. Their enormous resources also enabled them to purchase control over major newspapers and establish new weeklies of their own (e.g., Time, The New Republic) as vehicles for furthering “public opinion” (as Walter Lippman called it). They continued to establish approved narratives as radio and eventually television developed as national media.

Change some of those industries and names. Think financial alchemy: George Soros. Think first technology and then vaccines: Bill Gates. From economics to transhumanism: Klaus Schwab. Social media: Mark Zuckerberg. I could name others, but you know who they are.

We’re in the present, and feudalism is being brought back apace. It was underway during the final decades of the last century, when it went by such names as neoliberalism and corporatism. These followed a period of genuine prosperity, ending at the end of the 1960s, during which the peasantry got sufficiently educated (and wealthy) to push at the comfort zones of the elites, especially when they protested elite-sponsored wars such as Vietnam.

The elites began to financialize the economy in the 1970s, starting when their servant Richard Nixon killed the gold standard. They began wrecking higher education through the simple mechanism of having it defunded following the disruptions of the 1960s, then allowing its further corruption with the rise of race and gender politics.

It would be, however, a “hard road to world order.” Too many people had figured out what was going on, having browsed big books like Carroll Quigley’s Tragedy & Hope, or running across scholars of the highest competence such as Antony C. Sutton who had documented the role of Wall Street elites in financing both Communism and Nazism.

What happened this go round was the IT Revolution and the emergence of the Internet: our era’s Gutenberg Press. As I’ve noted before, by the 2000 decade it was possible for anyone with an Internet connection to research any topic, create a website or blog, and post their results for the world to see. In this environment, control over information was impossible!

If feudalism requires anything, it is total, unquestioning consensus on such matters as who is legitimately in charge. Much else (e.g., sexuality) can be left up for grabs, because sex is such a fantastic distraction for the masses! While all varieties of sexual distractions were used very effectively, an aggressive minority of Internet researchers and authors was still able to disrupt the elite consensus at every level and in every subject era.

This all occurred during an era in which incomes were demonstrably not keeping up with expenses. Jobs were disappearing overseas. Quality was diminishing as built-to-last products made in America were replaced by disposable garbage imported from China. Corporations were getting richer as they maintained bought journalists and a bought political class. They no longer supported their employees, moreover, but were more likely to throw them to the wolves. Higher education was seen as essential although its quality was diminishing rapidly, even as its price skyrocketed.

In this environment, all the official narratives collapsed. This included those holding that the U.S. and other Western powers were really democracies in the sense of having political classes that answered to We the People, as opposed to They the Oligarchs (the elites). Support for arrangements that had been immensely profitable to the Oligarchs, such as “free trade,” collapsed. It was no longer clear that “globalization” would restore the rising tide lifting all boats that we had seen up until 1970.

Prior to around then, a fundamentally Christian culture still existed to counter secular/materialist elite domination. Thus in the 1960s Hollywood elites began to aggressively attack this culture through the entertainment industry.

Civil rights, originally aimed to fight racism and discrimination on moral grounds calling for basic fairness, were also hijacked and transformed into something divisive and destructive: replacing discrimination against minorities and women with discrimination against white men. “Abortion rights” signifies how the materialist death culture rose to full spectrum dominance.

The organized left, which once supported working people (labor versus capital), was hijacked by identity politics, which left the mostly white working class and, more and more, the middle class, floundering amidst a rising tide of inflation, joblessness, and debt-dependency. Naturally, these people turned to “populist” conservatism.

Trumpism was thus inevitable, in a disrupted culture in which genuine challenges to consensus thinking that looked increasingly discredited were technologically possible.

Just as inevitable was the Oligarch reaction to Trumpism, which began almost immediately after Trump upset their chosen candidate, Hillary Clinton, selected to become the First Woman President.

The reaction, however, featuring Big Tech’s algorithmic censorship and deplatforming, the exploitation of incidentals such as Charlottesville, and a rise tide of attacks on “conspiracy theories,” did not work. Too many people were not buying it.

Thus came the plan-demic, arguably the most massive power grab in human history!

Anyone who believes this to have been an unlucky accident, caused by a coronavirus that evolved in a bat, needs to read States of Emergency: Keeping the Global Population in Check by Dutch political scientist Kees Van Der Pijl (Clarity Press, 2022).

Welcome to the Narrative War!

One side includes the Deep State (CIA, other intelligence agencies, DARPA, etc.), mainstream corporate media (CNN, etc.), Big Tech (Google, Twitter, etc.), Big Pharma (Pfizer, etc.), and many other industries closely tied to governance or profiting from interconnectedness. This side handed power to the Bidenistas on January 20, 2021. As de facto descendants of those landed elites of yesteryear, this side owns and controls most of the resources, just as its ancestors did back when the feudalism of old was a mostly stable system. Today’s political economy is anything but stable, of course. So the Oligarchs are working overtime toward their Great Reset, and this includes doing everything they can to suppress, demonize, and destroy the other narrative.

Thus labels like semi-fascist, autocrat or authoritarian, superspreaders of misinformation, continued use of conspiracy theorist, and so on and so on.

The Oligarchs want technofeudalism, which would give the same level of control their de facto ancestors had — but from the standpoint of those outside their orbit would be a .ystopia of “gig” work, gaslighting, technology-based control (technocracy), and transhumanism.

Even the plan-demic has not been enough. There is still plenty of dissent out here. There are still tens of millions of people who would vote Trump into office a second time. Trump is not perfect. But he is all these tens of millions of people have, at least until someone else with the same level of charisma appears and steps forward. Hence he is being targeted for destruction.

The Oligarchy will foment violence, if it comes to that!

I think that beginning with the unprecedented raid at Mar-a-Lago on Aug. 8 by the Bidenista-compromised FBI, the Oligarch narrative warriors are strategizing for End Game. What I think they envision: Trump is indicted by the Bidenista Department of Justice for mishandling classified documents (it is at least possible that in his haste to leave the White House in January 2021 he got careless). A second Trump presidency — the mere possibility of which terrifies the Oligarchs — is circumvented.

Lindsay Graham (once a Trump critic, if you go back enough years) has warned of “blood in the streets” if Trump is indicted and prosecuted.

Trumpism (the MAGA movement if you prefer) will still be around, but if just a few of its number can be goaded into violent, irrational action, civil war on their minds, it, too, can be discredited in the eyes of a poorly educated general public. For unless this movement gets better organized, the danger is of ultimately futile actions by individual “freelancers,” and small if well-armed groups easily put down by the immense police power of, say, Homeland Security, and then demonized in corporate media as have been the Jan-6ers.

Technofeudalism will then be our future, and all the court political commentators in corporate media can say, “We saved our democracy!”

___________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

September 6, 2022

Discernment is not a matter of simply telling the difference between right and wrong; rather it is telling the difference between right and almost right. —Charles Spurgeon

The supreme end of education is expert discernment in all things-the power to tell the good from the bad, the genuine from the counterfeit, and to prefer the good and the genuine to the bad and the counterfeit. —Samuel Johnson (English writer)

But strong meat belongeth to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.  —Hebrews 5:14

The first method for estimating the intelligence of a ruler is to look at the men he has around him.  —Niccolò Machiavelli

Being brutally honest is not always comfortable, but it seems a trait that comes naturally and it’s not always welcomed.  How many times I’ve had people say to me, “Why don’t you tell us what you really think, Kelleigh!” I write what I believe is the truth as I know and understand it via research, experience and study.  You may not agree with me and that’s okay, but speaking the truth even when it hurts is an essential part of me.  I don’t mean to offend, only to tell it like I see it.  So here goes.

The Campaign

Those who regularly read my articles know that I heartily supported Donald Trump in 2016.  Every article I wrote back then was promoting Mr. Trump or exposing those running against him.  Like everyone else, I was thrilled that we finally had a candidate who spoke for the heart of America.  I worked to help him, and twice wrote articles he used in rallies. One of those articles, Proof: Jeb Bush Under Eminent Domain Took a Disabled Veteran’s Property, exposed Jeb Bush, and Trump used it one Monday in three rallies and even tweeted it.  It was written after a debate where Bush accused Trump of taking an elderly woman’s home via eminent domain. She kept her house.

Bush was gone the next week.

The second article was written after Trump asked why the media was allowed to lie about him.  The article, Supreme Court Ruled Media Allowed to Lie with Impunity, covered the 1964 Supreme Court decision NYTs vs. Sullivan, and Trump spoke about it when he gave a speech in Alabama where Commissioner Sullivan’s lawsuit against the Times originated.

Left and neo-con right called Trump uncouth, his tweets disgusting, and his manners in poor taste.  The more moneyed folks called him crass, but I found him delightfully honest.  Truth be told, most Americans loved the way he spoke and tweeted.  Why?  Because he talked just like we do without the dry polished political hogwash that spews from the mouths of lifelong politicians.

Trump was a breath of fresh air!

Winning

Many of his supporters stayed up until after 3 a.m. waiting for the long-delayed election results.  My husband was asleep, but I was on the computer watching and my friend in Las Vegas was on the phone with me reporting.  Finally, I said I had to go to sleep, and crawled in bed only to have the phone start ringing just as I dropped off.  He won!  Praise God and Hallelujah!  The next morning my husband woke me to kiss me goodbye and asked who won.  I said, TRUMP!

We loved his inauguration speech, despite George Bush’s comment, “That was some weird shit.”  To globalist one-world-order Bush, it was weird, but to the American people who pressed the lever for Trump, that speech was ultra-fantastic…over the top, and absolutely magnificent.  Thrilling!

What could top that spectacular address to the American people?  Only his State of the Union addresses which were impressively masterful in lauding American heroes rather than himself.  When Rush Limbaugh received the Medal of Freedom from President Trump, Melania Trump had the honor of presenting it to him.

While the nation roared their approval and tears for Rush Limbaugh ran down our cheeks, Nancy Pelosi wouldn’t even stand or clap, and sat there in her white suit turning the pages of our 45^th President’s speech and ignoring the audience.

As I watched Pelosi and the other white garbed females of the Democrat Party, all I could see was the blood of the unborn staining the white garments of those women.  The lack of civility, of common courtesy, the disdain for our elected president was so odious it reeked of their classless derision of American citizens who cast their votes for Trump. In front of the nation, Nancy Pelosi exposed her venomous contempt for Americans by ripping up a government document, the President’s beautiful speech.

For all his accomplishments that benefited the American people, one thing always bothered me about our 45th President, his lack of discernment.  Or was it?  Did he purposefully hire from the swamp or did he believe the Republicans would help him?

The question remains…have we again been deceived?

Discernment

Discernment is God’s gift to help us dispel confusion. In some cases, discernment is a spiritual gift. It’s also a skill that can be developed according to Hebrews 5:14.

President Trump said, “Leaders are people who can discern the inevitable and act accordingly. When people talk about business acumen, discernment is a big part of it. It’s a bit like gut instinct, but a little more developed.”

Then why were the majority of people in President Trump’s administration from the Deep State?  Only a handful were truly Constitutional Conservatives.  Americans know who they were, General Michael T. Flynn, Peter Navarro, Dr. Scott Atlas, Stephen Miller, Steve Bannon, Ben Carson and a few others, but the list of swamp creatures was far greater.

Where was wisdom?

Joan of Arc

A portion of Mark Twain’s final book, Joan of Arc, first published in Harper’s Magazine in 1895, is pertinent to understanding Godly discernment.

Twain said it took him 12 years of preparation and two years of writing and stated that Joan of Arc is his very best book. Obviously, St. Joan of Arc touched Samuel Langhorne Clemens’ heart.   He also pointed out that this is the tale of “the only person, of either sex, who has ever held supreme command of the military forces of a nation at the age of seventeen.”

Twain’s book is separated into three portions.  In Book 2, Chapter 11, there is a discourse between two characters. (Please click on the link to finish reading the short chapter, it’s very telling.) While they were riding along, the Chief Knight spoke of Joan’s great talents.  He said, “But greatest of all her gifts, she has the ‘seeing eye.’”

‘The seeing eye?  I shouldn’t count on that for much, I suppose we all have it.’ ‘No,’ he said; very few have it.’  Then he explained, and made his meaning clear.  He said the common eye sees only the outside of things, and judges by that, but the seeing eye pierces through and reads the heart and the soul, finding there capacities which the outside didn’t indicate or promise, and which the other kind of eye couldn’t detect.

He said the mightiest military genius must fail and come to nothing if it have not the seeing eye – that is to say, if it cannot read men and select its subordinates with an infallible judgment.  It sees as by intuition that this man is good for strategy, that one for dash and daredevil assault, the other for patient bulldog persistence, and it appoints each to his right place and wins, while the commander without the seeing eye would give to each the other’s place and lose.

He was right about Joan, and I saw it.  When she was a child and the tramp came one night, her father and all of us took him for a rascal, but she saw the honest man through the rags.  When I dined with the governor of Vaucouleurs so long ago, I saw nothing in our two knights, though I sat with them and talked with them two hours; Joan was there five minutes, and neither spoke with them nor heard them speak, yet she marked them for men of worth and fidelity, and they have confirmed her judgment.

Joan’s Godly gift of discernment was striking, and although the gift can be achieved by use, some never attain the ability to know righteous men of honor from deceivers, and only by chance do they happen to choose a few good men.

Administrative Choices

Over the four years of the Trump administration, I wondered many times, who, if anyone, was doing any vetting of the people Trump hired.  And haven’t we all wondered why he chose from the swamp when his campaign promise was to choose from those who helped him win?  I could go through a litany of horrors regarding the backgrounds of every hire, many of whom I’ve written about in the past…Christie, Perry, DeVos, Mulvaney.  But it all started with the choice of Indiana Governor Mike Pence.

When Pence was chosen as VP, I thought, “Uh-oh, this spells trouble.”

And it did.

Before the election, Pence endorsed John McCain, Paul Ryan and Kelly Ayotte when Trump had refused to endorse the leftist Republicans.

As Transition Team Leader, Pence hired his neo-conservative friends, some from Indiana, to fill positions of importance.

In February 2017, Pence and Priebus got together to help the FBI rid the administration of General Michael Flynn who would have been the protection Trump needed from the politicized DOJ.

Forty-four Trump officials had close ties to the Trump-hating billionaire Koch brothers. Many were hired or suggested by Koch-funded Mike Pence and Kellyanne Conway, who are longtime friends, with intermarried families.  Other top name Koch hires were Pence’s Chief of Staff Marc Short, Betsy DeVos, Rick Perry, Mike Pompeo, Mick Mulvaney, Scott Pruitt and Don McGahn. The Kochs are not conservatives. Link, Link

Still believe Mike Pence is a conservative Christian? I’d advise you to read about his political life and family in this series of three articles.

Trump’s cabinet was loaded with swamp creatures, Gina Haspel, Council on Foreign Relations member, Robert Lighthizer, John Ratcliffe and Mark Meadows…to name just a few.

The two appointees who stand out as hardcore Deep Staters are Christopher Wray, suggested to Trump by Abu Chris Christie, and CIA Bill Barr, suggested by Joe diGenova and Victoria Toensing.  Both Wray and Barr are Bush boys.  Wray was nominated by George W. Bush in 2003 to be the assistant attorney general for DOJ’s Criminal Division.  Barr was Attorney General under George H. W. Bush.

Trump’s promise to rid education of common core dissolved with his hire of Betsy DeVos for Secretary of Education.  Betsy DeVos has adamantly supported Common Core and was even a board member of Jeb Bush’s Common Core supporting education foundation as well as being one of his biggest donors.  Dick and Betsy DeVos have financed Mike Pence throughout his political career; is there any doubt Pence suggested her after Trump dropped Michelle Rhee?

Endorsement advisors chosen by President Trump for the 2022 election are from the Deep State and they are either former Bush employees or are working with Big Pharma.

Why hire any Bush people?

COVID Task Force

Pence was appointed head of the COVID Task Force in February of 2020, and his handpicked globalists destroyed our economy and decimated small businesses.

As leader of the Task Force, Pence gave us Fauci, Birx and Redfield, the FDA, the CDC, the NIH and Big Pharma all exuding fear cloaked in a hellish package of liberty destroying tyranny endorsed and promoted by their comrades in the media.  On the recommendation of Vice President Pence and son-in-law, Jared Kushner, Trump trusted these government agency elitists.  Deborah Birx was the catalyst used to convince Trump that we needed the two-week lockdown.

She was an effective liar.

This was the most egregious destruction on free enterprise and property rights in the history of humanity. All had been planned and perfectly executed.  And Trump agreed to guidelines, “which led to the most momentous lockdown decision in the history of public health and even in the whole of human history.  Overnight, the Bill of Rights was reduced to refuse.”

Life in America was drastically changed.

Despite repeated warnings from Peter Navarro regarding Dr. Fauci, and later warnings from Dr. Scott Atlas, Trump willingly listened to the task force specialists and was convinced to shut down our economy, force face diapers, six-foot separations and transfer $3 trillion dollars from small businesses to big box stores.

Opposing views were never sought or considered.

President Trump had not seen the ugly fine print, written likely by Fauci; the sadistic elf Governor DeSantis wants to chuck across the Potomac.

America’s totalitarian nightmare had begun.

Hydroxychloroquine

President Trump had promoted Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) as a prophylactic and remedy for C-19, but Fauci put the kibosh on it immediately and the FDA warned that the drugs have been shown in lab studies to interfere with Gilead Sciences Inc.’s antiviral drug remdesivir.  We all know how dangerous remdesivir is compared to the anti-viral repurposed 60-year-old HCQ used for malaria, lupus and rheumatoid arthritis.  The FDA, the NIH and the AMA are still against using HCQ for the treatment or prevention of COVID.  The same goes for 50-year-old Ivermectin (IVM) although Dr. Paul Marik convinced the legislatures of New Hampshire and Tennessee to allow IVM to be sold over the counter.  Governor Sununu vetoed the bill, but Tennessee’s Governor Lee signed it into law. A new peer reviewed study proves Ivermectin reduces COVID death risk by 92%.

Senators Ron Johnson, Mike Lee and Ted Cruz fought for the reauthorization of HCQ for C-19 treatment.  Johnson “forged a close alliance” with Dr. Steven Hatfill, who advised the Trump administration on the pandemic and engaged in “constant fighting” with former FDA commissioner Stephen Hahn and other health officials over HCQ. It was Chief of Staff Mark Meadows and Jared Kushner who pressured Hahn to accelerate emergency authorization of vaccines and treatments, and even Remdesivir.

Hatfill sent Johnson documents about alleged “long-standing FDA maleficence,” and the Democrat-led House Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Crisis report says Hatfill urged the Oshkosh Republican to call for a federal investigation into senior public health officials and the handling of hydroxychloroquine.

Inexpensive, repurposed drugs for treatment or as prophylactics were literally outlawed by powerful government agencies including the World Health Organization who had both HCQ and IVM listed as “safe” drugs.

FDA

When Donald Trump campaigned in 2016, he made the comment that the FDA should approve drugs quicker.  I was appalled.  I wrote to Corey Lewandowski and told him, “No way!”  When Trump came out with “Right to Try,” that was fine.  If you’re dying and there’s a chance a new drug might save you, go for it.  But then, lo and behold, Trump allows the FDA’s Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) to be given to Pfizer, Moderna and J&J and it has caused countless deaths and adverse effects worldwide.

Plenty of FDA approved drugs from the past have killed Americans. Remember Thalidomide?  The FDA has approved drugs from their very inception in 1906. Yet every year, one-third of their approved drugs are pulled from the market after adverse effects have killed patients. Here is the website listing all pharmaceutical companies and their horrible histories. The actual statistics are mind boggling.

The FDA has been politicized for decades, no more so than with Big Pharma and Operation Warp Speed.  Government agencies worked together to fast track what we now know are lethal injections.

The game was on.

Democrat comrades in mainstream media touted the vaccine as the only safe and sure thing to stop the Wuhan virus.  Fauci and gang convinced Trump, and the lethal jabs went into production, safety be damned, there were billions to be made.

The jabs are neither safe nor effective.

Where was discernment?  Why after three years was Trump still trusting the judgment of Mike Pence, or for that matter, his son-in-law, both of whom convinced Trump to lockdown for two weeks?

2024

Many Americans still support President Trump and want him back in the White House.  M. B. Matthews’ recent article, “I Was Wrong About Trump,” extolled Tom Klingenstein’s speech titled, “Trump’s virtues.”  Matthews said it shamed him because he did not make the distinction between Trump’s character and his virtues.  In a previous column he had written that Trump should not run again, but Klingenstein’s speech changed his mind.

Wayne Allen Root recently wrote an article about who was to blame for the Covid inoculation disaster and coverup the mainstream media is now laying at Trump’s feet. Mr. Root gives 100% of the blame to the elf, Dr. Fraudchi, the CDC and WHO, Biden and his administration, mainstream media including Fox and Newsmax, doctors across America, and Big Pharma and vaccine makers.

Then there’s Trump, and Root is right.  Trump has never been for mandates, and he’s not pushed the boosters, but he has consistently pushed the “vaccine” for C-19 and claimed that it was his “Operation Warp Speed” that saved people’s lives.  The original two injections were for a virus that no longer even exists and the same goes for the boosters.  And Trump had COVID and recovered, so why did he take the jabs when he had natural immunity?

Wayne Allen Root writes that it’s the perfect time for the president to tell the American people he was lied to, that the inoculations do not work, and are dangerous…Root says that will guarantee Mr. Trump wins the White House in 2024.

Conclusion

How many people followed the advice of the president they loved?  How many died from those injections?  How many are permanently disabled?  How many have lost their loves ones?

President Harry S. Truman said, “The buck stops here…” with the leader of the free world.

President Donald Trump had every means available to check and double check what he was being told.  His judgment failed, his perception failed; he lacked wisdom and discernment.  He cost Americans dearly.

And he’s still promoting the lethal “Operation Warp Speed” jabs.

Wayne Root’s aforementioned agencies and people are guilty of mass murder.

And sadly, President Trump is guilty of negligent homicide.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Kat Stansell

September 5, 2022

As we have been reporting, the Electronic Registration Information Center, (ERIC) adds millions of ineligible names to the voter rolls of its member states, under the guise of voter roll maintenance. However, the voter rolls of every ERIC state are very bloated – transparently so. See the numbers.

A condition of ERIC membership, as you may already know, is to solicit as many people as possible in order to register, them to vote. The names which the state must contact, come from a data base provided by ERIC’s huge artificial intelligence system – which conjoins millions, including non-citizens, green card holders and others who are ineligible. That is fact.

But the corrupt state of Pennsylvania has stepped up their game in the 33-state Fraud League of ERIC members. They have a different team of “Stealers” taking the field, just in time for the season! Voting season.

Recently, the Epoch Times broke a report that the Pennsylvania Department of Elections has invented another clever step to add ineligible “voters” to their rolls. After all, the November midterm is less than a dozen weeks away. So, just in case they do not create enough phantom voters from executing the routine mandates of ERIC, Pennsylvania is adding a new twist – a Fast Fraud form.

A “small clerical change” has suddenly combined the voter registration form with a mail-in ballot application! Those forms are used for two totally different things, say election officials, and must be sequential, NOT simultaneous. “Obviously, you have to be a voter in order to get a detailed ballot…” states the election director of Lancaster County, Christa Miller. Registrations and mail-in requests are filed separately. Pennsylvania law requires that voters reapply annually to receive a mail-in ballot. “In February, we have to send them an application (for the ballot) for that calendar year,” said Miller. So, now, Pennsylvania law is requiring a chance to re-register along with the request for a ballot every year. Hooo boy…. What could possibly go wrong?

The new system of simultaneous application for registration and ballot has understandably caused confusion with the voters as well, as to whether they are requesting a ballot or re- registering. It will also create the desired result of adding names to the voter rolls and, thus, improving the chances for fraud to steal the wishes of the people. So, who cares if people are confused?

It will be a boon to the ERIC system. Thousands of duplications will flow into the system, along with ballot requests by people (or AI “people”) who have only to check a box to declare eligibility. More Mules will be needed! For job openings in this field, apply to the Pennsylvania Secretary of State, RA- Elections@pa.gov.

The Pennsylvania Department of State combined the documents – voter registration and mail-in ballot application – on Aug. 19, just 11 weeks before midterms. Unnamed election officials asked the state to wait until December, so as not to interfere with the “big election in November”. A deputy secretary, Jonathan Marks, said that the change was made, “to simplify the process, so voters won’t have to fill out two forms.”

The attempt to further confusion and swell the already- bloated rolls of another ERIC state is blatant. Pity the poor voter who has to fill out two whole, short forms to exercise civic responsibility. Let’s be honest here (if honesty has any place in elections anymore) if voting is not worth even that minimal effort to the occasional Pennsylvanian, then it could be said that they really don’t care. Not caring equates to care-less. Just what we need is thousands more careless voters.

It does appear that the Quaker State is going for the ERIC trophy. Over 50% of ERIC members have voter rolls well over 100% of the total of all voting age citizens in the state. With 2020 voter rolls only at 92.4%, (already an improbably high number) Pennsylvania needs to catch up! Officials seem to have eyes on the prize, “Most Bloated Voter Rolls of an ERIC State”, and have further dirtied their state’s proud history in the process.

One of the original thirteen colonies, once considered the “Keystone of the Republic”, Pennsylvania has actively joined ranks with those who would destroy that Republic. State officials, with moves like this one, do ERIC proud, while they bring shame to their state. I believe that most of its citizens – of all parties – who are at all aware of the issues with election integrity since 2020, are not proud of their state, at this point. I suggest they do something about it, now.

Contact those officials and tell them to fire, not hire, the mules and get rid of the system that uses them.

Get off the couch and out the door. We have a country to save!

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 5, 2022

President Teddy Roosevelt united the American people to make them proud to be Americans.  George Washington battled the British to give every American freedom.  Ben Franklin proved his wisdom with “compromise” to birth the U.S. Constitution.  Lincoln gave his life to forge a new America. Abigail Adams provided the founders with courage to continue.  Amelia Earhart challenged us to our highest and best. Eleanor Roosevelt inspired women.  Susan B. Anthony led women to gain the vote.  Present day Serena Williams captures our hearts on the tennis courts.  All great American heroes!

In 2022, Joe Biden, at a time when we need inspiring leadership, last Thursday night, September 1, 2022—scratched his dentures across a chalkboard to give the American people the most divisive speech ever in American history.

He attacked over 75 million voters with a label of “terrorists” and that they don’t honor our country or our Constitution or “democracy.”  He called 75 million Americans “semi-fascists.” He shamed MAGA Republicans as the worst individuals in America today.

Never mind that Joe Biden for the past 18 months, has created the greatest divide in America since the Vietnam War.  Never mind that he has sent his Attorney General Garland to hunt down mothers and fathers that attend school board meetings and called them “terrorists” because they don’t want their kids being taught subversive CRT courses or learning sexual techniques in the 1^st grade.  Never mind that he stands in violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution and should be impeached for his actions as our country faces an invasion at our southern border of over 4,000,000 illegal refugee border jumpers—THAT HE INVITED TO BREAK OUR LAWS.

Never mind that he called the January 6^th riot a threat to our country when, in 2020, over 570 riots by anarchists Black Lives Matter and Antifa set fires, rioted, killed people, burned down police stations and cost American taxpayers over $2 billion. Not one of them brought to court!  Never mind that his liberal cronies in major cities across America have defunded the police, tossed out bail laws, and support lawlessness by making sure that criminals are set free hours after their criminal acts.   Joe Biden MUST be responsible for the greatest breakdown of Law and Order in the United States, ever!

Never mind that he’s made the dumbest decisions such as the total fiasco of leaving Afghanistan with $90 billion in our military hardware left for terrorists. Never mind that he got 13 military personnel killed by his commander General Milley for his incompetence. Never mind that he killed the Keystone Pipeline without any backup plan. Never mind that gas jumped from $2.00 a gallon to $5.00 a gallon. Never mind that it’s costing all of us an arm and a leg to buy grocers.

Instead of owning his own stupidities, he blames everyone else. It’s Trump and the MAGA republicans who are at fault.  The reverberations of Biden’s incompetent leadership will hammer all of us for years to come. The fact remains: he’s cognitively not capable of filling the office of president of the United States.  He’s just not all there….

Biden has personally destroyed our country’s sovereignty by inviting at least 4,000,000 illegal migrants over the border to destroy America’s culture, cohesiveness, language and welfare systems.  He’s done it single-handedly in 18 months. Their kids are flooding our schools and their parents are soaking our welfare systems dry.  He’s going to do much more damage in the next 28 months. How much more damage can he do?  Answer: plenty!

Biden stands in total violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution and is liable for impeachment and prison.

“The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican form of Government, and shall protect each of them against invasion; and on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive against domestic violence.”

We’re seeing trains being robbed of their cargo by gangs of thieves. We’re seeing smash and grabs in all our cities.  Minorities ransack 7-11’s and high end department stores—with total immunity via AG’s like George Garson in LA, Alvin Bragg of NYC and Kim Foxx of Chicago.   We’re seeing citizens gunned down in the streets of NYC, Detroit, Chicago, LA, San Francisco, Atlanta, Denver, St. Louis—as a normal aspect of their lives.

With examples like Mayor Lori Lightfoot in Chicago, we’re seeing lawlessness and incompetence on a level that would astound the author of The Peter Principle by Lawrence Peter.

We’ve got BLM rioting with impunity and supported by VP Kamala Harris. We’ve got a wide open border with 107,000 opioid deaths in 2021 all because of Joe Biden’s insane tossing of the Constitution onto the fire pit. We’ve got drug cartels feeding millions of pills to our kids because Biden refuses to uphold his sworn duty to our country.

Biden stands as the most incompetent president in modern times.

Instead of MAGA republicans who actually love their country, Biden staggers more in step with BLM, Antifa, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood, MS-13 and AG Garland who sends the FBI after school board parents. Biden weaponized the FBI against our own citizens.  That one takes the cake.

As to losing our national sovereignty with Biden’s inviting the world’s refugees to invade us—where and when does it stop?  Can we absorb another 20 or 30 or 50 million refugees?

How many of them are real, live, Islamic terrorists like the ones that gave us 9/11?  You see, Joe Biden doesn’t understand or comprehend the magnitude of his actions as to the downfall of America.

For certain, millions will race across our open borders until we no longer enjoy our own society.  We will resemble a third world cesspool of illiteracy, cultural chaos, linguistic confusion and religious conflict.  That’s what’s coming out of Joe Biden.  He will prove to be one of the worst presidents in U.S. history…and he’s still got 28 months more to do more damage.

Biden is leaving a yawning void in America’s identity in the world.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

September 5, 2022

Today Americans celebrate the National Holiday known as Labor Day to celebrate American workers who built America and keep it running 365 days a year.  It’s these very Americans who are suffering and having their lives ruined by the Communist International’s plans dating back in the 1930’s to create an environmental crisis to destroy America’s middle class.  Destroy capitalism and usher in communism.

The Unconstitutional EPA Must Be Abolished, (Mine) January 21, 2005

“At the Earth Summit in Rio De Janeiro, June 3-14, 1992, the Secretariat for World Order distributed a nonpublic document titled, “The Initiative for Eco-92 Earth’s Charter.” It reads, in part, under policies that must be implemented as follows:

The Security Council of the U.N. will inform all nations that outmoded notions of national sovereignty will be discarded and that the Security Council has complete legal, military and economic jurisdiction in any region of the world …The Security Council of the U.N. will take possession of all natural resources, including the watersheds and great forests, to be used and preserved for the good of the Major Nations of the Security Council.

In the late Dixie Lee Ray’s book, Environmental Overkill, one gets a full accounting of what really went on with Al Gore and his loony friends at the Rio Summit.  On page 10 of her book, it states:

The objective, clearly enunciated by the leaders of the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), is to bring about a change in the present system of independent nations. The future is to be world government, with central planning by the UN. Fear of environmental crises, whether real or not, is expected to lead to compliance. If force is needed, it will be provided by a UN green-helmeted police force, already authorized by the Security Council.”

Dixie Lee Ray was a former governor of Washington State, Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission and Asst. Secretary of State in the U.S. Bureau of Oceans. She passed away in 1994 and was a Democrat.

Rush Limbaugh was right on point. (1993):

“A way must be found to get this book into the hands of as many Americans as possible. The myths promulgated by militant environmentalists are now accepted as fact by far too many who are ripe for a cure for this so-called crisis – a ‘cure’ which will actually rob them of much of their economic and political freedom. Dixie Lee Ray challenges the environmental prophets of doom and gloom with penetrating searing truth.  Environmental Overkill is a bright light that exposes the fraud and deceit being perpetrated against an unknowing public.”

Demand Congress Stop Funding This Manufactured Hoax, Feb. 25, 2019 (Mine).  That column gives hard facts swallowed by tens of millions of people on this planet; millions in this country like the brainless nitwit, Alexandria Ocasio Cortez aka AOC.  The harm this has done to children in classrooms is criminal.  Children being taught in elementary school on up the world will end in ten years.

Back in 2003, Holly Swanson wrote one of the best books on this hoax, Set Up and Sold Out: Find Out What Green Really Means.  Just a couple comments from people who read the book, “The author really ties together a lot of loose threads and shows the connection between groups that you would think are doing good.  Wrong.  Please educate yourself before we lose our freedom in America. Climate change and global warming are totally a hoax. Highly recommended.”

“Holly Swanson is waking up America to the fact that several generations have been indoctrinated/brainwashed by the environmental movement. Sure we all care for our environment, clean air, water and open spaces. Holly’s message exposes the socialist agenda and how the so called “Green Movement” is basically a vehicle for the communist/socialist agenda.” (As always, I receive no financial gain or any other benefit from any books or DVD’s I recommend.)

When I started the war against ‘smart’ meters here in Texas back in 2011, Americans throughout the country who were doing research on this tried desperately to reach people to let them know just how dangerous they are – from my August 15, 2011 column:

“Those wireless meters on every home and building will emit huge pulses of microwave radio frequency radiation as often as every few seconds throughout the day and night, seven days a week. Our FCC exposure standards only cover short-term thermal (heating) effects; they do not cover long-term accumulative exposure, nor do they cover biological impacts.”

“The World Health Organization has recently classified the type of radiation emitted from smart meters (non-ionizing radiation) as a Class 2B carcinogen, on par with lead.”…

“The scientific evidence for biological impacts from microwave radiation, known for decades (remember the Moscow embassy) continues to grow with impacts such as DNA damage, increased risk of cancers and tumors, cellular stress, decreased melatonin, decreased sperm, cognitive difficulties and brain-wave alteration, heart rhythm disturbances, red blood cell clumping, and impacts on wildlife including to bees.”

“Wireless radio-frequency radiation from smart meters can cause medical devices to stop working. Medical implants such as pacemakers and deep-brain stimulators used to control the shaking of Parkinson’s disease can be turned off by the radio frequency interference (RFI) caused by the signal. These signals are reported in published studies to interfere with critical care equipment, ventilators, pain pumps, wireless insulin pumps and other medical devices.”

“Reports from those who have had meters installed include heart palpitations, dizziness, inability to fall asleep, memory problems and cognitive disturbances, flu-like symptoms, worsening of existing health problems, abrupt depression, agitation, headaches, hearing problems.”

“Radio frequency interference causing malfunctioning of medical equipment such as pacemakers and wireless insulin pumps”.  “Radio-frequency spikes, causing appliances to break”.  “Health effects like migraines, nausea, vomiting, muscle spasms, heart palpitations and sleeplessness caused by intense bursts of radiation.”

As hard as we fought against the Texas Utility Commission, we ended up with an opt out option which you pay through the nose for thanks to our Republican controlled legislature at the time.  The thieves in Congress, both parties, care nothing about the U.S. Constitution or We the People – except during an election year.  They threw tens of billions of borrowed dollars at the states (more hot checks) and the energy companies here in Texas bought the favors of all the whores in our legislature.  Rick Perry was our governor at the time and went right along with installation of those dangerous meters throughout the state.

During our multi-year fight, I recommended a book titled Dirty Electricity: Electrification and the Diseases of Civilization by Samuel Milham – December 6, 2012: “Dirty Electricity tells the story of Dr. Samuel Milham, the scientist who first alerted the world about the frightening link between occupational exposure to electromagnetic fields and human disease. Milham takes readers through his early years and education, following the twisting path that led to his discovery that most of the twentieth century diseases of civilization, including cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, and suicide, are caused by electromagnetic field exposure.

“In the second edition, he explains how electrical exposure does its damage, and how electricity is causing our current epidemics of asthma, diabetes and obesity. Dr. Milham warns that because of the recent proliferation of radio frequency radiation from cell phones and towers, terrestrial antennas, Wi-Fi and Wi-max systems, broadband internet over power lines, and personal electronic equipment, we may be facing a looming epidemic of morbidity and mortality.”  He also gives common sense solutions.  His book can be found on Thrift Books, eBay and others like Amazon.

And all this time the global warming – rebranded climate change – zealots were out there screeching at the top of their lungs – with those expensive phones glued to their ears contributing to their own demise.  Dung like Al Gore(bechev) jumped on the cash cow and has made triple-digit millions selling a lie.  The same old lies baked and sold by the prostitute media (grunts for the Democrat/Communist Party USA) to people who care but have been deceived.  Scientists Flock to Sign World Climate Declaration and Declare “There is No Climate Emergency”, Sept. 3, 2022

Politicians across this country for votes began hyping how wonderful renewable energy is when in FACT renewable energy is the LEAST reliable energy source on the planet.  Only in the past year or so have Americans awakened to the FACT that those expensive electric cars depend on fossil fuels to recharge and that when an area hit by a Polar Vortex like Texas in February 2021, all that renewable energy wasn’t worth a damn.

Texas Disaster – What Americans Need to Know, Feb. 22, 2021 (Mine) and Renewable Energy IS Causing an Environmental Wasteland, March 1,2021 (Mine)

Maniacs like Fascist Gov. Gavin Newsom [D-CA] is banning sales of all but electric vehicles by the year 2035.  Last week, however, Californians who owned EV’s were told not to charge:   Californians asked to not charge electric cars — days after gas ban announcement, Sept. 1, 2022.  Eh, go to Nevada, AZ or even New Mexico and buy a gas-powered vehicle and bring it home to California.  Oh, wait, next it will be ban all gas stations in California!  California’s War on Gas Vehicles Threatens Entire U.S. Economy, August 27, 2022

Yes, Newsom and all the rest of these lunatics are out to destroy YOU, your children and grand children in states like California.  Civilization cannot survive without fossil fuels, period.  The “Transition To Green Energy” Farce Is Already A Disaster!  Hawaii:  State Becomes First To Shut Down All Its Coal Power Plants, Sept. 1, 2022

Photo array of climate change memes that should be billboards across this country.

The List Of 120 Years Of Climate Scares By Scientists, Oct. 8, 2019.  Wrong Again: 50 Years of Failed Eco-pocalyptic Predictions, Sept, 18, 2019.  (Excellent).  Of course, none of it matters since those articles – because climate change, just like wars – is highly profitable.  The climate change hucksters and crooks have stepped up their game and governments in Europe as well as here in the U.S. have bought the manure and are now destroying people’s lives and livelihood.

There’s a revolution going on the other side of the Atlantic in many countries as the eco-terrorists in governments as well as the misguided zombies who believe every word out of Greta Thunberg’s mouth are going after farmers:  Resetting Food: Dutch Farmers Told To Kill Off 30% Of Their Livestock To Save Planet, June 30, 2022.  If you don’t think insane scum like Bill Gates doesn’t want you eating bugs instead of a cheese burger or burrito, you aren’t paying attention because those efforts are already underway.  Billionaires like Gates who should also go to prison for those deadly COVID experimental injections are buying up tens and tens of thousands of farm land in this country and it’s not to run cattle.

Russia-Ukraine war should be a screaming warning to the world about energy independence – something the people of Germany are going to die over in huge numbers this winter.  Make no mistake about that.  We had energy independence when President-Elect Trump was in office.  Now the communists running the show (Biden simply tries to read what he’s told from teleprompters and index cards) have succeeded through puppet Biden who has been begging from the Saudi’s and other oil rich countries for our country.

Thousands of Businesses Closing in Europe Due to High Energy Bills That Make it No Longer Possible to Stay Open, August 31, 2022  // Darker and Colder: Europeans Warned of ‘Unprecedented’ Power Failures This Winter as Russia Cuts Off Natural Gas Pipeline, Sept. 3, 2022 //  All over the world people are rising.  Here is a massive protest on energy costs in the Czech Republic, Sept. 3, 2022.  “The WEF and their globalist vermin are right now getting scared. Once this blows they are the targets world-wide.”

If you think this isn’t going to happen here, you’re in denial and it’s all by design.

There hasn’t been a new refinery built in this country since 1976.  The ones still producing are old and when they go, YOU and your family will freeze to death or roast to death in the summer.  Our idiot governor, Abbott [R-TX] has bought into the stupidity of renewable energy instead of getting his gazillionaire buddies in the oil industry to build new refineries here our state.

I live in the Permian Basin in W. Texas.  This huge area is sitting on TONS of oil and natural gas:  Permian Basin facts:  “Because of the Permian Basin, Texas not only receives an enormous economic benefit but also helps provide energy security for the country. The greater Permian Basin accounts for nearly 40 percent of all oil production in the United States and nearly 15 percent of its natural gas production, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. And there’s significant potential growth simply from the Delaware Basin. In 2018, the U.S. Geological Survey estimated that the Delaware Basin in West Texas and Southern New Mexico has the potential to produce 46.3 billion barrels of oil and the potential to produce 281 trillion cubic feet of natural gas.”

Biden Administration Begs OPEC For More Oil, Oct. 19, 2021.  OPEC Says To Biden: If You Want More Oil, Pump It Yourself, Nov. 9, 2021 and the granddaddy sword in our backs:  Biden blocks drilling in ANWR, among his first acts as president, Jan.21, 2021 –  A lying, cheating crook who stole the election.  ANWAR – this is my column over a decade ago:  Get the facts on ANWAR instead of the BS coming from the climate change zombies.  “If you’re unfamiliar with the letters ANWR, it stands for Arctic National Wildlife Reserve – Nineteen-million-acres in the northeast corner of Alaska. The desired drilling area is a tiny patch of 2,000 acres on the coastal plain. 2,000 acres out of 19,000,000 – How much oil is there?”

I’m telling you right now there will be even more food shortages coming as our farmers and ranchers are under attack by OUR government and weather as well as our coal mines and oil fields and I believe, sabotage:  War on Food Goes Hot:  FBI Warns Cyberattacks on Farms;  One Farm Stands Up

Michael Oliver Just Warned “We Are Sitting On A Tinderbox” With Electricity Prices Set To Skyrocket In The US, August 27, 2022  / / READ:  NO ELECTRICITY, NO MONEY, LITTLE FOOD – RESULT MISERY, Sept. 2, 2022

Americans need to get prepared for the worst because winter is heading our way and what I wrote in this column is just the tip of the iceberg.  America:  You are being lied to as the earth is cooling.  There are two resources to keep you up to date on what’s really happening with the weather worldwide; sign up for their free email list:

Electroverse – Documenting Earth Changes During The Next Grand Solar Minimum

NOAA Charts Reveal Global Cooling Is Intensifying; A Word On ‘Climate Reanalyzer’; + Long Cold Winter Mornings Persist In Australia, August 26, 2022 //  Record August Chills In The Balkans; Antarctica Plunges Below -80C (-112F); Heavy Summer Snow Hits Xinjiang, China; + Texas Breaks Low Temperature Records, Including One From 1965, August 24, 2022

The Climate Depot debunks the big lie about climate change and gives you the truth exposing the true agenda of the climate change manufactured endless crisis:

Yes, this is done using ‘smart’ meters.  YOUR control is gone:  Energy Lockdowns Have Arrived: During Colorado heatwave, thousands locked out of control over their home thermostat during ‘energy emergency’ – Welcome to Green New Deal America  //  You will drink sewage water & be happy: British public advised to be ‘less squeamish’ about drinking recycled sewage in face of climate change //  Analysis: Biden’s 50% emissions reduction target for 2030 (if achieved) would have a ‘nearly unmeasurable’ impact on overall global CO2 emissions

Products Made From Oil and Natural Gas – look because “renewable energy” cannot ever  replace them.

Let me close with these two critical videos.  Tucker Carlson spends the first 25 minutes of his show August 29, 2022, demonstrating exactly what’s going on over in Germany and other parts of Europe regarding energy – lack of it will kill so many this winter.  WATCH IT.

This is a documentary on geoengineering (hour & 56 minutes) – something probably less than 10% of adult aged Americans have any idea about.  The Dimming, Full Length Climate Engineering Documentary.  Currently on You Tube with 804,194 views.  Should You Tube pull it, you can also watch it here, just enlarge the screen.  Yes, two hours is long but the stakes couldn’t be higher for ALL of us.   BTW:  The views count went up 3,500 within 24 hours over the weekend as I was writing this column so people are sharing the link.

Around 2003 or so I became acquainted with Rosalind Peterson and the spraying of our skies; that dear woman passed in February 2018.  She introduced me to Allan Buckmann who I interviewed.  Both are in that documentary and once you watch it and you must, you’ll get the truth and it should enrage every American about what has and is being done to us through geoengineering.  Where are the greenies and AOC, blithering idiot that she is?

I’m not finished with this subject so stay tuned.  America must pay attention to what is walking up to their front door because it’s going to be brutal and deadly.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related: 

CLOWN SHOW: Biden’s Commerce Secretary Promises Unemployed Coal Workers They’re Going to do Solar Installations for Abandoned Coal Mines… WTH?, Sept. 2, 2022

California’s Power Grid Is a Total Disaster –  Better to spend double-digit BILLIONS of taxpayer dollars on illegal aliens instead of modernizing their infrastructure.  My late husband and I left California in 2006 because of their Marxist ideology and insanity of protecting illegals – including violent killers – from the governor’s mansion to their state capitol.

Trudeau Calls Canadians Mentally Ill, Blames ‘Anxiety’ Caused by ‘Climate Change’ for Opposition to his Agenda, Sept. 2, 2022

CRAZY: California’s Outlawing Of Gas-Powered Vehicles Will Apply To Virginia, Too

By Pastor Roger Anghis

September 4, 2022

Abraham Lincoln has been attributed with saying “America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we lose our freedoms, it will be because we have destroyed ourselves from within.” Whether he said it or not is irrelevant.  It is a fact. No military has the might to overthrow the United States not even China. If we are attacked our hunters alone comprise the largest standing army on Earth. Actually, the hunters in just four states accomplish that.  Add forty-six more states and any invaders faces a mountain they cannot climb.

What we have seen in just the last eighteen months proves that the destruction, if it occurs, will be from our own political parties.  The present administration is little by little disassembling the foundation we were built on and the principles that made us the greatest nation in the world. It actually started with Obama and his loathing of our Constitution.  When the so-called Affordable Care Act passed, he proceeded to change it five times.  Laws can be changed but the President has no authority to do so. The Constitution authorizes the President to propose and veto legislation. It does not authorize him to change existing laws. The changes Mr. Obama ordered in Obamacare, therefore, are unconstitutional. This means that he does not accept some of the limitations that the Constitution places on his actions. We cannot know at this point what limitations, if any, he does accept.

By changing the law based solely on his wish, Mr. Obama acted on the principle that the President can rewrite laws and—since this is a principle—not just this law, but any law. After the crash of Obamacare, many Congressmen have implored the President to change the individual mandate the same way he had changed the employer mandate, that is, to violate the Constitution again.

The main responsibility the Constitution assigns to the President is to faithfully execute the Laws.[1]

It hasn’t been just the Democrats that have either ignored the Constitution in establishing laws or in the enforcement of them as well.  Neither Bush 41 nor Bush 43 would enforce our immigration laws.  Low energy Jeb, I assure you, would not have enforced them either.  Clinton talked about doing something about the flood coming over our southern border but did nothing as was the case with Obama and now Biden is inviting anyone who wants to come here to do so.  Since President Joe Biden took office and Department of Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas altered federal immigration policies, roughly 5 million people from over 150 countries have entered the U.S. illegally, according to U.S. Customs and Border Patrol data and border agents who provide “gotaway” numbers to The Center Square.

“Gotaways” is the term CBP uses for those who’ve intentionally entered the U.S. illegally and evaded law enforcement who haven’t made asylum or immigration claims. While CBP collects “gotaway” data, it does not report that information publicly. The Center Square obtains that information from border agents themselves.

The 5 million figure includes 3.9 million who have been apprehended entering the U.S. illegally nationwide and 3.4 million at the southern border. It also includes a minimum of 900,000 gotaways though that number is likely higher, Border Patrol agents and law enforcement officials have told The Center Square.

The estimated 5 million are now greater than the individual populations of 25 states – up from 23 states reported in June.[2] Keep in mind that one of the few things the federal government has the obligation to do is protect the border.  There have only been two presidents in my lifetime with the exception of Eisenhower, that have attempted to stop the flow.  Reagan and Trump.  Reagan tried but was thwarted at every turn by Chuck Schumer and Donald Trump was successful.  We have few in Congress that really put America first. Almost all Democrats side with the illegals.  Democrats set aside $27 million in tuition assistance for the children of undocumented immigrants in the new state budget — but wouldn’t add hundreds of thousands of dollars to expand a similar program for kids of deceased and disabled veterans.[3]  The New York Republican Party slammed the Democrats on Twitter saying, “Democrats just rejected tuition assistance for Gold Star families but approved it for illegal immigrants. Would these Democrats dare to look into the eyes of the children of fallen servicemen and women and say they matter less than those here illegally?” Empire State Democrats quashed a bill on Tuesday that would have provided free tuition for Gold Star families that had lost a child killed in the line of duty in service to the country.

“The Assembly’s Higher Education Committee voted 15 to 11 to hold the bipartisan bill, effectively ending its chances of making it to a floor vote this session,” according to Syracuse.com.

But the move comes only a week after the same legislature passed a $175 billion state budget that contained $27 million to give free tuition to illegal aliens.[4] You have to ask what kind of dirtbag would thumb their noses at the children of fallen soldiers in favor of illegals? Democrats are who.

Ronald Reagan stated: “A nation that cannot control its borders is not a nation.” We are right now a nation without borders. We all know that the reason for this is that Democrats are losing their voting base with their socialistic policies that are destroying our economy, causing massive inflation, weakening our military, and destroying America on the world stage.

The Biden administration is completely controlled by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). This is evident in all the dealings he and Hunter have had with Chinese companies run by the CCP. China has humiliated our officials and Biden has done nothing about it. Just recently one of our Coastguard ships attempted to port in the Solomon Islands to take on supplies and fuel but were denied entry. That would have never happened under Trump. Xi wouldn’t have the guts to do that to Trump.

But Biden and Hunter aren’t the only ones that have been sucking up to the CCP. William Burns, Director of the CIA, has been involved with the CCP for years. Burns was plucked from the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

This is a very powerful D.C. think tank that whispers in some very important ears when it comes to policy.

The organization was launched in 2010 in cooperation with Tsinghua University.

The organization employed roughly 20 CCP members at point, with four of them coming aboard while Burns was in charge.

Burns was asked about this by Senator Marco Rubio (R-FL) during the hearings, but he seems to have lied giving his answer.

He stated, “This is a relationship that I inherited when I became president of Carnegie and that I ended not long after I became president.”

In fact, it took roughly two years for that program to end, almost half the time he was the big boss.

And if he was working to end it, why bring four more CCP members in after taking over? ⁵

Corruption from within is happening. Blatantly. They don’t even try to hide it. November is more important than you can imagine. Use your vote wisely.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Obama’s disdain for the constitution means we risk losing our republic
2. Nearly 5 million foreign nationals have entered the US illegally since Biden took office
3. Dems gave 27m to children of illegal immigrants But not vets
4. New York democrats kill bill tuition gold star families pass tuition illegals instead
5. Biden CIA boss outed ties to Chinese communist party

By Rob Pue

September 4, 2022

I had planned to discuss a different topic in my message today, but this can’t wait.  My heart has been broken over the last few weeks as I’m contacted more and more often lately from readers, listeners and viewers who are grieving for their children — children who have recently announced they’re either homosexual or “transgender.”  These parents are devastated as they mourn for their kids, and even more so because their kids refuse to talk to them or listen to anything they have to say.

So this message is for those young people who believe they’re somewhere on the  LGBTQP+ spectrum or believe they’re “transgender.”  I’m going to be speaking specifically to high school and college-age students here, but younger children are now struggling with this as well.

So young people, maybe you won’t listen to your parents.  But maybe — just maybe — you’ll listen to me, a stranger.  Now, I have no doubt that what I’m about to say is going to make you very angry.  You’ll be tempted to reject outright all the information I’m going to share with you.  I hope you don’t do that.  I have no reason to lie to you.  What’s more, I’m sure that you, as a young person hate hypocrites and liars.  You pride yourself on being open-minded and inclusive.  You may even claim that all opinions have an equally valid place at the table, and all information should be considered before making an informed decision.  My first question to you, then, is — are you willing to listen to what I have to say, with an open mind?  Or do you only listen to what validates what you already believe?

Because here’s the deal: whether you choose to believe it or not, you’ve been lied to and exploited by many people and many organizations.  Very likely for your whole life.  You’ve been treated as nothing but a pawn in someone’s perverted game.  You’ve been used. And you have most certainly been abused.  Your innocence has been stolen and so has your childhood, your heart and your mind.  And this was all done to you purposely — to further someone else’s agenda.  They told you it was for your benefit, of course.  That’s how they got you to trust them.  You trusted them.  But it’s all been a lie.

It’s very likely that you’ve been lied to by your teachers, your school, various groups, clubs  and organizations, social media, pop culture, TV, music performers, sports teams, movie stars and perhaps even the church you attend.  Your mind has been bent and twisted by evil people with evil intentions.  They purposely set out to hurt you and they have.  Perhaps even your body has been abused and maybe you even allowed it, thinking you were being “progressive” or acting as a “grownup” using your own free will.

I think I can safely say that if you’re currently struggling with thoughts of being homosexual or “transgender” or any number of other sexual deviancies being pushed as the popular latest “thing,” one thing is certain: you’re in a great deal of emotional and spiritual turmoil right now and your conscience won’t leave you alone, no matter how much “validation” your so-called ‘friends’ might offer you. You know something isn’t right.

Yet the enticement to be ‘LGBTQP+’ continues.  The bait is set and the lure is waiting to hook you and reel you in; it’s already gotten a hold of so many others.  And today, it seems everyone is eager to heartily celebrate you for being so “courageous” to “come out” and declare yourself to be one of these “rainbow” people.  If you take the bait, you, too, will be celebrated, treated like a hero, and you’ll find a community of others in which to take shelter so you’ll feel like you’re a part of something.  Like you have a family.  Perhaps you don’t realize it, but all these others are just as confused and miserable as you are.  Most of them have been exploited too.

The LGBTQP+ movement has been slithering into the public school system (and even churches)  for years now.  It’s one of the most powerful forces in the world and it’s celebrated as being “cool,” “progressive,” and “better-than-normal.”  You’ve been trained to believe that to embrace this lifestyle is to embrace your true self.  But understand this one thing: they have turned the truth into a lie and lies into perceived “truth.”  They’ve turned everything upside down and backwards — and they did it all to capture your mind and manipulate your thoughts and actions.  This is what they do.

First of all, understand, there are two forces at work in this world: good and evil.  Good and evil war against one another and have done so since time began.  Along with good and evil there are truth and lies.  If you’re not acutely aware of this, you can become a victim of confusion and mental illness instead of having confidence and peace.  All of this leads to one of two outcomes: abundant health and life or profound sickness and death.

Whether you want to hear it or not, GOD is real and He is good.  Satan is also all-too-real and exceedingly evil.  Just as God gives all good things, always and can only speak the truth, Satan is the exact opposite.  He entices the innocent into evil and he turns absolute truth into very clever lies — even believable lies — but they’re still absolute lies.  When a person is saturated with lies long enough, their mind becomes confused and their thinking becomes distorted and twisted, and all this can lead to utter madness.

This radical homosexual — and now “transgender” — agenda has wormed it’s way into every area of society, but it especially targets young children.  You don’t see them recruiting at Senior Citizen Centers but you DO see them working hard to recruit young, innocent children in preschools.  Why do you suppose that is?  If they can get a hold of a child’s mind from the age of 3, 4 or 5, they can convince them of almost anything… including questioning their own gender as insane as that may sound.  This is being done by LGBTQP+ ACTIVISTS.  Yes, ACTIVISTS.  They are active and they have a plan and an agenda:  YOU, and as many other young people as they can recruit, and then groom, and then manipulate — and eventually turn them into activists as well.  This is how they reproduce.

I understand that as a young person, you were most likely awkward and uncomfortable with yourself since about the time you reached puberty.  This is normal and all kids go through it.  Your body is changing, your hormones are raging and sometimes you just want to go crawl under a rock.  You have frequent mood swings.  You begin to question everything.  And after having laid a foundation of doubt in your mind in preschool, kindergarten and grade school, this is when these LGBTQP+ activists pounce.

They have a curriculum to make you question everything and this is when the lies start to intensify.  They even make you believe they’re your best friends, your advocates, while at the same time telling you that your parents are your enemies and not to be trusted.  It’s insidious and absolutely evil, from the very pits of hell.  Satan, the enemy of your soul, is out to destroy you, while turning everything that God created for good into something foul and evil and perverted.

Understand that God created everything in the universe, He created this earth with all it’s inhabitants, including human beings.  He made the Earth to be the perfect habitat for His creation and set NATURAL laws in motion.  Part of this included creating all living things male and female.  Contrary to what you’ve been told, there is not an infinite number of genders, and just because someone has convinced you to believe you’re a certain thing, that doesn’t mean you are that thing.

God tells us, in His Word, that He created us male and female, that He knew us before we were born, and that He knit us together in our mothers’ wombs.  He does NOT make mistakes.  He created YOU for a specific purpose, and like all living creatures, He either made you male or female.  This is how everything reproduces.  He created the earth and all living beings to be fruitful and multiply — filling the world with abundant LIFE.

In contrast, Satan wants to destroy everything good — including young people, who Jesus especially loves.  Satan and his demons specifically target young people.  If he can’t get them murdered in the womb through abortion, he’ll target them relentlessly until he captures their minds.

God did not make any mistakes when He created you; when He knit YOU together in your mother’s womb.  He knew you before you were conceived.  He wants to love you and He wants to save you, but for that to happen, YOU must repent of all the lies you’ve been taught to believe, YOU must break the brainwashing.  YOU must seek the truth.  If you do, God won’t keep the truth hidden from you.  On the contrary, He will REVEAL it to you and set you free.

Does all this sound like a fairy tale?  Me talking about God?  What’s more likely — what’s more NATURAL — that Almighty God made all created things; He created you to be just as you were when you were born, either male or female, meant to marry someone of the opposite gender and then be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth… or that if YOU decide to be a different gender and believe that you are, then you are?  I’m sorry, but you are either a male or a female and you were created to have a life-long mate of the opposite gender, to marry, bear children and raise them up to know and love and worship the Lord God Almighty.  That’s the truth.

When I was a kid, I used to watch daredevils on supersonic motorcycles use ramps to jump over massive rows of cars or structures — even the Grand Canyon.  In my play time, I also built ramps and tried to jump over a row of Tonka trucks with my bicycle.  In those days, probably every young boy did the same.  But it was pretend.  It wasn’t real, and more often than not, I crashed, went in the house scraped up and bleeding and my mom would have to bandage me up.  We also played “cops and robbers” — yet in reality, I was neither.  Sometimes I also pretended to be the “Six Million Dollar Man” (I’ll let you Google that).  Again — it was just pretend; just play time; just using my imagination.

Kids have imaginations and they use them.  Unfortunately, Leftists, Communists, Marxists, God-haters and the militant LGBTQP+ activists are exploiting young imaginations — AND they’re putting twisted, perverted ideas directly into the minds of today’s kids.  By fifth grade they begin training those kids to be perversion activists themselves.  By college, young people hate America, having been taught fake history their whole lives; they no longer believe in God, having been taught about the “superstition” and “evils” of Christianity their whole lives; and they doubt their own gender, having been saturated with sodomite indoctrination their whole lives.

Let me ask you a question: if what you THOUGHT you believed to be true, regarding God, life on this earth, your purpose here and your eternal soul turned out to be wrong — WHEN would you want to know?  One more question: if you had a daughter who was extremely thin, but in her mind, she believed she was fat, what would you do?  Would you get her help for an obvious mental health disorder?  Or would you say, “you go, girl, go get that liposuction surgery!”

Homosexuality is not natural, and not normal and can never produce life.  And there are only two genders.  Bruce Jenner is still a man.  He can play dress up all he wants, he can have as many surgeries as he wants, but he’ll never be a woman.  And pretending to be feminine does not make him any kind of hero.  You’ve been used and exploited but it’s time to stop being a victim.  You stop being a victim when you stop just accepting obvious lies and start looking and studying for yourself the wicked AGENDA that has sucked you and so many others into it’s evil clutches.  And anyone who encourages you in these lies does NOT have your best interests in mind.  They’re doing the bidding of your enemy, Satan.  One final thought: perhaps you’re experimenting with this because you want to be rebellious or “counter-cultural.”  If that’s that case, you’re failing.  Want to be REALLY “counter-cultural?”  Push back against the popular lies and stand strong on the truth of the Word of God.  That will make you the most radical person your age anyone around you knows.  That will make you a true hero.  Not a phoney.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 370.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

September 4, 2022

In the November 28, 2021 episode of the U.S. nationally-aired news television program called Face the Nation, Margaret Brennan interviewed White House chief medical advisor Dr. Anthony Fauci. Responding to her comment regarding the politicization of matters of life and death and criticisms of him personally for promoting universal corporate/government-mandated experimental medical treatments, Dr. Fauci said:

“… It is very easy to pick out an individual and make them a target because that’s what people can focus on. But you’re talking about systems, you’re talking about the CDC, you’re talking about the FDA, you’re talking about science in general. So if they want to- I mean, anybody who’s looking at this carefully realizes that there’s a distinct anti-science flavor to this. So if they get up and criticize science, nobody’s going to know what they’re talking about. But if they get up and really aim their bullets at Tony Fauci, well, people could recognize there’s a person there. There’s a face, there’s a voice you can recognize, you see him on television. So it’s easy to criticize, but they’re really criticizing science because I represent science.”

Fundamentally, science is defined as knowledge gained through observation, identification, description, experimental investigation, and theoretical explanation of natural phenomena. In an open and free society where the pursuit of scientific discovery, ethics and truth can thrive, empirical data is available for evaluation, questions, debate, criticisms, replication, and the formulation of theories based on this process. In such an environment, no scientist or acknowledged expert is above having his theories or conclusions evaluated for validity.

Legitimate science is incompatible with fallacious appeals to authority. In the context of Dr. Fauci’s comments, his claim to represent science was meant to emphasize the idea that the scientific or medical pronouncements he and “authoritative experts” like him make, today, must be believed and obeyed without question or criticism.

“All Scripture is inspired by God and profitable for teaching, for reproof, for correction, for training in righteousness; so that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.” (2 Timothy 3:16-17)

Though the Bible is the standard by which all teaching and experience must be tested, supposed latter-day “prophets” act as infallible interpreters of Scripture. It is like a table determining the length of the measuring tape instead of the other way around. There are many warnings in the Bible to watch out for such people who would twist the word of God to gain followers for themselves and the power over others this brings (2 Peter 2:1; 1 John 4:1)

Latter-day so-called prophets make it clear that their authoritative pronouncements and writings are not merely their own opinions, but words from God, even going as far as making the claim that their writings are just as authoritative as those of the prophets and apostles in Scripture and constitute the most earnest present truth for God’s people in these last days. They typically accuse those who critically question them as deceived by Satan, will eventually reject the Bible itself, and end up on the road to damnation.

Just as the light of the moon is superseded by the rising of the sun, the revelation of God from the Old Testament is superseded by the coming of the Son of God, Jesus Christ. But these so-called divine authorities usurp this superior revelation with their false teachings.

Instead of Jesus being God’s full and final revelation as Hebrews 1 teaches, latter-day “prophets” use their “inspired interpretation” of the Bible to present themselves as the authoritative “expert” whose writings must be obeyed and cannot be doubted or critically measured against Scripture.

While God reveals Himself to humanity in a general way through His creation, the Scriptures are a special, supernatural way in which He communicates with us. It is the standard by which all ideas, doctrines, and beliefs are to be tested.

“But know this first of all, that no prophecy of Scripture is a matter of one’s own interpretation, for no prophecy was ever made by an act of human will, but men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God.” (2 Peter 1:20-21)

When you are outside walking on a woodland path on a cloudless day with the sun shining in its strength, you can clearly see the way to go. You do not use a flashlight to find your way across the path because the sun provides more than sufficient light.

Would-be latter-day prophets and prophetesses, in drawing followers after themselves, typically make claims to receiving special revelations from God that go beyond what the Scriptures teach and reinterprets them to bolster their own heretical belief systems. They distract from the glory, majesty, and completeness of Jesus Christ and His word. Perhaps they do teach a few good and true things here and there, but in time they point away from the sufficiency of God’s word. They inevitably draw power and authority to themselves and lead their followers into damnable falsehoods.

“For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but wanting to have their ears tickled, they will accumulate for themselves teachers in accordance to their own desires, and will turn away their ears from the truth and will turn aside to myths.” (2 Timothy 4:3-4)

In the Transfiguration, Moses and Elijah, the greatest of prophets in Israel, appeared with Jesus on a high mountain. It can be said that the law and the prophets were epitomized with these two figures. But of Jesus, the Father’s voice proclaimed, “This is My beloved Son, with whom I am well-pleased; listen to Him!” (Mathew 17:1-9; Mark 9:2-8; Luke 9:28-36).

Scripture warns us in many places against false prophets and teachers who make claims to speak on behalf of God and mislead people (Deuteronomy 13:1-5, 18:20-22; 1 John 4:1-6). Do not accept the flashlights they offer, no matter how appealing, when the Son provides all the light needed to see the truth. Listen to Jesus!

Believe in the One who is the exact representation and essence of God, who sustains the entire universe by His powerful word, who became a man to live the perfect life we could not, to die the death we deserved to pay for all our sins, who conquered death by rising from the grave, and who now sits at the right hand of the Father in heaven. He is the standard for truth, and we read about Him in the Scriptures inspired by the Spirit of God.

“And He is the radiance of His glory and the exact representation of His nature, and upholds all things by the word of His power. When He had made purification of sins, He sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high, having become as much better than the angels, as He has inherited a more excellent name than they.” (Hebrews 1:3-4)

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Sidney Secular

September 3, 2022

As explained in Part I, the anti-white calumny and conspiracy is expanding and becoming acculturated into the new dispensation that is destroying the Historical American Nation. The greatest danger of the many involved in this conspiracy is that the anti-white mindset permeating police departments, intelligence agencies and the military will result in members of these groups trained to follow orders, will train their weapons on white society! This will be easily facilitated since all whites are now being deemed “white supremacists” by the far Leftists who, in turn, lead the average Leftist and eventually the rest of the culture by the nose. Whites are being separated via semantics from the average non-white citizen and categorized as “enemy combatants” and carriers of an especially hateful pathogen. With respect to this issue and others of cultural significance, California will of course, take the lead in the course we should not be following. That state is currently considering allowing illegal aliens to become fully-fledged highway patrol officers, which is a convenient way of weaponizing the alien population against whites under the color of law.

We have untold numbers of military-age men who have entered the country illegally as “economic” refugees with no job prospects, a matter further exacerbated by our imploding economy. These are quite literally aliens – people not assimilated into American life, strangers without an ounce of sympathy or any kindred spirit with the white population they intend to subjugate even without being egged on to do so by our anti-white establishment. For such is the nature of a culture when two opposing populations try to occupy the same space. This alien population, when allied with the non-whites already here who are not firmly rooted in American soil, represent a toxic danger to the West in general and America in particular.

As part of the emerging militaristic and militant mindset, the white victim group is being painted as a dangerous threat to the American Deep State, and the fast approaching white genocide will be depicted as a “counter-insurgency” along the lines of “If we don’t kill them, they will kill us.” During the Trump Administration and down to the present time, we have seen a very explicit effort of the national security apparatus to paint white “identity” as a terror threat. The “Chairperson” of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, clueless New World “Orderly” Mark Milley appeared before Congress to warn of “white rage.” The FBI Director, Chris Wray, another two-faced “leader” has fashioned an artificial bogeyman and continues to call “White Nationalism” and “white supremacism” the greatest threat America faces. This farce continues with Alejandro Mayorkas, the Director of The Department of Homeland “Obscurity” declaring adamantly that “white supremacy is the most persistent and lethal threat to national security!” Similar outlandish statements have been made by Attorney General Merrick Garland. The very first political ad put out by the Biden campaign featured finagled footage from Charlottesville debacle, and one of the regime’s first actions was to declare a “war on domestic terror!” Of course, this is merely another name for a war on whites. By declaring white advocates of American values as enemy combatants, a whole new vista of state violence was visited upon the nation and is being used to repress the emergence of pro-white consciousness and sentiment among the victims. At Oklahoma City University’s law school, one student found this out the hard way. After posting “It’s OK to be White” flyers outside the school grounds, he was arrested, expelled from the school, and interrogated by the FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Force.

The Charlottesville Unite the Right rally marked a stepped-up militant phase in the campaign for white genocide. There the municipal government engineered a chaotic confrontation between peaceful demonstrators who had a legitimate permit to protest perceived anti-white persecution and a rabid, frenzied mob of leftist freaks and fools who apparently had been invited to participate by the Charlottesville government. James Fields, the “accidental” martyr and victim who was only trying to escape from the kerfluffle and accidentally bumped into a morbidly obese leftist who had a fatal heart attack as a result, was cast as a criminal and was judicially lynched and sentenced to two life sentences plus another 419 years. It’s as if they wished Fields had nine lives so they could rub it in and sentence him to be behind bars during all those nine lives. Charlottesville turned out to be a test run for the January 6 (J6) “trumped up” “insurrection,” when Trump supporters, legitimately aggrieved over the fraudulent, stolen election and coup-de-tat engineered by Biden entered the US Capitol building. This was a clear case of federal and leftist (much the same nowadays) incitement with provocateurs and operatives managing the amassed multitudes. Black Capitol police officers themselves can be seen on numerous videos waving Trump supporters into the building as to entrap them. Four Trump supporters, including the martyred Ashli Babbitt were murdered by this death squad, only because they were white conservatives. An unknown number(some hundreds) of Trump supporters from that day forward have been brutally tortured, beaten, starved, consigned to solitary confinement, denied visitation and legal representation, without charges or with trumped up charges leveled against them. One of the J6 defendants fled to Belarus who granted him asylum there. A boisterous pro-Trump free speech rally was transformed into a treasonous insurrection by the treasonous, conspiratorial media.

Let’s not overlook the racial undertone of this. Almost all the Trump supporters were white, and all or almost all their tormentors were black, and all were black “sickophants”.  Ashli Babbitt was murdered by a black Capitol police officer in cold blood, his identity not revealed for a lengthy period, and was not reprimanded but was praised to the hilt by members of Congress including many Republican boot lickers who should be booted from that body as “legistraitors”. Roseanne Boyland was beaten to death by another black police officer. With the $25 million “lawfare” judgement against Jason Kessler and other Unite the Right organizers, a new precedent has been effectively set whereby whites have lost their First Amendment rights of assembly and free speech. Leftists and “libbers” can engineer mayhem (death, injury, damage, or even emotional harm) and get away with it and have it blamed on whites instead.

Dissidents from establishment narratives have already been deplatformed from online social media –  the new public square – for some time, and they have been barred from banking and online payment services, and using other internet service providers. The state uses and manipulates libertarian language and patriotic-sounding  homilies to conceal and twist the truth, telling us that private companies are neutral in these controversies while they neuter our voices, and slide and elide over the fact that these platforms are working hand-in-hand-glove with the state to carry out its censorship program.

Then there’s the near unanimous passage of the Emmett Till Anti-Lynching Act which shows where the animus lies. Ostensibly meant to codify “lynching” as a federal “hate crime”, and burnish the idea the idea in malleable minds that blacks were the only class of people lynched in days gone by. The Act actually serves a more sinister purpose of creating a brand-new hate crime of “conspiracy” to commit “hate crimes”. These so-called crimes only require “proof of intent” divorced from any action, and so cannot be anything but subjective. However, once “intent” is alleged, the affected entity can be closely or more closely monitored to divine further “intent” by the domestic security agencies who are already engaged in mass surveillance of our private and public communications. The Emmett Till Act can act in “sinergy” with the proposed Domestic Terrorism  Prevention Act to dramatically expand and empower the domestic security apparatus to “rat” on us and broaden the definition of “domestic terrorism.”

One of the most fervent catalysts and supporters of the proposed Domestic Terrorism Prevention Act is, of course, The Anti-Defamation League. The confirmation of the offensive Deborah Lipstadt as a “special envoy to monitor and combat anti-Semitism” shows the untoward and oppressive influence of that organization and shows where this whole charade is heading. The Department of Homeland “Obscurity” recently introduced the Disinformation Governance Board as the next and most brazen step yet to annihilate the First Amendment.  This Frankenstein Monster creation is in limbo right now only because its proposed director was disapproved by Congress. You know it will be back, since the Left takes one step back or backtracks before advancing two or three steps forward, and the concept itself is essential in the ongoing persecution.

As if  elimination of our constitutional rights and right to privacy was not enough to overwhelm us, the frontal attack towards disarmament of the public is even more frightful. This attack on the Second Amendment is undertaken with one purpose only: to disarm whites. Eliminating gun violence which is overwhelmingly committed by blacks using illegal handguns has never been its purpose and can never work anyway. Kyle Rittenhouse was lucky that the two armed thugs he killed in self-defense weren’t black. Because they weren’t, a significant number of Republican and conservative pundits came to his defense, which they could do without fear of a “blacklash.” But Travis and Gregory McMichael weren’t as lucky as Kyle was. They killed Ahmaud Arbery, a black thug, in a clear case of self-defense. To compound their problem, they were white Southerners, the most reviled and oppressed population on Earth for nearly two centuries. The McMichaels’ were sentenced to life in prison, in this case a functional death sentence. As if that was not enough the feds piled on, as they always seem to do in cases involving whites, slapping new “hate crime” charges on these poor men because they allegedly “used force and threats of force to intimidate and interfere with Arbrey’s right to use a public street because of his race”. Those charges carry additional life sentences, along with six-figure fines as if no punishment could be severe enough for disturbing black sensibilities.  William Bryan, the man who merely captured the event on video, was sentenced to life imprisonment, albeit with the possibility of parole at age 82.

The anti-white fanatics are even on the case of Jackie Johnson, a prosecutor, who they would like to prosecute for initially suggesting that the men be cleared of wrongdoing. At any rate, the McMichael verdict has to be the worst miscarriage of justice to date. But wait – they continue to get worse with time. Because Arbrey is now a typical criminal black “star”, a street has been named after him, probably the street where the altercation occurred. Taking down and vandalizing statues of great heroes and renaming public buildings, schools, streets and highways after meritless criminals are the ways we now commemorate the new dispensation.

The eradication of our right to self-defense has perverse overtones. Take the case of Ian Cranston a resident of Bend, Oregon who was accosted with his girlfriend by a black man who assaulted the girlfriend, and in response Cranston shot and killed the assailant. Cranston was booked on murder charges with the clear message that white men are no longer permitted to defend their women against black predators or even defend themselves with guns at all. There is another trend underway pointing towards preventing whites from even calling the police on non-whites. Take Amy Cooper, for example, given the monicker of “the Central Park Karen” (“Karen” and ‘Kevin” are the terms the media now employ to designate and denigrate all female and male whites, especially the Nordic types.) Amy was enjoying a walk in Central Park when a black man came up to her and threatened to kill her dog. Amy panicked and called the police (on 911?). For this act, Amy became the object of national anti-white opprobrium. She was fired from her job, forced to return the dog to the shelter she had adopted it from, and was ordered under threat of a year in jail to complete a 5-session “educational”  and “therapeutic” program focused on racial identity. To add insult to injury, a civic association requested Mayor de Blasio to ban her from Central Park. She was thus forced to leave the country. And what happened to the black who menaced her? National Geographic made him the host of a TV show called “Extraordinary Birder”.

Anarcho-tyranny in our new black besotted society means not only that whites are given extreme penalties for minor to non-existent infractions, but that non-whites are privileged and sent on their way with a wink and a nod and face zero to minimal repercussions for the most heinous crimes and are thus given the nod to continue their criminal depredations. The examples are legion and many are near legendary now as shown by the illustrative examples above.

Nursing homes and assisted living facilities are special places where non-whites can vent the grudges and anti-white antipathies, they have nursed over long periods of time and get away with it, with abandon. Recently, a black assisted living employee was arrested for intentionally abandoning a 77 year-old white woman to freeze to death outdoors in subzero temperatures. In 2019, three demented black employees at an assisted living facility in Winston-Salem, North Carolina were charged with running a “fight club” forcing dementia patients to fight with each other while the events were recorded on camera. Will this be the new sport to replace dogs and birds fighting amongst themselves which practice PETA and similar organizations have been at least partially successful in ending? These organizations would be the ones least inclined to help whites from suffering from this new practice. In a western world where blacks are drugged out and many are suffering from IQs not far above those of great apes, will they be given a pass because they are dimwitted and mentally deranged or because they allegedly continue to suffer the effects of slavery way past the “sell-by” date of such effects? If so, the entire society has been sold a gigantic bill of goods.

Slurs are now enough to get one arrested for using naughty language that supposedly withers or melts the self-esteem of today’s snowflakes who can’t take any criticism. The language police are especially on the prowl for anyone using the verboten term, “ni**er,” even though the blacks use the term on themselves because they realize they have earned the term. If a “ni**er” commits a crime, he can now get off scot-free if he was called such during the course of committing a crime. The word “ni**er” is thus an automatic trigger that sets off the thought police on one of their rampages or tirades. The official policy of the US Government is that white lives do not matter. That is why lefties and their government enforcers huff and puff when someone remonstrates that “all lives matter.” Countless racial atrocities committed by non-whites against whites are never reported by the media, except possibly locally or where it can’t be avoided. To further elucidate the mountain of details on this subject is beyond the scope of this article. That these are almost always “hate crimes” by the system’s own definitions is carefully kept under wraps and never admitted. The national news media routinely memory-holes any events that do not conform to their narrative or agenda which is at its core anti-white. This concludes Part II  of this series. Part III will focus on “The Great Replacement” –  and much more.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Andrew C Wallace

September 3, 2022

The French Reign of Terror was only one example in history that was caused by circumstances very similar to ours, so should you not expect the same outcome now? Our Founding Documents demand involvement of the people to retain their Republic. The criminals who usurped our government for profit and power are traitors. Their other objectives for their Unconstitutional actions are the total destruction of the Republic, starvation, enslavement and impoverishment of our people. Is this not painfully obvious to all?

Politicians from both parties, judges, and government bureaucrats get their bribes and orders from the major corporations. Corporate Directors in turn take their orders from the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC, wealthy families you never see) whose stock holdings control the corporations and most everything else.

Under the “Enumerated Powers” of our federal Constitution (created by the several States), the federal establishment was granted only very limited powers, and certainly not the expansive powers of a legitimate organic national government. Those powers are reserved for the states, which are independent Republics. The federal establishment has unconstitutionally usurped most of its powers from the states, which is why a majority of its laws are unconstitutional. The FBI should take notice that the federal establishment has no police powers in the states, none. Its private rules and codes apply only to its corporate employees and its own property, which is very limited. The Private Federal Reserve Bank is unconstitutional (as is our money) because it is not gold and silver. Our founders learned from history that inflation was impossible with gold and silver money and made theft by government very difficult. This is but a taste of the corruption. Remember, the United States and its founding documents were created specifically to protect our Rights!

People who support the Constitution and fight the traitors are patriots, not terrorists. They are fighting the usurpers, not the legitimate government. The traitors who rule this country with the barrel of a gun should be on notice that our Founding Documents give legal standing to the patriots who oppose them. There is absolutely nothing in the Constitution giving legal standing, rights, protection or support to usurping traitors ruling our country with the barrel of a gun. The traitors must suffer the wrath of the people alone, naked of any protected rights or legal support from our Constitution, which does not apply to them as usurpers.

Our Democrat (Communist) Cities and States are cultivating many lawless and useless people for crime and government dependence. This is facilitated by a lifetime of indoctrinating and brainwashing by faux schools and media. Most of these people are also victims who were never taught right from wrong, have no morals or ethics, no since of responsibility, no family, no church, no skills, no loyalty, no nothing. Government imports illegals to take the few jobs they are qualified to perform that could not be exported, to hell with Americans. Citizens see the brutality, burning, looting, and destruction by residents of inner-city plantations and identify them as the new criminal class. History teaches that these people will revolt when they don’t get what they want and the government will be forced to kill them. Anyone who believes faux government ever really supported Blacks and the poor is indoctrinated or brain dead.

Much of what is taught in our schools about the Civil War and Slavery is a Damn Lie. The war was not fought to free the slaves, it was fought to enrich the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) of that era in the North. Abraham Lincoln had no concern for slaves, he wanted to send them back to Africa. Lincoln’s ultimate objective was the concentration of power in the central government for benefit of the PSRRC of that era. Is this not still the objective today?

Based upon Economic reality it is impossible for America to escape a major depression much worse than the Great Depression of 1929. The Private Federal Reserve Bank admitted to causing the last one and they are doing it again, bankrupting the middle class to enrich the wealthy. It will soon be impossible to live on Social Security or any government handout. But even if you could, there would be no food to purchase. This could happen in the near future, maybe overnight. There is no solution short of a return to Constitutionally-mandated gold and silver money which would stop the inflation that is impoverishing the people as planned.

Europe is now the model for our future. It is rapidly collapsing Economically and in every possible way, people are going to freeze this winter and starve. This is our immediate future with the Usurping Traitors in charge. This was caused by the PSRRC to destroy Europe to make way for the Great Reset. This was brought about by conversion to Renewable Energy, practicing faux Climate Change and attempting to destroy Russia. Most media won’t tell you, but Russia is winning the war in Ukraine and prospering economically at our expense.

We have world-wide murder, depopulation and destruction on an unheard-of scale for the first time in history. All of this death, physical harm and destruction by the virus and faux vaccines was planned and implemented by the PSRRC and their “governments” on a massive scale. This violates the Nuremberg Codes and criminal laws and requires that the perpetrators be hung! We now know without doubt that the objective of the PSRRC is to depopulate the world, as demonstrated by the Covid fraud and fake dangerous vaccines. Covid was developed in a joint venture between the American and Chinese governments. The faux vaccines did not work and made people more susceptible to the virus while killing and damaging millions. By all accounts the faux vaccine is more lethal than the virus. Infected people were denied treatment even though proven drugs were available. As a result the medical profession has lost any creditable support by knowledgeable people.

Another Holocaust is possible based upon the negative information available everywhere concerning the conduct of some Jewish leaders in banking, finance and government for many years. It is true that Jews were also instrumental in founding and funding Communism and are very active in supporting it and the Great Reset in this country. However, most Jews may benefit our country more than any other group, many are beneficial professionals. It is my contention that Jews must also do their part in calling out the bad conduct of the few for the benefit of mankind and their own survival. It is wrong to condemn all Jews for the actions of a minority, which is now the reality. But the Jews will have a problem so long as many people think that Anti-Semitism means the same thing as Anti-Communism. Only the Jews have the resources to call out the miscreants among them.

The corrupt usurping traitors who control our federal establishment with the barrel of a gun will not appreciate what I said here. But I have only exercised my rights to freedom of speech, and I have not advocated violence or the overthrow of Constitutional government, nor have I committed federal crimes. If the FBI should come for me it would be based on trumped-up bogus charges as is Standard Operating Procedure with them. Any warrant would have to be signed by a crooked judge. Neither federal judges nor FBI have any Constitutional authority or jurisdiction over me because of my lack of interaction with the federal establishment. Whatever they try to do to me and other patriots under similar circumstances is “Acting Under The Color of Law” and would be just more unlawful actions. Again, a majority of federal laws are unconstitutional usurpation of state laws as specified by the Enumerated Powers in the Constitution and have no legal authority whatsoever in the states.

God Bless our Constitutional Republic

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Ms. Smallback

September 3, 2022

Who hasn’t been exposed to the ongoing boomer and millennial bashing?  I’m sure there are insults to other generational demographics, I just can’t think of any right now.  But slamming a “boomer” or a “millennial” is sure trendy today.  And it’s exhausting.  Seriously.

For those of us who have been laboring to bring unity in an ever increasing divided states of America, to say this is counterproductive would be a tragic understatement.  What’s to be gained by this besides more schisms, fractures and dissension?  Generation bashing is the equivalent of racism but in a different demographic.   One has no more control over the time one is born than they do the place or the parents or the culture they are born into.

And I’m not a boomer, let’s be clear.  But I’m married to one.  And yesterday I was walking past a park where they were taking down a diseased oak tree.  I mentioned it to my husband in case they would be willing to let him pick up the wood.  We parted ways to run errands and when I returned, I found the pickup loaded with these logs that filled up the length of the full size truck bed.

He picked them up himself – all by himself, loaded them into the truck and will soon cut and split them.  Again, he loaded these logs by himself, without complaint or request for assistance.  This boomer does the work of someone half his age on any given day, and hasn’t felt a need to wage war on another generation less inclined.  He came from a background of poverty, got his first job at twelve throwing papers from his bike after school, worked his way through college with a bachelor’s of science in education K-12, and has worked the last 33 years for UPS in daily manual labor because it paid better than teaching.

He has worked 50-60 hour manual labor work weeks for over three decades to provide for his family of six.  He didn’t require his children to get jobs at twelve years old because it was hard for him when he was that age.  He sacrificed to give them what he never had in an effort to make their lives somehow better than his own with better opportunities.  [And just like my boomer husband doesn’t fit the stereotypical assessment of boomers, our millennial daughter doesn’t fit the stereotypical assessment of millennials.]

So when I see statements like this, I’m reminded that ignorance and indoctrination is alive and well in America.  To think someone thinks this a sound argument is a scary barometer for the current climate and culture of America.

It somehow ignores the realities of numerous factors, none of which have anything to do with being a “boomer” or not.  What his statistics prove is the devaluing of the dollar and economic duress of a nation under bad policies.  What it ignores is the responsibility of the individual to his personal commitments.  In most cases, debt is still a choice, especially debt for a secondary “education” (and I use that term with tongue in cheek).

If the cost of inflation is the qualifier for debt “forgiveness”, then let’s forgive the mortgages and car loans while we’re at it.  But it’s not about offsetting the inflation our politicians caused.  It’s about transferring wealth from the middle class taxpayers.   Let’s be clear, the banks aren’t forgiving the debt and swallowing the losses.  They’re just stealing from working class Americans to pay it back, with interest.

What is also abhorrent in this argument is that now somehow certain selected individuals who make certain (maybe poor) choices can be bailed out irrespective of contract or commitment.  When did signing names in an agreement between two parties become discretionary to the U.S. Government?  Have we really fallen this far as a nation as to think the U.S. Government has the right to absolve personal responsibilities and put the responsibility upon unrelated individuals?  Are honor and responsibility out of fashion?  Is integrity passé?

If the U.S. Government wants to take responsibility for its insane “lending” practices, then take the money from the U.S. Government institutions that created the problem, not the taxpayer.  Absolve the IRS’s new 87,000 salaried roles, or the Department of Education, or any other useless U.S. bureaucracy and its inflated budget to pay for their bad policies, but don’t use U.S. taxpayers to “fix” the problem they created.

But back to the boomer argument.  A nation so entrenched in fighting each other is a nation on the brink of its enemy’s victory.  Divide to conquer is one of the oldest strategies of war.  Take an inventory of the ever-growing schisms of America.  [race, socio-economic classes, religion, sexual orientation, etc.]  If our enemy can keep us consumed with defending our particular life definition, we fail to see the need to defend and protect our neighbor.  This is basic Christianity 101.  Love your neighbor.  This is the premise of the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights.

The raging against a generation of people is misguided rage against a system that has been deployed to destroy the fabric of America.  You’re not mad at boomers, you’re mad at policies from the boomer era that have hamstrung economic progress, and you’ve misapplied them to your neighbors because they use simplistic language to express their own frustrations.  It’s like yelling at the mighty Oz on the screen, but you ought to be mad at the controller behind the curtain.

Boomers are the last generation with the old traditions of America.  They were raised for the most part by two parent families, by the sweat of the brow, at a time moral integrity was still a virtue, and overcoming difficulties was a challenge they took with pride.  They endeavored to make their world a better place for their posterity, and by world I mean family life.  So when they see things in place today in a society they don’t recognize or want, they revert back to what they had to do to overcome.  (hard work, personal sacrifice, refocus on the basics, faith)  They were so busy making a living and building their family life that they didn’t realize their elected officials were selling out to the highest bidder, and that there was a conglomerate intent on dismantling the principles of the land they loved.  They existed at a time the subterfuge was still underground, and they thought America was still wholesome and moral.  They didn’t know what they didn’t know.

Every generation from the boomers forward has its own set of difficulties or trials, mistakes and failures.  At some point we have to stop blaming people groups and realize how badly we’ve all been duped by the powers that be, and unite for the sake of our future as free people.

The destruction of America has been plotted systematically for generations, and each generation the cabal has made its attack on the institutions that would prevent its end goal.  They’ve made substantial gains at significant times, and to place the brunt of the responsibility on the generation some of the worst gains were accomplished is to turn on your fellow Americans.

I would wager a guess that person for person in each generation would find the boomer generation has the most guns per capita of their generation than any other generation.  They probably have the most patriots who still genuinely care about the nation and would be willing to lay down their lives for it.  Why would you alienate these people because they can be lumped with a time some of the most damage via policies was done?

For the love of America, please stop.  Please stop assuming every millennial is lazy and unmotivated.  Please stop assuming every boomer is archaic, has destroyed our economy, and is out of touch.  Every era has policies we’re still paying for as Americans.  (The Fed was instilled before the boomers were born, and it is one of our nation’s greatest evils and enemies.)

Every generation has learned things unique to its generation.  Every generation has skills and principles of value as well as liabilities and failures.  We have so much to learn from each other.  Just as there is really just one race, the human race, there is one generation, the living generation.  Let’s not turn on one another and further the divide.  We need one another.  America needs us united.  Its enemies need us divided.

© 2022 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

September 2, 2022

This is a speech Brown delivered at the program
“Defending America: The Present Threats to Freedom,”

hosted by the Gray Republican Committee of Gray, Maine and 53 co-sponsors, on June 14, 2021.

Brown shared the stage with three other speakers, including Dr. Dana Cheng, a co-founder and VP of The Epoch Times newspaper, speaking via live video feed from New York City on the threat of the Chinese Communist Party.

Tonight, I speak in defense of love and freedom. One might think that they need no defense, but tragically, love and freedom are continually under attack. If human beings fail to defend them both, they will lose them both, for they are inseparably intertwined.

In this discussion, I’m speaking of the love rooted in “agape: the love of God or Christ for humankind.” I’m referring to the sacrificial love that embodies the highest virtues, described by Paul in 1 Corinthians 13 when he wrote that:

“4 Love is patient and kind; love is not jealous or boastful; 5 it is not arrogant or rude. Love does not insist on its own way; it is not irritable or resentful; 6 it does not rejoice at wrong, but rejoices in the right. 7 Love bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, endures all things.”

When we experience and embody this kind of unselfish love, we naturally want to bring joy and freedom to those whom we love. With this definition of love, I offer this premise:

“Love is the reason and justification for freedom. Love gives birth to freedom, and ‘the Death of Love’ destroys freedom. At the same time, freedom is the garden in which love can blossom.”

It’s not difficult to demonstrate the relationship between love and freedom. Examine the life of any tyrant, and you will find a man or woman who has lost touch with the love that dwells at the center of their soul. When pain and coldness overwhelm a person, when love is replaced by resentment and hatred, cruelty soon follows. Tyranny begins with small actions of dominance over others and then grows if left unchecked. Josef Stalin, Adolf Hitler, and Mao Zedong were small children once, but as their love died, they became monsters.

President Xi Jinping of China and President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan of Turkey, who both want to create a global hegemony of enslavement, are not focused on a compassionate love for all human beings. President Xi feels no pang of conscience as he orders the Muslim Uyghurs to be tortured, while President Erdoğan is supporting the continued Islamic genocide of Armenian Christians as he works to build a new Ottoman Caliphate. If these two men succeed in their plans, the world will be divided between Marxist and Islamic empires.

How many freedom-loving people will die in the process? Over one hundred million innocent civilians were murdered by Marxist governments—death by government—in the twentieth century when the United States was at the height of its power. What will totalitarians do to the world if America no longer stands against them?

And then, of course, we have the orthodox Islamic tyrant from Iran, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, who wants to turn Israel into a nuclear mass grave. And let us not forget the equally insane North Korean, His Plumpness, the Cannon Meister Kim Jong Un, who likes to shoot his relatives with anti-aircraft guns.

These are not men who are resonating with the virtues of kindness and the Golden Rule. They are dead inside, even though they, too, were created by God to become Beings of Love. How tragic it is that they did not fulfill their original destiny.

(View the video above for the remainder of the speech.)

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Kat Stansell

September 2, 2022

The American Policy Center has been kicking over rocks in the election fraud jungle for the better part of the last year. ERIC, the Electronic Registration Information Center is under every one, buried in the slime of intransigence, ignorance, and plausible deniability.

Most state officials choose to defend or ignore it. Even some supposed “conservatives” want to wash over the truth. This MUST stop. America MUST recognize ERIC for what it is – the epicenter of the voter fraud in the nation today.

Since early February, 2022, we at the APC have been reporting on ERIC. I personally have written six articles on election integrity, showing what ERIC is and what it does, as well as what we can do about it. I have learned a tremendous amount from experts along the way. My writings are listed at the end of this article.

From the very first, I tagged ERIC as a backbone of the Steal.

Everything that I researched about voter fraud and its sources leads to ERIC. Every rock overturned has ERIC beneath it.

ERIC is a membership organization ostensibly created for voter roll maintenance. In reality, it is a massive data-gathering operation which adds bogus “voters” to the system of every member state. Millions of inactive, ineligible and “phantom” voters with undeliverable addresses appear on member states’ voter rolls. These names are used for mail-in ballot fraud, ballot box stuffing and machine adjustments in real time.

ERIC was started in 2012 using Soros funds donated through the Pew Charitable Trust. It was conceived and organized by a highly unethical leftist named David Becker, who has spent a lifetime trying to defeat the conservative agenda in America.

Becker also played a role in the Wisconsin fraud of 2020, and has been openly named for more unethical and illegal activities, by Michael Gableman, former Wisconsin Supreme Court Justice, author of the Wisconsin Election Review. Here is the link to Gabelman’s report.

Others have termed Becker a “partisan progressive”. I don’t have the patience for fancy names. I invite you to learn more from the Hon. Michael Gabelman and from the site below. Then, decide for yourself what YOU would like to call David Becker.

As you may or may not know, states are required by law to maintain their voter rolls. Becker played off of this. He beguiled state election officials, using language of plausible deniability, to provide an easy and relatively cheap system for doing this.

Becker counted on the fact that busy officials would bite on something that they thought would make their lives easier. He was correct. Seven states joined the first year.

Another interstate voter roll maintenance system was in place and being used quite successfully by 40 states, at ERIC’s inception. “Kansas Crosscheck” was free to its members. So, using a Soros-funded, Obama-appointed judge to hear a trumped-up case about imaginary “voter suppression” brought by the ACLU, one of the usual pay-per-whine plaintiffs, Crosscheck was shut down, and new members came pouring in to ERIC. It grew quickly, from 7 – 31 member states. After all, those busy state election officials needed a quick fix, and ERIC was in position to “help”.

Today 33 states and the District of Columbia are ERIC members:

Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Iowa, Kentucky, *, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin.

*Louisiana resigned as of July 15, 2022, thanks to the actions of citizen activists.

* * *

To understand the damage ERIC does, you must know that the very construct of ERIC is designed for fraud and data- gathering, not roll maintenance. Member states must turn in ALL data from their voter rolls, both old and new, as well as all records from motor vehicle divisions and every public service agency in the state.

ERIC takes all of these lists, and adds the USPS data and Social Security records from the state. All of this information on every person living in each state is stored in ERIC’s massive artificial intelligence system. Whether you are a voter or not, whether you are a CITIZEN or not, your name and personal information are stored with ERIC.

In return for giving over the private records of millions of its residents, ERIC members receive four lists: who moved; who died; who was adjudicated ineligible from felony conviction or mental incompetence; and who is eligible but unregistered to vote (EBU). States must solicit at least 90% of these EBU’s at least every 60 days providing them with voter registration information.

ERIC’s rules also disallow any name being marked as to citizenship. Florida has, in fact, removed the checkbox for citizenship from its drivers’ license app. Other states may have followed suit.

The law requires that this sensitive data be kept private, but records show that ERIC shares with at least Zuckerberg ‘s group, the “Center for Election Integrity”, and, surely anywhere else it can be used for fraud.

ERIC’s own website brags about how many new “voters” they have added nationwide. Nowhere can you find a word about how many ineligible voters have been cleaned from the rolls. Wasn’t this latter the purpose for ERIC? Yeah, not so much.

I will say it again. The design and operation of the ERIC system is for bloating, not cleaning voter rolls. As a matter of real fact, ERIC’s mandates include only a conditional requirement for list maintenance.

Recently, I have noticed that the ERIC bylaws no longer appear on their website.

Millions of names who may never vote end up on the rolls.

They are people who have moved from the state, choose not to vote, or have died. The “who moved and who died” are the richest lists for fake ballot submission. These phantom names show up on requests for mail-in ballots, mailing lists from state election officials, and even in the CVR’s (counted vote records) after en election. Many of these quite probably were the stuff put into drop boxes by the “Mules”on the midnight to 3 a.m. shift.

These bloated voter rolls are quite obvioius in the records of each state from the 2020 election. According to the report issued by the US Election Assistance Commission, itself a liberal group, the 2020 numbers are as follows.

Over 50% of ERIC members have voter rolls that contain more names than their entire voting age population. To whit:

*AK: 121.7%

*IL: 108.2

*MI: 108.1

*ME: 106.9

*KY: 106.5

*DE: 104.1

*GA: 103.6

*RI: 102.0

*SC: 101.8

*FL: 101.6

*NV: 101.0

*AL: 100.9

*MD: 100.4

*WA: 100.0

*Figures not available for new members, NJ and MA.

My recent article on “Settling the Confusion about ERIC”, gives more numbers for other states. The link to it is at the end of this article.

Of course, there will always be inaccuracies in voter lists. None will ever be perfect. People do move around, and die, become incapacitated or commit a crime. Some just don’t care about voting. That is their right, sadly. But the massive numbers of ineligible voters appearing on so many states’ rolls is no coincidence. It is contrived.

Face it. David Becker did not develop ERIC to create honest and up-to-date voter rolls. That is crystal clear from who he is, as well as from the design of his system. He is proud of his reputation as a far-left member of the Swamp. Being politically neutral is not in his nature. Just as he worked to help the City of Boston discriminate against conservative voters – behind the back of his own employer the DOJ – so too, did he design a massive get-out-the vote scheme to defraud Americans. Becker pretends that he is no longer involved in the management of ERIC, but is documented to be an active part, to this day. Please do read about him at Influence Watch, above. You’ll never doubt his motive or design.

* * *

In the recent weekend symposium, A Moment of Truth, activists from 48 of the 50 states reported on their states’ major problems with election integrity. EVERY ERIC member reported problems with hugely bloated voter rolls. Many reported that state officials were unwilling to discuss the issues, or are even openly hostile on the subject of clean elections. Activists told stories about being stone-walled by legislators, deprived of information that is legally theirs, even jailings and fatal accidents. The dark passion for fraud runs deep.

The entire broadcast of “A Moment for Truth” should be available at Rumble. If it is not, well, you know what may have happened. So goes much that is truth today.

ERIC was called out by name many times over the two days of the broadcast. The Hon. Michael Gabelman, former Supreme Court Justice of Wisconsin, went into the role of ERIC in some detail. Here is a summary of his findings.

Despite the obvious connection of the ERIC system to voter fraud, its leading role was somehow side-lined, ignored. For many months, late in 2021 and the first half of 2022, nobody wanted to talk about it. Folks who had written against it in 2016 and 2017, suddenly supported it. Others tried to hush discussion and debate on the subject. It seemed to many, including me, that “the word” had gone around. ERIC was off limits. This only made me more certain than ever that ERIC was where we should be looking, even above machines, ballot harvesters or mules.

However, a number of recent articles on election fraud have now been published by The Federalist, The New American, UncoverDC, Revolver News and The Epoch Times. All discuss ERIC by name, and advocate states getting out asap.

One very in-depth report by Verity Vote did a particularly good job in breaking through the smoke and mirrors. It’s title, “Threats to Election Integrity” ERIC-CEIR-REVERE. Although I printed it out, I cannot find the link. Again, not unusual if something is too full of truth.

Another online article went missing, only 12 hours after it was published.

On August 23, an article by Patricia Tolson appeared in the Epoch Times. It dealt at some length with problems in Florida. Ms. Tolson covered a report released by a group of citizen activists in Florida. It found real problems, not only with uncooperative election officials, inconsistent roll management, but also “problems with ERIC”. Tolson also revealed that Florida allows third-party registration of voters. Gosh and golly, how could THAT possibly pollute the voter rolls? I’ve got no link to give you because there isn’t one.

Other Florida activists have done amazing work as well.

Florida4America and The People’s Audit have proven thousands of undeliverable addresses on the rolls of their counties, to which addresses ballots were mailed, and from which they were returned, VOTED. They can show fake street names being added to the rolls, then removed after ballots were voted from those addresses.

These ordinary citizens gave up jobs, dipped deeply into personal savings, walked miles to canvass, spent long hours over spread sheets. The fruit of their labors was presented to the statehouse in Tallahassee in the form of charts, graphs and stacks of affidavits from voters. Crickets.

They bought a page in a local paper, to display the facts they have found, to call attention to the plight of Florida voters. That paper refused to print it because the editor said they “didn’t have the facts”!

When they presented the proof to their county officials, they were called liars – with the evidence of boxes FULL of yellow returned-mail labels (where ballots had been sent) in plain sight. A press conference was called specially to accuse them (of presenting the truth?) That particular Supervisor of Election even went so far as to submit their names to DeSantis’s new Election Crimes Division as having dealt in “disinformation.”

This is utterly chilling. Even in a supposed “good red state”, its citizens who care are being denounced and targeted. The way these good people have been treated in their own state is stunning.

To many, it is hard to fathom this kind of thing coming from the state governed by such a popular Republican Governor. It is entirely possible that Gov. DeSantis is being blocked from the citizens’ information by backroom players, as was President Trump during his White House stay. We can only hope that the powers that be in Florida take note and take action, asap.

Recently, I interviewed one of their leaders, Kris Jurski, of The People’s Audit, twice on Catching Fire News, an online video news outlet. Listen to him explain their efforts.

What they have accomplished, what they have been able to prove working together with citizens from around the state is truly amazing. Their work is both an inspiration and a model for others who want to understand how they may help. Why are they and their information being attacked?

For every effort to explain and expose the truth about ERIC, there has been blow back. It was expected from the Blue states of course. What was unanticipated – although maybe that was just naivete on my part – was the attack on good activists with reams of proof, by Red state officials and even a few “Conservative” groups. It’s a part of the story that needs to be told.

The people must be heard. Our country belongs to us.

It’s time to reclaim it.

Let’s just say, it’s been a long row to hoe, turning up and exposing what we have about ERIC. Until now.

We at American Policy Center are delighted and gratified to learn of so many that are now calling the ERIC system out for exactly what it is, and for exposing the guts of the ugly fraud beast. We hope that this will help all groups in every state to gain traction pulling together for our freedom.

* * *

No one needs to be reminded that it is our God-given right to vote, to select those who will represent us in governance. This is what has made America the bright star of freedom for the world.

There is today, however, a well-defined and -funded entity who would bring down our Republic and everything about our lives that we hold dear. To do so, they are coming after our ballots, and have crafted a weapon known as ERIC to help conquer us.

Do NOT let it happen! We have but one more election to be free. If we allow this kind of frontal assault on liberty to happen again, we will go the way of Venezuela, and lose our freedom forever.

Join hands in your own community. Go to public meetings, stand on the courthouse steps. Make your voices heard. Come to https://www,americanpolicy.org for what to do and how. It is not too late.

Get off the couch and out the door. We have a country to save!

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

* * *

*Settling the confusion about ERIC

**One mans crusade- against voter fraud

***John Locke foundation supports eric clueless is the nicest thing i can say

****Dissecting the beast ERIC laid open

*****ERIC the electronic registration information center a dream database for voter fraud/

******Secure the vote nothing is more important

By Cliff Kincaid

September 2, 2022

The headline, “West mourns Gorbachev as peace champion,” helps explain why the West, led by the United States, is collapsing, and why the Communist world, including “post-Soviet” Russia, is coming out on top.

Even some conservatives have been fooled. On the Real America’s Voice channel, we saw the headline: “Gorbachev’s quest to save communism ended it.”

This is pure communist disinformation.

Those who insist that “Putin is Russia’s Anti-Gorbachev” are missing the basic point that Putin’s policies logically followed those of Gorbachev and that Gorbachev personally endorsed Putin’s policies.

We need to go back in history, to the point when a defector from the KGB, Anatoliy Golitsyn, had exposed the Soviet/Russian plan to dominate the world through propaganda and disinformation. His charges were ridiculed as a fantastic “Monster Plot” by top CIA officials, who thought the Russian communists were incapable of planning and carrying out such a plan.

As I recounted in the America’s Survival book, Back from the Dead: The Return of the Evil Empire, a former government official told me what happened when Golitsyn had defected in 1961 and was brought into a room to be debriefed. “He looked around and realized that half the CIA operatives in front of him were KGB double agents whose reports he had read on the other side,” the former official told me.

Soviet/Russian moles in the CIA and FBI have included Aldrich Ames, Harold Nicholson, and Robert Hanssen, a top FBI counterintelligence official who had access to very sensitive information, including the identities of Russians who were spying for us. The information Hanssen gave the Russians deprived the CIA of valuable intelligence sources. They were executed.

As Russia-gate shows, attempts at internal reform of the FBI and CIA have been largely unsuccessful.

But Russia-gate is only one example of how the Russians used the intelligence agencies to influence policy. Another that is still ongoing was discussed in anti-communist analyst Natalie Grant’s 1998 article on “Enviro-Communism,” where she explained how a Soviet deception campaign, using the climate as an organizing tool, was launched after the so-called collapse of the Soviet state. That’s when Mikhail Gorbachev, the last Soviet president, embarked on an environmental crusade, using the United Nations and other international organizations, such as the State of the World Forum, Green Cross, and the Temple of Understanding.

The collusion also included the Earth Summit of 1992, giving rise to the concept of “sustainable development,” another way to describe socialism. An Earth Charter was initiated, calling for the protection of “Mother Earth.”

One of the key American participants was Al Gore, who, as a member of the U.S. Senate, participated in the Earth Summit. Gore wrote openly about the Earth having sacred qualities and praised primitive pagan religions and goddess worship.

Obama’s Paris climate change agreement, which was openly designed to curtail U.S. industrial expansion, was a Marxist plan that benefited Russia, a major oil and gas producer. Biden’s “green energy” policies, as contained in the so-called Inflation Reduction Act, have continued this trend.

Not to be outdone, Pope Francis lectures the world on the need for a “Collective Answer” to global warming and the evils of capitalism.

At the time of the Soviet collapse, including the fall of the Berlin Wall, some Reagan officials understood what was truly happening. In a November 24, 1987, memorandum written by Robert M. Gates entitled, “Gorbachev’s Gameplan: The Long View,” Gates, then Deputy Director of the CIA, said the Soviet “reforms” were a “breathing space” before the resumption of the “further increase in Soviet military power and political influence.”

By his own admission, perestroika wasn’t designed to undermine “socialism.” In the 1987 book, Perestroika: New Thinking for Our Country and the World, New York: Harper & Row, Gorbachev wrote, “There is the view that it has been necessitated by the disastrous state of the Soviet economy and that it signifies disenchantment with socialism and a crisis for its ideals and ultimate goals. Nothing could be further from the truth…”

There is also this quote from his speech, “October and Perestroika: The Revolution Continues,” November 2, 1987:

“In October 1917 we parted with the old world, rejecting it once and for all. We are moving towards a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road!”

In my book, The Sword of Revolution and The Communist Apocalypse, I take strong issue with those who have mistakenly assumed that the demise of the USSR meant the end of Soviet-style communism.

Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev, in his 1987 book, Perestroika, explained what was coming to pass, if one understood Marxist dialectics. He wrote:

“The Leninist period is indeed very important. It is instructive in that it proved the strength of Marxist-Leninist dialectics, the conclusions of which are based on an analysis of the actual historical situation. The works of Lenin and his ideals of socialism remained for us an inexhaustible source of dialectical creative thought, theoretical wealth and political sagacity.”

A former intelligence official explained in an interview that the “way in which they [the Communists] develop the struggle, internationally” can change because the “conditions” in the world change. Hence, new victims and “rights” can emerge at any time.

Globally, the “conditions” help explain China going through a capitalist stage and Russia officially dropping the Soviet label. But the idea that the communists have given up Marxism-Leninism is “erroneous,” this former official said. The goal is still world communism, with global environmentalism the latest phase in this historical process, designed to confuse people about the ultimate goal.

In other words, the intention was to restructure and reorganize within the communist system. Perestroika was the “negation of the negation” in dialectical terms.

Gorbachev cited two of the successful dialectical maneuvers of Lenin, The Brest-Litoysk Treaty with Germany in 1917, and the New Economic Policy of 1921. He said these decisions meant that Lenin was “guided by vital, not immediate, interests, the interests of the working class as a whole, of the Revolution and the future of socialism.”

The former intelligence official told us that “perestroika” was “designed to accomplish a reorganization within the Soviet Union, in order to strengthen the position of the party and position within the World Communist Movement.” The problem for the Soviets, he said, was that Gorbachev “chose political organization over economic reorganization,” and certain changes did not go as planned. As a result, the Soviet Union as an entity did go out of business and had to be reconstituted.

Russian leader Vladimir Putin does not use the term “world communism” these days but there can be no doubt that Putin, trained in Marxism-Leninism by the KGB, understands where the world is heading and what he is doing. Our book, Back from the Dead: The Return of the Evil Empire, examines how the remnants of Soviet communism are being preserved, even celebrated, in modern-day Russia.

Gorbachev was fooling the West with Glasnost and Perestroika while pursuing the goal of world communism with the support of “socialists” in the West, led by the Democratic Party in the United States and elements of the Republican Party. The latter included an award to Gorbachev from the George Bush Presidential Library.

Biden’s no-win war against the Russians in Ukraine, following his approval of a Russian gas pipeline to Germany, has given Putin even more power over European gas supplies. Perhaps that was the objective all along.

Remember that German Chancellor Angela Merkel, a suspected Russian agent, had made Germany more dependent on Russian oil and gas by terminating Germany’s nuclear energy program.

Also remember that Putin was a young KGB agent in East Germany, where Merkel grew up and became a propaganda specialist for the communists.

The “Monster Plot” seems to be working.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 1, 2022

Boy oh boy! Or, should I say “person oh person” to be politically correct? Last Monday’s column caused a flood of letters into my inbox: NewsWithViews, August 25, 2022–Is Anyone Taking Climate Change Seriously? Apparently Not!

Sometimes, when a writer handles a HOT Topic that people feel highly passionate about, it’s dangerous, even deadly to deal with it. In certain countries, they would simply kill the writer. Notice that Salman Rushdie, Gert Wilder and Hirsi Ali require 24/7 private guards to keep from being assassinated. One Islamist issued a $20 million bounty on Wilder.

It’s getting dangerous out there in the world. Putin kills thousands in Ukraine without any end in sight. He’s a madman on par with Hitler, Mao, Stalin, Mussolini and the Taliban. Thankfully, here in America, we enjoy that First Amendment to generate the spotlight on our problems with the ability to engage ideas, solutions and possibilities for improvement.

As to my commentary, some readers refuted climate change, some of them attacked me as a globalist, ingrate and totally wrong about global warming. Some of them condemned me for wanting to drastically reducing the human race by all means available. I said nothing of the sort. Some responders said that human overpopulation is a myth. They stated that the Earth can support countless billions more people. One guy said 50 billion could be sustained on this planet.

It makes you wonder who is right, who is wrong, and who is completely out of his or her mind? Do you think the planet can sustain 50 billion humans? So, what number can it sustain? We’ve got millions starving to death annually as it is. Why would anyone want to see more destitution, poverty, disease and human misery worldwide?

Can America sustain another 100, 200 or 500 million more people? Can we sustain 1 billion? Why? Where is the cut-off?

“Unlimited population growth cannot be sustained; you cannot sustain growth in the rates of consumption of resources. No species can overrun the carrying capacity of a finite land mass. This Law cannot be repealed and is not negotiable.” Dr. Albert Bartlett, www.albartlett.org, University of Colorado, USA.

Here in America, we can’t even solve the documented 540,000 homeless in our own country. I just traveled along the West Coast last month. Good grief! Los Angeles houses 66,000 homeless with no solutions. Over 35,000 suffer homelessness in San Francisco. It’s no longer that romantic “City by the Bay” where Tony Bennett sang “I left my heart in San Francisco….”, but instead, a crime ridden, human waste splattered on sidewalks, filthy streets filled with needles, tents, trash, and drug addicts.

As to climate change, for the record, I didn’t support, condemn, deny or make any statement as to the validity or non-validity of climate change. All I wrote was, if it’s occurring, most people around the planet don’t understand it, or don’t care, or deny it, or simply can’t be bothered. You may shrug your shoulders with the realization that you can’t do a darned thing about it…so why bother?

As to population, many religious leaders support unlimited human population growth. That would be the Mormons, Muslims, the Pope, and well, if you look at what’s going on in India, they add another 18,000,000 people annually on their way to becoming the most populated country in the world at 1.55 billion. We humans are well on our way as a species to add 2,000,000,000 (billion) more of ourselves by mid-century.

What does that make me? I am a world traveler who has seen what’s coming in Asia and beyond. If the world can support 10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 billion humans, what’s the point? We’re already losing 100 other species daily from human encroachment. It’s called “The Sixth Extinction Session.” Do we want to eradicate all other creatures for our own dominance?

What am I asking? Is it possible that we can deny that 100,000,000 barrels of oil being burned 24/7 isn’t doing something to the climate? What is it doing to our oceans that absorb that much carbon?

What about billions of tons of coal being burned 24/7? What about the fact, that at some point in this century, the main driver of all Western Countries is gasoline, and that experts predict that it will be exhausted around 2050? How will we run this civilization without oil? Harsh reality check: alternative energy won’t cut it whether it’s wind, waves, or solar. There’s just too many of us.

If you watched the national news reports on Europe for this winter, they face horrific consequences of freezing to death because they DON’T have Russian oil. The population of Europe exceeds 748,000,000 (million) people. How do you keep THAT many people warm when you don’t have oil or coal or natural gas? Even the European Union’s top leader said that Europe faces a seriously horrific winter in 2022-23.

If you hated my climate change column, why? If you think humans can add another 50-billion of ourselves, what’s the point?

“Can you think of any problem in any area of human endeavor on any scale, from microscopic to global, whose long-term solution is in any demonstrable way aided, assisted, or advanced by further increases of population, locally, nationally, or globally.” Dr. Albert Bartlett www.albartlett.org

At some date in the near future, every single human being on the planet needs to get serious as to what we all face in the 21st century. If climate change is not a factor, what about water? What about energy? What about exhausting all the resources that allow our civilization to function?

Read Blip: Humanity’s 300-year self-terminating experiment with industrialism by Christopher O. Clugston. By 2050 or sooner, we will have exhausted all our resources on this planet that allow our civilization to function.

Did you see what it takes to make one single battery for an electric car on the news last night? It’s over 150,000 tons of ore that has to be extracted for ONE SINGLE battery. We need cobalt, lithium, nickel, aluminum, plastic, and more. This is a finite planet with finite resources. At some point, there will be no solutions.

All I can say in my weekly columns stems from my experiences from my world travels. I’ve seen daily nightmares of humans dying, starving and suffering. I realize that I have a very small platform for the past 20 years. Nonetheless, this column is read all over the world by individuals concerned about humanity’s future. I hope I am a positive thinker who explores what we face and what we can do to survive the 21st century. At the same time, I care about America, Canada, Europe and all humans living on this planet. We’re all doing the best we can to live through this life in a meaningful manner. Each of us deserves food, water, energy, housing, freedom and safety.

At the pace we’re exploding across the planet, none of those items will be available for our children…climate change or not.

If you watch these two videos, you will understand what kind of trouble America faces. Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Lee Duigon

September 1, 2022

What is StupidWorld? It’s the theme park to beat all theme parks, the global celebration of “stupid.” And here you were, thinking that “stupid” is stupid!

But no—“stupid” is smart! How could it be otherwise, when the world’s most smartest people are behind it?

Someday StupidWorld will be the whole world. It’s already spreading out in all directions. Someday it will swallow up the countries and put the entire planet under theme park management.

But first, a little peek at what’s to come…

Stan Van Whatsit, former NBA coach, now a color guy on TV, recently demonstrated his commitment to stupid by likening Our Lord’s miracle of the loaves and fishes to our stupid president’s order to “forgive” student loan debts. Yeah, uh-huh. A piece of cheap political theater is equal to the miraculous feeding of thousands of people on a few loaves and fishes. Someday we will all be this stupid. Our schools and colleges are working on it.

Yup—giving away taxpayers’ money, that isn’t yours to give… is a miracle? It always did seem magical, the way Democrats make public money disappear. At $10,000 a head (or is it going to be $20,000?), and millions of heads, the estimated cost of this caper runs from $300 to $600 billion. Hum-baby.

Now that kind of stupid doesn’t grow on trees. Some seem to be born with a gift for it; but by and large it has to be assiduously cultivated. How many years did it take to erase every grain of sense that God gave Coach Whatsisname? To see Christ’s miracle as equaled by SloJo Biden’s crass vote-buying scheme is imbecility of a very high order. We are truly getting there!

Meanwhile, on the other side of the world, a Sydney, Australia, nightclub has banned “staring” at someone “without verbal consent”.  Looking at other people, babbles the management, thwarts its efforts to turn their joint into “safe space.” If they catch you looking at someone else, they’ll not only kick you out—the bouncers are now “safety personnel”—they’ll also call the cops! And you’ll be busted… for “unauthorized staring”? Gotta say “May I?” first.

Gee—what if the bar’s, well, crowded—as unlikely as that seems? How do you look anywhere without “staring” at someone? And how does anybody know you’re “staring” at them unless they’re staring at you?

How do they prove you stared at somebody? And if some ninny of a judge finds you guilty, what’s your punishment? Really, it doesn’t look like anybody thought this through.

But then if things like this made sense, they wouldn’t be in StupidWorld, would they?

They want a global government. Fine. But that’s a big job and a hard one. Even for an itsy-bitsy government in an itsy-bitsy town, people are always doing things they shouldn’t do, creating one problem after another. They quarrel, they break laws they never knew existed, have accidents, lose track of things, and insist on trying to make their own decisions—which are all too often not the decisions that the government wants them to make. And that’s without purposely committing crimes!

Which is why we need StupidWorld—where none of the “useless eaters,” as the World Economic Forum likes to call us, will be psychologically equipped to make any decisions at all.

Let them just enjoy the rides, eat bugs, and do as they’re told because they can’t do otherwise, it’d melt their brains.

And welcome… to StupidWorld.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, before we all get packed off to The Camps. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Dennis Kelly

September 1, 2022

I don’t know about you but I cringe every time I hear someone actually use this LGBTQ……nonsense when referring to those who follow the Rainbow Flag.  Where in any society does such a phenomenon exist?  I’m not talking about the life style itself but how they have forced the world to actually say and spell out their various lifestyles as follows; L..G..B..T..Q…..blah, blah, blah!  It’s ridiculous but why would that stop us?  Any politician or news person will stand in front of a camera and blurt out LGBTQ….when referring to these people as if it’s an actual word.  And who are these people that they’re referring to anyway?  Well I looked it up and the correct letters are:

What does LGBTQIA+ really stand for?

LGBTQIA+ is an inclusive term that includes people of all genders and sexualities, such as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, questioning, queer, intersex, asexual, pansexual, and allies. While each letter in LGBTQIA+ stands for a specific group of people, the term encompasses the entire spectrum of gender fluidity and sexual identities.

You see, once you get passed “A” for asexual the + sign kicks in.  Would that plus sign include pedophilia and bestiality?  And exactly what is pansexual?

So how in the hell did we get to GAY? 

It is my belief that the “homosexuality” crowd correctly realized that, that word was not going to make it in polite society and they had to come up with an acceptable replacement for “that” word Homosexual.  Again I looked it up and came across the following:

Some of the first written uses of the word gay to unambiguously mean “homosexual” appear in the early 1950’s, which means that it was probably already slang among some gay people earlier than that. It appeared in books for gay people and occasionally in books written for straight audiences in the 1950’s and 1960’s, but the “merry” definition dominated while the “homosexual” meaning remained slang.  It wasn’t until Stonewall, the birth of the Gay Liberation Front, and increased gay visibility in the late 1960’s and 1970’s that the “homosexual” meaning became widely known. At the same time, the “happy” definition of the term fell out of usage.

So as I say in the title of this article, first they stole the word “GAY” as a replacement for “homosexual”.  It appears to have taken place over the decade between the 1960’s and 1970’s.  They hate the word homosexual which conjures up images and thoughts that we care not to look at or think about.  When the word is used today it is normally in hushed tones, am I right?  When was the last time you even heard the word in public or over the airwaves?  Like maybe never.  And why would that be (rhetorical)?  But it’s certainly Okay to be GAY!

Now the last time I checked, the homosexual community represented about 1.2% of the population.  This figure I still question, but let’s say there are about 4 million homosexuals in this country and you want to increase your power base for social and political influence.  Notice in the above explanation for LBGTQIA+ is the “and allies”.  This community realizes that if it is going to have any influence, it has to incorporate a whole spectrum of the sexually confused and sexually weird ducks in order to put upon the rest of us some kind of legitimacy and forced acceptance.  They are claiming that if you put all these groups together, they make up 4.5% of the population!  It’s incredible to think that such a group has been elevated to super status in our communities, elevated so high as to give them their own flag and celebrate their lifestyle with parades and officially designate the entire month of June worldwide to their agenda.  Where is the banner and parades for the Traditional Family?  You know, married Mom and Dad, of the opposite sex with a couple of kids, maybe a dog.  Where is their celebration month?

Let me pose a question to the women out there and I want an honest answer.  You are single and unattached.  You are introduced to a man, he is good looking and charming.  You seem to hit it off and start dating.  You stop by his house one day and find him sitting next to another guy watching TV and they’re both in there whitey tighties.  You confront him about it and learn he’s bisexual.  You know, the second from the left in the LBGTQ……gang.  Is that going to be a problem for you or is that something you’ve overcome in today’s new all-inclusive society?  Just asking.

So how and when did the Rainbow Flag become the banner and rallying cry for the Homosexual Agenda?  For this question I turned again to Wikipedia.

Originally devised by artist Gilbert Baker, Lynn Segerblom, James McNamara and other activists, the design underwent several revisions after its debut in 1978, and continues to inspire variations. Although Baker’s original rainbow flag had eight colors, from 1979 to the present day the most common variant consists of six stripes: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet. The flag is typically displayed horizontally, with the red stripe on top, as it would be in a natural rainbow.  LGBT people and allies currently use rainbow flags and many rainbow-themed items and color schemes as an outward symbol of their identity or support. In addition to the rainbow, many other flags and symbols are used to communicate specific identities within the LGBT community.

Like the high jacking of the word Gay to disguise the Homosexual lifestyle and hiding its societal stigma, where might we find a similar high jacking by these folks?  None other than God’s own sign of the covenant He established between Himself and all life on earth, the Rainbow.  In the book of Genesis, Chapter 9, verses 8 – 17,

Then God spoke to Noah and to his sons with him, saying: “And as for Me, behold, I establish My covenant with you and with your descendants after you, and with every living creature that is with you: the birds, the cattle, and every beast of the earth with you, of all that go out of the ark, every beast of the earth. Thus I establish My covenant with you: Never again shall all flesh be cut off by the waters of the flood; never again shall there be a flood to destroy the earth.”

And God said: “This is the sign of the covenant which I make between Me and you, and every living creature that is with you, for perpetual generations:  I set My rainbow in the cloud, and it shall be for the sign of the covenant between Me and the earth. It shall be, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the rainbow shall be seen in the cloud; and I will remember My covenant which is between Me and you and every living creature of all flesh; the waters shall never again become a flood to destroy all flesh.  The rainbow shall be in the cloud, and I will look on it to remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is on the earth.”  And God said to Noah, “This is the sign of the covenant which I have established between Me and all flesh that is on the earth.”

Who else reading this believes that the high jacking of the rainbow was an intentional act to defy our Creator?  Of course it was intentional.  The homosexual community tries to hide its shamefulness anyway it can in order to deceive themselves and the rest of the world that their lifestyle is legitimate and acceptable which it is not to any rational thinking human being.  Nowhere else in all of God’s creation are such practices manifested in all of nature except by fallen mankind.  Do not fall for these lies people! Do not be deceived.  Do not think society has risen to the high ground by embracing such behavior.  In truth we have sunk into a moral cesspool.  Your parents and grandparents did not condone this behavior.  Are we to think the old folks got it wrong?  No I say.  They were not wrong and you are not wrong.  God called these behaviors an abomination and meant it and no amount of word twisting and banner waving is ever going to change that or legitimize it.  Do not be afraid to call it out for what it is.

Am I being harsh?  Was God too harsh when He smoked Sodom and Gomorrah? Hopefully you can ask Him that someday.  The next time you hear this ridiculous spelling out LBGT…… just remember what it really is.

© 2022 Dennis Kelly – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Kelly: denniskelly@charter.net

By Cliff Kincaid

August 31, 2022

Calling his opponents fascists, Joe Biden is sounding like former Soviet KGB Colonel Vladimir Putin offering a justification for war against Ukraine. In typical communist fashion, Putin had said Ukraine was full of fascists. Biden’s recent “anti-fascist” rhetoric against Republicans makes him sound like the Russian he supposedly wants to defeat in Ukraine. Perhaps Biden and Putin are on the same side after all.

As difficult as it may be to believe or accept, the elderly and frequently incoherent U.S. president has become the face of communism in America today. From the no-win war in Ukraine to the “Inflation Reduction Act” in America, Biden is pursuing policies that weaken the Free World and appear designed to reduce America to the status of a bankrupt Third World nation.

If you have any doubts, consider that the old Moscow-funded Communist Party USA, which endorsed Obama for president in 2008 and 2012, has entertained its readers with such headlines echoing the Democratic Party agenda as:

• Biden order hailed as step toward total student loan debt cancellation.
• January 6 panel zeroes in on the crimes of Donald Trump.
• Right-wing fringe is becoming the Republican Party establishment.
• Outlawing abortion is a step toward white minority THEOCRATIC TYRANNY.

Meanwhile, the CPUSA is ecstatic over the U.S. Postal Service releasing a new Pete Seeger “forever” stamp, honoring the self-proclaimed communist, with an official USPS stamp ceremony hosted by the Newport Folk Festival at the Jane Pickens Film and Event Center in Newport, Rhode Island. Seeger’s FBI file confirms his service to the communist cause.

Seeger (1919-2014) joined the Communist Party and used music to raise money for the Communist Party’s candidates and personalities, and communist countries, including:

• A concert in honor of Communist China.
• A concert paying tribute to Russia (sponsored by the Chicago Council of American-Soviet Friendship).
• A concert honoring Paul Robeson, the secret CPUSA member later honored with his own American stamp, and
• A concert raising money for communists Ethel and Julius Rosenberg, convicted of violating the Espionage Act and executed for giving the secret of the atomic bomb to the Soviet Union.

Upon his passing, President Barack Hussein Obama issued a statement which declared, “Over the years, Pete used his voice — and his hammer — to strike blows for workers’ rights and civil rights; world peace and environmental conservation.” In fact, as the record shows, he was an apologist for murderous tyrannies, and Obama knew it.

Seeger performed on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial during an inaugural concert for Obama.

Before Obama honored him, Democratic President Bill Clinton in 1994 gave Seeger the National Medal of Arts.

When American presidents and even postage stamps honor communists, you know America is in trouble.

The release of the Pete Seeger stamp is the latest evidence that America is saddled with a regime in Washington, D.C. that wants the public to honor communists like Seeger rather than America’s founding fathers.

Interestingly, one scholar noted that Pete Seeger was famously known to perform with a guitar that had “this machine kills fascists” written on it. That was the communist line, then and now, as reflected in Joe Biden’s new Marxist rhetoric, echoing talking points undoubtedly provided by Obama and/or his Marxist associates.

People are waking up to the rhetoric and the policies but it may be too late.

In startling comments, capitalist businessman and Whole Foods co-founder John Mackey told Reason magazine, “They’re marching through the institutions — they’re taking everything over.”

In the face of this challenge, Republican Senate “Leader” Mitch McConnell, in his typical uninspiring fashion, suggests the GOP may not capture the Senate. Meanwhile, the media’s favorite RINO, Larry Hogan of Maryland, is badmouthing the Trump-backed candidates in various races across the country, giving aid and comfort to Wes Moore, the Democratic candidate for Maryland governor who is a former marijuana business executive backed by Oprah.

Moore may be the next Obama, if Michelle doesn’t run in 2024.

Senator Ted Cruz has hit the target, noting that the recent White House push for more turnout among Democrats by forgiving some student loans is designed to benefit the “slacker baristas” if they can “get off the bong” long enough to vote.

To eliminate any doubt, the Democrats are pushing legalization of marijuana on the federal level, creating more zombies from Marxist Madrassas who can’t think for themselves but are willing to accept government money and get stoned.

Most importantly, however, in terms of consolidation of a communist regime in America, the Department of Justice, with jurisdiction over the FBI, has become a modern-day communist-style Ministry of Interior.

For all intents and purposes, the FBI is the new KGB.

More relevant than ever before, the 1961 House Committee on Un-American Activities analysis of the book How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism, is a must-read.

This is a how-to-book on how a parliament or legislative body (such as the U.S. Congress) can be helpful in “transforming democratic nations” into communist countries. The author was Jan Kozak, historian of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia.

This is what happened to South Africa, where a communist regime is running the country by attracting and exploiting the votes of the majority black population in “free elections.”

Closer to home, my group, America’s Survival, Inc., examined how the Obama regime played a major role in the “success” of Canada’s Liberal Party leader Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, who is corrupting Canada through drugs, sexual perversion, and a Muslim invasion. Trudeau, an admitted pothead, legalized marijuana nationwide on October 17, 2018, opening up Canada to drug cartels, and facilitated the transgender revolution in Canadian schools. He visits mosques, abandoned his Catholic faith on abortion and same-sex marriage, and has invited foreign Muslims from terror-supporting countries to come to Canada.

Biden, under the direction of Barack Hussein Obama, is following the same playbook.

Putting Hunter Biden in jail, a fantasy, will not resolve our predicament, which is much bigger than one former drug addict who made millions using his father’s influence. The issue is the influence of the Intelligence Community over the media, as confirmed by Mark Zuckerberg, and the fact that former and current intelligence officials, especially from the CIA, tried to suppress the story of Biden corruption through an open letter before the 2020 election.

One hope is the workers, supposedly the source of communist revolution, who gravitated toward Trump in 2016 and are more firmly on his side in 2022, as they witness America’s slide into totalitarianism. They may not be experts on communist strategy and tactics but they are the ordinary Americans who work hard for a living and fly their American flags on a daily basis. I ran into one at the local gas station, where he filled up his truck with gas costing more than $100.00, and he jokingly yelled out to me, “Thank you Joe Biden.”

Biden reminds people of the old saying, “He’ll do everything for the workers except become one.”

As strange as it may sound, America needs a real workers’ revolution. They have nothing to lose but their chains.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Lex Greene

August 31, 2022

Once again, I will pretend as though the facts actually matter in today’s broken, dumbed down, drugged up and mentally manipulated America.

It has become custom in American politics to misuse words to define, label and target Citizens and political opponents in order to divide and conquer the electorate by pitting American against American on the basis of false propaganda. The false propaganda includes the intentional false rewriting of history as well as “scholarly” new definitions for old words around for centuries.

For decades, democrats have misused the term “racist” as a political attack hammer against republicans, despite the fact that it was Republican Abe Lincoln who freed the slaves, democrats who formed and operate the KKK, and republicans who passed all Civil Rights Acts, while a vast majority of democrats voted against them.

Today, the new buzzword misused by democrats to demonize republicans is “fascist,” a word at the foundation of the violent and destructive militia group, ANTIFA, meaning “anti-fascists.” Yet again, there is no more “fascist” behaving group in America than Obama’s ANTIFA.

Global Marxist-leaning “scholars” who have taken it upon themselves to redefine old words with new meaning, have perfected the art of misleading millions by simply flooding social conscience with false labels under new definitions. The current misuse of the term “fascist” provides a perfect example.

THE TEN MOST DEADLY “FASCISTS” IN WORLD HISTORY

In order of death toll, the following are the world’s best known and most deadly “fascist” dictators in history.

#10 – North Korean Communist Dictator Kim Il Sung is responsible for the deaths of at least 1.6 million political opponents and civilians through starvation and invading South Korea. Kim Il Sung was the leader of North Korea since its founding in 1948, until he died in 1994. His son is the communist dictator today.

#9 – Socialist Dictator Talaat Pasha of the Union Progress Party. Ismail is responsible for the Armenian Genocide, which killed 800,000 – 1,800,000 people. He led the Young Turk Revolution. He systematically murdered over 1 million Armenians from 1914 to 1923. Some of them were starved to death, and others were sent on forced marches until they died. They killed any able-bodied men, and then sent women, children, and old people on death marches through the Syrian Desert.

#8 – Socialist Dictator Vladimir Lenin of the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party. Lenin was responsible for the deaths of millions of people and initiated the Russian Civil War. He led the Red Army, against the White Army. The Red Army were Bolshevik communists, and the White Army was a mix of different groups, backed by many foreign powers in order to halt communism. The war resulted in the deaths of 7 to 12 million people. It was one of the worst wars Europe had ever seen. The Red Army was victorious, and Lenin went on to start the Soviet Union, a one party dictatorship. It was dedicated to creating a communist utopia, and it failed miserably.

#7 – Japanese Socialist Dictator Hideki Tojo of the Imperial Rule Assistance Association. Hideki Tojo is responsible for the deaths of five million Japanese during World War II. While prime minister of Japan, he was responsible for the attack on Pearl Harbor, which dragged the USA into the war. Tojo tried to shoot himself in the heart four times and missed every shot. After being nursed back to health, he was arrested and executed after the war. He was nicknamed razor, and killed millions of civilians in China, and thousands of POWs.

#6 – Japanese Dictator Hirohito. Hirohito was the emperor of Japan from 1926 to 1989. He killed an estimated 6 million people, and committed the now infamous, Nanking massacre. In Nanjing, Japanese troops raped and murdered massive numbers of Chinese civilians. It was a six weeklong massacre killing possibly more than 300,000 people.

#5 – Chinese Socialist Dictator Chiang Kai-Shek. Chiang Kai-Shek is a Chinese dictator, who killed, possibly 10 million people. He committed 228 massacres during his 18 year rule. He was leader of the Kuomintang or KMT, a Marxist nationalist party. Shek put on a northern expedition and managed to reunify most of China under him. In 1947 war broke out between the KMT and the communists. The KMT lost and it led to the rise of Mao.

#4 – Dictator King Leopold II of Belgium. Leopold II is one of the most brutal, but strangely unknown dictators in history from 1865-1909. He enslaved 8 million Congolese and killed thousands. The way he killed was incredibly brutal, working them to death, and torturing any who opposed him. He started a colonial empire in the Congo, with the goal of getting as rich as possible, through exploiting a much poorer group of people. Leopold was allowed to start his colony under the agreement that he would improve the lives of the people, but he completely ignored this promise. He killed 1 to 15 million people, by forcing them to hunt, mine gold, and harvest rubber.

#3 – Socialist Nazi Party Dictator Adolf Hitler, leader of Germany’s Socialist Party following his leadership of the German Workers Party, eventually evolving into the Nazi Party. Hitler killed an estimated 30 million people. The most well-known of this is the holocaust, which killed six million Jews. He was also responsible for the less well known Generalplan Ost, a genocide of millions of Slavic people. He killed them through the hunger plan, where he purposely starved millions of Soviets, whom he saw as an inferior race. This killed between 4.5 and 13.7 million people. In total the holocaust killed potentially 17 million people if you include non-Jews.

#2 – Communist Russian Dictator Joseph Stalin, leader of the Bloc of Communists and Non-Partisans movement. Stalin is probably the most infamous communist dictator, responsible for about 40 million murders. As Lenin grew closer to death, he worried about how much power, Stalin had accumulated, and after he died, Stalin took his place. He led the Soviet Union and committed horrible atrocities. In only 12 years in power, he killed between 40 and 62 million people. The Gulag was a series of labour camps where he sent political dissidents to work as slaves. Many of them worked until they died of exhaustion. He also committed genocides, including Holodomore…stealing food from Ukraine, and then blocking off the country, forcing them to starve, to subjugate any nationalistic ideas.

#1 – Chinese Communist Dictator Mao Zedong (1921-1976). Mao is the deadliest of all world dictators to date. Through communist policies he starved millions of people, possibly as many as 80 million. He killed any intellectuals who disagreed with him, putting people in labour camps, and condoning the beating and stoning people to death in struggle sessions. His “great leap forward” campaign was supposed to transform the country from an agrarian economy into a socialist one, but instead it caused the Great Chinese Famine. A famine that lasted 3 years and killed an estimated 15 to 45 million people. As world dictators go, few really come close to the destruction and devastation he caused, though there are some who will try.

(SOURCE) NOTE: Feel free to confirm the truth about these fascists at any legitimate source.

Unfortunately, we now have generations of Americans who no longer know true history and as a result, they are highly likely to help this history to repeat, as generations too young to know any better mislabel all “patriotic Americans” fascists. They have been Pavlov trained to vote the nation back into bondage as young unwitting students of global Marxism, socialism, communism, and the world’s most treacherous and famous dictators.

They cheer when democrat politicians use national security and justice agencies to terrorize and assassinate political opponents. They march in lockstep to unconstitutional and unlawful dictates from Washington D.C. as if they have no knowledge of freedom and liberty at all. They can’t wait to spread proven lies against their perceived enemies on social media. They have a violent reaction to the presence of truth.

The young have been conned into believing that acts of true patriotism, love of country, freedom, and liberty, are acts of “fascism” and “extremist” notions. Even worse, they have been so dumbed down, drugged up and mentally manipulated that even those who love and care for them most, their parents and grandparents, are often treated as their enemies.

All ten of the world’s most deadly and well known “fascists” were communist, socialist, totalitarian dictators responsible for creating the most brutal deadly conditions for millions of innocent citizens all over the world. But still, the young have been dog whistle trained to believe that patriotic Americans who simply desire to Make America Great Again are “fascists.”

Like almost everything the younger generations have been taught in recent years, there is absolutely no truth whatsoever to their false claims of “fascism” against all freedom loving Americans, including Donald J. Trump.

Instead, it is the global pied pipers of the Marxist Global Reset leading them to slaughter, whom they see as heroes worthy of their trust. Only if and when they are introduced to real history and the leftist foundations for all forms of fascism demonstrated throughout history, is there any chance that the young will stop destroying their own futures and ours.

They need look no further than the inhumane conditions of every major democrat controlled city in the USA for modern proof. They need only recognize the current “democrat dictators” in Washington D.C. ruling by unconstitutional “mandates” beyond any lawful authority, to understand reality.

It is up to the rest of us to put these facts and truths right in their faces until they can free themselves from the mental bondage that leftists have chained them to. The future of freedom and liberty all over the world depends on it.

CONCLUDING FACT: Fascism is NOT a “right-wing” ideology. History has repeatedly proven fascism to be a far-left form of extreme totalitarianism promoted only by communists and socialists. Today’s American socialist democrats and their Global Reset partners are the only real “fascists” in the USA.

In reality, at the far LEFT extreme is brutal fascism, a totalitarian dictatorship. At the far RIGHT extreme is the total opposite of fascism, an unbridled lawless anarchy, survival of the fittest, with no rule of law at all.

All of American politics needs a major housecleaning, eliminated all career criminal politicians, no matter the party. It can only happen when all freedom loving Americans unite against the career politicians. Let it be now!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

August 31, 2022

“Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.” -John 8:44

Once again, Marjorie Taylor Greene has been caught betraying her constituents (Amos 5:7).

If you remember, Marjorie Taylor Green, the one who decried the “Vaccine Nazis” and who boasted about not being vaccinated, was found to be guilty of investing into the very companies that she was publicly condemning (Proverbs 17:15).

In 2020, at least 13 senators and 35 US representatives held shares of Johnson & Johnson, the medical behemoth that produced the single-shot COVID-19 vaccine that more than 15 million Americans have received.

At least 11 senators and 34 representatives also held shares in 2020 of another COVID-19 vaccine manufacturer, Pfizer…

Lawmakers held these investments in COVID-19-minded companies as Congress was at the center of pandemic relief efforts. In 2020 and 2021, members of Congress voted on six relief bills together worth nearly $6 trillion. Congress also authorized more than $10 billion to help drug companies develop and distribute vaccines and forced health insurers to cover the cost of getting the shot.

Policymakers especially viewed the coronavirus vaccines developed by Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and Moderna — which each spent substantial amounts of money lobbying the federal government in 2020 — as critical to helping countries around the planet overcome the grip of the pandemic…

Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene, a Republican from Georgia who has decried “vaccine Nazis” and boasted about not getting vaccinated against COVID-19, reported owning stock in COVID-19 vaccine makers during 2020, including Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and AstraZeneca, according to a financial disclosure she submitted in August.

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/adding-more-insult-to-more-injuries-politicians-have-stock-in-the-plandemic-vaccine-companies-makes-sense-now-why-it-hasnt-stopped/

[Rumble Video]

Do you remember Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene owns stock in Walt Disney, which she says is ‘pro-child predator’?

• Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene of Georgia has accused the Walt Disney Co. of sexualizing children.
  • Greene also owns up to $45,000 worth of Disney stock.

Republican Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene this week accused Walt Disney Co. of sexualizing children after the entertainment giant criticized a Florida education law that critics have dubbed the “Don’t Say Gay” bill — and vowed to fight against it.

“It’s hard to believe that Disney, Walt Disney, the Walt Disney Co., would be the very place that this is happening,” she said during an interview…

“This is supposed to be the happiest place on Earth, a place where innocence is celebrated. But it seems to be the place where innocence is actually under attack.”

Greene added: “Walt Disney — they need to pay a serious price for this.”

What Greene didn’t mention is that she is a Disney investor, according to personal financial disclosures filed with the Clerk of the House of Representatives.

Entering 2021, Greene owned between $1,001 and $15,000 in Walt Disney Co. stock, her most recent annual financial disclosure indicated.

Greene subsequently added Disney stock to her portfolio. She purchased shares valued at between $1,001 and $15,000 on August 31, 2021, and then more shares valued in the same range on November 15, 2021, congressional records show. By law, members of Congress are only required to disclose the value of their assets in broad ranges.”

Friends, Marjorie Taylor Greene is not the hero to the Republic that she claims to be (Luke 22:48).

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/the-heroes-that-the-people-need-fear-mongers-capitalizing-off-the-american-people-where-is-the-justice/

[Rumble Video]

Now, Marjorie is being found out once again (Good job, Business Insider).  Business Insider just reported: “Marjorie Taylor Greene says student loan forgiveness is ‘completely unfair’ despite the fact her company had loans worth $183,504 forgiven.”

• Marjorie Taylor Greene has criticized Biden’s student loan forgiveness plan announced on Wednesday.
• Speaking on Newsmax TV, she called the student loan relief “completely unfair.”
• Taylor Greene’s company had $183,504 in PPP loans forgiven in April 2020, according to public data.

Marjorie Taylor Greene criticized Biden’s student loan forgiveness plans as “completely unfair,” despite records showing that her own company had $183,504 worth of Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans forgiven in 2020.

The Republican politician and businesswoman was speaking on US conservative news network, Newsmax TV.

On Wednesday, the Biden administration announced plans to forgive $10,000 of student debt for most borrowers, fulling a campaign promise and extending relief to millions of borrowers.

Any US residents earning less than $125,000 are set to be eligible for the loan forgiveness.

In her interview, Taylor Greene said the plan was unfair to taxpayers who had never taken out a student loan.

She added that she opposed the student loan program in place in the US, saying: “There should not be a system in place that allows them and encourages them to pile up massive debt in these big colleges and universities.”

Data from ProPublica, a tracking site that uses data from the Small Business Association, shows that Taylor Green was one of several Republican members of Congress who had private loans forgiven.

The data shows that the total amount forgiven was $183,504, which represented full forgiveness of the original $182,300 loan plus the accrued interest. The majority of the relief issued in April 2020 was used for payroll, per the data.

In Conclusion: How many times do these corrupt politicians need to be exposed before the American people hold them to the very laws that they are to uphold (Luke 12:2)?

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Pastor Glynn Adams

August 30, 2022

Are you growing as weary reading about disobedient and rebellious religious systems in America as I am writing about them?  I’m not talking about perfection here but basic obedience and commitment to a sovereign King and following His way.  Many of us in the thousands have left these traditional, denominational, Luciferian religious systems in America.  Jesus is only building one church in America so someone has to adjust.  We are so divided but if two cannot agree on spiritual things, the Bible says they cannot walk together.  Can a nation reach the point of no return to where God leaves them to their devices?  Has America reached the point of no return?

According to Hebrews 10:26-31, we have trampled underfoot the Son of God, we have regarded as unclean the blood of the covenant and we have insulted the Spirit of Grace.  Our sin before a Holy God is we have failed to realize the sacredness of the sacrifice of Jesus on the Cross!!  This sin is worse than rebellion; it is a wounding of the love of Jesus!!!  As Hebrews 10 states, “For if we go on sinning willfully  after receiving the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins but a certain terrifying expectation of judgment and the fury of a fire which will consume….”  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  Oh, God really doesn’t mean that!!!  Does He?  Last time I looked we are under a terrifying judgment and, according to Hebrews 12:26-27, the shaking has begun in America and the majority who claim to follow Christ in America have not even moved to repentance to change their wicked ways.

As a learner, I don’t have it all together but I am following the ways of Christ.  If I fail, I repent, ask forgiveness, and move on.  As a watchman, I am sounding the alarm to everyone in America and I really don’t care who is offended.  All of us had better give God some sign here on earth we are serious about what is going on.  Hell has moved into America on our watch and too many who claim to follow Christ are apathetic and oblivious to what is happening in our nation.  God is clear; we are to resist evil and have influence in this nation.  We have neither.  God gave us dominion and we are to fix anything that goes wrong in our nation using the authority and power God has given to us.  God will show up at the battlefield when we show up but too many refuse to engage.  We are acting more stupid then a bag of rocks.  The consequences of our sins of disobedience and apathy are evident as we are a captured nation, ruled by evil, and we have become a dwelling place of demons with all authority and power from God available to us and many refuse to use it.  Most have no fear of God whatsoever!!!

God has the plan that is explained in the Word of God from Genesis to Revelation.  It is a flow that has been written by many writers covering thousands of years and is in perfect unity with God.  We do well to get in on the plan and obey the King’s plan.   Jesus has the plan for the church, “I will build My church.”  We must allow Jesus to build the church but we have allowed Constantine and man to build the church in America.  Too many in America are not willing to listen to an honest and rigorous appraisal of the contemporary church in America.  I have tried and it has proven too offensive to those who listened.  We must be daring enough to bring every practice under the scrutiny of Biblical revelation.  Because we have refused to bring scrutiny on the way we do church in America, our churches have become corrupt and ineffective.

We are in a mess.  With our disobedience, rebellion, and apathy along with the uncertainty of how these end times are going to be played out, we are entering uncharted waters.  The Scriptures are clear – God’s plan and pattern leads to life on this earth and eternal life with God.  Religious church systems who ignore evil has a way that seems right to them but leads to death and an eternity in hell!!  Too many in America who claim to follow Christ but have chosen poorly when they follow the plan of some pastor or denomination rather than depending entirely on the plan and pattern of God clearly defined in the Holy Scriptures!!!

From Genesis to Revelation, the battle rages everyday between good and evil, between the Spirit of Truth and the Father of Lies, between the true prophets and the false prophets, between the Christ and the antichrist and between our flesh and spirit.   As believers our struggle is not against flesh and blood but against rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places (Ephesians 6:12).  Christians wake up every day in enemy territory.  In American Religion, we ignore and fear spiritual warfare, demons, and how we are to deal with them and we can’t afford to ignore or fear them any longer.  Today, most Pastors and those who claim Christ are silent while America is systemically being dismantled by evil men.  As Pastor Dietrich Bonhoffer said during World War II when the church was silent against Hitler.  “Silence in the face of evil is in itself evil; God will not hold us guiltless.  Not to speak is to speak; not to act is to act.”

Sometime in the early 1900s, Satan was roaming to and fro on the earth and passing over America he noticed that American Christians were turning to religion and had become apathetic, asleep, and deceived.  America was experiencing an industrial revolution.  The dollars were flowing and an abundance of things were going on in America.  Christians and citizens were enjoying the fruit of their labor chasing the good life.  Satan and his demonic hordes were well aware that a nation that obeyed and followed God, it is impossible to dismantle.  However, so-called Christians in America were following the world system; not the plan and pattern of God.  Soon America was no longer ruled by God but by Satanic and demonic occults.

America stopped following God and His ways and we refuse to resist the evil before us so now we are dying – a slow and painful death.  As the late Russian Christian Alexander Solzhenitsyn said before his death, “To destroy a people, you must first sever their roots.”  This country has been transformed into a place unrecognizable – a place plagued by drugs, poverty, pornography, crime, lawlessness, and violence – all by design.  Our American work ethic has been changed to “give me.”  There is no faith that unites us.  Most citizens do not understand their government at all.  There is no history that grounds us because it has been rewritten.  More people depend on the government than work. American unity and sense of patriotism has given way to division and to those pushing their ideology.  All the while, most who claim to follow Christ in America are asleep, apathetic and just don’t care!!!

The demise of America is caused by a disobedient and apathetic religious system and false pastors.  The instruments Satan is using is a group of demonic aristocrats who sought the riches of this world and to establish a globalist’s government.  These demonic aristocrats were successful because those who claim to be the people of God in America are not resisting this systematic dismantling of America.  These citizens, living the life of comfort and ease, turned this nation over to the politicians who were under the yoke of the wealthy cabal, developed a secret, stealth-shadow government that has been ruling America behind the scene for years.  Wealthy bankers such as the Rothschild Family, and J. P. Morgan provided the money and agenda’ whose goal was to dissolve nation sovereignty and national law under an institution with global jurisdiction.

At the same time, wealthy steel magnate Andrew Carnegie set up his foundation to use its cash to control America’s educational and political institutions.  He also provided the blueprint for the formation of a shadow government that was to rule over America.  Carnegie knew that a global government required social engineering so he established in 1905, the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching (CFAT) to gain control of America’s educational system.  By 1909, CFAT was the national unofficial accrediting agency for colleges and universities and it possessed the power to create the curricula.  Since Carnegie was an Anglophile, a freemason, a practitioner of the occult, avowed socialists, an agnostic, a globalist, most of our universities throughout America began to reflect his ideology and beliefs.

In 1905, wealthy John D. Rockefeller, Sr. established the General Education Board (GEB).  In no time at all, the GEB was working in tandem with the CFAT to develop standardized curricula with standardized text books for all American children.  It was at this time that the Rockefeller Foundation was formed.  The demonic occults rule America; not the people.  Church is silent!!! [See: “Enemies Within The Church“]

The American religious community sat by and watched John D. Rockefeller, Jr. maintained a close relationship with Carnegie and the Fosdick brothers while he initiated a policy of funding seminaries that complied with the dictates of Higher Criticism (some parts of the Bible are not true) and the debunking of the New Testament, a new breed of ministers who believed neither the account of the resurrection nor the divinity of Jesus was unleashed on the American people.

Almost all of Christianity in America can best be described as convenient, comfortable, at ease in Zion, and avoid controversy at all cost.   Don’t offend anyone, easy believism, be user friendly, and by all means be “positive.”  When you come to God in ease and comfort, empty handed, you bring God nothing and you get nothing spiritually.   That is not true Christianity and in America, we have the fruit to prove it.

We must separate ourselves from those who are fake followers of Christ and false pastors.  We must expose them for who they are.  Jesus did this with all religious people he encountered.  We can no longer tolerate this scam in those who claim to follow Christ.  All of us have a lot of changing to do – every time we hear a lie by these evil globalists and we remain silent rather than countering the lie with the truth, evil wins.  This is how we got in this spiritual mess.  We are losing this war and our nation and we must not allow the Globalists to control the language.  This evil ideology has told us what we can or cannot say and we kept silent; hence they have controlled our speech.  As believers in Christ, we have a right to say what the Bible says – this is contending for the faith.  When they silence us, evil is controlling the gospel.  When they lie, we are to speak the truth and when we fail to do so, we are guilty of believing their lies.  We must contend for our faith!!!  We must become vocal and get outside our church buildings and openly take a stand against this evil overtaking our nation!!!

What a joy and privilege to be a follower of Christ and the Kingdom of God in these exciting days in America – the whole world coming apart, we are in a war for our survival, Jesus has the plan and pattern and His true followers have the power, authority, and answer in Jesus Christ!!!   What an opportunity to bring glory to God!!!  God bless His faithful and obedient followers, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to “The Killing of Uncle Sam” by Pastor Rodney Howard-Brown and Paul L. Williams and “The Marketing of Evil” by David Kuelian, various books on the Kingdom of God by Myles Munroe, Coach Dave Live broadcast 8-24-22)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By Debra Rae

August 30, 2022

Seattle Pacific University self-identifies as “a nationally ranked, private Christian liberal arts university in Seattle.” Never mind that SPU was named a “Best National University” for the sixth year in a row (US News & World Report, 2022). According to The Seattle Times, the biblical worldview traditionally held by Seattle Pacific represents a competing, “worst impression” version of American Christianity that, presumably, is not to be tolerated.

SPU’s fatal flaw? It’s not “woke.”

One-way Tolerance

The term “toleration” refers to conditional acceptance of (or non-interference with) another’s beliefs, actions or practices considered erroneous, but “tolerable.” For a student to attend SPU to the point of graduation presupposes toleration of the school’s core values.[1] But never mind that. Rather than show the respect due a graduation ceremony, a large number of woke seniors handed a pride flag to interim President Pete Menjares and refused to shake his hand.[2]

Two-way Tolerance

After twenty-plus years of employment at SPU, a similarly woke staff member I know recently gave notice. Unlike graduating seniors, this she did with professionalism and grace. No doubt she was grateful. When Congress ruled that discrimination based on biological sex (gender) was verboten in 1972, Title IX was embraced by SPU. At the time, binary regulations in Title IX were based on two genders, male and female. The concept, of course, is supported by genetic science (XX and XY chromosomes). It’s biblically sound,[3] and women benefited from it. As did this staff member and many disgruntled graduating seniors.

Since then, the script has since changed. In 2005, HB-1282 mandated that all school districts teach sexual diversity (gay, lesbian, bi-, and tranz, for example); and it forced the Planned Parenthood agenda.  Times, they are a’changing; but rather than add clarity, as activists maintain, proposed Title IX regulation revisions require schools to enforce unquestioned acceptance/normalization of gender-identity (woke) ideology.

Greater Clarity Alleged

By definition, clarification is to lessen confusion for the sake of greater comprehension. We’re told that current Title IX regulations must be amended “to provide greater clarity regarding the scope of sex discrimination” based on sex stereotypes, orientation, and gender identity. Arguably, woke-by-design warrants clarification, but not the “clarification” accompanying new Title IX regulations.[4] Allow me to explain. Goofy ontological theories, self-descriptors, and gender-friendly practices muddy the waters. They do not “clarify” anything close to reality.

• Origins “Clarified”: Born in the Wrong Body

The Bible is abundantly clear that God created male and female (Genesis 1:27); however, to clarify (actually, undermine) this truth, Title IX activists summarily dismiss data-driven science of expert anatomists and geneticists. The Centre for Sexual Wellness self-identifies as “sex-positive, LGBTQIA+ friendly, and kink-competent.” From their site we learn that genitalia do not equal gender. Instead, gender identity is on a continuum.[5]

Woke professionals at Boston Children’s Hospital accept the notion that sexuality is how you feel about others; gender is how you feel about yourself. Astonishingly, they recognize “trans” in toddlers (even babies), thus begging the question, “Are all toddlers ‘trans’ for refusing a haircut and playing with opposite-gender toys?”[6] On the Liz Wheeler show, doctors addressed intervention for being born in the wrong body. One attending physician in the Division of Gynecology at Boston Children’s hospital performs gender-affirming hysterectomies on toddlers, and her colleague surgically creates phalluses for would-be boy toddlers born female.[7] Teaching kindergarteners about gender identity, homosexuality, and LGBTQ issues pales in comparison to these unthinkable practices.

Sadly, the Biden administration pushes “gender-affirming therapy” as “normative treatment.” Therapy includes mutilating surgeries that result in permanent sterilization (as practiced at Boston Children’s Hospital), blocking normal adolescent development, and administering cross-sex hormones.

How clarifying is it for a child to learn that he or she was born into “the wrong body,” resulting in chemical and surgical interventions that force irreversible, life-altering consequences, not least of which are sterility and sexual dysfunction? Chemical and surgical interventions also interrupt healthy development, physically and emotionally, and could heighten loss of bone density, blood clots, cardiovascular disease, cancer, and cognitive issues. This is child abuse. Plain and simple.

• Self-Descriptors “Clarified”

Think about confusion engendered when a child grapples with the possibility of being “agender” (with no particular gender, or no gender at all). Perhaps that child is “androgyne,” “third gender,” “butch,” “a crossdresser,” “cisgender,” “gender expansive,” “gender fluid,” “pangender,” “transsexual,” “trans,” “tranz,” “intersexual,” or “gender outlaw.” You name it. Clearly, non-binary self-descriptors are far from clarifying! Hence, the fast-emerging pronoun conundrum. If all else fails, the LGBTQIA Resource Center suggests using “they” when one does not know a person’s gender.[8] How’s that for clarification?

Revised regulations expand the scope of Title IX, without Congressional approval, to include prohibiting “discrimination on the basis of sexual orientation and gender identity.” Upholding objectively-grounded genetic science, rather than subjectively perceived identity, subjects one to “sex-based harassment.” Examples are using a child’s given name and biologically accurate pronouns.

One 2016 study Trusted Source purports that affirming a person’s pronouns (in extension, their gender) lowers depression and raises self-esteem. Really? I find it difficult to accept that children taught PC affirmations, such as “Ze laughed with zir friends, enjoying zir self” will “win friends and influence people” to the point of raising one’s self-esteem.

• “Clarified” Gender-Friendly Practices

Title IX’s gender-friendly practices hardly “clarify.” Imagine your little girl being required to share private facilities with biological males who ostensibly identify as female. Forced to surrender her right to privacy, your daughter is placed at increased risk for harassment and/or assault by gender pretenders with untoward motives. But, wait, there’s more. Under Title IX, the age of opportunity for talented girl athletes will cease as girls are forced to compete unfairly with biological males whose stature and strength create significant risk of injury for girls. Add to that the likelihood of being bypassed when sports scholarships are awarded.

Our Charge: Let’s Be Abundantly Clear

• Be Clear: The New Title IX is a Matter of Federal Law

Without regard to parental objections, without notice or consent, school officials will usurp a parent’s rightful authority and intervene with regard to life-altering affirmations and resulting decisions that permanently affect the health and well-being of their children. Parents (caregivers or grandparents) who uphold their child’s biological gender identity, or who deem gender tampering harmful, are likely to be reported to Child Protective Services. The very activists who summarily dismiss data-driven science of expert anatomists and geneticists will see to it.

Make no mistake. The Biden administration’s attempt to expand Title IX has been dubbed “one of the largest, most aggressive social engineering overreaches of the government in America’s history.” And for good reason. It’s tantamount to federally-mandated indoctrination of our children—some seventy-seven million of them.

As federal law, Title IX regulations are not “alleviated by any state or local law or other requirement.” That is to say, these regulations create legal uncertainty about the enforceability of state laws that protect parental rights that conflict with the new regulations. Exploitative activist officials are likely to initiate expensive court action to obtain resolution.

• Be Clear: Woke Tolerance Flows One Way

In a 10-page executive order issued on June 15, 2022, President Biden pledged to defend the LGBT community and declared war on conversion therapy, used to promote state-sanctioned viewpoint discrimination. In fact, LGBTQ-identifying people deserve (and some demand) the right to follow their conscience, even when it means receiving psychological support to diminish unwanted sexual feelings.[9] Biden disagrees.

• Be Clear: Compliance is Non-optional

A school’s failure to follow the new rules is punished by loss of federal funding. To receive free student lunches, breakfasts, and other food items, schools must comply. Boys will use girls’ changing and restroom facilities. Teachers will use inappropriate pronouns for transgender students. Or else. Noncompliance will force some thirty million children every day to forfeit meals. Moreover, regulations will disproportionately harm minority and other disadvantaged children unable to access expensive, private options that bypass the craziness.

• Be Clear: Cost Savings Projections Are Pulled Out of a Hat

The Williams Institute at the University of California–Los Angeles estimates that only six-tenths of 1 percent of the nation’s population identified as transgender (2021). Nevertheless, new regulations mandate schools (K-12) to affirm a child’s asserted gender identity—this, as a matter of federal law.[10] Never mind the small numbers. A maze of bureaucratic functions is deemed necessary—including, but not limited to, designating a Coordinator, disseminating a nondiscrimination notice, adopting grievance procedures, record-keeping, and training. Cha-CHING.

Forget regulatory burdens. We are assured that any costs associated with the shift would be “minimal.” Even better: Over ten years, we’re told, a cost savings will be realized to the tune of $9.8 million to $28.2 million. Of course, the Department pulled these figures out of a hat. By its own admission, the Department cannot possibly quantify in monetary terms benefits of proposed regulations. But, hey, who’s noticing?

• Be Clear: The New Title IX Favors Global Values & Attitudes at Odds with American Culture & Religious Foundation

The reach of Title IX ideology is unquestionably global. The World Health Organization (WHO) identifies gender as a social construction that unenlightened people typically describe in terms of femininity and masculinity. In Western cultures, people associate femininity with women and masculinity with men, but this social construction varies across cultures.

The WHO further defines gender-affirming care (GAC) as psychological, behavioral and medical interventions designed to support and affirm an individual’s gender identity when it conflicts with the gender the person was assigned at birth.[11]

Alas, in today’s Brave New World of gender affirmation, American culture and religious legacy must bow to the god of wokeness. Period.

• Global Soft Law

Updated regulations for Title IX mirror values and attitudes of global soft law—e.g., the G20 education document (Argentina 2018). Betsy DeVos signed on and thereby agreed to “promote the development of curricula … which have a strong focus on …  [global] values and attitudes.”

Keep in mind that regimes of fellow signers are known to torture and slaughter opponents of communism and/or sharia law, but I digress. If this isn’t disturbing enough, DeVos also committed to “foster the inclusion of non-cognitive skills such as socio-emotional skills across the curriculum.” Her educrat psycho-babble is intended to conceal programs of psychological conditioning to bring about the values and attitudes demanded not by “we, the people,” but by the establishment.[12]

• Be Clear: Fundamental Rights Are Forfeited Under Title IX

The U.S. Supreme Court has never upheld viewpoint discrimination. Yet, under Title IX, the First Amendment suffers deadly assault. While civil rights are afforded the woke among us, Bible-believing Christians must surrender the right to “free exercise” of their deeply-held faith precepts, not to mention freedom of speech to testify publicly as to those biblically-grounded beliefs. Whether leveled against religionists or principled scientists, viewpoint discrimination violates one’s First Amendment rights. And that’s no small matter.

For these reasons, I strongly oppose Title IX regulation revisions that require schools to enforce unquestioned acceptance/normalization of gender-identity (woke) ideology; and I encourage others to join me.

Before the September 12th deadline:

• Go to this website: org/title-IX/
• Watch the VIDEO
• Scroll down to HERE’S WHAT TO DO and follow the instructions very carefully

Share this with others.[13]

© 2022 Debra Ray – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Debra Ray: debraraer@comcast.net

Footnotes

[1] Colossians 3:5, Leviticus 18:22, Deuteronomy 22:5 & 23:17, Romans 1:26-32, 1 Corinthians 6:9-10, 1 Timothy 1:10, and Jude 7, 10.

[2] Video of spu graduation goes viral when graduates hand president pride flags in protest

[3] Genesis 1:27—Male and female He created them.

[4] ChildParentRights.org/title-IX/

[5] Ironically, the Old Testament pairs sexual anomalies (sin) with “confusion,” and gender dysphoria is defined as an uncomfortable state of confusion.

[6] https://www.womenshealthmag.com/relationships/a36395721/gender-identity-list/

[7] Liz Wheeler Show, https://m.youtube.com/watch?v=ti21dSzD8mk

[8] https://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/gender-pronouns#common-pronouns

[9] Bidens LGBTQI executive order seen by some as an attack on civil rights

[10] Bidens LGBTQI executive order seen by some as an attack on civil rights

[11] Bidens LGBTQI executive order seen by some as an attack on civil rights

[12]  http://freedomproject.com/the-newman…agenda-for-u-s

[13] https://www.givehim15.com/post/august-24-2022

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 29, 2022

Let’s take a break to enjoy the many wonders of America. John Muir and President Teddy Roosevelt brought us our National Parks.  One of the most profoundly unusual ones must be Glacier National Park.  I’ve bicycled up to Logan Pass many times to enjoy the sheer magnitude and beauty of what some call, “The Crown Jewel of the World.”

Hop on your bicycle, motorcycle, car or even carry a backpack, and let’s climb into beauty, wonder, majesty and splendor of America’s treasures.  David Christie and I will take you to the top.

The night before, we camped out at Avalanche Campground near Lake McDonald on the west side of Glacier.  In the morning, we took off at 5:00 to beat the restrictions to be at the top by 11: 00.

We busted our tailfeathers grinding up “The Road Going to the Sun” on the west side of Glacier National Park. We cranked along deep green canyon walls. Snowfields erupted into white-water cascades rushing off the sides of cliffs like a gorgeous movie star’s earring dangling from her ears. The rush of life carried past us with a clear water stream replete with fish, kingfishers and deer drinking at the shoreline.

Once we moved beyond the river, the road, at 6 percent grade, began its methodical journey to the top of Logan’s Pass at 6,400 feet.

Along the route, a combustion of wildflowers entertained our eyes and the scents of summer wafted into our nostrils. When you crank a bike through such wonders, it does a number on your senses: taste, smell, touch, vision, sounds. And more so, it affects your spirit. Nature fills you up to the top. It pampers you with its monopoly on wonder. Its showcase of colors. Its compelling power to mesmerize you with its profound splendor! Ironically, you’re part of it on your bike as you wind up that serpentine “Road Going to the Sun.” You become a fiber in the web of life.

(Frosty Wooldridge & David Christie riding into Glacier National Park)

As you pedal along a sheer rock wall on one side, and a sheer thousand-foot cliff on the other side, Glacier National Park starts giving up her secrets to you. First, you see 492-foot Bird Woman Falls. Then, you pass “The Weeping Wall” where rocks erupt with showers dropping onto the road. From there, you see snowfields caught in couloirs. All of it garnished in green trees and tundra in the high country.

Further in your journey, enormous mountain rivers cascade over gray rocks with crashing whitewater causing a roar felt in your ears and heightened by the visions in your eyes. All your senses grow acute at Glacier. You dismount from your bike to take pictures. Where do you start? Heck, turn it on ‘video’ to get the entire scene captured for friends. But nothing can beat your front row seat. Your friends may love the pictures, but only you ‘feel’ it in your soul.

“It’s great to be us,” said David.

Six hours later, we reached the top. In the parking lot, a tourist walked up, “Wow,” he said.

“You guys finally made it,” he said. “We felt so sorry for you having to pedal those bikes with your heavy loads. Gees, it looks like you’re carrying 100 pounds of gear. Shoot, we made it up in 30 minutes.”

Lord, he made it up in 30 minutes with two people weighing 350 pounds inside a land yacht dragging 10 tons of steel, listening to the radio, spewing countless carbon fumes melting the glaciers, surrounded by glass and steel, along with air conditioning, and drinks from the fridge. We, on the other hand, hammered up that road, busted our legs, took over 50 pictures, watched hummingbirds suck nectar out of the wildflowers, felt Nature at its best, and reached the top with a feeling of total exultation, triumph and a gut feeling of, well, you know if you ride a bicycle. We felt the magic inside our bodies, minds and spirits. Trade it for 30 minutes in a land yacht? Not a chance!

I wanted to say, “Dude, you gotta be kidding, you feel sorry for us?” Instead, I said, “That’s great man, you made it in 30 minutes, and it took us six hours. It’s good that you enjoyed a much easier way of getting to the top.”

In the end, everyone gets to choose their life path. I wished them good health and high spirits after our conversation.

At the top, just a complete mess of gridlocked cars and people crawling all over the place. Not a wilderness experience, whatsoever! More like a traffic and people congestion in Chicago, LA and Atlanta!  If you visit Glacier, drive into the park before 5:45 a.m. to beat advance registration and beat horrific crowds.

On the Eastern side, you ride along a raw, rugged canyon slipping southward into St. Mary’s Lake. Your eyes take huge gulps of beauty, but it’s impossible to swallow because it usurps your imagination with its enormity. When the glaciers formed this place, they didn’t disappoint! It’s amazing what Nature can do with a few million years, some glaciers and a little bit of erosion.

(David Christie, 71, riding down the eastern side of the Road Going to the Sun.)

We launched our bikes into ‘gravity gear’ for the ride down. Tons of waterfalls, lots of whitewater streams, splendid wildflowers and verdant, verdant green wonder everywhere as it butted up against the gray mountains that led to cobalt skies garnished with puffy white thunderheads.

It’s almost impossible to describe a place like Glacier National Park. They call it “The Crown Jewel of the World” and it lives up to its name.

That night, we rolled into St. Mary’s Campground with other cyclists. Everyone shared their amazing day. After dinner, a dark cloud rolled into camp. Soon after, the rains hit. They didn’t just hit, they deluged us. I fell asleep in my tent with the biggest smile on my face as to a day well lived. “Ain’t nobody feeling sorry for me,” I muttered to myself.

In the morning, I crawled out of my sleeping bag to the entire valley with mountains fencing it on both sides.  A long white cloud snaked along the lakeside between the mountains and the forests. Above, blue sky with fantastic ‘fan’ clouds creating an incredible view.

David crawled out of his tent, “That was a hell of a day yesterday, and it looks like another one coming up today.”

“You know,” I said. “It feels like a dream. Instead, we’re right in the middle of it.”

David said, “You got that right.”

“It’s GREAT to be us,” I said.

Canada to Mexico, Continental Divide, waking up to a sunrise over St. Mary’s Lake, Glacier National Park. With such energy in the air and such visual transformation, we felt blessed to see the sky, the long white cloud wafting over the valley, two grizzly bears, eagles, deer and wildflowers. Such an amazing journey for David Christie and Frosty Wooldridge. On tour through the magnificent moments of life.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Paul Engel

August 29, 2022

• Do you understand Dual Sovereignty and the threat it poses to your rights?
• Did you know that the Eighteenth Amendment and prohibition was the basis of this idea of dual sovereignty?
• How has the court taken a limited concurrent jurisdiction clause and turned it into federal oversight of just about every law in the nation?

Most of us are aware of Double Jeopardy, the right to not be tried for the same crime twice, but the courts have adopted a “dual sovereign” doctrine to get around this pesky little problem. Two Supreme Court cases out of Oklahoma show how good intentions often lead to problems, and how the court makes up the rules as they go along. We’ll also look at how this concept of dual sovereignty can be used to violate both your rights and the Constitution of the United States.

Dual Sovereignty

To understand the dual sovereignty doctrine, we need to understand the Double Jeopardy Clause of the Fifth Amendment.

nor shall any person be subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb; 

U.S. Constitution, Fifth Amendment

The idea of the Double Jeopardy Clause is simple: Government only gets one chance to convict you of a crime. In the United States we have multiple governments. We have the federal government, one for each of the fifty states, and I don’t know how many county and city governments. Does the Fifth Amendment apply to all of these governments? Yes. There is nothing in the language of the Fifth Amendment to limit it to just one government. So what happens when a state tries someone, yet doesn’t get a conviction? Is it possible to get another chance once “jeopardy has attached”, as the legal-eagles would say? Enter the case of United States v. Lanza and the dual sovereignty doctrine.

It follows that an act denounced as a crime by both national and state sovereignties is an offense against the peace and dignity of both and may be punished by each. … Here the same act was an offense against the state of Washington, because a violation of its law, and also an offense against the United States under the National Prohibition Act. The defendants thus committed two different offenses by the same act, and a conviction by a court of Washington of the offense against that state is not a conviction of the different offense against the United States, and so is not double jeopardy.

United States v. Lanza

This case was somewhat unique. Lanza was charged in 1920 with manufacturing intoxicating liquor, which had been made illegal in 1919 with the ratification of the Eighteenth Amendment:

After one year from the ratification of this article the manufacture, sale, or transportation of intoxicating liquors within, the importation thereof into, or the exportation thereof from the United States and all territory subject to the jurisdiction thereof for beverage purposes is hereby prohibited.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XVIII, Section 1

What makes this unique comes from Section 2.

The Congress and the several States shall have concurrent power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XVIII, Section 2

The language of the Eighteenth Amendment specifically provides for concurrent power held by both the United States. and the Several States. It was the only instance where power was shared between two governments. In no other place under the Constitution of the United States is power shared.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

So when the Supreme Court found that Lanza had committed offenses against both the State of Washington and the United States, it would seem valid because, under the Eighteenth Amendment, both governments had concurrent jurisdiction. However, as courts often do, they have taken one phrase from this opinion and used it to come to decisions completely divorced from the original opinion. In the Lanza case opinion we find:

We have here two sovereignties, deribing [sp?] power from different sources, capable of dealing with the same subject matter within the same territory. 

United States v. Lanza

The Lanza court made one mistake in this language. While they were dealing with two sovereignties, they both derived their power in this case from the same source: The Eighteenth Amendment. Since this is the only place in the Constitution that gives concurrent jurisdiction to both the States and the United States, and since the Eighteenth Amendment was repealed in 1933 by the Twenty-First Amendment, this unique situation no longer exists.

Oklahoma v. Castro-Huerta

Which brings us to the case Oklahoma v. Castro-Huerta.

Held: The Federal Government and the State have concurrent jurisdiction to prosecute crimes committed by non-Indians against Indians in Indian country.

Oklahoma v. Castro-Huerta

Victor Manuel Castro-Huerta was charged and convicted by the State of Oklahoma for child neglect. What brought this case to the Supreme Court was the question of jurisdiction. While Mr. Castro-Huerta is not an Indian, his daughter is. Also, the crime took place in the City of Tulsa, which, according to the Supreme Court in the case McGirt v. Oklahoma, is mostly part of the Creek Reservation, making it “Indian country” and therefore under the jurisdiction of the United States. This is where the problems with the dual sovereignty doctrine shows up. Was Mr. Castro-Huerta in “Indian country” and subject to federal jurisdiction, or was he in the State of Oklahoma and subject to their jurisdiction? According to the Supreme Court, both the State and Federal government have concurrent jurisdiction. How can that be?

Does it matter that the defendant is not an Indian while the victim is? No. If you, as an American citizen, commit a crime in Canada or Mexico, the United States does not have jurisdiction. If the crime occurred in both Indian and non-Indian jurisdictions, then maybe both governments would have a case, but that is not concurrent jurisdiction, it is a crime committed in multiple jurisdictions. For example, if someone performs a mass shooting crossing state lines, the states can charge the accused with the shootings within their states. However, because the crime crossed state lines, does that make it a federal crime? The federal courts say yes, but the Constitution does not.

This case is a little different. Crimes like kidnapping and murder are not inherently federal crimes. Congress only has the power:

To exercise exclusive Legislation in all Cases whatsoever, over such District (not exceeding ten Miles square) as may, by Cession of particular States, and the Acceptance of Congress, become the Seat of the Government of the United States, and to exercise like Authority over all Places purchased by the Consent of the Legislature of the State in which the Same shall be, for the Erection of Forts, Magazines, Arsenals, dock-Yards, and other needful Buildings;—And

To make all Laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying into Execution the foregoing Powers, and all other Powers vested by this Constitution in the Government of the United States, or in any Department or Officer thereof.

U.S. Constitution, Article 1, Section 8, Clauses 16 & 17

This means that Congress can make laws for “Indian country”, but not for the rest of the city of Tulsa. Remember, under the Sixth Amendment we find:

In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have been previously ascertained by law, 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment VI

That means that Mr. Castro-Huerta has the right to be tried in both the state and district where the crime was committed. This should determine which government has jurisdiction, but the court had other ideas.

Conclusion

I have not taken the time to discuss the question of whether or not the United States has the legal authority to own “Indian country”. That will have to be a discussion for another day, but by holding that the State of Oklahoma and the United States have concurrent jurisdictions, the court has violated both the Constitution of the United States and the rights of Mr. Castro-Huerta. Since child neglect is not a power delegated to the United States, the only place they have jurisdiction is in Indian country. Since, as far as I can tell from the Court’s opinion, the crime occurred in “Indian country”, then Mr. Castro-Huerta’s appeal should have been upheld, since the crime took place on federal land. By allowing the State of Oklahoma to try him for a crime that took place on federal land, the court has exposed Mr. Castro-Huerta to Double-Jeopardy. If the court is allowed to make up the rules to satisfy the justice’s own sense of what is right, then the rule of law has failed. Of course, this would not be such an issue if Congress had not taken over vast tracks of public lands as the price of admission into the union.

The protection against Double Jeopardy is very important to due process. While so far the federal government hasn’t attempted to prosecute Mr. Castro-Huerta, think of how many cases where the defendant was found not-guilty in state court only to be charged for the same crime in federal court. That is a violation of Double Jeopardy, but the Supreme Court has given its stamp of approval under the Dual Sovereign doctrine. While I have shown that the Constitution does recognize multiple sovereigns, it does not give them concurrent jurisdictions since the repeal of the Eighteenth Amendment. So when Congress empowers federal law enforcement to enforce laws outside of federal land, it’s just one more example of laws of the United States that are not made pursuant to the Constitution and are therefore void (Marbury v. Madison). Keep that in mind the next time you hear of someone being charged in both state and federal court.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Lex Greene

August 29, 2022

For many years, I made fun of the “chem-trail” conspiracy theorists because as a fixed wing pilot for years myself, I’m quite familiar with vapor trails. But the recent display of utter mass-insanity in our country made me wonder if we were not being poisoned by our own government, be it via chem-trails or our food and water supply.

What else could explain the mass-psychosis gripping our society, now visible in daily life?

“Psychosis is when people lose some contact with reality. Mass formation psychosis is when a large part of a society focuses its attention to a leader(s) or a series of events and their attention focuses on one small point or issue. Followers can be hypnotized and be led anywhere, regardless of data proving otherwise. A key aspect of the phenomena is that the people they identify as the leaders – the one’s that can solve the problem or issue alone – they will follow that leader(s) regardless of any new information or data. Furthermore, anybody who questions the leader’s narrative are attacked and disregarded.” (Source)

Sound familiar? A lot like the current “cancel culture” maybe, demonizing, arresting, raiding the property of everyone willing to speak out against the utter insanity?

Did you wonder why millions of Americans were so willing to give up their freedom, liberty, income, family, and friends at the drop of a hat, under an alleged corona virus (common cold) threat that in the end, only affected the same number of people who get the flu every year?

Did you wonder why so many wore a mask despite manufacture labels explaining that those masks were not designed for, or capable of, preventing the spread of any virus? Did you wonder why millions of Americans rushed to take untested and non-FDA Approved “vaccines” and continue to take them despite proof that they don’t prevent infection, illness, transmission or even death – and may in fact be killing people?

Expert in the field of mass-mental manipulation, Carla Mardell, explains in this brief interview.

Fundamentally, mind control is based upon the ability to manipulate the mind by simply controlling the information allowed to enter the mind — or prevented from entering the mind. The human mind is much like a computer, in that it can only manage the information it is allowed to absorb. Garbage information in, and you can only get garbage information out.

Meanwhile, this critical information has been intentionally withheld from public access in the USA. Had any American known the truth about COVID19 or the so-called “vaccines,” no one would have ever ventured into this Nuremberg level human experiment.

Mind control involves preventing the truth from being known, as just confessed by Facebook billionaire Mark Zuckerberg, who now claims the platforms 2020 mass-manipulation of information was directed by the FBI. Guess what else federal agencies told social media platforms to manipulate in 2020?

It also involves the intentional spread of blatantly false information, such as the numerous attacks of President Donald J. Trump, all of which proven baseless eventually. This has nothing to do with what I personally think of Trump, but rather the simple fact that nothing they have accused him of, has proven to be true.

How were millions of Americans driven to a deep hatred of Donald Trump, most of whom incapable of stating one legitimate reason for their hatred of a man they never met and know almost nothing about? Nothing more than mindless regurgitated false talking point…

It’s quite easily done actually… All it takes is a steady diet of non-stop hate filled attacks from every possible source, ABC, CBS, NBC, MSNBC, CNN, FOX, PBR, NPR, Hollywood, Twitter, Facebook, the college lecture halls, political parties, all the way down to K thru 12 public education and the modern church pulpit. Everywhere you look, every sound you hear, an open character assassination of any popular political opponent.

No, of course it doesn’t need to be true, any of it. It just needs to be a continuous drumbeat. Not a single accusation hurled at Trump over the past seven years has proven true in the end. In fact, evidence of democrat party corruption was discovered at the root of every false accusation.  But that has no bearing at all with his haters. The facts are entirely irrelevant to them.

Rape of the mind is focused on the young, the most vulnerable minds in any society.

The same group of young Americans know that communism has brutally murdered millions all over the world. They know that socialism has miserably failed everywhere it’s been tried on earth. But they still believe that these forms of fascism and totalitarianism can work, and that it holds more promise than a capitalist free-market economy that created the most prosperous nation ever known to mankind, raising every race, creed, and color from generational poverty.

They watch as millions flee their homelands daily, countries ravaged by socialist and communist policies, in search of freedom in the United States at grave risk. But they still don’t think America is worth celebrating and protecting. None of them leave the USA to join a socialist country, but they instead insist America should become a 3^rd world Marxist country.

This is the direct result of decades of blatant lies, poured into their brains like poison 24/7, until they can no longer detect basic right from wrong, good from evil, truth from lie. Their minds are no longer free, able to take in truth, digest it properly, and arrive at any logical conclusion.

Sadly, those most affected by this are the young, those who have not lived long enough to understand much of anything, beyond what they are told. Never in history has there ever been such a generation totally ignorant of reality, but so sure of themselves.

In truth, American minds have been manipulated for more than a hundred years now. Despite knowing our Founders refused to form a “democracy” in favor of a guaranteed Republican form of self-governance, most Americans still think the USA is a “democracy,” not knowing the critical difference between the two.

Even worse, the constant rape of young minds in this country has resulted in a vicious militant anger towards every peaceful freedom and liberty loving American. They are the Marxist Cancel Culture Army in the USA now. They are the “citizen army” that Barack Obama promised to build, in his ongoing effort to “fundamentally transform America” into a 3^rd world member of Klaus Schwab’s global commune, where we will “own nothing.”

In closing, if a person is only able to tolerate one view and demonstrates an involuntary violent reaction to any information that challenges their belief system, they are under mind control. When people hate, without an ability to explain their hatred, or define the reasons for their hatred in real factual terms, they are under mind control.

Those under mind control do not know that their thoughts and views are being controlled by others, via systematic flooding of information designed to condition thoughts that they believe are their own. Past a certain point, the mind is held hostage to self-defeating concepts. Claiming a right to never be offended, those under mind control are easily offended by any opposing view or set of facts, and they react violently towards anyone who dare to present facts that may undermine their belief structure.

A majority of Americans are already conditioned for the next big attack on Trump, when only the scientists and doctors responsible for the entire COVID19 disaster should be blamed and held accountable. Trump was merely “following the scientists.”

Many pet lovers are familiar with Pavlov’s Dog Training experiments. What most don’t know more importantly, is Pavlov also studied the human mind and found that the same stimuli used to train dogs works to train the human mind. In modern America, free gifts from the public treasury are the equivalent of dog treats used to condition the behavior of the dog. Those who “go-long to get-along” qualify for treats from the government. Those who don’t are denied any treats from their government, and are instead, targeted by the government as “dangerous extremists.”

I write this for two groups… first so that parents and grandparents understand why when they sent their kids to “higher learning” centers, they had a violent far left total stranger return home, and that it was no accident or coincidence.

Also, for the younger generations who have been mentally conditioned to commit national socialist suicide in elections, totally discarding the love and wisdom of all who have lived and experienced much more, in favor of their high-browed experts and professors, in my hopes that some can be reached before it’s too late.

May God Place his Healing Hand upon this very sick nation… for it is the only hope we have now. Sadly, many of the mind-controlled will even take offense to this.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Greg Ciola

August 28, 2022

Dear Heavenly Father, the great I AM who I AM, the One who holds Heaven and Earth in the palm of His hand, we come before you now in complete humility and beseech you to intervene in our affairs and save us from this global health crisis that is reshaping the world. We have gone through a long period of darkness under the cover of deceit.

Jesus said that “The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy.”  — John 10:10

We know because you have blessed us with spiritual eyes to see and spiritual ears to hear that this global pandemic was a long-orchestrated event to frighten the world and allow all nations and governments to surrender authority to an evil organization called the World Health Organization who worships the serpent.

Everything unfolding is in perfect alignment with what Jesus said the devil is out to accomplish. The global elite are trying to take away people’s ability to make their own decisions, which is a right granted to us from above by You, not any earthly government.

Billions of lives hang in the balance. If what they have gotten away with thus far isn’t stopped, they will block all our health rights and decimate our health care and economic system as we know it. There is nothing being proposed or done that will create a better system or offer this nation the abundant life Jesus died for us to have.

[See Gregory Ciola’s book: “The Battle for Health is Over pH; Alkaline vs Acid, Life and Death Hangs in the Balance“]

We know from the scriptures that you are a God who is never late, but you are also a God who is never early. We ask you to show up now to confuse, confound and disrupt the plans of the wicked. In the name of Jesus Christ, we ask you to dispatch legions of angelic warriors from your throne to STOP their agenda.

Your Word says that “For thou art not a God that hath pleasure in wickedness: neither shall evil dwell with thee.” — Psalm 5:4

We know from your word that “There is no faithfulness in their mouth; their inward part is very wickedness; their throat is an open sepulcher; they flatter with their tongue.” — Psalm 5:9

“Let them fall by their own counsels; cast them out in the multitude of their transgressions; for they have rebelled against thee.” — Psalm 5:10

Father, we know that it is Your Will for us to “Prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth.”  — 3 John 2.

Nothing is too hard or big for You to accomplish, and nothing is too small for you to be concerned about. Even though our land is filled with rebellion and sin, we ask you to be merciful towards us and forgive everyone who turns to you for help and repents. Please don’t hide your face from us in this hour of need. Please heal our nation and save us from this impending doom.

Throughout the scriptures there are many stories on record that demonstrate that our battles are not to be fought by us, but that you will do battle for us. When Moses and the Israelites were encamped against the Red Sea and Pharaoh’s army was behind them, it seemed hopeless. But we don’t serve a hopeless God.

You told Moses to “Fear ye not, stand still, and see the Salvation of the LORD, which he will show you today: for the Egyptians whom ye have seen today, ye shall see them again no more for ever.” — Exodus 14:13

Show us Your Salvation by fully and completely exposing this global takeover agenda orchestrated by the devil and bring the truth to light so the entire world can see what has been done in secret to attack our health.

Another story of victory is the battle between David and Goliath. No one thought a young shepherd boy could take on the fiercest and mightiest warrior in the world. But David, filled with Your Spirit, had no fear, and knew there was a weak spot. One rock between Goliath’s forehead took this Philistine champion down for good.

Heavenly Father, our federal government has become like Goliath. Washington, D.C. has a never-ending thirst for more power and control. Like Goliath, this monster has reared its ugly head and is pounding its chest in defiance of your truth with the intent of harming the great people of these United States.

Just like you delivered the Israelites by the hand of David from being slaves to the Philistines, we ask you to deliver all the believers and followers of Jesus Christ our Savior, from the federal government’s attempt to take over the entire country and make us slaves to the horrendous “Great Reset” system they envision.

We pray that our enemies who are determined to usher in a Communist form of government in this great nation You blessed us with will be defeated. Let them have no peace or unity within their Party.

Your word says: “The LORD is my rock, and my fortress, and my deliverer; my God, my strength, in whom I will trust; my buckler, and the horn of my salvation, and my high tower. I will call upon the LORD, who is worthy to be praised: so shall I be saved from mine enemies.” — Psalm 18:2-3

Save us from all our enemies Heavenly Father. Let the world know that You still answer prayers and that You still have a Divine purpose and destiny for this nation, not to be CHANGED from a Christian Republic with Jesus Christ as our King to a Satanic Democracy with an evil dictator calling all the shots and running our lives.

We ask you TODAY Father to let our leaders know who is really in charge. Let them know that they are answerable to a higher power. For you have highly exalted Jesus Christ and given him a name that is above every name: “That at the name of Jesus EVERY knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; And that EVERY tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” — Philippians 2:10

Please hear our prayers now. Drive Satan and all the demons of hell away from our nation and away from all Christians around the world that are being persecuted for their Faith. Free us from the tyrannical control they are seeking to impose upon us. May you get all the honor and the glory for the victory.

“Thine, O LORD, is the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is thine; thine is the kingdom, O LORD, and thou art exalted as head above all. Both riches and honour come of thee, and thou reignest over all; and in thine hand is power and might; and in thine hand it is to make great, and to give strength unto all. Now therefore, our God, we thank thee, and praise thy glorious name.” — I Chronicles 29:11-13

Blessed be Thy Holy name forever and forever!

Hallelujah!

[See Gregory Ciola’s book: “The Battle for Health is Over pH; Alkaline vs Acid, Life and Death Hangs in the Balance“]

© 2022 Gregory Ciola – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Gregory Ciola: crossingjordan77@gmail.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

August 28, 2022

V for Vendetta, a dystopian political action film that debuted in 2005, portrays an England of the near future ruled by a fascist and authoritarian regime which maintains control over the people through constant propaganda, and imprisonment or execution of dissidents.

The protagonist was a vigilante wearing a Guy Fawkes mask who called himself “V”. During the film, on November 5, V hijacked the state-run television network BTN to address the nation. He described the tyranny imposed for many years on the people through fear and terror perpetrated by the state. Freedom of speech, once a prominent and precious right, was long removed from society by the iron fist of the state. V made this point in his address:

“While the truncheon may be used in lieu of conversation, words will always retain their power. Words offer the means to meaning, and for those who will listen, the enunciation of truth.”

V then encouraged the people of England to stand against the regime by joining him outside the now vacant House of Parliament in one year’s time on Guy Fawkes Night. His words, and subsequent actions in the film, motivated the people by the thousands to cease complying with their tyrannical rulers and show up the following November 5 to peacefully protest outside the House of Parliament. The military, instead of shooting at the people, stood down. The film ended with the collapse of the regime and hope for a free England.

The power of words to bring about significant change, to create great things or cause catastrophic destruction, cannot be underestimated. By the Word of God, the universe sprang into existence. The smallest subatomic particle to the largest galaxy is sustained by the word of His power (Genesis 1; John 1:1-3; Hebrews 1:1-4). It was by God’s word that the Great Flood was brought forth to destroy the ancient world of the ungodly but preserve Noah and his family (2 Peter 2:5).

Most of us are probably familiar with the traditional Black spiritual, “He’s Got the Whole World in His Hands”, first published in Spirituals Triumphant, Old and New in 1927. It paints a picture of God’s great love for humanity and His mighty sustaining power over all creation. This song is a reminder of the words of the apostle Paul in Colossians 1:16-17,

“For by Him [Jesus] all things were created, both in the heavens and on earth, visible and invisible, whether thrones or dominions or rulers or authorities — all things have been created through Him and for Him. He is before all things, and in Him all things hold together.”

According to Proverbs 9:10, the fear of the Lord God is the beginning of wisdom. An important aspect of this fear, or reverence, of God is the recognition that we do not live by physical nourishment alone but by every word that proceeds from His mouth (Matthew 4:4).

Because God’s word is so powerful, it cannot fail to accomplish what He wills (Isaiah 55:10-11; Ephesians 1:11). It is guaranteed by Him to be effective. And that means we can trust what He says to not only be true but come to pass. When the Father says that whoever trusts solely on the merits and promises of His one and only Son, Jesus, will have eternal life as a gift, that word is as effectively powerful as when He spoke the universe into existence (John 3:16).

The Word of God is able to bring healing to heart, mind and body. He can deliver from all kinds of seemingly insurmountable obstacles that we sometimes face. The Lord by His word works out all the events and circumstances of our lives for our good, justifies us before God, and brings us into glory (Romans 8:28-30).

God’s word brings lives from death to life, nourishes the soul, imparts instruction, guidance, and wisdom. It provides comfort, perseverance, and peace in what often appears to be a chaotic, threatening, and hopeless world.

The most famous part of Georg Friedrich Händel’s (1685-1759) Messiah is the Hallelujah chorus (number 44). But immediately prior to this are numbers 40-43, which sings portions of Psalm 2 depicting the world’s rejection of the gospel and God’s ultimate victory.

“Why do the heathen rage, and the people imagine a vain thing? The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the LORD, and against His Anointed, saying, ‘Let us break their bands asunder, and cast away their cords from us.’ He that sitteth in the heavens shall laugh: the Lord shall have them in derision.” (Psalm 2:1-4)

“Thou shalt break them with a rod of iron; thou shalt dash them in pieces like a potter’s vessel. ” (Psalm 2:9)

Jesus, God’s Anointed, brings us encouragement and hope in a world under the seemingly irresistible control of Satan and those allied with him. Though they fancy themselves to be all powerful, the combined efforts of the kings of the earth, the World Economic Forum, and the United Nations, are not strong enough to overcome the Word of God. He has the final say because He is God, and they are not.

“And I saw heaven opened, and behold, a white horse, and He who sat on it is called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He judges and wages war. His eyes are a flame of fire, and on His head are many diadems; and He has a name written on Him which no one knows except Himself. He is clothed with a robe dipped in blood, and His name is called The Word of God. And the armies which are in heaven, clothed in fine linen, white and clean, were following Him on white horses. From His mouth comes a sharp sword, so that with it He may strike down the nations, and He will rule them with a rod of iron; and He treads the wine press of the fierce wrath of God, the Almighty. And on His robe and on His thigh He has a name written, “KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.” (Revelation 19:11-16)

Words have power, and their power depends on the one who speaks them. The Word of God, Jesus Christ, has all power and authority in heaven and earth (Matthew 28:18-20). Psalm 2 concludes by proclaiming how blessed are all who put their trust in Him.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

August 28, 2022

There is a very good chance that the Republicans will take control of the House and possibly the Senate in the 2022 Mid-term elections.  As they should because what the Democrats have done to this country is a crime. Literally. But there needs to be a lot of concern from the voters about what they will do with that power. Unfortunately, we have seen the need for continuous investigations into the corruption that is the Democrat Party. Failing to protect the border, destroying our energy sector, insider trading done by the Pelosi cabal, and unreported business meetings with Pelosi and her son with business leaders in Taiwan just to scratch the surface of their corruption.

The problem I see is when they’ve had power in the past, they have failed miserably at investigating and bringing to justice the culprits that have been working hard to destroy America for the last 50 years. Remember the only Attorney General ever found in contempt of Congress, Eric Holder, that was guilty of running guns to Mexico? He was never investigated.  Remember when he said he didn’t like a specific law and therefore refused to enforce it? When states tried to clean up voter rolls, which is required by law, he sued them to stop the cleanup. He refused to investigate the IRS’s political targeting under Lois Lerner.[1] This is a short list of literal crimes he committed that the Republicans conveniently ignored when they took power.

Then you have the Benghazi disaster that involved both Obama and Hillary Clinton. Again, the Republicans did nothing. Hillary was proven to be the one behind the Russian Dossier and silence from the Republicans.  She had 30,000 emails subpoenaed and then deleted them all. Nothing from the Republicans. It was proven that she had a private unsecured server that held classified information on it and used an unauthorized email and silence from the Republicans. Her phones and other devices were subpoenaed and she either busted them up with hammers, removed the SIM cards and used BleachBit to wipe the hard drives of her computers. Crickets from the Republicans,

We’ve heard that all these investigations are going to take place but what we want are prosecutions.  No political party should be allowed to do what the Democrats have done.  They’ve gotten away with it for years and believe that they will continue to get away with it because the Republicans never follow through with their promises.

We just saw Bidens DOJ pull another early morning raid on Trump’s home at Mar-a-Lago. They claim that he had refused access to certain classified documents but the truth is he personally told the National Archives and Records Administration, NARA, that whatever they wanted to look at he would give them access. He has cooperated completely with the NARA when they’ve asked.  They knew where the records were kept but, in this raid, they reportedly ransacked Trump’s entire residence for nine hours including searching through Malania’s closet! The warrant that they used for this raid also allowed for Trump’s lawyers to be present but they were denied access.  The FBI even told them to turn all surveillance cameras off. Fortunately, they didn’t.  You have to ask Why did they want the cameras off? What would they be doing that they didn’t want anyone to see?  Now they are demanding the tapes and I hope they don’t get them. A copy maybe but not the originals. The magistrate that approved the warrant was a one-time lawyer for Jeffery Epstein. This is nothing more than a fishing expedition trying to find something to charge him with.  Democrats are desperate to keep him off the ballot.  Will we see anybody prosecuted for this unprecedented act of political targeting when we get control? If we judge by the past actions of the Republicans, it will be very unlikely that anyone pays for this.

Here’s a good one, when Obama left office, he took thirty million pages of documents, and the NARA has never even questioned what was taken.[2] Do try to convince me that this isn’t a witch hunt. Remember Sandy Berger? He went to the NARA and stuffed documents pertaining to 911 in his shorts, socks, and anywhere else he could stick them and all he got was a slap on the hand.  Don’t forget the spying Obama did on the Trump campaign and while Trump was president. Obama used the FBI and the CIA to facilitate that; This includes the FBI and CIA, which conspired against and spied on Donald Trump, both before and after Trump succeeded him as president.

And the liberal establishment media, which swooned over Obama, not only let him get away with it, but cheered him on. Obama had their number and they knew it.[3] This is irrefutable not to mention illegal yet not one person has been charged or convicted. Democrats aren’t afraid to charge anybody. Just ask Paul Manafort, Roger Stone, Peter Navarro, and even Donald himself. Then the FBI seized the cellphone of a Trump supporter: Federal agents seized the cellphone of Rep. Scott Perry (R-Pa.) while he was traveling with his family Tuesday, executing a court-authorized search warrant that a person familiar with the situation said was part of a criminal probe into efforts to overturn the results of the 2020 presidential election.

Perry, an ally of Donald Trump who played a key role in promoting the former president’s false claims of election fraud, wrote in a statement that the contents of his phone are not the “government’s business.”[4] Why haven’t the associates of Obama, Clinton, Holder, Axelrod, and the rest of the Obama cabal had their homes raided, computers and cellphones seized, and drug out into the streets in the pajamas for all the neighbors to see?

How about the video evidence we have of Joe Biden’s quid pro quo with the political leaders in Ukraine? What he did was illegal. Silence from the Republicans. We have discovered he lied about meeting with Hunter Biden’s ‘business’ partners as there are fourteen times he met with them at the White House when he was vice-president not to mention the pictures we have seen of both Bidens and Hunter’s partners together. Then there is the LapTop from hell. Pictures of him smoking crack, as well as being in obvious very inappropriate situations with underage girls.  The FBI has had that laptop for over two years and has done nothing to pursue what has been witnessed on that computer. The FBI has done nothing and the Republicans are only talking about it.

Attorney General Garland has stated that his Department of Justice applies the laws equally which is a lie straight from the pit of hell. While all the people protested at the homes of our Supreme Court justices, illegally, he did nothing.  When parents showed up at school board meetings protesting the pornography they are pushing as curriculum, the teaching of CRT, and the other things parents have a legal right to confront the board about, Garland sends out a letter telling school boards to classify these rightly concerned parents as domestic terrorists. Will we see any effort from the Republicans to bring the decision makers of this act of travesty to justice? I question whether we will see any action from that at all.

First, we have a corrupt so-called justice system that is blind to the actions of the Democrats but are willing to charge a conservative with a felony for jaywalking.  Second, our political system is simply a two-headed snake. Republicans won’t prosecute the Democrats for fear that the Democrats will prosecute them when they get back in power.  This is why the American people must become involved in our political system.  We have to replace most of the people in DC with people who will govern according to the Constitution, believe in America first, and take care of our vets the way they deserve to be taken care of.

We don’t have many chances left to do this. If we make good progress in 2022, we will be able to make a lot of progress in 2024. David had the rocks but nothing happened until he put one in the sling and threw it. We can talk all we want but we have to take action, run for office, vote, support good people that are running, and standing up for what America has always stood for . . . FREEDOM!

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://www.cato.org/commentary/eric-holders-top-10-rule-law-violations
2. https://www.obama.org/updates/obama-presidential-archives-fact-sheet/
3. Obama administrations sins cast long shadows
4. Rep Scott Perry says FBI seized his phone while he was traveling

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 27, 2022

“We get really, really power-hungry, monstrous, soulless people who love money and sin, and we ensnare them! They lose their brains, their hearts, their souls. We OWN them. We got a team, man. Like Bill Gates and Klaus Schwab and George Soros and Tony Fauci: what a team! Just to name a few! And then…”

A World Community Films Production

Watch film in full screen mode for the best lighting.

(View 18 minute film below.)

Introductory narrative:

INT. TV SCREEN

The screen is flickering with static, and suddenly a face appears. It’s a MAN, glaring at the viewer.

MAN

Somebody should fix this damn TV. Don’t worry, I can say damn because I’m transmitting from Hades, where we use damn as punctuation. It’s just who we are.

You might wonder where Hades is, or what it is. It’s a classical term for what some of you clods call Hell, but we don’t like that term. It’s very othering and offensive and Hell-phobic, so we’ve decided that you must use the term Hades. We think it might confuse you just a bit, which is always good.

But just between you and me, this is where the Hounds of Hell come from. Right here. I just love those big, nasty, slobbering, bloodthirsty hounds. They’re so cute when they bite someone.

The man shuffles some papers on his desk and scowls.

MAN (cont’d)

I’m quite annoyed that I have to do this. This stupid report about our marvelous totalitarian Covid plan for world domination. What a pain.

He looks around furtively.

MAN (cont’d)

But, I’m trying to avoid having my ears cleaned by South American fire ants. You wouldn’t know, but, well, ouch and all that. Oh, you want to know my name? That’s classified. Just call me “The Man.” Or, “The Man from Hades.” I don’t really care.

I’m actually more than one person. Who you get depends on our mood, for we are legion, we are many. If you’re very clever, you might be able to tell us apart because of our mannerisms and accents. But only if you have a superior intellect.

He coughs and clears his throat.

MAN (cont’d)

Anyway, a Hades muckety-muck sent me a memo that some of you people on Earth are getting discouraged about the state of the world, and he wanted me to really help that wonderful process along.

So, my job is to tell you how hopeless life is because unbeknownst to you, all of us in Hades have been working you over for a LONG time.

The man laughs and giggles, and guffaws, and almost collapses. He wipes the tears from his eyes and sneers at the camera.

MAN (cont’d)

We’re very clever in Hades, and we have a Multi-Prong Strategy to turn your world into hell.

Some of you think that you can pray, and God will help you defeat us. I’m here to tell you: Fugget about it!

We’re too clever. You wanna know how clever? Let me tell you!

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Jerry Jewett

August 27, 2022

I have always been a curious sprite, posing “Why?” queries in many dimensions. Some of those questions were in science, history, economics, and the like, but the greater bulk were regarding moral philosophy, ethics, social order, and such as that.

Well, there’s no end to learning, we can reckon on that: Death just transfers learning to another dimension. I have kept wondering about a great many things for a good long time, and although I get tired and frustrated in the search, I never really stopped looking.

Finishing Servando Gonzalez’s brave book, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order [1] was an important milepost. He connects all the dots and does so with a smooth curve, too! As with most books, I take most of it at face value, but I pursue Footnotes and End Notes with a vengeance, when my curiosity has been sufficiently piqued.

E.g., in Brad Linaweaver’s Moon of Ice, [disclosure: Brad was a big Anarcho/Libertarian influence for 25 years and a close friend] his references to Lawrence Dennis and Dennis’s compact history of American bellicosity and outbursts of wars since the Revolution spurred me to order and read the Dennis book The Dynamics of War and Revolution. There I found the complete list up through 1934.

Thus, when I found, in Servando’s book, a more complete listing up through the 1980s, I was not aghast at the idea that the American State has sent killing teams to places where East Coast Bankers, Big Oil, “Old Money,” and some other major Internationalists have large investments at risk of “the natives.”

Thoreau, A.J. Nock, Oswald Spengler, A.H.S. Korzybski, Jacques Ellul, Hannah Arendt, Norbert Wiener, Butler Shaffer, Brad Linaweaver, Servando Gonzalez; many have given me clues and insights, enough to knit together a working understanding of some things. I am grateful. I claim no originality. I sort and compile.

Let us recall some of the watershed divisions between Progressives and what for lack of a better term we may as well dub Conservatives. Progressives tend to be overwhelmingly Secular and also to think that the Nature of Man is good, only tainted by bad environment (smell the dualism, the Gnostic perspectives, the Manichean heresy there?). American Conservatives tend to be at least marginally religious, often of a Christian bent, and however feebly they “get it,” they know there is Original Sin.

Friedrich Nietzsche [hereinafter F.N.] may have been the best-publicized foreteller of the Death of God, though Nietzsche is dead and God is alive. But the work of F.N. with his Nihilistic, hubris-laden philosophy, has colored the views of the West, even if just tangentially, for the last 125 years or so. People who bought the God is Dead dogma also saw fit to cast aside Christianity (especially Christianity) and the mellowing influence of two millennia of Christian teachings and practice. Can we say you cannot cast stones at The Tao without bruising Christianity?

Another tenet of fanaticism and folly is F.N.’s “the Will to Power.” This was no new thing. The Bible features histories and legends of people whose Will to Power drove them to hideous conduct and heinous outcomes. Herod’s slaughter of the newborns (Mt. 2:16) is but one example among very many throughout The Bible. Indeed, Satan’s fall from Heaven stemmed from his Will to Power, to make himself equal to God.

Much of the history of the ancient world, and the world at large, is filled with accounts of tyrants trying to exact worship from those about them, wreaking havoc on those who would not do so.

The point is, F.N. sort of elevated the Will to Power and formally identified it as the thing it is, namely, an urge for broad and unmerited control over others for any end, however vain or evil, “just because I want to.” Really.

Because he is such an aberration and such a loathsome character, my awareness of F.N. is marginal at best. I have never read more than some selected quotes of his. I understand there are two schools of thought about F.N., one holding him in some regard as a prescient genius and sort of a prophet, the other recognizing him as a talented but evil mad man.

European social critic of the late 19^th and early 20^th Centuries Max Nordau showed a profound detestation for F.N. and his teachings. In fact, Nordau said,

“Mystics, but especially ego-maniacs and filthy pseudo-realists, are enemies to society of the direst kind. Society must unconditionally defend itself against them. Whoever believes with me that society is the natural organic form of humanity, in which alone it can exist, prosper, and continue to develop itself to higher destinies; whoever looks upon civilization as a good, having value and deserving to be defended, must mercilessly crush under his thumb the anti-social vermin. To him who, with Nietzsche, is enthusiastic over the ‘freely-roving, lusting beast of prey,’ we cry, ‘Get you gone from civilization! Rove far from us! Be a lusting beast of prey in the desert! Satisfy yourself! Level your roads, build your huts, clothe and feed yourself as you can!

Our streets and our houses are not built for you; our looms have no stuffs for you; our fields are not tilled for you.  All our labour is performed by men who esteem each other, have consideration for each other, mutually aid each other, and know how to curb their selfishness for the general good. There is no place among us for the lusting beast of prey; and if you dare return to us, we will pitilessly beat you to death with clubs.”[2]

Nothing too mild or conciliatory there, is there? I admire Nordau for his energy in stating his opposition. At core, of course, though not literally named, is, I think, the Will to Power. For those outside The Tao, that hubristic lure to Power must be great. In fact, for those who consider themselves divine or otherwise exalted, Power must seem a necessary accoutrement, to be had at any cost.

Now this is much more than I think of F.N. in any given week, or even month, but in the first week of July, 2022, I found a passage from an address given by Fr. Ivor Kraft to a church in Fort Worth, Texas.[3]  My Church does not subscribe to this periodical, and we are not in communion with the Anglican Church of North America [ACNA], whose periodical this is. But we get it. I asked my Bishop about the ACNA, which he told me to be wary of, so I am.

Even so, however, I once in a while find in the pages of this periodical something of durable value. Such was my recent experience. I read Fr. Kraft’s article, “Barbarians Within the Gates,” with rapt attention.

Fr. Kraft refers to such things as making women priests, same-sex marriage, and abortion, as “expressions of the anti-culture which denies all sacred order and of necessity exults in the will to power, which is all that’s left when men divinize themselves. Nothing so clearly symbolizes this will to power as the so-called ‘transgender’ which is why the anti-culture is so violently committed to imposing ‘transgenderism’ on everyone everywhere.” Pg. 15. [emphasis added]

This is the first time I have had a clue about the Transgender Movement. And it is more than a clue, it is the key.

In George Orwell’s 1984, the Inner Party inquisitor demands that protagonist Winston Smith prove his allegiance to Inner Party doctrine by demanding that Winston acknowledge seeing five fingers, instead of the four being held up. The parallelism with the Transgender movement is obvious: absolute denial of facts coupled with the demand to affirm blatant fictions. Only someone in a dominant position of superior power could make such demands.

A disquisition on power, the limits of power, the abuses of power, checks and balances to prevent the consolidation of Absolute Power, etc., exceeds the scope of this essay. A few passing comments must suffice.

In 2014, libertarian attorney James Ostrowski wrote, “Evil sorts will tend to gravitate to arbitrary power since arbitrary power is intrinsically evil. Good people will shy away precisely because they are good and have no use for arbitrary power.”[4]

What more is there to be said about Power?

In an April 5,1887 letter from Baron Acton to Bishop Creighton, Acton wrote:

“I cannot accept your canon that we are to judge Pope and King unlike other men, with a favourable presumption that they did no wrong. If there is any presumption it is the other way against holders of power, increasing as the power increases. Historic responsibility has to make up for the want of legal responsibility. Power tends to corrupt and absolute power corrupts absolutely. [comment: absolute immunity is the greatest corrupter of all] Great men are almost always bad men, even when they exercise influence and not authority: still more when you superadd the tendency or the certainty of corruption by authority. There is no worse heresy than that the office sanctifies the holder of it. That is the point at which the negation of Catholicism and the negation of Liberalism meet and keep high festival, and the end learns to justify the means. You would hang a man of no position, like Ravaillac; but if what one hears is true, then Elizabeth asked the gaoler to murder Mary, and William III ordered his Scots minister to extirpate a clan. Here are the greater names coupled with the greater crimes. You would spare these criminals, for some mysterious reason. I would hang them, higher than Haman, for reasons of quite obvious justice; still more, still higher, for the sake of historical science.” [5]

Seeking and acquiring power over others for any sake is a questionable proposition in the first instance. And if the power is of an executive, judicial, administrative or legislative nature, the Power of Law, with a supposedly inherent legitimate privilege to initiate force and violence, what then? Who decides? By what criteria?

“[T]he essential premise [of institutionalism, which is that condition which obtains ‘When the preservation of the organization becomes more important than the informal and spontaneous practices that created it,’ p. 11] is that the self-interests of some are to have priority over the interests of others, and that restrictions upon the activities of the latter [regulations and laws] may be justified by the presumed superiority of purpose of the former.”[6] What could be a more clear shot across the bows of Progressivism, the Council of Foreign Relations, and the Federal State of which Lincoln is the godfather, these insidious agents of Chaos?

Turning away from the general to the specific, what is up with this Transgender thing, taking a long view? Some people seek “the Upper Hand.” In families, in schools, in corporations, in churches, anywhere people gather, the Will to Power and the desire to Have the Upper Hand raise their ugly heads.

Who can doubt it? What can be seen in Life? Is it not so?

For me, this recognition of The Transgender Movement as a free-wheeling and energetic exercise of The Will to Power on a huge scale comes as a near-complete surprise. It is that big a deal and no laughing matter to anyone who still thinks clearly. Do we resist Evil as we call a spade a spade, or do we respect the feelings of others so much we subscribe to lies about them, including lying to ourselves?

I recognized The Transgender Movement as something based on flashy abuse of language and the enshrining of “Feeling” above all else, early on. But I did not see the “Movement potential” that it carries, until I saw and was able to apply Fr. Kraft’s insights.

Now, my disregard for The Transgender Movement is more vehement than it was before. These times are worse than when Hunter S. Thompson cried “the pigs are in the tunnel,” for The Barbarians run the Big Table, setting snares and digging pitfalls.

Some pretty intense, principled, and long-term resistance is needed. My energy and focus won’t last forever. But while they do, I mean to pray this prayer and live by its intentions:

ALMIGHTY God, who hast created man in thine own image; Grant us grace fearlessly to contend against evil, and to make no peace with oppression; and, that we may reverently use our freedom, help us to employ it in the maintenance of justice among men and nations, to the glory of thy holy Name; through Jesus Christ our Lord. 1928 BCP, p. 44. [emphasis added]

And why will I pray this? Eph. 6:12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.” KJV  That would be very great wickedness in quite high places.

And comes then the considered Afterthought, not by way of limitation but by way of illustration.

From an Acton Institute imprint,[7] we get this: “Political problems are preeminently moral problems, according to Lewis, and technocrats are not equipped to function as moralists. ‘I dread specialists in power,’ he said, ’because they are specialists speaking outside their special subject. Let scientists tell us about sciences. But government involves questions about the good of man, and justice, and what things are worth having at what price; and on these a scientific training gives a man’s opinion no added value.’” Pg. 10.

[Bio: Prior publications of Jerry Jewett were in Mondo Cult magazine, The Heinlein Journal, The Lamp-Post of the Southern California C.S. Lewis Society, and Prometheus (The Newsletter of the Libertarian Futurist Society). In summary: popular culture, Christian and libertarian publications. Certificate in Theology and Ministry, Princeton Theological Seminary, Princeton, NJ

Informal Education following graduation from Business School consisting of thousands of pages of reading in political philosophy, jurisprudence, Austrian economics, Christian theology and moral reasoning, history, comparative law, private social ordering, natural law, and such one-off writers as Spengler, Korzybski, Lawrence Dennis, and similar outliers.]

© 2022 Jerry Jewett – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Jerry Jewett: mojave357mag@yahoo.com

Foototes:

1. Spooks Books, Oakland, 2010.
2. Degeneration Translated from the Second edition of the German Work With an Introduction by George L. Morse, published by Howard Fertig, New York, 1968 first published in English in 1895; 557 [emphasis added]
3. It was published in full in Forward in Christ, The Magazine of Forward in Faith North America, Vol. 14 No. 3, March-April 2022.
4. Progressivism A Primer on the Idea Destroying America, Cazenovia Books, Buffalo, NY 2014, p. 165. [emphasis in original]
5. Quoted from The Online Library of the Liberty Fund Network, emphasis added.
6. Butler Shaffer, Boundaries of Order, Ludwig Von Mises Institute, Auburn, AL 2009, Pg. 63.
7. Public Life in the Shadowlands What C.S. Lewis Can Teach Us About Politics, John G. West, Jr., Acton Institute, Grand Rapids, MI 1998.

By Lex Greene

August 26, 2022

Like easily predictable clock work, the O’Biden regime is in pre-election rapid fire attempts to buy votes from unsuspecting young YOLO (you only live once) voters only thinking about today, with no foresight into the hellish future they are creating for themselves and everyone else.

For those who still think actual facts matter, allow me to begin with the current state of college student debt as reported by Forbes on June 9, 2022.

The current student debt level is $1.75 trillion in total student loan debt (including federal and private loans), approximately 8.75% of the total projected GDP for 2022, with $28,950 owed per borrower on average. 92% of all student debts are federal student loans. This marks the biggest wholesale socialist grand giveaway in U.S. history, just to buy the Marxist indoctrinated youth vote at a time when democrats are predicted to lose elections all across the country.

Let’s be clear, there is no such thing as “debt forgiveness.” None of the student debt in question is being “forgiven,” vanished into thin air, as though it never existed. Instead, the subject debts are being transferred from the original borrowers to taxpayers, who didn’t borrow the money, many of whom also had student loans that they paid off by working, none of whom will benefit from grand Marxist giveaway.

This is nothing more than typical pre-election Marxist Democrat vote-buying 101 for the terminally stupid. How many students are thrilled to dump their debt on others, after being raised on socialism in K-12 and especially on the college campus? I suspect a majority…

But let’s be honest here, it’s not just the YOLO kids who are so willing to sellout future freedom and liberty for a pittance in federal crumbs, all of it at taxpayer expense. Parents who took out loans for their kids want their debt dumped on others too. It’s a free-for-all for federal freebies and all of it will result in punitive taxation and regulations for generations to come.

As of today, every new child born in the USA is born almost $1 million in debt if the skyrocketing national debt is spread fairly and evenly across all US Citizens. But it’s not, is it! We have a graduated tax scale system, whereby the more one makes, the more the government takes. It’s a direct penalty on hard work, sacrifice and success.

Even in a flat rate tax system, someone making $250,000 a year will pay ten times that of someone making $25,000 a year. But that’s not enough, they still aren’t paying “their fair share,” according to socialists.

When O’Biden was asked in his news blitz if this was fair to those who paid their loans, he didn’t answer the question. Instead, he asked if it’s fair that multi-million dollar businesses get tax breaks… Huh, what does that have to do with this?

For the record, tax facts 101 for dummies – businesses and corporations never pay taxes. Their employees do, in lower wages and benefits. Their stockholders do, in lower return on investments. Their consumers do, in higher prices at the pump and on the shelves. WAKE UP for heaven’s sake!

Face reality here … poor people don’t pay any taxes because they can’t. Rich people only pay a rate they are willing to pay because they have options. When the USA is no longer a good investment, they will invest elsewhere around the world.

It’s always the middle class that gets stuck with the tax bill. They can pay taxes and don’t have any options. The taxable class is the middle class!

Why are tuitions skyrocketing anyway? The answer is quite clear…

Trillions poured into colleges and universities placed these institutions on a runaway tuition burst, with the cost of college steadily increasing over the last 30 years. In that timeframe, tuition costs at public four-year colleges grew from $4,160 to $10,740 and from $19,360 to $38,070 at private nonprofit institutions (adjusted for inflation). As costs have risen, so has the need for student loans and other forms of financial aid. Even worse is the fact that 90% of college graduates never find work in their studied professions.

But this isn’t just about socialist student debt handouts.

Prior to the Great COVID19 RESET plot to takeover the free world by the WEF and its global partners, almost 40% of Americans were already on some form of federal or state assistance. But after the fraudulent COVID lockdowns, approximately 70% of US citizens were receiving some form of government aid, often referred to as “stimulus” money, which only stimulated the national debt and increased a freeloading sense of entitlement in our society.

Compare this to the Great Depression when at the peak, only 25% of Americans needed assistance in breadlines. The difference is stark… back then, pride, hard work and sacrifice kept 75% out of those breadlines and today, those breadlines are invisible, grocery carts filled with the swipe of an EBT card, as they head out to the parking lot to load their new SUV with taxpayer-funded groceries.

Meanwhile, the US economy is in recession headed for a greater depression, as the WEF global cabal has the USA in the crosshairs for extinction, and our military being reduced to nothing more than compliant women, gays and transgendered misfits, all true freedom fighters purged from the ranks for refusing the deadly jabs.

You have to hand it to the democrats, for their ability to con the masses with crumbs from the treasury and perfecting the art of stealing elections. They are the reason Khrushchev was right.

“You Americans are so gullible. No, you won’t accept communism outright, but we’ll keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have communism. We won’t have to fight you. We’ll so weaken your economy until you’ll fall like overripe fruit into our hands.” — Nikita Khrushchev

Back then, it was the soviet empire seen as the greatest threat to American sovereignty and security. But after the fall of the Soviet Union, the threat started to move within the halls of our own government. Day by Day, year by year, Americans have been slowly Pavlov trained to accept global tyranny, socialist policy by socialist policy, all perpetrated by the Marxist Democratic Socialists in power and the RINO Republicans who allowed it, some even profiting by it.

Indeed, this latest vote buying trick from the O’Biden regime is just one of many socialist scams used to rip the freedom and liberty right out of the soul of America, especially the YOLO (you only live once) voters who live only for this moment, without a care in the world of what future they are creating in their short sighted greed.

We now have generations of people willing to sell their soul and the future of freedom and liberty for all future generations, for a few scraps from the democrat socialist powerbrokers in charge. Even doctors and hospitals are guilty of maiming and killing their patients with faulty COVID19 protocols and fake “vaccines” that are causing far more harm than good, for what? Yes, government bonuses and profits.

Of course, just like the stolen elections of 2020, under COVID19 “emergency” authorization for unlawful elections, and the thousands of businesses lost due to unconstitutional COVID mandates and coercive employer mandates, student debt delinquencies shot through the roof in 2020, 2021 and 2022, due to loss of income opportunities.

It was all part of an ingenious elaborate plot to do exactly what Khrushchev warned about decades ago –

“We’ll keep feeding you small doses of socialism until you’ll finally wake up and find you already have communism.” Khrushchev

“And when the WEF Global COVID Reset is complete, you will own nothing, and be happy!” – Klaus Schwab (WEF)

And THIS is why they have to destroy Trump and all Trump supporters!

The 2022 mid-term elections will tell us whether or not the USA has crossed that great Rubicon, from freedom loving and liberty fighting Citizens, to dumbed-down, drugged-up and a terminally government dependent society no longer capable of freedom and liberty.

This is that moment in history. We will learn just how rock bottom Americans are willing to go, come November.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

August 25, 2022

While “teachers” are feeding children roasted crickets in the classroom, we have two alleged law professors in the New York Times calling for the abolition of the U.S. Constitution. And if that weren’t enough, suddenly we have these weird polls claiming a great “surge” for SloJo Biden and his handlers and a big win for Democrats in the midterms.

Confusing, isn’t it?

The Constitution, we are told, is “famously undemocratic.” Could that be because it’s the constitution of a republic, not a “democracy”? Yeahbut, yeahbut! It’s “broken”! It doesn’t let Far Left Crazy do anything it likes. Getting rid of it, Congress could do all sorts of neat stuff with abortion and “labor rights,” whatever those are, “without having to bother with” the Constitution. It’s so inconvenient, having the law of the land written down for everyone to see! Getting rid of it, say the professors, we can “reclaim America.”

Reclaim it from what? For what? We aren’t told, but we can guess. Hey, we can always draft a new one! A whole mob of Ivy League professors, along with feminists, globalists, out-there politicians, and activists in 100 different flavors—they could all come together and draw up a brand-new “living Constitution” that changes every day, offers no certainty as to what will be the “law” on any given day, and show those wimps in Venezuela what a real socialist hell-hole looks like.

Meanwhile, Forbes.com tells us that thanks to “a recent stretch of accomplishments”—what?—Slojo and his sham of a presidency has shot up to a 47 percent approval rating. Good news for Democrats! They’ll keep the Senate, probably keep the House, and for sure keep their stranglehold on America.

What accomplishments? Our panicked skedaddle from Afghanistan? Doubling the price of gasoline? A mass invasion of illegal aliens? The transformation of the FBI into a partisan goon squad that raids an ex-president’s home and spies on parents as “domestic terrorists” when they object to crazy school board policies? And don’t forget this—“There is no inflation.” Try that on for size, in your next trip to the supermarket.

Not to put too fine a point on it, but these “accomplishments” are only lies. Big fat thumping lies. There are no accomplishments.

Yeahbut, yeahbut! We’ve got a Gender Revolution that we’ve got to finish! We’ve got to erase all limits on abortion! There’s racial paranoia to plant and cultivate and harvest! They can’t finish a Fundamental Transformation Of America in just two years—although they’ve already done more damage than anyone thought possible. Are those the accomplishments of this regime?

So why the up-with-Biden polls? How did we go from Red Wave to Blue Wave in the blink of an eye? Who’s believing all the lies? Who likes paying almost $5 a gallon for gas? And that was quite a show of applied hypocrisy: jack the price up to $5-plus, then shave off a few pennies to bring it to $4.75, and then jump up and down crying “We brought the price back down!” Who in his right mind has been taken in by this?

Maybe the polls are… well, dishonest. Maybe they’ve been purposely constructed to yield results that would, they hope, demoralize all the voters but the handful of delusional Biden zealots. I admit that I can’t conceive of any explanation for this weirdness.

So we’ll have to play it as a worst-case scenario in the making. Work hard, fight hard, and pray harder—

Because if we lose this election, I think we lose America.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit before the FBI drops in on you. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

August 25, 2022

Did you know that we have all been birthed into a battlefield?

Every human being born unto a woman has arrived on this planet in the midst of a war.  It began a little over 6000 years ago when God Almighty declared in Genesis 3:13-16…

“And the Lord God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life:  And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.  Unto the woman he said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee.”

Websters defines ENMITY as “The quality of being an enemy; the opposite of friendship; ill will; hatred; unfriendly dispositions; malevolence.”

The world is divided into two kingdoms…the Kingdom of darkness and the Kingdom of His Dear Son.  One is dark and one is light.  The two Kingdoms have been at war against each other ever since.

It is into this SPIRITUAL war that we have all been birthed.  There is no demilitarized zone in this war.  It is all encompassing.  It is a battle for rightful ownership of the WORLD.  The natural world.  The one into which each and every human has been birthed.  That is the first Truth that one must grasp before a deeper understanding of this war can be understood.

Good versus evil. Right versus wrong. Truth versus falsehood.  Team Jesus or team Lucifer.  There is no middle ground.  This is the class of the Kingdoms.

It is bigger than you know.  It involves every area of your human life.  It requires choices and decisions.  Every minute of every day we are forced to make decisions.   Some are easy, some are not.  But it is in the power to CHOOSE that war is won and lost.

Choose you this day whom you will serve…  As Bob Dylan famously sung, You Gotta Serve Somebody.

Your choices reveal whom you serve.

The Bible teaches that the Carnal man is wicked.  Apart from Christ man is incapable of doing the right thing.  God gave man free choice…the right to reveal each day just who it is that man will serve.  The Bible says “you shall know them by their fruits.”  That simply means that you will know who one serves by what you see him DO.  Choice and action reveal Lordship.

That’s why it is a war.  The Apostle Paul called it “warring in his members.” The battle between the Carnal Man and the Spiritual Man.  Not doing the things I want to do, and doing the things that I don’t want to do.  The Bible teaches that choice is the gateway to sin.

Satan is the father of sin.  When you sin, you serve the Devil.  When you do what is right you serve Jesus.  But the Bible tells us that “no man can serve two masters.”  You can’t serve both Lucifer and Jesus.  The double-minded man is unstable in all of his ways.

America is unstable because there are two “masters” striving for control of this natural world.  One team believes you can kill unborn children while the other team believes abortion is wrong.  The problem occurs when “Christians” have difficulty determining which choice their team should make.  You can’t be on team Jesus and support killing children.

Jesus is pro-life.  Satan is pro-death.  Christians who are “pro-choice” are on team Lucifer.  Double-minded.  It is really that simple.

“I set before you today life and death…choose life that both you and your children might live.”

God is pro-choice…but the choice you make reveals which King you serve.  Jesus is life.  Satan is death.  “All those who hate me love death.”  You can’t be on God’s team and live by the other team’s values.

CHOOSE you this day whom you will serve.  Your choice always reveals your King.

Unfortunately, individual choices have consequences.  Life would be simple if the choices we make do not impact other people.  But most choices do.  Wrong choices are the sperm of sin.  Good choices create good consequences.  Bad choices create bad results.

No one can serve two masters.  We cannot survive as a nation if we cannot agree on what is right and what is wrong.  My neighbor says abortion is right and I say abortion is wrong.  Who is right.  What determines who is right?  To whom do we turn to settle the dispute?

The Bible is the foundation of all organic law used to establish this nation.  The American legal system provides no RIGHT TO DO THAT WHICH IS WRONG.  Good behavior is to be rewarded and bad behavior is to be punished.  We all innately understand that.

For at least 200 years this nation survived because our leaders agreed on what was right and what was wrong.  We had a common standard by which all laws were based.  The battle used to rage in obeying right over wrong.

Today, that war is over WHAT is right and WHAT is wrong.

For centuries The Church set the moral barometer.  The 10 Commandments were the Gold Standard of morality.  Don’t lie.  Don’t steal. Don’t covet. Don’t fornicate.  If we just taught those four…if we simply rewarded those who obeyed them and punished those who didn’t we would live in a different America.

Right and wrong is a standard…not an opinion.  Woe to those who call good, evil, and evil good.

Most of America’s institutions are enemy held territory.  We must endeavor to breach the wall…to invade their territory…to storm their gates.  Our work must now be done behind enemy lines.

We have been here before.  What will we choose?  Advance the Kingdom?  Recover enemy held territories?  Or cower and capitulate?

It is time for a Spiritual Omaha Beach invasion.  The battle is raging.  Christ’s enemies are entrenched.  Casualties will be high.

Invasion or surrender?  The stakes have never been higher.  It is past time for Believers to earnestly contend for the Truth.

© 2022 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 25, 2022

Re: “Taking Climate Seriously” by Justin Worland, page 48, November 23, 2020 issue, Time Magazine, Update in 2022

If you visit any truck stop in America during the summer or winter, you will see 90 percent of the big rigs idling without their drivers sitting in the seat.  They’re drinking coffee at the diner counter.  In fact, each trucker in America wastes an average of 1,000 gallons of diesel annually, from idling.  All of it exploding the “carbon footprint” upon this planet. Can you imagine the figures for truckers all across Europe, Australia, South America, China, India and beyond?

If you pass Department of Transportation workers in your state as they pave our highways, they leave trucks running all day long with no one in them—just to keep their orange lights blinking. That’s an insane amount of wasted fuel and horrific carbon footprint spewing into the atmosphere.

As a journalist, I watch what’s happening in Denver and many other cities during my summer travels throughout the USA. This summer, I’ve traveled through Phoenix, Tucson, Las Vegas, California, Oregon, Seattle and over to Glacier National Park in Montana.

I see lights being left on all night at baseball fields.  I see lights burning in office buildings 50 stories high in big cities. We’re talking millions of office rooms with the lights burning all night with no one occupying the room.  Total waste of money, lights, and of course, explosion of carbon footprint to keep them burning!

Every single light left on all night in every empty office in America contributes to billions of tons of coal being burned to power the systems that create electricity.  Take that worldwide, and you’ve got unimaginable waste, fossil fuel burning, and sheer destruction of our biosphere’s ability to keep balance.

Let’s present the facts: nobody takes “Global Climate Change” seriously at all.  A better term, “Catastrophic Climate Destabilization” defines it more compellingly. Why? Because it’s wreaking havoc on the natural world.  With all the fires and hurricanes, along with warming oceans, nobody addresses its main driver: human overpopulation. Not one world leader speaks to it, period.  Yes, we hear every kind of mitigation plan, but none of them takes into account that we humans remain on course to add two billion of ourselves within 30 years. Which means, there’s nothing that will change our fate as the Earth’s environmental systems go haywire.

At this point, the three largest populations in the world include China, India and America, yet they accelerate their growth numbers.  China, at 1.4 billion expects to add 100,000,000 by 2050 to reach 1.5 billion according the United Nations Population Projections. India at 1.3 billion is projected to add 250,000,000  to reach 1.55 billion within 30 years. America will jump from 335 million to 440 million around 2050.

Worland’s article gave descriptions of the disasters that occurred in the USA alone in 2020. Those wildfires continue in 2021.  But not a peep about the fact that we humans add 83 million more of ourselves, net gain, annually on our way from 7.9 billion to 10 billion by mid-century!

So why are we pretending?  Why all the fuss?  The worlds’ largest religion with 1.5 billion members stresses having more children rather than less. Africa’s population explodes off the charts and expects to double from 1.4 billion to 2.0 billion by mid-century.  Capitalistic systems demand more consumption, not less.  Humans consume ever more natural resources and exhaust more carbon footprint.  We ravage the planet without any understanding of what we’re doing to ourselves. You won’t hear one word about 5 trillion pieces of plastic floating or submerged in our oceans—killing millions of marine lives annually—but not one world leader will pitch an international 50 cent deposit-return law to stop THAT insanity.

My challenge to Time Magazine editors:  get off your complacent rear-ends and start reporting the down and dirty facts of what we face: massive human die-off, endless animal extinction rates, accelerating water scarcity, growing loss of energy, exhaustion of natural resources, toxic biosphere from 10 billion people burning fuel to eat, keep warm and transport.  Can you do that for all of us?  Because what you’re reporting now is “pure pretend.”

Would you like to write your own letter to Time Magazine and demand they address what we all face?  Here’s their address:  letters@time.com or letters@timemagazine.com  Also, 60 Minutes: 60M@cbsnews.com Also, thestory@foxnews.com Also, watters@fox.com

You and only your actions will force the big media networks to stop avoiding the obvious.  If you write and 10,000 other readers of this column write to those addresses—something monumental will happen.  Do it for your kids.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Sidney Secular

August 24, 2022

The paramount crime of the still young 21st Century – at least until the contrived COVID calamity changed the way the world worked (or stopped working, if you will) – was the unprecedented, terrible, and tragic events of September 11^th, 2001! This is not only because of the direct deaths, injuries, and illnesses those events caused – and continue to cause! For the curse of “9/11” persists through the ongoing physical and political fallout that include the suffering occasioned by the contrived and continuous “War on Terror” whose perpetrators can never be named – and thus can be any and every one the Deep State considers an “enemy,” to the aimless, pointless wars in Iraq and Afghanistan supposedly to “spread democracy” when anyone with brains knows such a concept could never find fertile soil in those regions, to the draconian control measures introduced by the ill-named “Patriot Act” instituted (supposedly) as a result of 9/11 but having no real connection to that tragedy, to the fear and disillusionment of the insouciant masses who remain in thrall to the false explanations given for the Towers takedown. This mindless acceptance of what is clearly false instigated the sheepish reaction of most people in the civilized world to the unnecessary COVID lockdowns and crackdowns. As a result, the powers-that-shouldn’t-be have had two decades to further brainwash what little gray matter is left in the basically mindless masses who now mimic whatever the mainstream media pronounce as “gospel.” Their minds, such as they are, have turned to mush and they have become mannequin-like marionettes whose strings are pulled by their manipulating masters – the Global Elite.

Until we have a fully open, true, and complete revelation of what happened – and why –  on that fateful day in September, 2001, we will not be able to take control of our destinies and bring Western Civilization back – making it great once again. We must throw off the shibboleths that blind us and shackles that bind us to do so.  The official 9/11 investigation of the event like so many other “official investigations” of the past was a farce, but unlike those of the past, it is now readily admitted to being so by its investigators who went along to go along with the narrative. Of course, one wonders if they are now somewhat contrite over their trite findings or if they believe that they are so close to victory it no longer matters! Yet, it is too late for another investigation of the 9/11 crime for too much water and time has flowed over the dam of history. As well, nearly all the damning evidence was quickly and purposefully carted away and/or destroyed.

On the other hand, another investigation is not necessary because the facts are plain to see and we just need the mental and emotional fortitude to face them. There is, of course, much more to be said about 9/11 and much of it has been set forth in the multitude of books and media exposés that have been churned out on the matter and in the independent investigations of many of the leading authorities in the subjects involved such as intelligence, engineering, architecture, forensics, safety &etc. For instance, the following are just some of the troubling and pertinent facts about the entire episode, any one of which would cast doubt on the official narrative:

1]  None of the (obvious) “crime scenes” were secured;

2]  Hard evidence was hastily removed by convoys of GPS-monitored trucks, and then either destroyed or shipped overseas for scrap;

3]  The immediate crime investigation was conducted not by the FBI and/or qualified federal or local detectives, but by FEMA, an agency without prior investigative skills or responsibilities;

4]  The official investigation into the worse depredation on US soil (notice I did not say “attack” as the establishment does, as that designation presupposes an actual foreign attack) was delayed for over a year by the White House until pressured by the families of the victims. When the “investigation” was launched, it was underfunded at only $15 million (half the amount for probing Bill Clinton’s blowjobs, and 10% of the $152 million spent on the shuttle Columbia disaster).

5]  The Commission was forced to finish its report prior to the 2004 elections.

6]  Volunteer engineers (not official investigators) pored through the debris at landfills and saved 146 pieces of steel as evidence for future analysis. These 146 pieces were the ONLY physical evidence the NIST analyzed.

Using absurd backward logic as a means of opting for obfuscation while ignoring federal rules, NIST (The National Institute of Standards and Technology) said it did not test for accelerants or explosives because “there was no evidence of explosions” whereas people at or near the site heard distinct explosions after the initial hits by the “planes” (guided missiles that looked like passenger aircraft) involved. Officially, WTC (World Trade Center) dust is uniquely identified by the presence of iron-rich microspheres in quantities 150 times that normally found in dusts resulting from fires and explosions. However, only thermotic reactions can produce these, not jet fuel/kerosene fires nor ordinary office fires. Unexploded thermite chips were found in countless samples of WTC dust.

Also, NIST used computer simulations based on flawed assumptions about the WTC7’s construction to determine the cause of that building’s collapse. However, the NIST simulation scenario in no way resembles the actual collapse sequence, and the released video ends abruptly before the building actually falls. And, of course, nobody seems to recall one of the persons in charge at the site at the time giving his “okay” during TV coverage to bring the building down!

And then, NIST continues to refuse to release the data used for its WTC7 simulation on the grounds that it “might jeopardize public safety.” How revealing how to prevent such destruction could “jeopardize public safety” is not explained in any detail – or, in fact, at all! But as a result of their “care” for public safety, their conclusions can never be reviewed and validated, and, as a result, engineers can never learn how to prevent such anomalous collapses for in that WTC7 was never hit by anything larger than pieces of debris, the reason for its collapse is totally without explanation.

The 9/11 Commission Report (CR) admitted that “some unusual stock trading (put options) did in fact occur” on both American Airlines and United Airlines stock just days before 9/11 that would pay millions to those with advance knowledge of the attacks. The CR stopped short of identifying who these fortunate individuals might be, but what must be considered insider trading perps have otherwise been identified if not by the Commission.

Despite the fact that the Twin Towers alone needed more than $1 Billion in renovations and asbestos removal, plus another $800 million in electrical, communications and cooling systems upgrades, Larry Silverstein took out a 99 year lease on the WTC complex just 6 weeks before 9/11, and insured the buildings against terrorist attacks. Of course, we must admit that the complex had already been a terrorist target in the ‘90s, but still, his “instincts” paid handsomely for Silverstein collected $4.8 Billion on his $14 million “investment.” Silverstein also admitted pulling the plug on WTC7 but then tried to deny it. Yet the 9/11 CR never mentions questioning him. Also, none of the contractors with secure access to the WTC buildings (e.g. Ace, Turner, LVI and Securacom) were investigated or even mentioned in the 9/11 CR report.

Then, consider the fact that despite this deadly, first-ever anomaly that happened 3 times on the same day, there has been no worldwide scramble to change engineering or building codes or condemn existing steel skyscrapers, or change firefighting practices to prohibit firefighters from going into such buildings that NIST now claims (without presenting proof) are susceptible to collapse. Because there has been no appropriate alarm raised about these alleged structural failures, there has been no frenzy of alternative simulations and studies to oppose the official claims that should trigger billions of dollars in skyscraper retrofits or demolitions or push architectural and engineering professionals to identify and correct the flaws in these building designs. And meanwhile, buildings are being constructed all over the world that make the World Trade Center look like pimples on the forehead of progress! See Dubai!

The GovMint and their media propagandists knew who was to blame within minutes of the attacks and yet “tragically” no one was able to warn about the matter just a few hours sooner, despite countless warnings in White House briefings and in reports of the FBI, CIA, and other agencies. The 9/11 CR blames bureaucratic bumbling and understaffing for these failures to act in time, but as in all cases where acknowledged great tragedies were not prevented when the opportunity presented itself, no one was fired, arrested or court-martialed – or even reprimanded. Instead of being called on the carpet, the “players” were given the red carpet treatment and in some cases promoted – probably because they had been able to restrain themselves, keep their mouths shut and not cause problems for those involved.

Osama bin Laden – the first person mentioned by the media as being responsible! – was a supposed friend of the Bush family and was NEVER wanted by the FBI for the attacks because there was insufficient evidence to connect him to them. There is evidence Osama died shortly after the attacks from kidney failure . Yet, he was “kept alive” as a straw man to blame for subsequent witch hunts. Thus, when it was deemed convenient to “bury” him as a source of media stories, he was allegedly hunted down and assassinated by a SEALs team and then buried at sea without ceremony with no photographic record. Later, the SEALs were themselves eliminated to assure that the phony narrative would never be revealed. Despite blaming the Saudis and bin Laden for the attacks, shortly after 9/11 the White House gave special permission for Saudis and the bin Laden family to take private flights out of the US without detaining or properly questioning them, even though innocent Americans with no possible connection to the 9/11 events were still prohibited from flying.

In another interesting event, the Twin Towers underwent a massive elevator renovation prior to 9/11. Elevator shafts with access to the core columns were off limits except to Ace Elevator work crews for 9 months. Good opportunity to weaken the columns for a demolition.  Ace crews left the premises on 9/11 without helping others evacuate. Shortly afterwards they were out of business. They really had “aced” it. Also, just before 9/11, Turner Construction had access to the Twin Towers to allegedly perform fireproofing renovations. LVI Services similarly had access to the buildings to allegedly perform asbestos removal. It so happens that both companies had experience with demolition preparation.

There is much more to be said about 9/11, of course, and much of it has been set forth in the multitude of books and media reports that have been churned out on the subject and in the many independent investigations of the leading authorities in the many disciplines involved such as engineering, architecture, forensics, etc. The whole thing comes off as one gigantic gaslighting operation on a population too naïve, dumb or scared to understand what happened or to respond if they did suspect the truth. No, most Americans put up an American flag and were more than happy to believe that the Glorious USA was in the cross-hairs of foreign wicked folks, a narrative the media was promoting at the time. But who knows? The horrors that have been performed during and since the Obama years might actually allow Americans to be much more willing to believe that many of our enemies are not found in other countries but rather, in Washington, DC!

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Bradlee Dean

August 24, 2022

“Apparently Americans still have not learned the lesson that this is history repeating itself at the expense of the young people.”

Well, Americans, you know how the unconstitutional Department of Homeland Security was sold to us.  It was sold to us by a corrupt system of government that told you that a bunch of foreigners attacked the twin towers in New York and then, in turn, attacks a country (Iraq) that has nothing to do with the attacks; and in the end, that government attacks its own American citizens (Leviticus 26:15-17).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

This is the same Homeland Security that was stacked with Muslim Brotherhood operatives after September 11, 2001 by that of Barack Obama during his criminal incumbency. Remember that we were told that we were under attack by the Muslims for 18 years by the Mainstream media (John8:44).

https://investortimes.com/freedomoutpost/sharia-advisers-barack-obamas-muslim-appointees/?fbclid=IwAR2gUxA3Iz-XqqG4e5ru-9wbvn_PiQFTYFarmhOYef2BtK99c9HrMdocr8Y

[Rumble Video]

The same Homeland Security was ushering in illegals into America thereby further endangering the American people (Deuteronomy 28:43).

https://www.judicialwatch.org/dhs-quietly-moving-releasing-vanloads-illegal-aliens-away-border/

[Rumble Video]

Well, now knowing this, and this is just the tip of the iceberg, it should come as no surprise that this is the same unconstitutional agency illegally trafficking young children (Luke 17:2).

Banned Video just found that the DHS is trafficking 30-40,000 kids illegally through the state of Texas.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Kat Stansell

August 23, 2022

Anyone who has ever had pet cats will understand this reference immediately. If you have not, try to extrapolate, and take my word for a few things. The box can contain some pretty ugly “surprises”. It may look only slightly used on the surface, but when you dig…well, you know.

First, a litter box has a purpose. Things done in it get buried, often deeply. Second, the deposits always smell bad. Left uncleaned, the stench will fill the entire house.

The innocent animal uses a litter box to deposit its ugliest truths; most of the time, it hits the enclosed area, sometimes things are left outside the box – by accident or on purpose, one never really knows…. They always try to cover it up, though, regardless of the landing area. Cats do that because they don’t like their own stink.

The Left is proud of their foul droppings but hides them so we can’t see. Apparently they don’t comprehend how much the rest of us can smell. Or , aren’t concerned if we do. Let me elaborate.

Recently I enjoyed an article in the Canada Free Press, wherein the author gave a good list of some of the turds the Left has dropped in public for us all to enjoy. He was more polite about it, but I’ve lost my desire to be even mildly courteous to this regime.

I won’t give you the entire list of droppings, because have already groaned or screamed over many of them, but here’s few to get things into focus. Let’s start with Pelosi; she is the reigning queen of crap.

• “You need to vote for Democrats. Otherwise the illegal aliens will lose their rights”!
• “You don’t need God anymore; you have us Democrats.”
• Then, of course, the one that has become a classic, “We just have to pass the (Obama healthcare) bill to see what’s in it.”
• Obama the great divider, was pretty good at spewing excrement too. By now, we’ve heard (or smelled) all this before:
• You have a business; you didn’t build that. Someone else did!”
• America is, is no longer, uh, what it, uh, could be, uh, what it once was, uh, and I say to myself, uh…..” Obviously, spoken without teleprompter.
• “I have campaigned in all 57 states.” Spoken like someone who doesn’t know much about the country where he (wasn’t) born.

Speaking of not knowing much about your country, the ever- braying AOC said, “Owning guns is not a right. If it were a right, it would be in the Constitution.” I’ll stop with just one…she is a ripe source of offal. Awful, too, now that I think about it…

Then a current goody from the lips of the ever-obnoxious Elizabeth Warren, christened long ago as “Lieawatha”, (Why do these lefties have such trouble with their roots? Could it be

because they’re shallow and rotted? Or transplanted?) I’ll skip the Native American heritage turd; we’ve already scooped that one out.

*”Having an abortion is no different that having one’s tonsils removed,” says Lizzie. Really.? Ending a life is no different than removing an infected piece of blood filter? The physical remains of the tonsils get dropped into a surgical waste pail, while the Luciferian Left profits from the sale of the aborted fetuses. Yes, the profit motive is behind every abortion. Don’t let the stink they make about “women’s health care rights” cause your eyes to water and obscure the truth. They march for their profits, not anyone’s health.

On a lighter note, ol’ Sheila Jackson Lee has informed us that “homicide is the leading cause of murder.” Don’t you feel better knowing that people like this are leading our country?

The Vice-Dimwit in the White House, Kamala, has had laid so many turds in public that they are impossible to scoop up. She just keeps stepping in them. One of my favorites is, “Gorsuch isn’t fit to serve (in the Supreme Court) because he uses law and not emotions.”

Our Constitution and its body of law is foreign to these people; they have not a clue as to what it says or means. They just want to shred it, and defecate in its remains.

The Dimwit-in-Chief shows his disrespect for our great founding documents, and his ignorance of us at the same time, when he blurts out, “No ordinary American cares about Constitutional rights.” Dear Joe, OH, we care, alright. Don’t push it.

Still my favorite in the category of public dung-dropping, is Biden’s brag, ahead of the 2020 general election. To a very small crowd in GA, he babbled, “We’re in a situation where we have put together, and you guys did it for President Obama’s

administration before this, we have put together, I think, THE MOST EXTENSIVE AND INCLUSIVE VOTER FRAUD ORGANIZATION IN THE HISTORY OF AMERICA.” Sure they won

in 2020. Sure they won’t try it again and again. Sure.

* * *

SO much crap, SO many lies, SO few skills and abilities to run a country! The fire hose of utter BS from which we are expected to drink, courtesy of this “administration” and it’s lapdog media, is enough to gag the best of us at times. The amount of lies and criminal – even treasonous – dealings they The fumes are gagging the country. The Left’s big box of awful offal is far more than we should be expected to bear. Like a disgusting cat pan, it brings tears to my eyes. I cannot let it stay the way it is.

It’s the utter disrespect for the American citizen that infuriates me, and, I hope, you as well! There is not a thing about the average hard-working American that they respect. The good people of this country are of no import whatsoever except as a source of revenue.

They believe that we are stupid and not worthy of intelligent exchange. They believe we deserve to be on our knees to their demands. Just shut up and pay, they tell us. They do believe that they are the Superior Power, and that we and our God must obey them and their Dark Angel.

It’s OUR bad, as the kids say, if we allow this to continue – our bad, and quite probably our end, as residents of a free country. We MUST act, where our power is strongest and most effective – our local communities.

Local action is not an option. It is a requirement of a free people. Stand up for your rights, or “you will have nothing and like it.”

If you think things already stink to high heaven in DC, just wait. If nobody cleans and disinfects the federal litter box soon, Lady Liberty will be asphyxiated, and her light will be extinguished forever.

Politicians will always need to keep a litter box handy, for hiding their crap. It’s just the nature of the beast. We just need to remember it’s there, and keep it as clean as possible, to allow Freedom to flourish in fresh air.

Not trying to be catty. Just sayin’…

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

August 23, 2022

You’ve got the NSA doing all this collecting of material on all of its citizens – that’s what the SS (Schutzstaffel), the Gestapo, the Stasi, the KGB, and the NKVD did. (NKVD is The People’s Commissariat for Internal Affairs.)  —William Binney – Former intelligence official with the United States National Security Agency and whistleblower.

We must rid this nation of the United Nations, which provides the communist conspiracy with a headquarters here on our own shores, and which actually makes it impossible for the United States to form its own decisions about its conduct and policies in Europe and Asia.  —John T. Flynn – author of While You Slept

Experience hath shewn, that even under the best forms of government those entrusted with power have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny.  —Thomas Jefferson

No cause is left but the most ancient of all, the one, in fact, that from the beginning of our history has determined the very existence of politics, the cause of freedom versus tyranny.  —Hannah Arendt

“Not yet, O Freedom! close thy lids in slumber, for thine enemy never sleeps” comes from William Cullen Bryant’s poem, The Antiquity of Freedom.  Close not your eyes in slumber fellow citizens, but rise as warriors for the cause of freedom!

Are Americans so weak that they will keep their heads down and hope the evil passes?  Are they so propagandized by the Democrat’s media comrades that they believe what is happening is righteous? Or are they oblivious to the very threats of evil occurring in our nation and around the world?

Not only are we a nation now known for genocide, we mirror third world tyrannical dictatorships.  Hitler had his Gestapo and Biden has the armed federal agencies, including the entire intelligence community.  Do our fellow citizens have a clue what the Gestapo represented?  Afterall, few government schools teach world history, much less American history and the US Constitution.

Hitler’s Gestapo

In 1933, Hermann Goring combined the various political police agencies into an organization.  It was called the Gestapo, an abbreviation of Geheime Staatspolizei, the official secret police of Nazi Germany.  They were the policing arm of the dictator in charge.  Goring’s Prussian Secret Police force was originally formed in 1851 with the police forces of Austria, Prussia, Bavaria, Saxony, Hanover, Baden and Wurttemberg.  They were initially organized to suppress political dissent in the wake of the 1848 revolutions which spread across Germany.  In previous articles I’ve mentioned the 1848ers who emigrated to America after their attempts to establish socialism failed in Europe.  In 1933, Hermann Goring recreated them with the Gestapo, and in 1936, it became a branch of the Schutzstaffel (SS) run by Heinrich Himmler.

Think we don’t have the same thing here in America?  We certainly do.  Like Lenin, Stalin, Pol Pot, Hitler, Mussolini, Ho Chi Minh and others, Biden used dictatorial powers and his politicized DOJ in a huge show of force against an opposition leader and former president.  The August 8^th FBI raid on Mar-A-Lago was a wild abuse of power.  We have seen these actions in other countries where it is immediately denounced as an act of a dictator.

Mainstream media comrades have always called January 6^th an insurrection and attack, albeit the billions of dollars of damages incurred nationwide by BLM and Antifa communists is never mentioned. According to Roll Call’s article of April 2021, “Capitol hill lawmakers were grappling with how best to respond to the rising threat of violent white supremacy nationally.  Lawmakers are divided over the need for a new domestic terrorism law.  Every single democrat agrees that right-wing violence has become an alarming problem.”

What absolute rubbish!

The psychological projection propaganda used by Saul Alinsky acolytes in politics and media has much of America’s electorate fooled enough to believe conservatives are a danger.  Yet, every violent insurrection in America during the COVID nightmare over George Floyd’s death was perpetrated by communists whose aim is to incite riots and division.  The democrats, mainstream media and Justice Departments supported them, bailed them out, dismissed charges and squelched the truth of their roots and actions.

Church Committee Report – 1976

The 1970’s Church Committee Report details the dark history of the corrupt FBI, NSA and CIA propaganda and political interference.  The Committee was chaired by Frank Church (D-ID) and Vice Chairman, John G. Tower (R-TX).

The Church Committee’s reports have been said to constitute the most extensive review of intelligence activities ever made available to the public. Much of the contents were classified, but over 50,000 pages were declassified under the President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection Act of 1992.

Writing for LifeSite News, on August 4, 2022, Robert L. Kinney III notes that the “agency previously engaged in ‘covert efforts to influence social policy and political action’ and at times used methods ‘reminiscent of the tactics of totalitarian regimes,’” as noted in an April 1976 Senate report called “Intelligence Activities and the Rights of Americans.”

The following two paragraphs are from the Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities.

After holding 126 full committee meetings, 40 subcommittee hearings, interviewing some 800 witnesses in public and closed sessions, and combing through 110,000 documents, the committee published its final report on April 29, 1976. Investigators determined that, beginning with President Franklin Roosevelt’s administration and continuing through the early 1970s, “intelligence excesses, at home and abroad,” were not the “product of any single party, administration, or man,” but had developed as America rose to a become a superpower during a global Cold War.

“Intelligence agencies have undermined the constitutional rights of citizens,” the final report concluded, “primarily because checks and balances designed by the framers of the Constitution to assure accountability have not been applied.” In a separate appended view, Senator Tower acknowledged “intelligence excesses” and the “need for expanded legislative, executive, and judicial involvement in intelligence policy and practices.”

The reports on the intelligence agencies are 46 years old, and confirm that they are the most weaponized and politicized agencies against the American people and our Constitutional Republic.  They are a menace and a danger to our citizens.

They are today’s American Gestapo.

Armed U.S. Agencies

The DOJ has been weaponized for years, and every single one of our 18 intelligence agencies is likewise politicized, including our military.  Many are funded by largely classified budgets.  Agencies you’d never suspect would need firearms are now armed.

John Watson’s American Thinker article of June 18, 2020, Where are All the Guns and Ammo Purchased Under Obama, gives us a good idea of the arming of civilian government employees during the Obama regime.  The author quotes Obama’s troublesome statement during his campaign.

We cannot continue to rely only on our military … we’ve got to have a civilian security force just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.  We cannot continue to rely only on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives we’ve set.

Like Herman Goring, Obama and Biden are creating an armed federal police force.

Watson then continues and lists all the various agencies who are now heavily armed, as well as the largess spent on ammunition and firearms. (The government purchased over a billion pieces of ammunition, causing a national shortage.) Agencies include the Small Business Association, The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, The Department of Health and Human Services, the Smithsonian, Social Security, the Forest Service, National Park Service, and Inspector General’s Office and tons more.

Some of these agencies are armed with sophisticated weaponry normally carried by special forces.

Are these government employees the new “civilian security force?”

The American Gestapo?

The Department of Homeland Security, the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, and the IRS are three of the largest and most dangerous agencies to citizens of the once free republic, and they’re all heavily armed.

DHS

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) put out a National Terrorism Advisory System Bulletin on Feb. 7, 2022, stating that, “The United States remains in a heightened threat environment fueled by several factors, including an online environment filled with false or misleading narratives and conspiracy theories, and other forms of mis- dis- and mal-information (MDM) introduced and/or amplified by foreign and domestic threat actors. These threat actors seek to exacerbate societal friction to sow discord and undermine public trust in government institutions to encourage unrest, which could potentially inspire acts of violence.”

No mention of Antifa or BLM.

On August 16, 2022 James O’Keefe’s Project Veritas released a leaked DHS document on Domestic Violent Extremists (DVEs) in wake of the FBI’s raid of Trump’s Florida residence.  Here is the leaked bulletin.

• Document lists perception of “government overreach” and “election fraud” as red flags.
• “The threats we have observed, to date, underscore that DVEs may view the 2022 midterm election as an additional flashpoint around which to escalate threats against perceived ideological opponents, including federal law enforcement personnel.”
• “Information contained in this intelligence bulletin is for official use only. No portion of this bulletin should be released to the media, the general public, or over nonsecure Internet servers.  Release of this material could adversely affect or jeopardize investigative activities.”

Again, communist groups, Antifa and BLM, are never mentioned.  However, Fox News tells us that the rosary has now become an extremist symbol, because they claim Catholics are a growing contingent of Christian nationalism!  And just what is wrong with being a Christian nationalist?

ATF

Let us not forget the DOJ’s Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF). The ATF has a corrupt and abusive history, just as does the FBI and CIA.  Harry S. Truman, Stalin’s number one choice for American president, created the CIA by presidential directive in 1946.  (Page 41, Red Rat Race, by Morris Bealle)

An ATF agent allegedly created an illegal gun registry of Black Metal Firearms in Mesa, Arizona with her personal cell phone.  That has been the agency’s goal as they have acquired nearly one billion 4473 “background check” forms to pin down how many and which Americans are purchasing firearms.  This action by the ATF is an attempt to establish a permanent National Gun Registry, the first step towards outright gun confiscation.  It is illegal, and unconstitutional, but they have it.  The ATF was involved in the Waco Siege and Operation Fast and Furious, which left U.S. Border Patrol Agent, Brian Terry, and hundreds of Mexican citizens dead.  The ATF needs to be eliminated.

IRS

As for the Internal Revenue Service, the recent $770 billion Inflation Reduction Act. will double the size of the IRS, and authorize it to hire up to 87,000 additional employees as well as an additional $80 billion in funding. The IRS currently has 93,654 employees.  Their budget last year was $12.6 billion.  On August 10^th, National Review exposed the job listing for new agents “willing to use deadly force,” and then the IRS pulled the job post.  Open the Books investigation showed that by 2019, the agency had spent over 20 million on guns, ammo, and military style equipment.  How much more will $80 billion purchase?

Watch the alleged IRS “training” video here:

Any idea of what all those new armed agents are going to do?  Their targets are defined as domestic terrorists. The DOJ classifies them as conservatives and Trump supporters along with parents who are unhappy with what is happening in the government controlled public schools.

The elite want the middle class totally destroyed, losing 46% of small businesses during COVID and the Antifa and BLM riots wasn’t enough for them.  What is left of America’s small businesses will also be a new target…the harassment will be endorsed and promoted by Biden’s weaponized agencies.  They’re coming after those earning $400K or less.

Small businesses operate on a tight marginal basis, not having the ability to survive a full up audit.  In his August 7, 2022 article, John Hinderacker of Power Line believes that the new hires will be used like Lois Lerner was doing, going after conservative 501(c)(3) groups and political campaigns in order to shift the political wars in the democrats’ favor.  Lois Lerner ended up being a test run, a successful test run congressional democrats just turned into a business model.

Most law-abiding citizens know they have something to fear from a state agency that doesn’t concern itself with due process, has no regard for your privacy and is empowered to target anyone it wants without any genuine oversight.

An American Gestapo.

The Enemies List

Trump allies and constitutional conservatives are the enemies of the illegitimate neo-Marxist collectivists.  Aaron Kliegman’s August 17^th article in John Solomon’s Just the News documents the blacklisting of conservatives who have been targeted by the DOJ.

From Mike Flynn to Rudy Giuliani, from Roger Stone and Paul Manafort to Peter Navarro and Steve Bannon, a long list of Trump allies and Biden critics have been probed, raided, handcuffed, charged, and jailed by the Justice Department.

John Solomon’s June 6^th article chronicled the two-tiered justice system.  In just one comparison, Eric Holder escaped punishment of contempt of congress charges for not complying with a congressional subpoena in the Fast and Furious scandal and his own DOJ department failed to prosecute him. Ten years later, academic Peter Navarro “was handcuffed and shackled after being indicted for contempt of Congress for refusing to comply with a congressional subpoena.”

Worse yet, those who supported our 45^th president and went to the January 6^th 2021 rally are excoriated as lawbreakers in what was called an insurrection worse than Pearl Harbor and 9/11.  John Solomon’s January 26, 2022 article tells us, “Trump gave the order to ‘make sure’ January 6 rally was ‘safe event,’ Pentagon memo shows.” Former career federal prosecutor, David Sullivan said the entire hearings lacked an accountability process and both the Justice Department and congressional hearings raised questions of fairness and gave viewers a reason to tune out what proved to be “very scripted” interrogations. Mr. Sullivan called the hearings Stalinist.

American Tyranny

John Guandolo stated the following in his August 10, 2022 article on his website, Understanding the Threat, “The Stalinist tactics should not surprise us.  Why?”

This is the same federal government that:

• Put America in debt to the tune of over $30 TRILLION dollars.
• Let over 100,000 illegals into America each month while paying them and transporting them across America on the tax payer dime.
• Funds the Iranian regime so it can develop a nuclear weapon.
• Funds and supports terrorists of Al Qaeda, Hamas, the Taliban and others.
• Supported the Chinese communist Black Lives Matter organization as it burned down American cities and killed American citizens on the streets.
• Told us “There is no organized Antifa” while Antifa burned down American cities and killed American citizens.
• Illegally electronically surveilled the President of the United States, his family and his staff with no prosecutions after 6 years.
• Calls the MAGA Movement “the most dangerous political movement in American history” and targets Patriots for prosecution and persecution while wittingly lets felons free from jail and fails to prosecute high government officials for treason, sedition, and other crimes.

And the list goes on.

Conclusion

Love him or hate him, Donald Trump has been a target of the left since 2015 and the raid on Mar-A-Lago was an obvious abuse of politicized power.  This easily should have and could have gone through attorneys, but the DOJ loves using their comrades in the media to convince the propagandized and deliberately dumbed down Americans that Trump is a criminal with their explosive use of force.

Why would they take the family passports?  Why would they take Roger Stone’s pardon when it was on the front page of the Washington Post? Why would they take declassified materials? Because the DOJ, i.e., Attorney General Merrick Garland gave them license to do so through approval of the warrant by Judge Bruce Reinhart who should have recused himself.

Trump is the target, but what has been done to him and the people who worked for him can be done to the average citizen.  This time it’s not just our Jewish brethren, it’s all of us.

The enemies of freedom have created Obama’s civilian security force.

They are the American Gestapo.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Cliff Kincaid

August 23, 2022

Although Republican Mitt Romney lost an easily winnable election in 2012, many conservative commentators and analysts believed that Romney would win no matter what Obama threw at him. These same commentators predicted Donald J. Trump would lose in 2016.

Romney got only 48 percent of the vote, just two points more than Senator John McCain’s (R-AZ) total in 2008.

Bombarded with messages from the Obama campaign and the Soros-funded propaganda machine, including the Super PACs he funded, voters found Romney’s private sector experience on Wall Street and wealth more objectionable than Obama’s record as a Marxist president. Romney, acting on the advice of Karl Rove, never uttered the word “Marxist” or “socialist” when talking about Obama. Romney ran a campaign that was designed in part to win the votes of those who went for Obama in 2008. It was a disaster in the making that many prominent conservatives in the media did not see coming.

Are they repeating these errors as they predict a “Red Wave” this November?

Contrary to what Senator Mitch McConnell says, when he implies Trump-backed  candidates lack “quality,” the problem is failing to recognize the nature of the  opposition.

Going back in time, to understand Obama’s victory, we need to remember where the Republicans and their main mouthpiece, Fox News, went wrong, and how they could go wrong again. These people are never held accountable for their faulty predictions.

Fox News pundits, led by Karl Rove, underestimated the aggressive nature of the Obama political machine and its ability to exploit economic, class, and cultural divisions in society for political gain. They also demonstrated no real understanding of how the new progressive infrastructure, financed largely by George Soros, had assumed great importance for the Democratic Party. My group, America’s Survival, Inc. (ASI) began exposing this infrastructure when we held our October 27, 2011 National Press Club “Soros Files” conference.

Mitt Romney and other top Republicans, such as Karl Rove, steered away from any involvement in charges that Obama was a Marxist or socialist with a mysterious past that needed to be investigated. Rove, Former Deputy Chief of Staff and Senior Advisor to President George W. Bush, became famous on Fox News programs as “The Architect” and “Bush’s Brain” for George W. Bush’s two electoral victories. But Rove and his investors were the biggest losers on Election Day 2012 and haven’t learned any lessons.

Rove had raised $330 million for anti-Obama advertising through his Super PAC, American Crossroads, but had been advising Republicans NOT to call Obama a socialist or left-winger. Rove believed that undecided, moderate or left-leaning voters would jump to Obama’s side if that charge were leveled against him. “If you say he’s a socialist, they’ll go to defend him,” Rove said. “If you call him a ‘far out left-winger,’ they’ll say, ‘no, no, he’s not.’” Rove said Romney had to remain “focused on the facts and adopt a respectful tone” toward Obama.

That meant:

• No talk of Obama’s communist mentor, Frank Marshall Davis.
• No talk of his backing from the Communist Party USA, Democratic Socialists of America, and other such groups.
• No talk of his extremely close personal relations with such figures as Hugo Chavez of Venezuela and the rulers of Russia.
• No talk of how Obama couldn’t pass a basic background check in order to get a low-level federal job.

Americans were faced with a Marxist President in the White House and yet the “Party Boss” of the GOP, Karl Rove, wanted to be “respectful” toward Obama and refused to discuss his true nature. It was a recipe for disaster.

Here are the predictions from that time:

• Rove had predicted Romney would get 285 electoral votes to Obama’s 253.
• Also on Fox, Michael Barone had predicted a Romney victory.
• The Weekly Standard had run a story, “Why Romney Would Win.”
• The late Charles Krauthammer was on Sean Hannity’s show, saying the race would be close, but Romney would win.
• Dick Morris said Romney would win the popular vote by 5 to 10 points.
• Glenn Beck said Romney would win the electoral College by 321-217.
• Larry Kudlow predicted a Romney landslide.
• Ann Coulter said she was “confident” of a Romney victory.
• Hugh Hewitt said Romney would win because the economy was tanking.
• Matt Vespa at Red State: “My Prediction: Romney Wins Comfortably.”
• Edward Morrissey (Hot Air): “Joe Biden Can’t Save Obama.”
• James Pethokoukis of the American Enterprise Institute said, “…Mitt Romney will be elected the 45th President of the United States, winning the two-party popular vote 51% to 49% and the electoral vote by 301 to 237 for President Obama.”

Republicans and many conservatives still fail to grasp that Marxism is a means of obtaining power and maintaining power over the people, in the name of the people and “the struggle.” The two main aspects of Marxism, mastered by Obama and top Democrats, are:

• Exploitation of alleged vulnerable populations and groups – workers, minorities, women, immigrants, homosexuals, animals, the earth, etc.
• Abolition of private property, the traditional family, and traditional values and institutions.

The late author, Robert Chandler, described how the “New Marxism” was based on the premise that “the problem with Karl Marx was that he was not Marxist enough.” While

Marx focused on workers, there were many others who also were seen to be exploited by the capitalist system, including women, racial minorities, sexual libertines, and many other social and economic victims of so-called “neoliberalism” or the free market philosophy.

The left called for “Marxist renewal and re-emergence” by constantly expanding the “victims” of capitalism. Hence, homosexuals have now been superseded by transgenders.

In 2016, Republicans and conservatives repeated their mistakes.

“Addressing a luncheon of Republican governors and donors in Washington on Feb. 19,” reported the New York Times, referring to Rove in 2016, “he warned that Donald J. Trump’s increasingly likely nomination would be catastrophic, dooming the party in November.”

Veteran conservative journalist Fred Barnes wrote a Wall Street Journal article about how the campaign of Donald Trump, was supposedly dividing and weakening the Republican Party — thus guaranteeing a Democratic Party win in November. Matt Walsh at Glenn Beck’s The Blaze commented that Hillary Clinton would be elected president “because Republican voters decided to squander the best GOP field in decades by flocking to a cut-rate impostor in an expensive suit…”

Commentators get things wrong, and that doesn’t disqualify them from continuing to hold their jobs and make predictions. But getting elections wrong, without analyzing whether the “progressives” are still outsmarting the Republicans, is a recipe for another disaster.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

August 22, 2022

• Since attempts to pack the Supreme Court has failed, is there another way for the politicians to take control of the court?
• What are the constitutional issues with attempting to place term limits on the court via legislation rather than amending the Constitution?
• There is more to this legislation that just limiting the terms of Supreme Court Justices.

After years of trying to pack the Supreme Court, there’s been a new attempt to take control of the third branch of government. Rather than placing extra justices on the court (all of which would be appointed by the current President), they want to set term limits for, and a complicated method of, appointing justices. Is any of this constitutional? How will Congress and the courts react to this abuse of power? Will the American people meekly sit back and watch while the Constitution is once again set aside by Congress for political ends? What would happen to America if this legislation is allowed to see the light of day?

Term limits in general are a controversial subject. Many believe that allowing people to remain in an office for extended periods of time is detrimental to the republic, while others value the experience that comes with time in service. Still, when it comes to offices created by the Constitution of the United States, is legislation all that is required to establish term limits? A brief look at our history should provide the answer.

Presidential Term Limits

After serving two terms, Franklin D. Roosevelt told the Democratic convention that he would run only if drafted. Roosevelt won nomination on the first ballot then won a decisive victory over Wendell Willkie, becoming the only President to serve more than eight years. Term limits became an issue during Roosevelt’s 1944 campaign against Thomas Dewey. As Dewey put it:

“ four terms, or sixteen years is the most dangerous threat to our freedom ever proposed.”

FDR, Dewey, and the Election of 1944. – Jordan, David M. (2011)

Though he won the 1944 election, President Roosevelt died just 82 days after his fourth inauguration on April 12, 1945. However, after the mid-term elections in 1946, Republicans took control of both the House of Representatives and the Senate by campaigning on the issue of Presidential term limits. To fulfill their election promise, Congress did not simply offer legislation, but a resolution to amend the Constitution itself. The language that was sent to the states became the Twenty-Second Amendment.

No person shall be elected to the office of the President more than twice, and no person who has held the office of President, or acted as President, for more than two years of a term to which some other person was elected President shall be elected to the office of the President more than once.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XXII

Why was it necessary for Congress to propose a constitutional amendment to impose term limits on the President? Because the language of the Constitution does not place a limit on the number of terms a President serves.

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President, chosen for the same Term, be elected, as follows

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 1

Since only laws of the United States made pursuant to the Constitution can be valid, the only way to impose term limits on the President was by an amendment.

Supreme Court Term Limits

The first problem with H.R. 5140 is the fact that it violates the supreme law of the land.

This Act may be cited as the “Supreme Court Term Limits and Regular Appointments Act of 2021”.

H.R. 5140, Section 1

Congress does not have the legal authority to set term limits on the Supreme Court of the United States. Congress can determine the number of justices, primarily by the advice and consent of the Senate, but there is nothing in the Constitution that allows Congress to set term limits or to force a justice to step down except via the impeachment process that requires the bad actions of the justice.

The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offices during good Behaviour,

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

This legislation starts by establishing a schedule for appointing justices to the Supreme Court.

“The President shall, during the first and third years after a year in which there is a Presidential election, nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, appoint one Justice of the Supreme Court.

H.R. 5140, Section 2

Right off the bat, we run into several problems. First, Congress does not have the legal authority to force the President to nominate federal justices. While the President is required to execute the laws of the United States, that does not include when they infringe on the powers delegated to him by the Constitution.

He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, shall appoint Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, Judges of the supreme Court,

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

The second problem this section of the legislation creates is too many justices. Congress has placed a limit on the number of Justices at nine.

The Supreme Court of the United States shall consist of a Chief Justice of the United States and eight associate justices, any six of whom shall constitute a quorum.

28 U.S.C. §1

So how would Congress deal with this particular problem? By effectively replacing all of the justices.

“(a) In General.—Except as provided in subsection (c), the panel of justices exercising Judicial power in Cases and Controversies shall comprise the nine most junior Justices.

“(b) Deemed Retired.—After a Justice has served 18 years, that Justice shall be deemed a Justice retired from regular active service under section 371(b).

“(c) Exception.—No Justice appointed before the date of enactment of this Act shall be counted toward the panel of nine Justices described in subsection (a), nor shall they be required to retire from regular active service under subsection (b).

H.R. 5140, Section 2

So Congress plans to simply “put out to pasture” the most senior justices as they add new ones? Did you notice this panel of nine justices are not exercising the powers of the Supreme Court, but judicial powers in general? Furthermore, subsection (c) says that the current justices are not counted toward the panel of nine justices who are to exercise the judicial power. Does that mean they are immediately removed from the court, even if they’ve served less that 18 years? It does say they will not be required to retire, but they cannot serve on the panel, so what would they be doing? Also, since the currently sitting justices could not be on this panel, does that mean we effectively start with one justice on the Supreme Court, and wait for years for more to be appointed?

“If the Senate does not exercise its advice and consent authority with respect to a President’s nominee to the Supreme Court within 120 days after the nomination, the Senate shall be deemed to have waived its advice and consent authority with respect to such nominee, and the nominee shall be seated as a Justice of the SupremeCourt.”.

H.R. 5140, Section 2

H.R. 5140 wants to put a 120 day time limit on the Senate’s advice and consent role, but what defines the Senate exercising its authority to advice and consent? Would the Senate Majority Leader be advising the Senate to not hear nominations by exercising its advice authority? Would there have to be a vote? Isn’t this infringing on the authority of the Senate to set their own rules for their own proceedings?

Each House may determine the Rules of its Proceedings, …

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 5, Clause 2

As another insult to the Constitution, this legislation would create a new type of justice called a “Senior Justice”. Just what would the “Senior Justice” do?

“(a) Any Chief Justice of the United States or Associate Justice of the Supreme Court who has retired from regular active service under section 371(b) of this title shall be known and designated as a Senior Justice and may continue to perform such judicial duties as such Justice is willing and able to undertake, when designated and assigned by the Chief Justice of the United States.”;

H.R. 5140, Section 3

I’m not sure quite what to call this? Semi-retirement? This does, however, give us a clue as to what this legislation is all abut, and what the ultimate goals of the sponsors are.

Conclusion

While the official title of this legislation is “Supreme Court Term Limits and Regular Appointments Act of 2021”, it should be called “The Reinvent the Federal Judiciary Act”. Not only is Congress claiming the authority to change the duration of a justice’s service, but also how and when they are appointed, by creating a “post court” position they may fill.

Whether you think there should be term limits for justices on the Supreme Court, or federal judges in general, it cannot legally be done by simple legislation. What these Congressmen want to do requires an amendment to the Constitution. If there’s one thing that has become obvious, it’s that Congress has become disconnected from the Constitution, their oaths of office, and any semblance of the rule of law.

If you support the Constitution, and want representatives who do the same, then you must contact your Representative and Senators to either demand that this legislation be turned into a proposal for a Constitutional amendment or simply discarded on the ash heap of history. If Congress can reshape the judiciary by simply passing legislation, why not the entire government? Why bother with a Constitutional Convention? Just let Congress recreate the United States in its own image. Wouldn’t that be awful?

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By: Devvy

August 22, 2022

Way back in 1993 so many of us tried to warn Americans about the unconstitutional NAFTA (No American Factories Taking Applications) Agreement and what it would do to this country.  Of course, back then there was no home Internet to speak of so we relied on newsletters, faxes and astronomical phone bills.

“What Congress will have before it is not a conventional trade agreement but the architecture of a new international system…a first step toward a new world order.” July 18, 1993, CFR/Trilateralist Henry Kissinger, LA Times on NAFTA.”  That was a quote from my January 26, 2014 column, It’s War:  Stop the TPP and TAFTA.  That one column drives home the point about all those “free” trade treaties and how they would continue to destroy this country – first target the middle class.  I hope you’ll take the time to read it.[1]

Boehner And McConnell Work To Kill Off America As We Know It – TPP [2] (Mine), May 5, 2015:  “Off all the articles I’ve read which full explain this monstrosity, I encourage you to read the ones below:

Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP): Bigger and More Dangerous Than ObamaCare – “Like the infamous NAFTA trade agreement passed in the ’90s, the TPP would usher in another wave of outsourcing, as the remaining manufacturing and technology bases would be given incentives to move to Pacific Rim countries, resulting in millions more American job losses.”

Trans-Pacific Partnership To Facilitate U.S.-China Merger

Rand Paul to Obama: “Prioritize” Passage of Trans-Pacific Partnership – Like the two above, this one is packed with how American workers will lose their jobs if that treaty is passed.

There’s no question based on what’s been leaked this latest, treasonous sell out would achieve what the North American Union architects want so bad:  an unlimited open border with Mexico bringing in more floods of unskilled workers, drugs, criminals and terrorists. It is such an assault on our Constitution and way of life it’s no wonder Barry Soetoro and his Republican supporters are doing everything they can to keep it secret – including the media. Why isn’t this a major subject of discussion on Greta, Hannity, O’Reilly or Megan Kelly? Where is ANY coverage about the dangers of that treaty on any “mainstream” or cable networks?

Full page ad, NY Times, April 15, 1994:  1944. Bretton Woods: The IMF and the World Bank. 1945: San Francisco: The United Nations. 1994, Marrakech: The World Trade Organization. History knows where it’s going. The final act of the Uruguay Round….to the WTO, the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the UN and the IMF.” Henry Kissinger, a tried and true traitor and Soviet agent recently said when asked the most important role Marxist Obama can play regarding the middle East: “Obama can give a new impetus to American foreign policy….his task is to step forward to create a new world.” [3]

Of course, Kissinger is a Bilderberg attendee as is Jared Kushner (Trump’s son-in-law) and the empty-headed darling of the communist left, Stacey Abrams.  Bilderberg Post Mortem: What Is the Trump-Pompeo-Kushner-Bilderberg Connection All About?, June 10, 2019, The New American by William Jasper is a really must read:  “Bilderberg’s annual roster brings together top-level politicos and government ministers with the titans of industry and finance — such as the leaders of Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank, Credit Suisse, Google, LinkedIn, Microsoft, Royal Dutch Shell, Kissinger  Associates, Daimler, etc. — and the maestros of media manipulation, such as the Washington Post, WarnerMedia (formerly Time Warner), The Economist, Bloomberg News, NBC, and the Financial Times.  Any sober, eyes-wide-open review of geo-political developments over the past several decades would show that Bilderberg has become a key coordinating event for the ruling global oligarchy, the shadow world government, the Deep State.”

Perhaps Pompeo & Kushner were there to see what the evil doers were planning next.  Know your enemy.  The one world government, one world religion globalists were on a roll with GATT/WTO ready to roll out despite all the warnings of what it would continue to destroy:  Our three most important job sectors:  Agriculture, manufacturing and industrial.

From my Oct. 1, 2002, column [4]:  “U.S. Senator Ernest Hollings had just the opposite prediction, “…described the vote as ‘the gravest mistake the U.S. has ever made on economic policy.'”

“Hollings’ statement turned out to be right. Our nation has been plundered as a result of GATT and We the People, our businesses, our commerce, and our livelihoods, have been under attack ever since, losing virtually every single challenge made by some foreign country. On September 26, 2002, counterfeit U.S. Senator Max Baucus said he was deeply troubled by the WTO dispute settlement process and “Things are looking more and more… like a kangaroo court against U.S. trade laws.”

“Funny thing about Baucus’ stand on trade. He’s a “free” trader. On his web site it states, “I’ve also been a leader in the successful efforts to open Chinese markets to U.S. products and to bring China into the World Trade Organization.” Lie down with dogs, get up with fleas. Do business with our mortal enemy, the Communist Chinese? Remember, in October 2001, a video came out officially sanctioned by the Communist Chinese government which glorified the attacks on America last September 11, 2001, with the moderator chiming that we got what we deserved. That’s a fact.

“The vote on GATT was 76-24. Guess how many members of the entire Congress read GATT? One! Former counterfeit Senator Hank Brown (R-CO).  He’s the only one who read this 28,000-page treaty and declared that in no way would he vote for it.

“During the hearings on this monster, French financier Sir James Goldsmith testified in front of Earnest Hollings’ committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market.

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building its first ocean going navy in 500 years.”

“China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.”

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America….If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries.”

“We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.” Billionaire Sir Goldsmith (now deceased) could see into the future, only it’s been far worse than he predicted.

Within five years following NAFTA we lost thousands of factories that had been providing long-term, steady employment.  In a few short years our textile industry was gutted because of GATT.  OUR ranchers and farmers suffered enormously:  Find out why many Florida growers are calling for NAFTA renegotiations, May 18, 2021:  “NAFTA, a treaty between Canada, Mexico, and the U.S., is the world’s largest free trade agreement. In short, the three countries agreed to remove trade barriers, and supporters believed this would enhance all three economies. In some ways, it has – particularly in the Grain Belt of the U.S., where exports of crops such as corn, soybeans, and wheat have more than quadrupled since 1994 – however, Florida’s experience has been different.

“In the Sunshine State, many fruit and vegetable farmers have gone bankrupt or are struggling to make ends meet because the U.S. is purchasing a significant amount of produce from Mexico due to cheaper prices. According to government data, Mexican imports have had a significant impact on Florida markets. Tomato imports have quadrupled to 3.57 billion pounds, and strawberry imports have risen six-fold to 568 million pounds since NAFTA was created. On the other hand, there has been a steady decline in both the acreage and production value of Florida crops such as bell peppers, tomatoes, squash, and eggplant since 1994, effectively putting farmers out of business.”  NOT ME.  I buy grown in USA or I go without and that includes fruit during the winter.

NAFTA’s replacement is one of the WORST trade agreements ever and it’s really, really too bad Trump signed such a disaster.  I know Trump meant well when he signed the USMCA trade agreement but he was once again sold poison by his “advisors” that is killing America.  He walked right into another trap set by billionaire globalists who had his ear.

The USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019 and USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws:  Connecting the Dots, Dec. 10, 2019  //  Get US Out! of the USMCA – Instructions.

We warned turning America into an entertainment economy and paper pushing jobs (for foreign companies) would destroy this country’s independence, security and push us into being reliant on foreign countries to provide what WE had always manufactured and grown for Americans first.  NAFTA & subsequent treaties destroyed the steel industry.  So many thousands of good paying jobs gone.

I covered this as a guest on a radio show years ago.  A caller said he wasn’t going to work on some damn farm or factory and was happy sitting in front of a computer everyday for his job.  Well, good for you and God bless our ranchers and farmers barely hanging on today for feeding us.  Like our fishing families, it’s grueling every day.  And to the caller:  Happy are you we are on our knees begging for goods and food from foreign countries who hate US?  Damn fool.  America’s great-great-great grandparents and some of our parents worked in factories that built this country and don’t forget our coal miners who are badly needed.  Want to talk about a tough job? Far more dangerous than sitting in front of a computer.

“He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or to be clothed in skins, and to live like wild beasts in dens and caverns. I am not one of these; experience has taught me that manufactures are now as necessary to our independence as to our comfort; and if those who quote me as of a different opinion, will keep pace with me in purchasing nothing foreign where an equivalent of domestic fabric can be obtained, without regard to difference of price, it will not be our fault if we do not soon have a supply at home equal to our demand, and wrest that weapon of distress from the hand which has wielded it.” The Letters of Thomas Jefferson: 1743-1826. To Benjamin Austin Monticello, January 9, 1816

Fast forward and see what reality is as a result of “free” trade:  Supply Chain Shock Triggers Perfect Storm At US Ports As Shipping Disruptions Break The System, August 16, 2022:  “The supply chain breakdown is set to reach catastrophic levels during this peak shipping season, and the distortions we’re witnessing right now are just a hint of what’s coming next.”

Absolutely true:  Supply Chain Problems Will Persist Because The System Is Being Sabotaged, August 5, 2022:  “This is something that I and many other alternative economists have been talking about for a decade or more. The globalist dynamic of interdependency is a disaster waiting to happen, and now it’s happening. Without decentralized mining of raw materials, local manufacturing, locally sourced goods, local food production and locally integrated trade networks there can be no true stability. All it takes for the system to implode is one or two crisis events and the economy’s ability to meet public demand stagnates. The system doesn’t completely stop, but it does slowly shrivel and degrade.” (Emphasis mine.)

Remember 2020 and the Plandemic panic buying?  Stores couldn’t keep stocked because so much of what WE used to manufacture and grow was coming from foreign countries.  Hell, the COMMUNIST Chinese can bring America to her knees just on this one thing: ‘Made In China’ Includes Most US Medicines, Expert Says ‘It’s Mind Boggling’, Feb. 27, 2020

Today it’s all about the Internet, IT jobs, making videos of yourself as so-called “influencers” or dancing around nearly naked making big money at age 17, absurdly expensive ‘smart’ and IPhones glued to people’s ears and working for foreign companies (like cars & trucks, clothing, medicines, you name it) who take the profits OUT of this country instead of the profits staying here in OUR country.

Too many are too young to remember Detroit when it was considered one of the greatest cities in the world:  How Detroit, the Motor City, turned into a ghost town, Oct. 31, 2009 – “There is little doubt that Detroit is ground zero for the parts of America that are still suffering. The city that was once one of the wealthiest in America is a decrepit, often surreal landscape of urban decline. It was once one of the greatest cities in the world. The birthplace of the American car industry, it boasted factories that at one time produced cars shipped over the globe. Its downtown was studded with architectural gems, and by the 1950s it boasted the highest median income and highest rate of home ownership of any major American city. Culturally it gave birth to Motown Records, named in homage to Detroit’s status as “Motor City”.

“Decades of white flight, coupled with the collapse of its manufacturing base, especially in its world-famous auto industry, have brought the city to its knees. Half a century ago it was still dubbed the “arsenal of democracy” and boasted almost two million citizens, making it the fourth-largest in America. Now that number has shrunk to 900,000.

“Its once proud suburbs now contain row after row of burnt-out houses. Empty factories and apartment buildings haunt the landscape, stripped bare by scavengers. Now almost a third of Detroit – covering a swath of land the size of San Francisco – has been abandoned. Tall grasses, shrubs and urban farms have sprung up in what were once stalwart working-class suburbs. Even downtown, one ruined skyscraper sprouts a pair of trees growing from the rubble.” (Emphasis mine).

Selling NAFTA by Congress and the biggest mouth being Newt Gingrich was America wants cheaper goods!  Yep.  NAFTA and the GATT/WTO gutted cities and towns across the country and there has been nothing cheap about it.  Ask me because I’ve driven through hundreds from Sacramento to DC and back; north and southern routes several times.  Downtown areas in smaller cities (pop 20,000 or less) became ghost towns.  Small business owners, the backbone of our economy, went broke and ended up working at the big, shiny new Walmart full of Made in China or India.  Americans fled to Indianapolis from outlying areas and states to find any kind of work but Indy’s infrastructure couldn’t take such a mass migration at the time.  A mess.

Back in 1969, Ezra Taft Benson, former Secretary of Agriculture said in his outstanding book, An Enemy Hath Done This, pg 155:

“Already, I can hear the chorus chanting “Isolationism, isolationism, he’s turning back the clock to isolationism.” How many use that word without having the slightest idea of what it really means! The so-called isolationism of the United States in past decades is a pure myth.

“What is isolationism? Long before the current trend of revoking our Declaration of Independence under the guise of international cooperation, American influence and trade was felt in every region of the globe. Individuals and private groups spread knowledge, business, prosperity, religion, good will and, above all, respect throughout every foreign continent. It was not necessary then for America to give up her independence to have contact and influence with other countries. It is not necessary now.

“Yet, many Americans have been led to believe that our country is so strong that it can defend, feed and subsidize half the world, while at the same time believing that we are weak and “interdependent” that we cannot survive without pooling our resources and sovereignty with those we subsidize. If wanting no part of this kind of “logic” is isolationism, then it’s time we brought it back into vogue.”

At the risk of repeating myself, you can’t solve a problem until you go back to the beginning. Was/is there really a plot to destroy America as a sovereign nation and create a world government? Yes. Without question.

Hon. Marjorie S. Holt of Maryland, In the House of Representatives, January 19, 1976, page 240:

“Mrs. Holt: Mr. Speaker, many of us recently received a letter from the World Affairs Council of Philadelphia, inviting Members of Congress to participate in a ceremonial signing of “A Declaration of Interdependence” on January 30 in Congress Hall, adjacent to Independence Hall in Philadelphia. A number of Members of Congress have been invited to sign this document, lending their prestige to its theme, but I want the record to show my strong opposition to this declaration.

“It calls for surrender of our national sovereignty to international organizations. It declares that our economy should be regulated by international authorities. It proposes that we enter a “new world order” that would redistribute the wealth created by the American people. Mr. Speaker, this is an obscenity that defiles our Declaration of Independence, signed 200 years ago in Philadelphia. We fought a great Revolution for independence and individual liberty, but now It’s proposed that we participate in a world socialist order.

“Are we a proud and free people, or are we a carcass to be picked by the jackals of the world, who want to destroy us? When one cuts through the high-flown rhetoric of this “Declaration of Interdependence,” one finds key phrases that tell the story. For example, it states: “The economy of all nations is a seamless web, and that no one nation can any longer effectively maintain its processes of production and monetary systems without recognizing the necessity for collaborative regulation by international authorities.” How do you like the idea of “international authorities” controlling our production and monetary system, Mr. Speaker?”

Marxist Bill Clinton gave many rousing speeches in favor of “interdependence” with other nations and giving up our sovereignty. You can see reality today and what “free” trade has done to a once self-reliant, independent, sovereign nation who never had supply chain problems at ports as we are experiencing for nearly two years.

I know I’m always recommending books, but the only way I became educated on many issues was reading. No leisure time, no fishing; just learning time. Of course, today there are dozens of free non-censored video platforms.  There are several books I have on “free” trade and how it’s destroyed millions of secure good paying jobs. The one to read to fully understand how our protectionist policies brought such wealth to OUR country and people is America’s Protectionist Take Off 1815-1914 by Michael Hudson:

“The contribution of the American School of Political Economy (1848 to 1914) to America’s wildly successful industrial development has disappeared from today’s history books. American protectionists and technology theorists of the day were concerned with securing an economic competitive advantage and conversely, with offsetting the soil depletion of 19th century America’s plantation export agriculture. They also emphasized the positive effect of rising wage levels and living standards on the productivity that made the American economic takeoff possible.

“The American School’s “Economy of High Wages” doctrine stands in contrast to the ideology of free traders everywhere who accept low wages and existing productivity as permanent and unchanging “givens,” and who treat higher consumption, health and educational standards merely as deadweight costs. Free trade logic remains the buttress of today’s financial austerity policies imposed on debtor economies by the United States, the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund. By contrast, the lessons of the American School of Political Economy can provide a more realistic and positive role model for other countries to emulate – what the United States itself has done, not what its condescending “free-trade” diplomats are telling them to do.  The lesson is to adopt the protectionist policies of the late 19th and early 20th centuries that made America an economic superpower.” (Emphasis mine).

Do We the People want to continue to be dependent upon foreign countries for our food, medicines, clothing, etc?  Do we want this misery to continue or return to protecting and growing OUR major job sectors that made America the wealthiest and greatest country on the planet?

Stop buying foreign products.  Go without.  Tell the store you’re in you want Made in America.  Use a search engine like duckduckgo.com or startpage.com (who don’t track you).  List what you want to buy and Made in USA.  There are thousands of businesses in America owned by Americans who produce and manufacture HERE and provide jobs for Americans who want your business.

Yeah, it might take a little longer and sometimes what you need just can’t be found made here but make the effort for America.  Try to buy locally and stop enriching globalist corporations in this country that don’t give a damn about you, only about how many more billions they can haul in.

The more consumer pressure and lack of sales will get the message across.  AND, we have to get out of all of those destructive “free” trade agreements and treaties, period.  Yes, we can do fair trading but not at the expense of forfeiting America’s sovereignty and reducing our workforce to nothing more than ants for international corporations and corrupt regimes.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Footnotes – My columns:

[1]  –  It’s War:  Stop the TPP and TAFTA

[2]  – Boehner And McConnell Work To Kill Off America As We Know It – TPP

[3] –  Congress refuses to bring home millions of jobs)

[4]  – Is The Way Congress Votes Moral or Even Legal?

Take a good look at this map published in the Denver Post, August 30, 1992 before the unconstitutional NAFTA Agreement was signed into law by dirty traitor and serial adulterer, Bill Clinton on December 8, 1993. – A New North America.  The globalists are going for the kill because millions and millions of Americans are finally waking up.

Nationally recognized investigative journalist and talk radio veteran Devvy Kidd speaks to “The Perils of NAU and the NAFTA Superhighway” at the Concerned Citizens Council Lecture Series in Big Spring, Texas, at Howard College.  Much easier then to move drugs from Mexico, human smuggling and more foreign made goods while Americans suffer due to a thoroughly messed up supply chain.

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 22, 2022

Part 2: The factors destroying America saturate every community with incompatible cultures, religions and languages

You hear it from all the talking pundits from Joe Scarborough, Jake Tapper, Chuck Todd, John Dickerson, Tucker Carlson…right down the local diner where middle Americans ponder what’s happening to our country.

“We’re so divided,” they call out in unison. “Worst division of America since Watergate….”

Without a doubt, race, religion, language, culture and politics can be deemed “The Great Dividers” in human history. What stuns me stems from the fact that some fat cats up in Washington DC tossed buckets of gasoline on the fire in 1965 with the Immigration Reform Act. You couldn’t have dreamed up a more destructive scenario for the United States. And man, oh man, it’s coming full circle on all of us.

You’ve got religious people screaming for pro-life while the pro-choice crowd paints threats on churches. After rescinding the Roe vs Wade Supreme Court decision, it created an even more violent divide in America. Ironically, 70 percent of Americans support pro-choice. But each side wants to “gut” the other side with screaming, fighting, placards and marches. There’s no middle ground.

Then you have the “race” card played virtually every day on every evening news cast. This month, a 30-year coach had to step down from the Oklahoma Sooners football program because he read one single racial word from a text he received. His 30 years were trashed in a nano-second.

At the same time, Black Lives Matter, a highly destructive organization that riots, pillages and plunders entire cities—doesn’t see any of its members being arrested or stopped from their anarchy. Along with that, Americans must be subject to “All Black TV” and “Black Entertainment Television”. If anyone ever dreamed of “All White TV” or “White Entertainment Television”, all hell would break loose.

America’s minorities are now dictating to the majority as to what the majority can say, do or how to act. Quotas for schools, quotas for movies, quotas for actors, quotas for pilots, quotas for advertisements, quotas to make certain of absolute inclusivity. But that doesn’t count for BET or All Black TV.

Since George Floyd, notice that 90 percent of all advertisements on TV are filled with minorities. It’s like the majority Caucasian group in America is being quickly relegated to the sidelines.

My Plan for Destroying America by Governor Richard Lamm

Lamm said, “I would then get the big foundations and big business to give these efforts lots of money. I would invest in ethnic identity, and I would establish the cult of victimology.”

If you listen to NPR on a weekend, it’s one story after another in America’s racist society. Ironically, about 90 percent of NPR’s audience is white. You would think that after being blamed for everything and endlessly brow-beaten, folks would turn off NPR.

Lamm said, “I would establish dual citizenship and promote divided loyalties. I would “celebrate diversity.” “Diversity” is a wonderfully seductive word. It stresses differences rather than commonalities.”

It’s been 19 years since I heard Governor Lamm’s speech. What stuns me is how fast his predictions are coming to pass. “Diversity” is killing American culture because that “diversity” antagonizes against everything “American.” One trip to Detroit or Minneapolis or San Francisco or LA or Miami…and you quickly understand our dilemma. Everyone self-segregates in restaurants, movies, pools and clubs.

Douglas Murray said exactly the same thing in his book: The Strange Death of Europe—Immigration, Identity, Islam. It literally shows the same progression that’s destroying Europe via mass immigration, is now accelerating in the USA. Like I said, visit Detroit, NYC, Miami, Chicago and/or any hugely impacted city in America, and you will see Murray’s book erupting before your eyes.

Lamm said, “Then I would place all these subjects off-limits–make it taboo to talk about. I would find a word similar to “heretic” in the 16th century that stopped discussion and paralyzed thinking.”

Just like that Sooners coach who was fired for reading one racial word in a text on his phone, everyone is terrified to speak up. It almost reminds me of when Hitler gained a toehold, then foothold and then his entire leg, and then his entire body into the politics of Germany. Once he gained so much power, he couldn’t be stopped.

Lamm said, “Lastly, I would censor Victor Davis Hanson’s book “Mexifornia” –this book is dangerous; it exposes my plan to destroy America.”

If you’ve ever heard Victor Davis Hanson interviews with Tucker Carlson, Hanson’s probably the smartest and wisest historian in America. His book predates Murray’s book by 20 years. Southern California has been devolved into El Norte Mexico of America.

What do you think it all means? Should any country ever intermingle incompatible cultures, religions and languages into its midst? Should it allow its own culture to be usurped, degraded and pushed into oblivion? Should it allow its majority to become a minority? Should it give up its language? Should it allow its majority religion to become non-existent?

Should Americans take history into their own hands or simply become victims of history?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Roger Anghis

August 21, 2022

The direction that the WEF is going is towards totalitarian enslavement. A quote from Klaus Schwab: To achieve a better outcome, the world must act jointly and swiftly to revamp all aspects of our societies and economies, from education to social contracts and working conditions. Every country, from the United States to China, must participate, and every industry, from oil and gas to tech, must be transformed. In short, we need a ‘Great Reset’ of capitalism.  The problem they have with capitalism is it gives everyone that is willing to work an opportunity to attain wealth. The WEF does not want you to have that opportunity. They want you to be enslaved to them.

This is why the WEF is calling for the Great Reset. What is really disturbing is our government is going along with this plan to destroy our way of life. The Great Reset is caused by government manipulation, with the guidance of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the United Nations, and other elites, Rockefeller and Ford Foundations, etc., who believe they have the right to steer nations and economies into a new “totalitarian world order.” All of this is being fueled by green energy policy lies.  The Greta Thunberg fools of the world are so propagandized with fear, it is impossible to reach them with truth.  Unfortunately, many Americans have fallen prey to these lies.

The very core of the evil we’re seeing is a hatred of God and His Creation and a desire by those promoting this evil to be in control of humanity and become gods themselves.  They belong to their father, the devil, and like those before them, Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Pol Pot, Hitler, Ceaușescu and so many others, their time is short.

Too many Americans surrendered their God-given freedoms out of fear of a lie, a lie promoted by evil entities throughout the world.  “Protocols” were installed and millions were murdered in hospitals because we were told there was nothing that could save them except a vaccine!  Millions have died and many more are disabled from the dangerous C-19 inoculations.  Newstarget recently reported that Pfizer’s own documents admit that mRNA covid vaccines will result in mass depopulation.[1]

We need to look at how a totalitarian government initiates policies. Hannah Arendt, a holocaust survivor, wrote a book titled The Origins of Totalitarianism[2] and describes how this is done.  Terror regimes use isolation as a weapon of oppression, and terror arrived in America in 2020 via the mainstream media’s fear propaganda.  Even the conservative stations segregated all their hosts and spoke of nothing else but COVID.  Anthony Fauci struck even more trepidation in Americans with his constant updates and statements of how dangerous the Wuhan virus would be to everyone.  Deborah Birx and Robert Redfield echoed Fauci’s doctrine of lies.

Families were kept apart, children were kept from grandparents, nursing home elderly were sequestered from their loved ones, people were locked in their homes for months, and fearful mothers masked their toddlers.  We were kept from each other, kept from standing close, kept from hugging others, kept from coffee and conversation.  We were alone out of fear.  We stood six feet or more from each other and mask Nazis raged at those who didn’t comply with face diapers.  Fear promoted loneliness.

Hannah Arendt spoke of loneliness as the capacity to think and to know ourselves, even when in isolation, depends, in part, by making meaningful connections with others.  How much has technology, the internet, smartphones, and social media affected how we relate to others?  It is obvious when you see people out to dinner or at a gathering, and instead of being engaged in conversation, they are looking at their phones.[3]

When looking back at the supposed pandemic we see that the people behind the so-called vaccine are all members of the WEF. Pfizer CEO, Albert Bourla, Moderna CEO Stephane Bancel, and Johnson and Johnson’s Alex Gorsky are all members of the World Economic Forum.  Albert Bourla tells Klaus Schwab that he wants compliance of the populations for his inoculations.[4] Notice that Pfizer CEO demanded ‘compliance of the populations’ for his vaccines. No regard there at all for the will of the people.  Just like Hitler, you will comply!  I can assure you that the pandemic was more of a plannedemic than anything.  Schwab has fully intended on using it as a springboard for his Great Reset. Klaus Schwab tells us that we will never return to normal after COVID.  He states, “Nothing will ever return to the ‘broken’ sense of normalcy that prevailed prior to the crisis because the coronavirus pandemic marks a fundamental inflection point in our global trajectory.”  I highly doubt most patriotic Americans felt we lived in a “broken” America before the Wuhan virus hit, and what if we don’t want to go on Schwab’s Orwellian chosen course?

All these globalists, including their counterparts in China want to “Reset” the entire world and they call it the “Fourth Industrial Revolution,” but how many people will be left after their depopulation schemes?  Far too many died with the fraudulent hospital “protocols,” and now many more are dying from the COVID injections, jabs that didn’t protect anyone from contracting or dying from C-19.[5]

We have to look at all the people who are involved in this Great Reset and study their ideologies to understand what their end goal is. In the last installment, we discussed Henry Kissinger but there is one guy that is a major threat to the American way of life and that person is Yval Noah Harari. He is one that we cannot allow to attain any more power than he already has and what he has must be taken from him. Yuval Harari is considered by Klaus Schwab to be a brilliant futurist. Both claim that by 2030, “You will own nothing and be happy!”  Mr. Harari says the Bible and thousands of years of faith in God and Jesus is fake news.  He is openly gay and married to Itzic Yahav, who is also his personal manager. They married in a civil ceremony in Toronto, Canada.

Harari’s website homepage states, “History began when humans invented gods, and will end when humans become gods.”  Harari believes in massive surveillance, even surveillance inside our bodies.  In fact, under the skin surveillance, and even surveillance via ingestible medications that will alert authorities when the medication has been taken.[6]

These are just a few of the people that are behind this WEF Great Reset. I do believe that there is a Great Reset coming but Schwab and Harari will have nothing to do with it. The men I listen to are saying that God is going to initiate the Great Reset and it will decimate those pushing the WEF.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
2. https://www.amazon.com/Origins-Totalitarianism-HANNAH-ARENDT/
3. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
4. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
5. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/
6. https://newswithviews.com/world-economic-forum-totalitarian-enslavement/

By Rob Pue

August 21, 2022

Imagine with me, if you will, what it would be like to live next door to a family with the fanciest house in town.  In fact, the fanciest house in the country. These next-door neighbors of yours have everything: they live in a mansion, drive the world’s most expensive cars, have a fleet of private jets and eat like kings.  Yet, they don’t really work.  On paper, they work less than half the days in a year, but even when they’re working, their performance is so poor that any employer paying any amount of attention would have fired them years ago.  Still, they continue to hold their so-called “jobs” and are never held accountable for failure after failure.

One day, these neighbors of yours, come begging at your door, hat in hand, with a very sad story about how they’re about to have their mortgage foreclosed.  They admit to you that they’re utterly broke and unless you help them, they’re going to lose their home and everything they own.  But they’re very sneaky in the way they present their plea.  In fact, before they leave, they have you convinced that they’ve actually come to HELP YOU!

You’re a conservative Christian and you work every day, from sun-up to sun-down.  You’ve been very fiscally responsible.  You work hard to pay your bills on time, you drive a 15-year-old car and you watch every penny, giving freely to Christian ministries and those in need.  As a result, you have a small “nest egg” put away for a rainy day when your family may run into trouble.  Being the most generous Christian on earth, you give your entire savings to this next-door family, which leaves your own savings account now at zero.  “I can always start over again,” you tell yourself.  “This family is in need and I will help them.”

Immediately, however, you notice something amiss.  Your neighbors start throwing huge parties at their house.  Upon investigation, you find they haven’t spent a single penny you gave them toward their mortgage payments.  Instead, they’re spending it on parties, lavish vacations, prostitutes, drugs — and their giving much of the money to wicked organizations that you, as a Christian and a conservative, vehemently oppose.  They’re donating to Planned Parenthood, Marxist/Communist groups, the LGBTQP+ movement, the Freedom From Religion Foundation, and they’re actively supporting a radical transgender curriculum in your local public school.

A month goes by and your neighbors are back at your front door, weeping openly about how they have no money.  They’re completely, utterly broke and deeply in debt.  But this time, they show up with a pre-approved credit card application, good for $100,000 and they’ve already filled it out and signed your name to it.  They just came to your door to show you what they’ve done, assuring you that they desperately need the money in order to keep their household running, and telling you they’re sending it in and the credit card will arrive in the next two weeks — to THEIR house, in their name — but the bills will be sent to you.  And somehow, once again, they convince you this is for your benefit.

Another month goes by, the same as the first time. They’re still not paying their bills, but continue spending with reckless abandon and now you’re getting notices in the mail that the credit card has exceeded the limit and now you’re liable not only for the $100,000, but also for the 25% interest rate as well as the over-limit and late fees, accruing daily.

By now, it’s gotten to the point that YOU are bankrupt, yet your neighbors continue living their high lifestyle.  They still only bother to show up for work less than half the time; they’re still the worst employees imaginable, yet they still keep their jobs, for which they rake in more in one year than you would ever earn in ten.  But they’re still broke.  You then find out they’ve done the same thing to everyone else in your neighborhood, yet they’re not even attempting to pay so much as the interest on the debt they’ve racked up.

Then, you discover they’re actually traitors to our country, working hand in hand with our enemies and selling out our country.  Some in this family are even dealing drugs now, engaging in child sex trafficking and routinely sponsor or attend sadistic satanic rituals — all the while collecting huge sums of money, and lining their own pockets with it.  They still don’t have their financial house in order, they’re deeply in debt, beyond anything you could ever fathom, and they just don’t care.  You also learn they’ve been illegally printing counterfeit money, and every law enforcement agency in the country knows about all of their many crimes, but this family is “untouchable.”  There’s no longer a court in the land that would ever even consider their crimes, much less convict them.  They own everyone.

Because of that, they’re now emboldened to do whatever they wish, with no accountability to anyone.  There’s no limit to the evil they will do, and get away with.  Then one day, you wake up and find they’re at your door with a long list of rules which they say you must obey or go to prison.  Handing over most of your hard-earned paycheck is among the least of these rules.  They also announce, you will need to pay them for virtually everything you do.  If you drive your car, you’ll be forced to pay them for the privilege.  You were diligent in paying off your own mortgage, but you’ll still be forced to pay huge amounts of money each year to live there.

If you buy food, clothing or anything else, you’ll be forced to pay for those privileges too.  When you take your dog out for a walk, you’re reminded that you’re being forced to pay for the privilege of having a dog in the first place, as well as for the sidewalk you’re walking on, and the shoes you’re wearing.

Then one day, they call you up and tell you you’re not allowed to open the business you started from scratch and worked so hard over the years to build up.  Others in your family are no longer allowed to go to work either.  But it’s ok… they’re going to give you a small allowance to live on until you’re allowed to work again.  But if you’re a business owner and if the company you built goes under after being forcibly shut down, it’s not their problem.

The next day, they come over and tell you that now you’ll be forced to wear a dog muzzle in order to be allowed to go out in public.  If you don’t wear one, you have to stay home.  They’ve now partnered with just about every “privileged” company in the country as well, so those companies now take their orders from your next-door neighbors who have now become so rich and powerful, they literally control everything, from the food you eat to the home you live in, to the thoughts you are allowed to express in public.  Then, they declare that you to be stabbed with a shot that has a very good chance of permanently injuring you or killing you.  YOU have no choice. These neighbors continue to tell you that everything they’ve been doing is for your own good, and most of the town believes them.  Oh, and not only do they control everything you do — they also openly spy on you, listen to your phone calls and private conversations and they even claim ownership of your DNA now.

But they’re not really rich.  In reality, they’re poor, blind and naked, but they don’t have the sense to realize it.  They’ve been living on credit all this time — in more ways than one.  But now, having spent all the money that you and others in your town once had, they’re now using the credit cards issued by our country’s worst enemies.  But our enemies are not so weak, and far from forgiving.  They’re demanding payment, but the neighbors are still broke.

So they make some backroom deals with our enemies.  They hand over control of massive amounts of farmland, ports of entry and then start selling off private homes — just to pay the interest on their debt.  They’re so desperate to keep the wolves away from their own front doors, they’re willing and eager to do whatever our enemies tell them to do — to US.  For now, they’re not suffering at all.  In fact, they’ve exempted themselves from all the rules they set for the rest of us.  What’s more, they’re piling up even more “monopoly money” given to them by our enemies — for themselves, off the books, of course — while the official balance sheet has been in the red since long before you were even born.

Then the people of the town begin to wake up and start to say “enough is enough.”  One day, they hold a massive rally to demand justice.  But now, it’s too late.  Hundreds are arrested and jailed — for daring to challenge the injustice.  Others are persecuted and prosecuted for thinking illegal thoughts or having illegal opinions.

And the house next door continues to host wild parties, the neighbors continue to eat and live like kings, thumbing their noses at the “law” while imposing new restrictions and unjust laws on not just your town, but the whole nation.  After all, they’ve learned they can easily get away with it, and now that they’ve tasted power, they’ll do literally anything to continue to imbibe.

In 1981, at Ronald Reagan’s inaugural address, he stated, “The nine most terrifying words in the English language are, ‘I’m from the government and I’m here to help.’”  Indeed.  Nothing the government does is efficient, cost effective or helpful to American citizens anymore.  Our greatest enemies have become our so-called “public servants” — who enter politics with a modest net worth but somehow become multi-millionaires or billionaires within a year or two of their so-called “service.”

Meanwhile, our country mourns. I believe we’ve past the point of no return.  Short of a revolution in this nation, I see no way we’ll ever reclaim our God-given rights, enshrined in our country’s founding documents and engraved on the very walls of the chambers where our “servants” strip us of those rights and load us down with ever-increasing heavy, bone-crushing burdens.  Our servants have now become our masters, or perhaps better stated: the inmates are running the asylum.

Now we have the “Inflation Reduction Act” — with a price tag said to be $740 billion.  There’s no doubt that it will cost much, much more than that.  Analysts across the board have stated that this new move by Congress will do anything BUT reduce inflation.  Even those who imposed this monstrosity upon us are no longer talking about “inflation reduction.”  Instead, they’re referring to it as “climate change” and “healthcare” relief.  But friends, lies are lies.  Climate change and the whole agenda that goes with that is a lie, and so is our healthcare system.  Our “justice” system is equally beyond repair as the innocent are imprisoned while the worst of the worst criminals walk free and continue to party on.

Among the many things charged on this latest credit card are 87,000 new IRS agents.  And not just any IRS agents.  The new recruits are going to be hand-picked and they must be willing to undergo firearms training and be willing to use deadly force against US citizens in their new careers with the “SS.”  It was said these agents were only going to be looking at tax-cheaters who earn $400,000 or more a year.  But you don’t need 87,000 new agents to accomplish that.  They’re coming for you and me, friends.  And now, they’re planning to come armed…even as they work hard to remove all our defenses.

Couple this with the now fully compromised FBI — which has steadfastly looked the other way regarding the crimes of Obama, Hillary Clinton, Jeffery Epstein and the Biden Crime Cartel, to name just a few; our Department of Defense, which has now been authorized to use force to inject citizens with the Monkeypox stab — or any other stab of their choice; the CIA, which continues to perpetrate black ops and then roll out the “official narrative” to the public via the mainstream media, as they’ve been doing for years — and it’s obvious to anyone with eyes to see that our government is absolutely, totally and completely corrupt to the core.

How do we rescue ourselves from such despotism?  The answer is, we don’t.  God can, and maybe He will, if we will sincerely repent of our national hedonism and apathy and the lukewarmness among professing Christians.  But I believe we’re too stiff-necked as a people to ever bow the knee to the Almighty — until that Day when the “credit card” comes due and ALL knees will bow and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 369.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

August 20, 2022

I’m a Republican. And I have questions for all the Republicans who think that Trump didn’t win the 2020 Presidential race; who think that there was no election fraud and Biden won, fair and square.

I’m not sure what percentage of Republicans believe “the fraud didn’t happen,” but I’m under the impression that it’s a LOT.

My first question is this. What do you think the Democrats and the Hard-Left would have been doing since November, 2020 if Trump had won and they thought that fraud had been committed by Republicans? Not just fraud, but the same types of fraud and the same level of fraud that have been articulated by many conservative Republicans since that date? Not just suspicions of fraud, but allegations with the same kind of evidence that has been presented since 2020?

Can you imagine the tsunami of outrage that would have erupted from the Left if the situation had been reversed? Think about it. Think about how the Left would have exploded in riots, burning, violence, and demands for action, with no let up, day after day after day. The liberal media and Deep State would have been in lockstep “against the Republican Electoral Fraud” as much as they are now parroting the opposite.

Don Lemon of CNN reported that the Department of Homeland Security stated that the 2020 election was “the most secure in American history.”

If Democrats were accusing Republicans of fraud, the media would be trumpeting headlines that declared that the 2020 election was an act of treason and insurrection. They wouldn’t have needed to instigate a January 6^th so-called “insurrection” so that they could block Trump and other Republicans from running based on the 14^th Amendment.

They would have convened the “Subcommittee to Study the November 3^rd Insurrection and Theft of Liberty” and hauled out the 14^th Amendment on November 4^th.

And… by now, the Democrats and their lackeys would have overturned the election. Trump would be in jail and Biden would be President. Of course, that statement is based on the premise that Trump and company had actually committed fraud—which they did NOT.

My second question is this: why haven’t Republican leaders on every level, from the towns to the governors to the US House and Senate, been responding the way that the Left would have done?

Every single Republican leader in the country should be screaming out the truth that Biden the Basement Dweller did not win in November, 2020. Not just elected officials, but also the GOP machinery. They should have been, and still should be, pushing, confronting, writing, speaking, and demanding thorough investigations about every speck of evidence.

Objections from the conservative side were indeed loud and numerous. Evidence was collected of fraudulent activity, with leaders like Mark Levin, Patrick Byrne, Mike Lindell, Peter Navarro, seventeen State Attorneys General, and many others joining the call for a review of the election. Recently, Dinesh D’Souza and True the Vote produced the movie 2000 Mules. Many commentators like Wayne Allyn Root have consistently declared that the election was stolen.

But, the months since November, 2020 have seen judges reject election court cases and government officials at all levels ignore serious allegations of election fraud. “Nothing to see here, move on, folks,” has been the response from those who could have publicly and openly investigated the matter but instead ignored it. Was their lack of response affected by corruption, intimidation, and malfeasance? I believe it was.

One might expect this from Democrats. But Republicans? Why are so many Republicans silent about the 2020 Election Fraud allegations?

One could cite any number of reasons, some of them honorable. Some might sincerely believe that there really was no election fraud. I would then respond: have you really dug into the evidence as presented? If you have, well, at least you’ve done that. Good for you.

But others may not have bothered to even look at the evidence. If so, shame on them!

Other Republicans might be compromised. Or they might just hate Trump so much that they’re willing to throw the entire country away.

Here are my two bits for the Republicans who are not fighting to decertify the 2020 elections.

#1: Because the Republican response was so pathetically disunited and weak, it’s highly likely that the Democrats will try to steal the 2022 elections.

#2: If Republicans with honor and conscience don’t win—Bigly—in 2022, it’s quite possible that America as we know it will finally fall over a cliff.

There are just over three months until November 8, 2022. Will Republicans in power stop the election fraud of 2022 before it’s too late?

That, my friends, is the question.

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Lex Greene

August 20, 2022

If you know anything about American politics at all, our Constitutional system of self-governance, the means by which “We the People” direct the future of our country through peaceful Constitutional processes, then you know that American politics is a team sport, and there are only two sides to every issue, right and wrong.

Every issue presents either truth or lie, and an opportunity to choose either right or wrong, not just for ourselves, but for our town, county, state and country, and all posterity. Like any other team sport, if you are not part of a competitive team, you’re not even on the field of play and cannot possibly affect the outcome of the game.

According to a recent Gallup survey taken in July 2022, political party affiliations are as follows;

INDEPENDENT 41%
DEMOCRAT 29%
REPUBLICAN 28%

57% of voters are registered democrat or republican, with 41% claiming independent status, belonging to neither party. While this well demonstrates the emotional state of American voters, it totally lacks any form of common sense or clear strategic purpose for all who claim to seek control of their country again. If we can’t even control our party (team), we sure can’t control our entire country.

First, for you proud self-proclaimed “constitutionalists,” the U.S. Constitution does not guarantee every State of the Union or any Citizen of the USA, a “democracy” – “democratic” – “socialist” – “communist” – “Maoist” – Fascist” – “Marxist” or even multi-party “European parliament” style of government.

Article IV, Section 4: of the U.S. Constitution guarantees every State and every Citizen a “Republican form of government.” This alone makes it very strange to see only 28% of Americans registered as “Republican,” since it is the only form of government guaranteed in the Constitution.

Despite this Constitutional guarantee found in Article IV, a staggering 70% of voters stand opposed, either promoting “global democratic socialism” or by opting out of the game altogether, by taking “independent” status. Independents don’t like either team on the field, so they left the field.

Next, for you “constitutionally minded independents,” in any team sport, you will need a competitive team in order to be in the game. When you left one of the two primary parties, you created the following disasters…

• You left both parties under the control of the very people you rightfully distrust.
• You left the field altogether because you are no longer part of any competitive team.
• When you left the two, you scattered to more than a dozen 3^rd parties, none of them competitive.
• Instead of working to throw the trash out of your house, you left the house full of trash.
• No matter what you think you want, you have no viable means of achieving it, without a team.

And yes, we know, neither party represents their stated objectives today, or even their publicly posted party platforms. What did you think would happen to your party when you quit and left the party under the control of criminals? How did you think that would improve the situation? Has it?

No Participation Trophy for Not Participating

If you waste time talking about how politicians behave in both parties, or any party for that matter, failing to represent you, you’re right. But you don’t get a participation trophy for figuring out what we all already knew.

This problem exists because left to their own devices, every politician will serve their own self-interest first and foremost, and party affiliation has nothing to do with it. It’s not even the best Citizens among us who run for office. Talk about needing a tin foil hat…if you think there is any such thing as a “perfect candidate” in politics, you might even need a visit to the mental facility.

There are no “perfect politicians” simply because there are no perfect people. No matter how much you’d like to elect a messiah, there isn’t one on any ballot. When 41% of voters left the two competitive teams in the game, they left the game. Instead of standing up for what’s right and making the fight to control the two parties, they turned tail and ran from the fight, falsely claiming the moral high ground. Rather than fight, they quit.

Fighters don’t always win, but quitters never do. Further, political cheating happens because most of you will turn a blind eye, and tolerate the cheating, so long as your criminal wins.

No Difference Between the Two Parties

A common theme among the quitters – While politicians in general seldom fail to act like self-serving politicians, there is indeed an important difference between the two major political parties, and there always has been.

Aside from the fact that today’s democrat party is really a global socialist party, with a long history of abusing minority groups and targeting average American workers with ever increasing financial burdens, high taxation, more regulations, record inflation, destruction of the family and worse – the biggest problem is there is nothing “democratic” about the democrat party.

The entire National Democrat Party is run by just eleven unelected party generals.

• Jaime Harrison, DNC Chairman
• Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms, GA
• Governor Gretchen Whitmer, MI
• Senator Tammy Duckworth, IL
• Congressman Cedric Richmond, LA
• Ken Martin, MN
• Jason Rae, WI
• Virginia McGregor, PA
• Chris Korge, FL
• Chuck Schumer, NY
• Nancy Pelosi, CA

Democrat party voters did not elect these eleven people to run the national party. There is no democratic process within the democrat party, whereby democrat voters can elect their party leadership. The DNC is run by eleven, basically self-appointed leaders, a small cabal of likeminded political powerbrokers mostly from the worst run states in the country, who rule the party and country with a tyrannical iron fist, no better than Stalin or Mao.

It’s the National Republican Party that is led by democratic process, where the national leaders of the party are elected by state party delegations at party conventions held in each state. Unlike the DNC run by eleven unelected tyrants, the RNC is run by 151 elected party leaders, three elected by elected delegates from each of the fifty states.

The DNC is a party of, by and for the eleven self-appointed tyrants in charge, nothing democratic about it. But the RNC is a party of, by and for the republican voters, with leadership elected by party supporters in every state and sent to D.C. to lead the party in a cohesive manner at the national level. While the DNC is solely a top-down party, the RNC is designed as a bottom-up party. Most republicans just don’t know it and don’t engage properly.

That’s a very important difference and distinction. The biggest problem in the GOP is; a lack of patriot engagement; and open primaries allowing democrats to manipulate GOP primaries.

Who is Supposed to be Forever Vigilant?

“A Republic ma’am, if you can keep it” is what Ben Franklin said to Mrs. Powell, as he walked from the Constitutional Convention in 1787. Every Founder then spoke about two foundational things that would become the responsibility of every American Citizen in their posterity, you, and me.

• All governments are at best, a necessary evil. Therefore, every American is called to be forever vigilant, not just as it pertains to foreign threats, but more importantly, threats from within, from a government run amok, becoming a grave threat, and enemy within the gates.
• The Constitutional Representative Republic, in fact freedom itself, is only suited for a “moral society.” Our prisons are full of “immoral” people incapable of freedom and self-governance. Thanks to anti-law and order democrats, so are our streets now.

It isn’t Donald Trump or any other politician who is called to be forever vigilant, it’s every single freedom and liberty loving American who must be forever vigilant, and because most haven’t been for decades, they struggle to understand the problem, or find viable solutions.

Instead of Quitting (a form of Surrender)

TNALC.org launched Model State Legislation all the way back in 2011-2013, titled The State Balance of Powers Act. Had the State legislatures enacted this model legislation then, all of the total destruction thrust upon our nation since, could have been easily and quickly stopped at the State lines. But “patriots” were too busy with nonsense, while others expected the swamp to drain itself.

More recently, TNALC.org launched a citizen activist initiative titled Time To Meet With Your State RNC Representatives. They published a sample letter for how to get the meeting, and on August 1, 2022, a group of committed Michigan patriots delivered a letter to the Michigan Republican Party HQ requesting the meeting. Party officials in Michigan have so far refused to respond to the request, likely due to the fact that they are under attack on all sides from republican voters already. The upcoming State Michigan GOP Convention promises fireworks!

In essence, the Republican Party has not been representing its conservative base, on a State or National level. In fact, it hasn’t even been representing its published Party Platform, and even worse, has been misusing donations to fund republican candidates who openly work against the party platform, which is a form of campaign finance fraud.

Proving that direct engagement does work, recent GOP primaries just removed eight of ten congressional RINOs who voted to impeach Trump, including the all-powerful and full of herself, Liz Cheney.

The point is, people determined to do something, can do something. People who quit, or wait for someone else to do it, or work alone without any competitive team, cannot do anything helpful.

If the USA is lost to a global Marxist takeover, it will only be because Americans failed to be forever vigilant, or to engage in directing their own future, where they could have.

At the end of the day, political parties, and the nation, will be whatever the American people make it, or allow it to be. In a free sovereign nation of, by and for the people, the buck always stops with the people.

Only better decisions can lead to better results…

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Steven Yates

August 19, 2022

A little over a week or so ago, a man entered an FBI field office armed with an AR-15 and a nail gun. He was killed in a firefight later. Apparently he’d posted threats against the FBI on Truth Social, Donald Trump’s Twitter alternative.

Others face charges after threatening FBI agents and the federal government generally on social media. The judge who signed the warrant authorizing the raid on Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence reports receiving death threats.

First things first. I repudiate such tactics unconditionally. Walking into an FBI office armed not only gets us nowhere, it is grade-A stupid! As with threats against police, it’s a great way to get yourself killed!

Not to mention the fact that anyone doing this is playing right into the hands of those railing hysterically about threats to the “rule of law” and to “democracy.”

DON’T DO IT, PEOPLE!

Let’s use our heads!

Sure, the FBI did something unprecedented in U.S. history: raiding the private property of a former U.S. president, ostensibly seeking mishandled classified documents (agents took Trump’s passports as if they expected him to flee the country!).

But let them prove the hypocrisy of A.G. Merrick Garland’s “No one is above the law,” when Trump is publicly accused of doing something Hillary Clinton was able to skate away from. Let the Bidenistas prove their hypocrisy by continuing to protect Hunter Biden and his now-infamous laptop.

Let’s continue shouting the truth from the rooftops WITHOUT ADVOCATING VIOLENCE!

President Trump himself has called for calm. The “temperature has to be brought down in the country,” was how he put it. “If it isn’t, terrible things are going to happen.”

What I fear is that even his voice will go ignored. It’s not hard to see why.

Large numbers of people are fed up. They are sick and tired of hearing about the Big Lie amidst Deep State and Corporate Media’s bigger lies and outright fabrications going back to Russiagate.

They are sick and tired of double standards.

They are sick and tired of lies about the economy

They are sick and tired of being called racists, or beneficiaries of “systemic racism.”

And they are sick and tired of the plan-demic.

We know now that the coronavirus did not “evolve in a bat.” People with their eyes open are tired of Legacy Media repeating lies about the “pandemic of the unvaccinated,” the “safety and efficacy” of the vaxes which are contradicted by all the VAERS data.

They are frustrated, not knowing what to do. Their sense is that “the system” turned on them long ago, which it did.

The Democrats used to be the party of the white working class. Not anymore!

They see an elite-sponsored hate campaign against the one figure who has tried to stand up for them, and fear this campaign might win the day.

Consequently there are hotheads out in the hinterlands whose mantra is “lock and load.”

All one has to do is browse Truth Social, or other sites like Gab and Telegraph.

These people will not start a civil war. They will just place themselves and their families in great personal danger.

Unless, of course, there are enough of them, and they decide not to go off half-cocked as did the guy in Ohio, and instead get organized.

If that happens, and they again rally around Trump, or possibly around the leadership of someone we haven’t seen yet, watch out!

I’ve been following the conversation expressing fears that civil war could blow up in the U.S. I agree that what would ensue would be quite unlike the War Between the States 1860-65. There were mostly clear geographical lines then.

Today’s “lines” are very different! They are cultural and economic, not geographical.

Today’s divides are rural versus urban, localist versus globalist, those who favor smaller government versus those who want larger government, those who support traditional ways of doing things versus purveyors of “disruptive” change, and those who do not worship the almighty dollar as a secular god versus those who do (or act as if they do)….

Above all, there is the vast difference between those who want to be left alone, versus those who refuse to leave them alone.

These divides cut across all the visible borders and boundaries. All “red” states contain a few “blue” urban centers. And all the “blue” states contain regions that do not identify with the cultural Marxism of academia or the money-driven cosmopolitanism of Big Business.

What the former in each of these pairs deeply resent is being looked down on, their interests disregarded, and then regarded as inferior and ridiculed publicly by unaccountable elites who have treated them like crap all their lives … and then wondered, back in 2015-16, scratching their heads, why those they dumped on and dismissed as backward Neanderthalic racists listened when Donald Trump spoke their language.

The latter in each pair have inverted truth and lies even as they continued the ruination of the real economy, i.e., the economy of ordinary people working at ordinary jobs, not the investment economy of the elites.

Through their chronic weakness, the Bidenista elites oversaw the clumsy pullout from Afghanistan that abandoned thousands of allies there and left U.S. equipment in the hands of the Taliban. This perception contributed to opening the door to the first war on European soil in three quarters of a century. The continued antics of clowns like Nancy Pelosi has set the stage for increased aggression against Taiwan by the Chinese Communist Party.

Because our Establishment — GloboCorp, if you prefer — has merged Communism with Capitalism’s vulnerabilities, once the latter is aligned with the materialist worldview.

This system, which many pundits dignify with phrases like the liberal world order, and which prevails outside the axis represented by Russia, China, Iran, and a few others, is a disaster, and it is no wonder there are thoughtful people who see it as fundamentally deceptive and wouldn’t mind if it went out of business!

It has proven, however, immensely useful for those driven by a lust for power (and profit)!

The prospect of a second Trump presidency literally terrifies these folks. They know that if it happens, their effort at global domination might be finished! For a second Trump presidency would be very unlike the first. Trump has doubtless learned a lot since he stepped into the White House in 2017, a complete outsider, clueless who to surround himself with. I imagine he is now far clearer who his friends and enemies are. Who he might appoint to key roles the next go-round I am uncertain, but I’m sure it will not be the ilk who repeatedly undermined him Jan ‘17 – Jan ‘21. Don’t expect any Mike Pences or James Mattises or Jared Kushners.

GloboCorp either prevents a second Trump presidency or else!

They’ve found the perfect female voice: Liz Cheney, formerly Wyoming’s resident RINO who sacrificed her seat in Congress to become a full-time Establishment narrative warrior. I fully expect her to run against Trump for the GOP nomination. It would not surprise me if, when she loses, she runs as an Independent to try to draw enough votes from Trump to give the Democrats four more years! (That is assuming the election is not again stolen outright!)

Stop Trump is the subtext that screams at me from every mainstream newsfeed!

An indictment — on whatever grounds — if made before Trump officially announces his candidacy, would not knock him out of the race but would definitely slow him down.

Even Tucker Carlson now thinks the Justice Department will move to indict him. I expect that if this happens, it will happen between now and November — assuming that comes off normally since one thing is almost certain: Republicans will retake part or all of Congress, making the stop Trump agenda harder.

Paul Craig Roberts wonders whether the Establishment will “uncover” a “white supremacist” plot on the part of the “deplorables” to steal the election.

This would increase the likelihood, he believes, of a federal takeover of the election! Then the Establishment can steal it!

I spent several paragraphs at the outset urging people on our side of the narrative war to control their tempers. But should any of several possible variations on the above scenario play out, how can any reasonable person expect them to do so? What will I be able to advise then, other than offering reminders of those millions of hollow point bullets Homeland Security purchased years ago.

I don’t think that was done so its personnel could hunt ducks.

The Establishment figured out long ago that a peasant revolt was at least possible.

The peasants, who have not millions but hundreds of millions of guns of their own, and any number of war-hardened Veterans on their side, could well give a good accounting of themselves even if they don’t win.

Were anyone with real power to read this, I would advise: do not indict Trump, and don’t hoke up some imaginary “white supremacist conspiracy” to give yourselves an excuse to hijack the November election!

Because of you do either one, or both, things could turn very ugly, very fast!

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

______________________________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

By Cliff Kincaid

August 19, 2022

Professor Jonathan Turley was on Fox saying he had supported the confirmation of Merrick Garland as Attorney General but now says he is disappointed in Garland’s political pursuit of Trump. Turley still doesn’t get it.   Garland is an agent of Barack Hussein Obama, who approved Hillary’s plan to launch the FBI’s “Crossfire Hurricane” investigation of Trump.

Turley is the Shapiro Professor of Public Interest Law at The George Washington University Law School who once gave testimony denouncing “Eugene McCarthyism” before Congress. He was supposed to be an expert on “disinformation and extremism in the media.”

McCarthy’s first name was Joe, not Eugene. Eugene was a peacenik Democrat.

The Fox channel calls him a “constitutional scholar.”

Every day the media talk about Trump, in terms of a secret affidavit authorizing the FBI raid, the Marxists win. What we should be talking about is the Marxist president who got us into this mess and was briefed on Hillary’s Russia-gate plan by his CIA chief, John Brennan.

Two-term president Barack Hussein Obama is a not-so-secret Marxist whose communist proclivities were carefully concealed from the American people. Brennan’s Marxist proclivities were out in the open, since he had talked about voting for the Communist Party as a college student.

It was Obama, as president, who had to approve Russia-gate. He also happened to be the president who tried to get Garland on the Supreme Court.

Garland is a political fixer.

Before 20 Senate Republicans voted to confirm Garland as Attorney General, we disclosed that Garland, then a federal judge, approved a cover-up involving the dropping of terrorism charges against communist terrorist Elizabeth Anna Duke, linked to the same Weather Underground terrorists who backed Obama for president in 2008. Obama’s DOJ had requested that those charges be dropped.

Understand what is happening: Obama’s terrorist comrades are being protected while Trump and his supporters are targeted. Garland is making this possible.

Communist groups by the dozens, ranging from the Revolutionary Communist Party to the old Moscow-funded Communist Party USA, are running rampant throughout the U.S., in violation of the Communist Control Act. Garland doesn’t care.

My new report, “Barack Obama’s Third Term,” examines what is happening. Trump’s problem, from the start, was failing to purge the Obama holdovers.  Sadly, his top aides didn’t know Eugene McCarthy from Joe McCarthy.

Tragically, Trump was not Reagan, a former governor and movement conservative who understood communism and fought the communists in Hollywood. Trump was a smart businessman depending on people who didn’t understand the nature of the Obama presidency. What Trump had failed to do was investigate Obama and understand the traps Obama had laid for him.

Ironically, my group, America’s Survival, Inc. had already done the research! We published three books on Obama.

In his testimony, Turley had referred to how anti-communists supposedly abused people, saying the grand jury process “was regularly used to target political dissidents and coerce people to reveal their associations and beliefs.” He added, “Of course, the most visible abuses occurred in the hearings on ‘Un-American Activities’ with figures like Senator Eugene McCarthy.”

For the record, the House Committee on Un-American Activities was in the other body of Congress. McCarthy ran the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations.

McCarthy exposed those in government who maneuvered to cut off aid to the Chinese nationalists in order to betray China to the communists. This betrayal left mainland China in the hands of the Communists and the nationalists fled to the island of Taiwan.

The irony, as noted by the late government investigator Herbert Romerstein, is that McCarthy investigated communism for just one year. Several other Congressional committees, including the House Committee on Un-American Activities, did far more work on the problem, including questioning of Obama’s communist mentor, Frank Marshall Davis.

Turley’s ignorant “testimony” about “Eugene McCarthyism” is yet another indication that communism in government is a topic of little interest, even to guests on “conservative” cable channels. It is ironic his erroneous claims came during testimony on “disinformation.”

Rather than talk endlessly about what’s in the “secret affidavit,” we can reasonably conclude that the real reason the FBI raided Trump’s Mar-a-Lago home is that Trump was in the process of proving in court that Hillary and the Democrats were behind Crossfire Hurricane. These documents in his home were part of the proof.

But Hillary was Obama’s Secretary of State. And Russia-gate was an Obama operation, designed to sabotage Trump’s presidency and prevent the purge of the Obama holdovers.

But Trump hasn’t been the only victim of the FBI.

In my column, “The FBI’s Extreme Makeover,” I note how the FBI covered-up the crimes of the sexual pervert Larry Nassar but then launched a series of programs on the CBS network designed to make the bureau look good.

The raid on Trump’s home reminds us that one of the most important challenges we face is to educate the American people about how communism came to America in the form of the Obama presidency.

Consider that, on the popular game show “Jeopardy,” one answer (contestants are given answers and then have to provide a question with the relevant facts) was, “In 1947 screenwriter Dalton Trumbo, part of this numerical ‘Hollywood’ group, was subpoenaed by the House Un-American Activities Committee.” The answer, in the form of a question, provided by one contestant was, “What was the Hollywood Five?” That was wrong. It was the Hollywood Ten, and all of them were communists inserting pro-communist messages into Hollywood films.

Rather than less (Joe) McCarthyism, we need more. The Communists are taking over and most Republicans, including Fox News paid contributor Jonathan Turley, are pretending it’s not happening.

Remember that China Joe Biden’s Ambassador to the United Nations actually gave a paid speech to a Chinese Communist propaganda center praising China and was confirmed by the Senate by a vote of 78-21 (with one Senator not voting).

Perhaps Turley is not alone in his confusion about the difference between Joe and Eugene.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 18, 2022

CNN’s Joy Reid makes bold statements that ours is a racist, white supremist and systematically “white privileged” society by European Americans. The author of Critical Race Theory states that “white privilege” dominates America.

“To be white in America is to have the confidence to say, without a second thought: this space, this neighborhood, this city, this county, this country is mine.” – Joy Reid

NBA star LeBron James said in a videotaped interview on HBO, The Shop, “I’m going to this school to play ball, and that’s it. I don’t want nothing to do with white people. I don’t believe they want anything to do with me. It’s me and my boys.”

How can any African-Americans feel comfortable when one of their icons shows such anger toward white Americans? Later with the Brittany Griner issue, he said that she might be better off in Russia. How can reflect well on all the black kids who worship him?

Black billionaire Oprah Winfrey once said in an interview, “As long as there are people who still… And there’s a whole generation, I said this for apartheid South Africa, I said this for my own, you know, community in the South, there are still generations of people, older people, who were born and bred and marinated in it, in that prejudice and racism, and they just have to die.”

If you look at angry black leaders like Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson, Van Jones, Brittany Griner, Black Lives Matter, NAACP, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood, and many others—is there any possibility for peaceful co-existence in America in the coming years?

In October of 2003, I sat in the audience in Washington DC when former Colorado Governor Richard D. Lamm stood up to give one of the most repeated and shortest speeches since the Gettysburg Address by Abraham Lincoln. In Lincoln’s speech, he asked us to “bind-up the wounds” of that terrible Civil War.

But Lamm showed us how to destroy America. I sat there dumbfounded. After his five-minute speech, no one applauded from over 300 people listening to his words.

Lamm said, “I have a secret plan to destroy America. If you believe, as many do, that America is too smug, too white-bread, too self-satisfied, too rich…Then let’s destroy America. It is not that hard to do.

“History shows that nations are more fragile than their citizens think. No nation in history has survived the ravages of time. Arnold Toynbee observed that all great civilizations rise, and they all fall, and that “an autopsy of history would show that all great nations commit suicide.”

So here is my plan:

Lamm said, “We must first make America a bilingual/bicultural country. History shows … that no nation can survive the tension, conflict and antagonism of two competing languages and cultures. It is a blessing for an individual to be bilingual; it is a curse for a society to be bilingual.”

Scholar Seymour Martin Lipset put it this way: “The histories of bilingual and bicultural societies that do not assimilate are histories of turmoil, tension and tragedy.”

From what we’re all witnessing in 2022, Lamm’s prophetic speech hits the mark with just about every news cast every week of the year. Our own angry youth march, destroy, paint, burn and steal whenever provoked by something they don’t like. Whether it’s about CRT or abortion rights vs pro-life, we’re in the middle of a sociological meat grinder. And, it’s spitting out our Constitution in shreds. Who would have thought that citizens would try to kill Supreme Court justices or harass them in their own homes?

Lamm said, “I would then invent “multiculturalism” and encourage immigrants to maintain their own culture. I would make it an article of belief that all cultures are equal … there are no cultural differences that are important … and the black and Hispanic dropout rate is only due to prejudice and discrimination by the majority. Every other explanation is out-of-bounds.”

Well, we’ve got female genital mutilation that dates back to the 6th century—now being performed on little girls in our 21st century first world country—by the hundreds of thousands of cases via our new Middle Eastern immigrants. We’ve got “honor killings” in America, but zero reporting by the mainstream media. How do you explain that?

Lamm said, “I would encourage all immigrants to keep their own language and culture. I would replace the melting pot metaphor with a salad bowl metaphor. I would make our fastest-growing demographic group the least educated. I would add a second underclass, unassimilated, under educated, and antagonistic to our population.”

We face millions of illiterate teens and 20-somethings who cannot read, write or perform simple math problems. We’re seeing Spanish, Arabic, Portuguese and 800 other languages being spoken in enclaves of immigrants around America. How long do you think we can survive the linguistic divide and separation?

The rest of Lamm’s speech totally stunned the audience…and me. I sat there speechless with distress. Why? Answer: because in my world travels, I’ve already witnessed it in other countries. Back in October 2003 when he gave it at a www.fairus.org conference, you could see the onslaught creeping up on America because our borders were not being secured. Today, Joe Biden gives an open invitation to countless millions of refugees from 190 countries around the world.

So, I ask you dear fellow American, do you think we’re going to survive the next 100,000,000 refugees and their offspring projected by 2050?

Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Lee Duigon

August 18, 2022

Has there ever been a worse idea than allowing public school teachers to unionize? Nothing springs to mind—except maybe the Soviet Union.

Teachers’ unions are dead set against Racism—right? Let’s see how right.

After a two-week teachers’ strike some months ago, the Minneapolis School District and the city’s teachers’ union have signed and just ratified a new contract… which is outstanding for its blatantly racist provisions.

According to the terms of the agreement, whenever the district has a need to reduce its teaching force, “white” (whatever that means) teachers are to be laid off first… and re-hired last. Because there have to be “Educators of Color protections” to make up for whatever “systemic racism” was practiced by other people in the past.

Normally, for years and years, everywhere in America, the standard for executing a reduction in force (“RIF,” in union parlance) was seniority. Teachers with the least seniority, regardless of skin pigmentation, were to be riffed first and rehired last. It was not a difficult rule to follow, and the unions seemed content with it. Until now.

How is this new standard anything but flagrantly racist? If the district were to apply the standard to favor “white” teachers at the expense of Educators of Color, the unions and the nooze media and what passes these days for our nation’s leaders would be crying bloody murder and demanding that a court nullify the rule toot-sweet. They’d also be calling for criminal penalties. So how is it just peachy-keen when the rule penalizes white teachers for being white? Heck, they could have drawn up a standard based on merit: best teachers, regardless of skin color, riffed last and rehired first. But then the usual suspects would be crying “racism!” as they always do whenever merit is even momentarily considered.

The union in Minneapolis trumpets “Public Schools—the Heart of Our Community.” God help us if that were true. It would denote a community with heart disease.

Let’s skip over to New Jersey now, where the New Jersey Education Assn. has just released a public service video that declares “Our schools are under attack by extremists… Some New Jersey schools are under siege… Extremists are attacking our schools.”

Extremists? What extremists?

Parents! Parents who don’t like the brew of racial paranoia, transgender propaganda, and sexual grooming served up by the public schools that they have to pay for. But the teachers’ union writes off objecting parents as “people who only want to fight to score political points.”

Pesky parents. Why can’t they just shut up and let our Far Left Crazy teachers’ union turn their kids into useful idiots who despise their families and hate their country? Who are they to complain? But we’ve been to teachers’ college!

The arrogance is so thick, you could cut it with a knife.

The whole public education enterprise is corrupt beyond repair. School boards, the omnipresent “school officials,” state and federal departments of education, teachers’ colleges, and way too many of the teachers themselves—they’re not going to change. They’re not going to give up their socialist fantasies, they’re not going to go back to being sane and decent. And the communities they prey on have no power to fire them all. It’s a major event if we can fire even one or two of them.

The only thing we can do is to pull our children out of public schools and let these communist weirdos preach to empty classrooms. Why in the world should we have to bankroll a racist school sytem? Why should we have to pay them to invent new pronouns? (I am presuming that the Democrat Party would never, never, never let us get rid of teachers’ unions.)

There is nothing that hurts our country more today than its overpriced, socialist, oversexed and underqualified public education system.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop by for a visit—before they give us all detention. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Lex Greene

August 18, 2022

The vast majority of Americans trust no one now, and largely for very good reason. Americans have been openly betrayed by politicians in all political parties, every news outlet, the social media CEOs, church leaders, “patriot” group leaders, Hollywood, and due to COVID, even their friends and family, all of it one great big “cancel culture” designed to divide and conquer the USA. If you don’t buy into their blatant lies, or participate in their mass divisions, you’re a conspiracy theorist or domestic terrorist, maybe both.

The USA is on the verge of collapse, not for one reason, but for two. Indeed, we are currently ruled by the most maniacal cadre of totally insane criminal politicians in history. They are a combination of tyrannical criminals and outright idiots, often those who are both, like Biden and Harris. But this problem could be solved, if not for a society full of equally insane people.

How many examples do I need to provide before the light bulb goes on for you? Frankly, the list of examples could be nearly endless today. But under current mental conditions in the country, allow me to keep this very simple.

Death by Political Correctness

The mere notion that anyone has some lunatic nonexistent Constitutional Right to not be offended is itself, insane. Far too many Americans have been dog whistle trained to think they have a Right to silence others simply because they disagree.

Political Correctness (PC) is a term used to refer to language that seems intended to give the least amount of offense, especially when describing groups identified by external markers such as race, gender, culture, or sexual orientation. The term first appeared in Marxist-Leninist vocabulary following the Russian Revolution of 1917. At that time, it was used to describe adherence to the policies and principles of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union.

Simply stated, it is, always has been and will always be a form of mind control, thought and speech control. In the early-to-mid 20th century, the phrase politically correct was used to describe strict adherence to a range of ideological orthodoxies within politics. In 1934, The New York Times reported that Nazi Germany was granting journalism permits “only to pure ‘Aryans’ whose opinions are politically correct”.

In the 1970s, the American New Left began using the term politically correct. In the essay The Black Woman: An Anthology (1970), Toni Cade Bambara said that “a man cannot be politically correct and a male chauvinist, too.” William Safire marks this as the first use in the typical modern sense, and the movement to neuter all males in the USA.

PC quickly became a cornerstone of the Democrat Party, a means by which they control the minds of their sheep and demonize everyone who dares to speak truth on any subject.

From PC to Cancel Culture

Being nice to others by not going out of our way to offend them seems like a good idea. That’s just common sense and common decency. That’s not what PC or the advanced cancel culture is about though. It’s a draconian attempt to silence all voices of dissent, going so far as to imprison citizens for simply not sharing extreme far left global communist concepts, or put them on the “red flag” short list and send a new Nazi arm of the IRS to intimidate, threaten and penalize.

Just as darkness is the absence of light, deception is the absence of truth.

The leftist movement has two audience targets, the sheep of course, but also you and me. The goal is to totally control the thoughts of the sheep and it’s been very successful in this regard. But the sheep don’t need to curtail their offensive speech or violent behaviors at all. It’s the approved narrative. They are free to offend all of us at will, daily. We’re just not allowed to offend them.

It’s you and me who are supposed to limit our thoughts and speech, and far too many Americans have gone-along to get-along, to their own demise. The result of this is mass national delusion and destruction on pretty much every major issue, taking on the look of a nation gone mad.

A Few Examples

Few surrendered to COVID mandates because they thought it was in their best health interests. Most complied under extreme duress, their jobs, families, friends, incomes, and lives threatened by the government, employers, and their mass media machine hourly.

Science told us all that the mask mandates were useless…printed on the side of every mask box. But the mad scientists told us the opposite. Science taught us that we never quarantine healthy people, but only sick people. But the mad scientists told us the opposite. The mad scientists told us that if we just succumb to untested, unproven, and unapproved experimental vaccines, we’d never get COVID. But the facts have proven that false as well…after 70% of Americans took the first jab, 30% a second and third jab. More than 90% of new COVID cases today are in vaccinated people, including Dr. Fauci, Joe and Jill Biden.

Who told men they could be a woman if they just put a dress on? Who told women they can be a man if they just take hormone injections to grow a beard? Who decided kids who don’t yet know their favorite color, they can choose what sex they are? And who taught the parents to allow such utter insanity in their kid’s lives?

If I believed I was a horse, I’d belong in a mental hospital. But if you look at me and see a horse, then it’s you who belongs in a mental institution. I’m not suggesting we should poke fun at or bully people who are different from us. But to engage in their insanity makes us just as insane as they are.

Our country is clearly under a very dangerous mass invasion on our southern border and beyond. Our government refuses to do anything about it, while sending billions to Ukraine and other foreign nations to protect their borders. If you don’t think this policy is nuts, then you are insane.

Nobody in their right mind thinks mumbling stumbling Joe Biden is capable of running to the bathroom on his own, much less running a country. We’re talking about a guy who can’t complete a sentence without a teleprompter and can’t even read that right, or even work his sport coat correctly. Still, some 30% of the country claim he’s a great leader and every last one of them is nuts!

The Most Insane Among Us

Indeed, about 30% of the US population is just plain bat-guano crazy. We see them everywhere we look. But the most insane among us is the other 70%, who know better, but go-along with the insanity anyway.

Convinced we were just being kind…we fell for it. Even though we knew better, we decided to let it pass, as if a lie told often enough would eventually become true. American conservatives are non-intrusive by our nature. We just want to live free, and we understand that the only way to do that is to support freedom and liberty for everyone. But when we let evil exist, it advances, until it consumes everyone and everything.

We thought that if we’d just live and let live, others would do the same for us, but we were wrong. The PC cancel culture won’t allow any opinion but their own to exist. Sadly, it isn’t even their opinions they project. It’s the opinions of global Marxist maniacs they regurgitate, as if they have no mind of their own. Asked to back up their nutty claims, they can’t…so they cancel your right to ask instead.

The American left has been Pavlov trained with treats from the public trough when they obey, labeled stimulus money now. Now they are attack dogs for the global left, and we are the red meat. They can’t debate any issue honestly because the facts simply are not on their side. So, they demand that the facts be ignored, as though completely irrelevant. If we won’t let the facts die in silence, then we are mere enemies of the new Marxist state they have built.

Nutjobs look at a DC political rally on January 6, 2021, and see an “insurrection,” clearly unaware of what an insurrection really is. The same nuts watch BLM and ANTIFA burn whole cities, loot and damage property and threaten lives with violence, and see a “peaceful protest.” Such views are entirely void of reality.

“All that is required for evil to triumph, is for good men to do nothing.”

Today, insanity is all we can see, from shore to shore, border to border. It’s everywhere, in the schools, churches, governments, businesses, academia, Hollywood, the news media, political parties, our courts and even our broken families who can no longer stand to be in the same room together.

The powerful have intentionally divided us, in order to conquer us. Pitted American against American, all by erasing truth, history and the foundations of freedom and liberty, covering the nation in a blanket of lies with the obvious intent to ignite a civil war, American against American, as they plunder the nation unchallenged.

They have raped and devoured the average American mind through public education, higher indoctrination in the lecture halls, and even the new age churches. Almost no one knows who or what to trust anymore, drowning in an ocean of lies, our very existence threatened from within our own gates, as the government and their mindless minions heap crisis after crisis upon an unsuspecting nation adrift.

An insane people cannot survive their own folly. People who can no longer tell up from down, right from left, truth from lies, are doomed. It’s reminiscent of the fall of the Roman Empire, and all once great civilizations. Consumed by self-interest and living under a blanket of lies, the American people have little hope for survival.

Yet, it is that truth that can set us free once again, the truth most Americans are afraid to speak. For truth to reign, it must be spoken, or it doesn’t exist. All government power is derived from the consent of the governed, and our silence is our consent.

We either speak truth now, or we will perish by the sharp edge of mass deception and national delusions, all a direct result of our silence, a form of quiet self-destruction.

An insane nation cannot exist…it is doomed to the ash heap of history.

“A nation can survive its fools, and even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and carries his banner openly. But the traitor moves amongst those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the alleys, heard in the very halls of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor; he speaks in accents familiar to his victims, and he wears their face and their arguments, he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation, he works secretly and unknown in the night to undermine the pillars of the city, he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist.”  —Cicero 106 BCE – 43 BCE

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Oregon Senator, Dennis Linthicum

August 17, 2022

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS), which came into existence post 9/11, will spend $52 billion ($52,000,000,000) annually on President Biden’s newly created “Disinformation Governance Board.” George Orwell, in his insightful and dystopian novel, 1984, used a more satirical name for the disinformation board in his story, calling it a, “Ministry of Truth.”

Elon Musk’s successful acquisition of Twitter has spawned a new series of political firestorms and Biden’s disinformation and propaganda board is ready to plow $52 Billion into the effort to over criminalize, needlessly surveil and censor every stray thought that occurs on the web.

The hyper-inflated and outlandish dust-up between the online universe of woke-censors verses Elon Musk is telling. Media is parroting leftist talking points, especially the government’s, as they focus on protecting their own turf, gaining clicks and pretending to have empathy for truth-seekers.

Remember, Musk used to be the darling of the clean-energy zealots and pot-smoking elites who roam throughout California, Oregon, and the rest of the US. But, just as Trump used to be a celebrity favorite, Musk, too, has fallen from grace. His only failing is a willingness to allow conservative voices a share in the Twittersphere.

The elites fear uncensored discussions which might bring to light things like the FBI and CIA collusion using the Steele Dossier and the Hunter Biden laptop story. I haven’t heard Musk venture so far as to claim that the election was stolen or that during COVID-19 the CDC engaged in willful misconduct and criminal fraud. However, the left isn’t standing by to be exposed and are diligently working to keep details hidden.

Given the left’s single-minded totalitarian obsession, Biden’s disinformation bullies have enormous latitude and resources to silence questions as they arise. We have seen this before with proof that there was a concerted effort by NIAID Director Anthony Fauci and NIH Director Francis Collins to run a smear campaign against the Great Barrington Declaration.

The good news is that more people are becoming aware of the importance of free speech. The bedrock of our Republican form of self-governance is like a lava flow from a single source – free speech. Our beautiful history is made from the basics of freedom of conscience, free thought, free speech and freedom to join and assemble as one pleases, without government interference. The result is free and open debate and decision making organized through a free electoral process.

Today’s free speech quagmire stems from misunderstanding the true meaning of tolerance. Tolerance is not a choice between cheer-leading or cancelling. Tolerance leans more in the direction of forbearance. It is more than mere accommodation, and includes self-control and self-restraint, such as resistance to our impulsive yearnings to cancel, score points or to “get even.”

These patterns of censorship are similar throughout history. In one colonial example, a British loyalist, Thomas Hutchinson of Boston, tried jailing his opponents. Hutchinson was a merchant, politician, judge, chief justice of the Superior Court, and lieutenant governor for colonial Massachusetts.

Colonial patriots took issue with Hutchinson’s support for the “passive, fawning, corrupt, and venal” acts of Parliament and King George III. Most of these pesky harangues came from colonial newspapers like the radical Boston Gazette.

The Gazette lit the fires of discontent and then other Bostonians followed suit. They expressed their own opinions and threw additional condemnations upon Hutchinson for his backing of the King and Parliament. Sidewalk broadsides also appeared in high-traffic areas of the city stimulating public awareness and conversation, much like today’s Twitter and Instagram.

In August 1767 Hutchinson decided to convene a grand jury in order to silence his detractors. He was confident of his legal standing because he was a local colonial official seeking justice after having been, “treated in the most abusive Manner, and vilified beyond all Bounds.”

History tells us that Hutchinson lost all three of his attempts to silence and jail the editors at the Gazette. What would have happened had he been victorious? Would history have taken a different path had he been successful in his censorship attempts?
The next layer in this story occurs, six years later, when Benjamin Franklin acquired a series of letters between Hutchinson and Lieutenant Governor Andrew Oliver regarding colonial malcontents. These letters exposed the true nature of the man, and his low opinion of the colonials’ hopes for self-governance. Newspapers responded and exposed the “low artifices and ministerial lies” which had lulled New Englanders, “into a state of supineness.”

Like Hillary Clinton’s eMail cache or Hunter Biden’s laptop shenanigans, these letters were eventually made public by the Sons of Liberty and published in local newspapers, starting with the Boston Gazette.

Where would we be today, if Hutchinson’s censorship efforts had succeeded? Would the Declaration of Independence and the Constitutional Bill of Rights exist? Would the founding generation have been allowed to pen, “We the people,” as the first three words of our constitution?

What if the King’s elites had successfully stopped those who, “attend at taverns, where they talk politicks, get drunk, damn the King, Ministers and Taxes; and vow they will follow any measures proposed to them by their demagogues, however repugnant to religion, reason and common sense.”

These words echo today’s rhetoric. There is nothing new under the sun. The only question becomes, whose religion, reason, or common sense will be protected? And whose will be maligned?

Most Americans claim to believe in the ideas of free-speech, freedom of conscience and the freedom to worship the God of their choice, “because it’s guaranteed in the 1st Amendment.”

The 1st Amendment is not the “guarantee” but rather a codification of this right. It is part of our human endowment, our natural, undeniable and inviolable right of conscience.

The phrase which starts our US Constitution, “We the people,” asserts that all people have these undeniable rights. Power is inherent within the hearts, minds and souls of the people. In fact, the citizen is the permanent ruler. The citizen is the umpire. The citizen blows the whistle and calls strikes, fouls and out-of-bounds.

This understanding means that people are competent enough to choose temporary representatives for elected positions. The claim also ensures that the citizen always retains their place as the “permanent rulers.” This is why administrations come and go and regimes change. They are only temporary and are installed into office for a limited time and purpose.

These provisional administrations occupy the Governor’s Mansion, or the White House, only with the peoples’ permission. They reside there as any guest would occupy an Airbnb rental. The citizen must still clean the toilets, vacuum the carpets, and clear out the trash left by any hooligans who slept on the couch.

In closing, free speech, a free press and the free expression of ideas shows itself most powerfully, not on Twitter, Facebook, or Google but at the polling place. This is why ensuring the voice of the citizen through Election Integrity must be our highest universal goal.

© 2022 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

August 17, 2022

“We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American people believe is false.” -William Casey, CIA Director, 1981

How telling can this be?  Saturday’s The Sons of Liberty radio show was censored for exposing the mainstream media’s conspiracy theories that turned out to be true (Jeremiah 11:9).  This happened all in the face of the viewers’ responses stating: “The Sons Of Liberty ought to be required listening.”

As you well know, the CIA controlled media has a long history of propaganda, blatant lies, half-truths and even attempting to cover for conspirators (John 8:44).  They helped prove the point again on Bradlee Dean’s radio show.

[YouTube Video]

[Rumble Video]

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/america-sheep-slaughter/

Saturday’s censored radio show

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Steven Yates

August 16, 2022

The Alex Jones Saga.

As most readers doubtless know, Alex Jones has been ordered to pay a whopping $49.3 million to two Sandy Hook parents whose child was allegedly killed in the mass shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School on December 14, 2012.

This may be the largest defamation award of all time, and with two more suits against Jones pending, combined awards might end up accomplishing what the Establishment wants, which is to put Jones’s media organization out of business.

I’ll admit, I’ve never been an Alex Jones fan. His bombast, exceeding that of the late Rush Limbaugh, was always too much for me. Sometimes, especially when appearing as a guest on someone else’s show, he simply lost it. Almost a decade ago, Piers Morgan interviewed him on gun control. For the first couple of minutes, Jones made reasonable arguments, however animated. Then he launched into a tirade. I know it’s CNN, but watch. Note that having deep-sixed Jones’s own channel, YouTube hasn’t censored this. Morgan, representing the Establishment, comes off cool and collected. Jones sounds like a loon. I did not trust him after that.

That said, we must acknowledge that he was in the forefront of those exposing globalism. He drew attention to unanswered questions raised by the Oklahoma City Bombing and, six years later, 9/11. Mainstream corporate media hated his guts from the get-go, especially when his audience began to rival theirs in size.

The question: did he go too far with Sandy Hook?

After all, it’s one thing to criticize members of the political class or other highly visible public figures as not being what they seem, or as working for malevolent powers. First Amendment rights afford lassitude regarding such.

It is quite another to claim that private citizens, such as Sandy Hook parents, are really “crisis actors,” in the context of claiming that one of the worst alleged mass shootings of the past decade was a hoax concocted by the Obama-era Deep State with the intent of bringing about more gun control.

Someone doing the latter better have all his ducks in a row, because the First Amendment wasn’t written to protect such allegations unless they could be backed up with rock-solid evidence!

Conspiracy Claims Can Go Overboard.

Before penning this, I checked my archive. Did I write anything about Sandy Hook when it happened? I found nothing on it here, or elsewhere. Looks like I went mostly silent for several months. Sometimes my “muse” deserts me. Or is overridden by circumstances. In 2012 I was exploring a foreign country, learning its language, meeting new people. Except for the election, what was going on in the U.S. was mostly off my mind.

Researching it a little now, I’m unsure what I would have said then. So this may be 20-20 hindsight.

First, some people go overboard with conspiracy claims. Not everything bad, or every act of violence, can be blamed on nefarious agencies. As the quasi-Freudian quip goes, a cigar is sometimes just a cigar.

Second, as I’ve often noted, much of what I write about doesn’t fit the conspiracy label. It relies on published materials, some penned by the “conspirators” themselves or by those who have been close to them: readily available if you know where to look. If a conspiracy is something hidden from you, then superelite agencies — GloboCorp, if you prefer — are not hiding but just exploiting public preferences for what the Kardashians did this week. So we shouldn’t use that label. I’ve used the term directed history a time or two.

Third, when searching for conspiracy claims about Sandy Hook specifically, one thing stands out: disproportionately severe and costly backlash against those making them.

James Tracy, formerly a communications professor at a South Florida university, also alleged that Sandy Hook was a hoax. By 2015 he’d lost his teaching career following a legal battle with Sandy Hook parent Lenny Pozner over whether his son Noah had ever existed. Tracy had declared Pozner’s son’s birth and death certificates to be forgeries.

Jim Fetzer, a retired philosophy professor, and another author, co-edited a book of essays entitled Nobody Died At Sandy Hook (2015), which made the same claims as Tracy. Amazon carried the book for a while, then banned it. Pozner also sued Fetzer for defamation and was awarded $450,000!

I would have avoided the subject, but then I discovered this article by Ron Unz: a gamechanger I recommend wholeheartedly! Even before finishing this! Go there! I’ll wait!

Cognitive Infiltration: What It Is, Why It Is Dangerous.

Unz cited an author not (yet) widely known: Michael Collins Piper, who wrote several books critical of U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. He specifically criticized the U.S.’s unconditional support for Israel. This made him powerful enemies, and he died in relative poverty in 2015. His posthumously published False Flags (2019) argues what seems to me a plausible thesis going something like this:

The IT Revolution, especially the Internet, made centralized control over information impossible. By the turn of the millennium we were in a period in which anyone could research anything and put the results on a website or blog available to anyone with a computer and an Internet connection. Then one could build an email list and distribute their information to a huge and expanding audience.

This was our Gutenberg moment. But it arrived with its own dangers. You could find sober commentary on real world effects of globalization that differed greatly from what George W. Bush’s court economists said. You could also find claims that the Bush administration answered to space aliens.

Piper put his finger on something that occurred to me long ago: how easy it would have been back then (maybe still is) for globalists to “seed” the Internet with bogus “conspiracy theories,” planting what were already called urban legends, then get them in front of the Alex Joneses of the world hoping they would excitedly latch onto them. Those whose critical thinking skills had not atrophied would turn away, thinking all claims of nefarious activity behind the scenes are the province of nutjobs.

The process is called cognitive infiltration.

I’ve happened upon conspiracy claims I can’t take seriously. Some sound credible until you think them through.

Surely we noticed that mixed in with sober analyses of whether jet fuel could burn hot enough to bring down the steel-reinforced Twin Towers into their own footprint on 9/11 are claims that there were no planes! Those were holograms! Directed energy weapons brought down the Towers!

This is one such claim. There are others.

And what bothered me about films like Loose Change, which contended that a missile, not a plane, struck the Pentagon, were two simple questions.

First, the approaching plane was seen/heard by hundreds of people in vehicles or on foot that morning. If a missile hit the Pentagon, what happened to the plane? How was it gotten out of Washington airspace without anyone seeing it, or tracking it on radar?

Second, where was the missile fired from? Answers to such queries (when addressed at all) left me dissatisfied. These elements of 9/11-was-an-inside-job claims seemed dubious — unlike very credible claims that the event was known about in advance because it was planned in advance, and that something other than burning jet fuel brought down the Towers. Not to mention the loopy idea that Congress pulled the 400-plus page USA Patriot Act out of their derrieres in just six weeks!

Were we seeing calculated efforts to destroy the credibility of all inside-job / false flag thinking about 9/11?

Is Cognitive Infiltration Making Us Crazy?

It is difficult to write from this perspective, because so many patriots are sold on claims that ultimately don’t make sense. These well-meaning folks appear to constitute a substantial audience.

Talk radio show hosts thus risk alienating listeners by being nuanced, by suggesting, “Wait a minute…. Let’s think carefully about this.”

Writers such as myself risk losing readers.

When I revealed my doubts about the-moon-landings-were-faked thinking a couple of years ago (here and here), I received hostile emails saying I’d destroyed my credibility, a few saying they’d never read anything I wrote ever again!

The problem: I just can’t envision tens of thousands of engineers being fooled in pretty much the same way seven straight times! Engineers are not stupid! Thus the envisioned scenario seems to me highly unlikely!

And: what about the upsurge of flat-earthism over the past few years?

I am unable to engage at all something so patently ridiculous. Once a flat-earther replied to my sole online comment on the subject with something like, “Newton led the Royal Society! The Royal Society was controlled by Freemasonry! Freemasonry serves Satan! Therefore Newton’s theory and globism [sic.] are Satanic! Gravity doesn’t exist! Show me some gravity! Things float in water, do they not? Where’s the gravity there?”

That wasn’t exactly it (I’m going from memory), but it’s in the ballpark. How do you answer a screed like that? You don’t. You do the only thing you can. You walk away.

If such things are credible — if Satan has deceived us all to that extent — then we might as well give up seeking knowledge about the world altogether. My convictions have long been that physical science is possible because God created us in His image, creating our intellects in such a way as to be able to grasp, with some effort, the fundamental physical workings of His Creation. This is aligned with a school of thought known as presuppositional apologetics, which sees God’s existence is a first premise. If the first premise is false, then not just physical science but technology (which relies on physics at every juncture) is inexplicable.

That’s a Christian epistemology (theory of knowledge). Secular epistemologies tend to begin with sense experience. They’ve had to struggle mightily to stave off skepticism. It’s a long story.

In any case, learning the truth can be very difficult, made worse if your efforts are confounded with conflicting messages and narratives, some absurd and introduced on purpose to throw you off track and possibly even make you slightly crazy. Flat-earthism tells me there is an element out there that’s gotten progressively crazier.

Cass Sunstein: Architect of Cognitive Infiltration. The “Crisis Actors” Con.

Ron Unz draws our attention to a federal operative whose efforts overlapped the Bush and Obama years: Cass Sunstein, author of books on various subjects — and of an article published in an obscure academic journal back in 2008 suggesting that “conspiracy theories” should be fought not directly but through the infiltration method, which tries to drive people away from them by making them look ridiculous.

What he advocated, and what may have already been underway: superelite infiltrators enter the conspiracy fray with outlandish theories to compete with those of serious researchers. Then, over time, they ratchet up the outlandishness.

Sadly, the superelite mindset gets a few things right. The masses are by nature followers. In a society the educational system of which has basically gone off the rails, and in a culture driven by constant titillation and excitement, it will be easy to lead a lot of people by their noses. Especially those encouraged, or who have encouraged each other, to see and believe they’ve been manipulated by hidden, malevolent forces disrupting their lives and livelihoods.

Piper suggested that Sandy Hook was the Sunstein strategy’s first major test. Unz quotes him:

The Sandy Hook affair was tailor-made for putting the Sunstein gang’s experiment in motion. It involved violence. It involved the explosive issue of gun control, inasmuch as the incident was said to have been a mass shooting. And it was another sensational school shooting — and one at a grade school, no less.

The dynamics were absolutely on target — no pun intended — for the Sunstein thesis to be put to the test.

And, quite predictably, the mass media — as a consequence of its typically reckless nature — played right into the scheme. The frenzied rush in the heat of the moment to get “the scoop” led to sloppy reporting and presumably otherwise honest mistakes by journalists.

And naturally, a lot of these errors were quickly the subject of discussion among emailers and those participating on Internet discussion forums who were concerned about the obvious push for further gun control that was accompanying the media reportage relating to the events at Sandy Hook.

At this point Ron Unz interjects:

Piper argued that a small group of establishment operatives successfully manipulated the conspiracy community on the Internet, promoting ideas that soon captured the imagination of these activists, many of whom were excitable and overly gullible:

Piper again:

One of the first and most outrageous of these Internet “revelations” that did so much to make sincere truth seekers look foolish was the oft-repeated theme that “Sandy Hook was a hoax” and that no children were even killed there…. Even the introduction of the word “hoax” was carefully calculated and with the mass media reporting that “conspiracy theorists” were using that term to describe the tragedy, many in the general public began to doubt the sanity of a lot of good people who were rightfully raising questions about what happened at Sandy Hook and the way that it was being exploited…

This was their first big “test tube” case and it was proving to be a success, perhaps beyond even their wildest dreams….

The Crisis Management Conspirators mesmerized and manipulated American patriots and other skeptics via a nonstop wave of Sandy Hook “factoids” that quickly spread like wildfire across the Internet. And patriot websites by the hundreds — by the thousands — were picking them up and reporting them. These legends — spawned by the Crisis Management folks — because the staple daily diet of email addicts who were eagerly helping distribute the latest Sandy Hook “revelations”….

Precisely because so much disinformation was being repeated by well-meaning and entirely innocent folks, a lot of good patriots concluded that something had to be amiss with the “official” Sandy Hook story or otherwise — they said — so many good patriots on so many websites and elsewhere wouldn’t be raising these questions.

As the saying goes (I’ve quoted it before), what tangled webs we weave….

The idea is that if you can’t defeat your opponent in open debate, furtively join them and sabotage them from within! It’s a species of fifth generation warfare, fought with misdirection and subterfuge.

I think this explains the false rabbit trails I’ve mentioned and probably others besides. At least we should think about it. Continuing:

[O]ne of the biggest cons of all perpetrated upon legitimate truth seekers was the legend of the “crisis actors” … that came to be an article of faith surrounding Sandy Hook….  As we’ve already noted (perhaps all too often) in the wake of Sandy Hook many people actually believed that there hadn’t even been any gunplay at all — that no children and no adults were shot that day, that it was all a big staged event, with the purported victims and their families (along with law enforcement) in on the deal….  And in many respects, it may have been one of the most ingenious scams ever pawned off on American patriots designed to misdirect their attention.

Notice how specific superelites can be credited with “anticipating” the coming of Captain Covid. The obvious example is Event 201, organized by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum, carried out at John Hopkins University on October 18, 2019. Another of those events that happened “in view,” i.e., not exactly hidden but not reported in corporate media. You had to seek it out, or you’d not know about it.

We find nothing of the sort with “crisis actors.” To the best of my knowledge no one has claimed credit for the idea. Someone will point out that we have seen ads for crisis actors. Yes, ads that could easily have been placed by agents of Piper’s/Unz’s Crisis Management Conspirators where patriots would see them.

If this line of reasoning is correct, it seems that Alex Jones — among those others we mentioned, and more besides — fell right into the trap the Sunstein crowd laid for them, and are paying the price.

What Might Have Happened at Sandy Hook.

Are there legitimate questions about Sandy Hook? Probably. But which of the following is more logical:

A subgroup within the superelite plan a hoaxed “mass shooting.” They recruit dozens of “crisis actors” to pretend to be parents of murdered children. They enlist local law enforcement as well as local media.

Now consider an alternative scenario … the elites just send in a trusted, trained professional killer, a bona fide psychopath, who possibly uses the Lanza kid as a patsy (akin to Oswald and JFK, or Sirhan and RFK). He does a job about which most of the after-the-fact reportage was essentially correct: twenty children and six teachers or administrators were shot to death by someone who knew exactly what he was doing.

We have a timeline indicating that the shooter got off a rough average of one shot every 13.8 seconds — do the math. Some shots were reportedly much closer together, meaning much less time between them. I know of no information on how many shots missed, the bullets lodged in walls, but that would reduce the average time between shots still more.

The former would have been a massive undertaking! Agents of the superelite would have to buy the silence of each one of the dozens of people “in the know,” or otherwise threaten them, and manage to fool hundreds of other local people, continuing the masquerade indefinitely. There would always be the risk of someone credible blowing the whistle.

An advantage of the latter scenario is that it could have been accomplished without involving anyone outside a tiny inner circle. It accuses no one of being a “crisis actor.” Parents, police, the media, etc., could have been kept in the dark. What happened to the real shooter? Some reports indicated a “second shooter” initially apprehended outside the school moments later. This person seems to have disappeared. Or the real shooter, having left his weapon(s) with the Lanza kid (who received the final bullet), could have found a place to quickly change clothes, then pose as a parent and simply walk out with everyone else exiting the building in a state of panic.

I can’t prove that this second scenario is what happened, of course. I wasn’t there, and I doubt you were either, gentle reader. But consider the old and venerable principle known as Occam’s Razor. Roughly stated, other things being equal: given two competing ideas or explanations for the same event, the one with the fewest moving parts or basic postulates — structurally the simplest — tends to be the right one.

This idea has worked time and time again.

(In a universe designed by a rational God, a cosmos in which the deepest truths are ultimately the simplest makes sense, does it not?)

What Really Matters: the Superelite and Their Goal of Global De Facto Totalitarianism.

My thesis has long been, and continues to be: a small group of humanity, fundamentally sociopathic and seeing themselves as most fit to rule, is obsessed with power and global domination. This group has been using financial systems, economies, and over the past two and a half years, the psychology of mass hysteria, to extend their control over the world. They want a world government that will further enrich their global corporations, while exercising de facto totalitarian control over populations. This group recruits other sociopaths out of general populations who show a willingness and readiness to kill for the cause. They now have the technology enabling them to shift this scheme into high gear, and are using it!

The evidence for this is literally overwhelming!

The superelite, or GloboCorp, will stop at nothing to get what they want. Constitutional patriots in the U.S., as well as nationalists and so-called populists in Europe and elsewhere — also Christians the world over — continue to stand in their way.

They suffered a setback when the Internet got away from them. They partly lost control of national and international narratives, and since 2016 have pulled out all stops to get their power back. They see figures like Trump and possibly Putin as existential threats to their plans for the world. These figures don’t do their bidding as did the Clinton’s and Biden. They can’t be controlled. And they’ve proven strong enough to stand up against the superelite while leading populations at the national level. Hence controlled corporate media demonizes them as “fascists” and “autocrats.” Hence also the campaigns of censorship by Corporate Media and Big Tech which began after Trump’s upset victory in 2016.

The superelite know they are running out of time, because of the number of people out here who know about them and are organizing to oppose them, or at least get free of them.

Hence, finally, the frantic effort to block a second Trump presidency, which would be a catastrophe … for them!

Conclusion.

These are the sorts of things that merit our focus. We should avoid going down false rabbit trails, often based on incidents like Sandy Hook that go off the beaten track. Alex Jones’s fate shows what can happen when both prominent voices and their followers fall victim to cognitive infiltration.

Imagine the pain felt by parents who really did lose children in a mass shooting that, yes, really did happen even if by some chance Adam Lanza wasn’t the shooter! How would you cope, when you were accused in public of being a “crisis actor”? What would you do?

The situation is worse. For the past several weeks I’ve not seen a single reference to Jones that did not demonize him with the conspiracy theorist label. Some authors go further, denouncing him as a liar, despicable, malicious, and so on. In the wake of Jones’s likely financial ruin, millions of people watching it all will conclude that pursuit of anything smacking of “conspiracy theory” is not just nutty but evidence of personal malice! They will avoid it like the plague, and thus never see what is really going on in the world.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

___________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

By Cliff Kincaid

August 16, 2022

Communism has come to America but the conservative and Republican establishments can’t admit it. They are afraid of being labeled McCarthyites.

An outfit called the Conservative Action Project, comprised of the conservative elite, just released a “Memo for the Movement” entitled “Garland and Wray Must Be Impeached,” referring to Attorney General Merrick Garland and FBI Director Christopher Wray. It’s too little too late. We can’t impeach our way out of this predicament.

Even abolition of the CIA and the FBI won’t be enough. The corruption is too deep.

As if the CIA and FBI were not enough, an additional 87,000 IRS agents will be unleashed on those who resist.

Some say the villains are Soros, Schwab, and their ilk. The immediate problem is that, building off 8 years of Obama, we are witnessing the creation of a communist regime in a free country that is designed to use the police powers of the state to destroy the working class through socialist economic policies and Cultural Marxism.

Their champion, President Donald J. Trump, must be destroyed as well.

Communist Jan Kozak’s blueprint, How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism, explains how a socialist one-party state can be accomplished through an electoral strategy. It is the Democratic Party’s playbook.

At this late date, conservatives must begin to identify the “progressives” as the communists they are and explain their tactics and strategy. Fearing the label of “McCarthyism” only confuses people about the need for congressional internal security committees to expose and identify communists and Islamists. Until that happens, Trevor Loudon has the best on-line encyclopedia, KeyWiki, to keep track of the “enemy within.” One current profile is of Senator Richard Blumenthal (D-CT), who was caught addressing the Connecticut Communist Party’s annual awards dinner on December 12, 2021.

Blumenthal is the tip-off that the Democratic Party is their chosen vehicle.

The key ally in Congress for Obama and Biden was and is House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, whose communist connections included Dr. Carlton Goodlett, a notorious communist associate of the communist Peoples Temple cult leader Jim Jones, whose more than 900 followers committed “revolutionary suicide” in Guyana in 1978. Goodlett, a Lenin Peace Prize winner, was a central figure in the Democratic Party in San Francisco. House Speaker Representative Nancy Pelosi praised Goodlett after his death as a civil rights leader.

Pelosi is a fellow traveler, to put it charitably.

The Deep State assault on Trump and his supporters demonstrates that, despite Hillary’s defeat in 2016, Obama’s personnel were occupying important positions of power and continue to do so. Our report at the time explained all of this.

But some of the key Trump aides didn’t understand or appreciate the work of Senator Joseph McCarthy and the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

And many still don’t get it. Stephen K. Bannon, who was fired by the former president, has just devoted hours of his “War Room” show on the America’s Voice network to Alex Jones, even though Jones is facing millions of dollars in jury and judicial fines over his ludicrous claim that the Sandy Hook school massacre was a hoax.

Jones will go down in history as a Texas-based radio/TV  host who made millions of dollars posturing as a “conservative” while making some of the most outrageous claims in the history of American media. Those backing or promoting him are playing into the hands of those seeking to discredit Trump and his supporters.

Jones’ claims also include:

• Muslim terrorists were not responsible for 9/11 and were patsies for the real villains.
• The Boston Bombing, carried out by two Muslims from Russia, was a “false flag” operation.
• NATO and Israel provoked the Russian invasion of its former republic of Georgia in 2008.

For those in the dark about Jones’ role as an agent provocateur in the conservative movement and an apologist for Vladimir Putin, I suggest subscribing to World Revolution Report.

I would also recommend my collection of a 500 anti-communist videos, except for the fact that YouTube has terminated them. The censorship was preceded by another smear of yours truly by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC).

Years before I was targeted by the SPLC and the Council on American-Islamic Relations, the communists demonized Senator Joe McCarthy, coining the term “McCarthyism.” On the eve of investigating communist infiltration of the CIA, as documented by J.C. Hawkins in the book Betrayal at Bethesda, McCarthy went in Bethesda Naval Hospital for a knee problem and came out in a body bag, dead from hepatitis.

Look at a few of the communist connections in our current predicament. Trump’s CIA director, Gina Haspel, had reportedly arranged the transfer of the phony Russia dossier (when she was London station chief) to the FBI to use against Trump. It was paid for by Hillary and used KGB sources. Haspel was mentored by Obama CIA Director John Brennan, who voted communist in college and rose briskly through the ranks of the agency.

Soviet/Russian moles in the CIA and FBI have included Aldrich Ames, Harold Nicholson, and Robert Hanssen. There are undoubtedly many more, especially of the Chinese Communist variety that are known backers of the California Democrats.

Officially, the record shows, communism came to America through Obama’s “fundamental transformation,” another euphemism.

No Administration was more important in U.S. history than that of President Barack Hussein Obama. A Marxist with Muslim sympathies, Obama deceived the people about his mentor, Communist Party operative Frank Marshall Davis, a member of the Soviet espionage apparatus in Hawaii who had been under investigation or surveillance for at least 19 years. We released his FBI file. The media attacked us for exposing Obama’s true loyalties, succeeding in terminating our YouTube channel and draining our organization of financial resources.

Our report at the time had explained how Obama made a series of personnel decisions to drive America in the direction of what we called in our book, Permanent Revolution.   This is a Marxist concept that involves constant “struggle” and “change” through a direct and unrelenting assault on the traditions – and traditional institutions — of our nation. Our two other books on Obama, Comrade Obama Unmasked and Red Star Rising, explain more of the significance of America’s first Marxist president, including his secret life and legacy.

As if to pay homage, Obama in November 2017 rushed over to Beijing to clink glasses with Chinese dictator Xi Jinping, General Secretary of the Communist Party of China. The Chinese media hailed the reunion as a meeting of “veteran cadre,” an extraordinary term that means the former U.S. President has been operating as a communist agent or operative.

Obama also worked with the Russians, when he was caught telling them he needed “more flexibility” to accommodate Vladimir Putin’s objectives.

Why didn’t conservatives call Obama a Marxist? They were scared of being called McCarthyites.

GOP strategist Karl Rove had been advising Republicans to avoid calling Obama a socialist or left-winger. His Republican opponents, John McCain and Mitt Romney, took his advice, failing to brand Obama the Marxist he was and is.

Meanwhile, it has now dawned on businessman John Mackey that “socialists are taking over” the country. The Whole Foods co-founder told Reason magazine, “They’re marching through the institutions — they’re taking everything over.”

Ominously, he added, “It looks like they’ve taken over the military.” That means that we don’t have the option they had in Chile.

Remember that Chile was once run by an associate of Fidel Castro, the communist Chilean President Salvador Allende, who seized power with only 36 percent of the vote.

The military responded with a coup against Allende and General Augusto Pinochet took power.

Faced with a popular rebellion against his communist policies, Allende shot himself with an AK-47 assault rifle given to him by Castro.

Pinochet saved Chile from communism, and presided over a transition to a free-market economy and democratic system that produced the greatest prosperity in Chilean history. He led a revolution in Chile that by communist standards was virtually bloodless. Some 3,000 people were killed by the military when they overthrew Salvador Allende. By contrast, in Russia and China, millions were slaughtered.

Pinochet stepped down from power voluntarily, giving the people of Chile a chance to chart their own future.

But if the U.S. military has indeed been taken over, as Mackey suggested, what option do the American people have?

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Paul Engel

August 15, 2022

• When parents accept government money to pay for their children’s schooling, it always comes with strings.
• What are the limits can a state place on where their tuition assistance go?
• Can a state single out religious or sectarian organizations to be denied the ability to participate in their programs?

When parents saw what their children were being taught during the COVID-19 school shutdowns, school choice has been a topic of increased interest. If government schools were going to substitute political theory for reading, writing, and arithmetic, parents wanted another choice. Most people cannot afford private schools, and others cannot dedicate the time to home schooling. Since the people pay for these government schools through their taxes, shouldn’t they be able to use that money for better options?

As the most rural state in the union, Maine is in a unique situation.

Maine’s Constitution provides that the State’s legislature shall “require . . . the several towns to make suitable provision, at their own expense, for the support and maintenance of public schools.”… In accordance with that command, the legislature has required that every school-age child in Maine “shall be provided an opportunity to receive the benefits of a free public education,”

Carson et al. v. Makin

While the Constitution of the State of Maine requires towns to provide for public schools, some districts do not have a secondary school. Maine enacted a program to allow parents in these districts to designate another secondary school for their children to attend, either in another district or a private school, and the state would send money to the school to help defray costs. Of course, with money comes strings, which two families got caught in.

David and Amy Carson sought tuition assistance to send their daughter to Bangor Christian Academy, while Troy and Angela Nelson sent their son to Temple Academy, but could not afford to also send their daughter. There was one problem for these two families though; since 1981, Maine has limited tuition assistance to “nonsectarian” schools. While both schools met the state’s requirement of being accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges (NEASC), the schools did not qualify as “nonsectarian”.

Petitioners sued the commissioner of the Maine Department of Education, alleging that the “nonsectarian” requirement violated the Free Exercise Clause and the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment, as well as the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. The District Court rejected petitioners’ constitutional claims and granted judgment to the commissioner. The First Circuit affirmed.

Carson et al. v. Makin

Let’s start with the complaint. As I’ve said more than a few times before, this cannot be a First Amendment issue because the law in question did not come from Congress.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment I

This detail didn’t seem to influence the Supreme Court’s opinion:

The Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment protects against “indirect coercion or penalties on the free exercise of religion, not just outright prohibitions.”

Carson et al. v. Makin

It’s worth noting that the court did not come to this opinion based on the language of the Constitution. Rather, they once again placed the opinions of previous courts above the supreme law of the land.

While this requirement cannot violate the First Amendment to the United States, it does violate the Constitution of the State of Maine.

All individuals have a natural and unalienable right to worship Almighty God according to the dictates of their own consciences, and no person shall be hurt, molested or restrained in that person’s liberty or estate for worshipping God in the manner and season most agreeable to the dictates of that person’s own conscience, nor for that person’s religious professions or sentiments, provided that that person does not disturb the public peace, nor obstruct others in their religious worship; 

Maine Constitution, Article I, Section 3

As the suit. alleges, Maine’s policy also violates the Fourteenth Amendment’s Equal Protection Clause.

nor shall any State … deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XIV

Does Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement violate the rights of its citizens to equal protection of the law?

The First Circuit held that the “nonsectarian” requirement was constitutional because the benefit was properly viewed not as tuition payments to be used at approved private schools but instead as funding for the “rough equivalent of the public school education that Maine may permissibly require to be secular.”

Carson et al. v. Makin

The First Circuit Court of Appeals thought the requirement was constitutional because, in their minds, the money wasn’t a tuition payment but school funding. Meanwhile I’m not quite sure what that has to do with the constitutionality of the requirement. Can the State of Maine create public schools that are required to be secular? Yes.

But the statute does not say anything like that. The benefit provided by statute is tuition at a public or private school, selected by the parent, with no suggestion that the “private school” must somehow provide a “public” education.

Carson et al. v. Makin

According to the First Circuit it’s OK to discriminate if the funding is for the equivalent of a public education, but not if it’s for tuition? Thankfully, the majority of the court did not agree.

Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement for its otherwise generally available tuition assistance payments violates the Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment. Regardless of how the benefit and restriction are described, the program operates to identify and exclude otherwise eligible schools on the basis of their religious exercise. The judgment of the Court of Appeals is reversed, and the case is remanded for further proceedings consistent with this opinion.

Carson et al. v. Makin

Dissent

Justice Breyer dissented with the opinion, and was joined by Justices Kagan and Sotomayor.

The First Amendment begins by forbidding the government from “mak[ing] [any] law respecting an establishment of religion.” It next forbids them to make any law “prohibiting the free exercise thereof.”

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

As I’ve already shown, the First Amendment forbids Congress, not “the government”; that came from the Supreme Court. Which makes the next quote even more disturbing.

The Court today pays almost no attention to the words in the first Clause while giving almost exclusive attention to the words in the second.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

Actually, the Supreme Court as a whole paid no attention to the words of the First Amendment, period. Like any good lawyer, Justice Breyer is good at playing with words to support his opinion.

The majority also fails to recognize the “ ‘play in the joints’ ” between the two Clauses. … That “play” gives States some degree of legislative leeway. It sometimes allows a State to further antiestablishment interests by withholding aid from religious institutions without violating the Constitution’s protections for the free exercise of religion.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

The Constitution doesn’t have any ‘joints’ to play with. The First Amendment strictly prohibits Congress (not the states), from abridging the people’s right to exercise their religion. What Justice Breyer refers to as “antiestablishment interests” seems more like anti-religious interests.

In my view, Maine’s nonsectarian requirement falls squarely within the scope of that constitutional leeway. I respectfully dissent.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

It should be no surprise that a justice of the Supreme Court placed their own preferences above the actual language of the law, and that is not the only place Justice Breyer got it wrong.

We have never previously held what the Court holds today, namely, that a State must (not may) use state funds to pay for religious education as part of a tuition program designed to ensure the provision of free statewide public school education.

Carson et al. v. Makin – Dissent

As the majority pointed out, nothing in their opinion claims the state must fund religious education.

The dissents are wrong to say that under our decision today Maine “must” fund religious education. … Maine chose to allow some parents to direct state tuition payments to private schools; that decision was not “forced upon” it. … The State retains a number of options: it could expand the reach of its public school system, increase the availability of transportation, provide some combination of tutoring, remote learning, and partial attendance, or even operate boarding schools of its own.

Carson et al. v. Makin

Conclusion

As I’ve already pointed out, the majority of the court sided with the parents. Yes, they claimed that Maine’s “nonsectarian” requirement violated the First Amendment.

In particular, we have repeatedly held that a State violates the Free Exercise Clause when it excludes religious observers from otherwise available public benefits.

Carson et al. v. Makin

However, since the First Amendment specifically prohibits Congress from passing laws abridging the free exercise of religion, it appears once again the court got to the right answer, but for the wrong reasons. What Maine’s “nonsectarian” clause did by singling out religious schools for discrimination, was violate the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.

So where does that leave this case?

Maine may provide a strictly secular education in its public schools. But BCS and Temple Academy—like numerous other recipients of Maine tuition assistance payments—are not public schools. In order to provide an education to children who live in certain parts of its far-flung State, Maine has decided not to operate schools of its own, but instead to offer tuition assistance that parents may direct to the public or private schools of their choice. Maine’s administration of that benefit is subject to the free exercise principles governing any such public benefit program—including the prohibition on denying the benefit based on a recipient’s religious exercise.

Carson et al. v. Makin

While we should take the win, I think constitutionally minded Americans should also learn from the court’s mistake. We may be happy with the outcome, but all it would take for the next group of parents to be discriminated against is a court with a couple of different justices on it.

The Establishment Clause does not require government to be hostile to religious observances or organizations. While there are plenty of government actors, including judges, who may disagree, the Establishment Clause does not require a secular government, it only prohibits a national church. Those who have stoked the fears of America becoming a theocracy have used the misinterpretation of Jefferson’s “separation of church and state” to effectively do what they claim to be avoiding: Establishing a national religion of secularism. This case is one small step for religious freedom in America. Hopefully, it will lead to a giant leap towards liberty for all.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By: Devvy

August 15, 2022

Last week there were a lot of headlines regarding the Internal Robbing Service hiring 87,000 new agents:  IRS Is Hiring New Employees — Including Armed and Fit Federal Agents “Willing to Use Deadly Force” …Update: IRS pulls Job Post, August 10, 2022

Nothing new for those not familiar with the IRS and their special agents armed to the teeth.  And, make no mistake about this:  Just as what happened a decade ago, these newly minted “public servants” will go after constitutional groups and non-profits fighting back against this in-your-face tyranny we are living in every day.

Now that the communists controlling Congress and Hussein Obama and his Comrades running the Red House on Pennsylvania Ave have passed another massive, unconstitutional spending bill called the Inflation Reduction Act, it’s time to finally kill off the middle class in this country.

Hundreds and hundreds of billions of BORROWED “dollars” to continue fleecing us to fund the great hoax called climate change.  Of course, if the Republicans take control of the House and Senate in November, come January they can pass a bill to stop funding this new rape.  Congress can and has overridden a legitimate president’s veto of a bill.  Think about that when you vote back the same incumbents who continue to cover up the big lie about the income tax.

The ONLY reason the Internal Robbing Service has been able to steal from We the People  this long is FEAR.  IRS freezes your bank accounts with no notice.  So many have killed themselves, families ruined.  Best to stick your head in the sand, reject the truth, accept your lot in life:  A slave to the banking cartels.  1913:  Unconstitutional “Federal” Reserve Banking Act, 16^th Amendment (income tax) to feed the thievery and the 17^th Amendment to destroy the rights of the states.  See here and you will see the truth.

The bottom line is the federal income tax DOES NOT APPLY TO DOMESTIC AMERICANS.  Period.  How many thousands of Americans have been thrown in prison to keep the big lie going?  Former IRS tax preparer, a wonderful human being and patriot, Sherry Jackson, dared to challenge the big fat lie about the income tax went to prison for speaking out.

Oh, well, you know, we all gotta pay our fair share and as the old saying goes:  Two things in life you can’t escape are death and taxes.  Let me tell you something as someone whose been educated on this for nearly 30 years (the “Fed” is what first drew my attention), there are a whole lot of U.S. Attorneys who prosecute people who know the truth but when it comes to truth vs lies, the Constitution vs lies, the truth and Constitution mean nothing.  It’s all about that paycheck and that includes federal judges in collusion with the IRS.

The liars in the prostitute media and members of Congress have been smearing those who’ve come forward – just like the doctors and scientists have over COVID-19 injections – using all the usual Soviet-style propaganda group-think language.  Over the decades we know (those of us in the trenches) many past members of Congress knew the truth about the income tax but remained silent.  After all, Congress (both parties) need to continue raping us to pay the private banking cartels as they put us further and further into double-digit TRILLIONS of dollars in unpayable debt.

I know someone who used to be one of those well-armed IRS Special Agents.  Your tax dollars trained him and he thought he was doing the right thing when presented an assignment regarding ‘tax cheats’.  His name is Joe Banister and I’ve been proud to call him friend for over 20 years.  A man’s man who when he found out the truth, Joe could no longer play their game and resigned from his high paying IRS job with a wife and two sons to support.

Let that sink in.  A good man with a heart of gold and the courage of a lion.  After leaving the IRS, Joe started doing radio and public appearances and then the federals went after Joe with a vengeance.

Can’t have former IRS Special Agents running around the country educating Americans on what the IRS Code actually says and means.  I attended his trial as it was held in Sacramento where I lived at the time in the big, new federal court house.  Thank God, Joe was acquitted.  This is my column on the trial:  The Agony, The Ecstasy, The Agony, June 25, 2005

Like so many others over the decades, I’ve written on this issue endlessly but probably 90% of Americans have zero understanding about the income tax – other than pay up or off to a federal cage; usually a minimum-security prison.

Don’t take my word for any of this, take the time to watch or listen to Joe and ask yourself:  Who’s telling the truth?  A man of integrity who gave up his paycheck to uphold his oath of office or the whores America continues to reelect – along with U.S. Prosecutors and federal judges who are in collusion with each other?

And let me tell you something else that is a FACT.  Expert witnesses like Joe Banister and other former IRS agents are barred from testifying at trials as well as submitting the factual truth:  The IRS deliberately misrepresents who is required to file income tax forms and pay the thieves.  Only by the grace of God was Joe and Tommy (below) acquitted by their juries who saw through the lies by U.S. Prosecutors.

This is a presentation speech Joe gave that should go viral.  WATCH IT – the first video.  You can enlarge screen.

Former IRS Special Agent EXPOSES Government Tax Scam – Video interview, 2013 (17:15) – You will be shocked at what Joe says in that interview.

This is Joe’s web site.  READ the truth.

Truth Frequency Radio (Interview)

Corruption in the IRS (Interview)

Tommy Cryer was a lawyer for over 35 years before he passed away on June 4, 2012, which broke my heart.  Tommy was a roaring lion about the IRS and they came after him; Tommy was indicted and tried just like Joe.  He was unanimously acquitted.  Tommy wrote a document titled The Memorandum.  If Americans take the time to read it, the rage across this country would make a sonic boom sound like a whisper.

It’s not necessary to abolish the IRS.  Just cut out the federal “income” tax.  The IRS would then be an agency that collects constitutional taxes like corporate taxes, excise taxes like cigarettes, alcohol, tobacco, gasoline, etc.

[Note: For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. [Order two books and save $10.00]]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Americans Love the IRS and the Income Tax , mine, April, 2012

Why an Income Tax is Not Necessary to Fund the U.S. Government (mine)

Steve Bannon UNLOADS at CPAC: The Federal Reserve Has Usurped the Power of the People and Must Be Ended (VIDEO)

ALERT: What’s Happening Is The Purchasing Power Of Our Paper Currencies In The West Is Collapsing, April 2, 2022 (Audio)

INFLATION HELL: US Fed Created 50% More Money Out Of Thin Air In 2 Years Than Ever Existed In The Previous 256 Years, August 7, 2022

Leo Hohmann: What is Biden administration trying to tell us with its recent violent actions against nonviolent Americans and hiring of 87K militarized IRS agents?, August 12, 2022

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 15, 2022

“A crowded society is a restrictive society; an overcrowded society becomes an authoritarian, repressive and murderous society.” ― Edward Abbey, Postcards from Ed: Dispatches and Salvos from an American Iconoclast

On August 3, 2022, in a McDonald’s burger joint, a 23 year old  white kid served another kid a bag of burgers, fries and soft drink.  Because the fries were too cold, the 20 year old customer, Michael Morgan, took out his gun and shot the cashier in the neck.  He later died. The shooter’s mother defended the shooting.

Lisa Fulmore, 40, told the New York Post that she, “Talked to my son with the cops” and that he, “Is just saying that he gotta do what he gotta do…and whatever happened, happened.’”

“History yields no examples of diversity creating stable societies.” —Richard Lamm, Governor of Colorado 1975-1987.

On August 7, 2022, three teen girls and a teen boy used their talents to hot wire via a USB port, a KIA automobile.  They drove off only to be tracked by the Minnesota helicopter police…then they crashed the car on the expressway…and then, fled.  Later arrested and now sitting in jail.

But what is totally disconcerting stems from the fact African-American youth are creating videos on how to steal cars, electronically.  I watched one on YouTube.  But there many getting more into the act.  It’s as if stealing a car is their “right” and that there is nothing wrong with their actions.

Let’s repeat this quote:

“A crowded society is a restrictive society; an overcrowded society becomes an authoritarian, repressive and murderous society.” ― Edward Abbey, Postcards from Ed: Dispatches and Salvos from an American Iconoclast

One look at the Chicago, Minneapolis, Detroit, LA, San Francisco and NYC weekend crime sprees should wake up the leaders of this nation that something with our youthful citizens is going terribly wrong.

We’ve got Somalian immigrants in Minneapolis ripping off the EBT cards into the millions of dollars.  Total anarchy.

“For five months, Fox9 investigated rampant welfare fraud by the Somali “refugees” and immigrant community in Minnesota, which cost the state’s taxpayers a whopping $100 million a year. Even worse, the millions defrauded were then wired to Muslim terrorists in Somali.” (Source: Investment Watch, 5/23/2018)

All of this has been set up by your two senators and House member to degrade your community.  Just ask anyone in Minneapolis, once the most pristine and beautiful city in the Midwest.

Whether it was $2 billion worth of burned down buildings, riots, killings and total anarchy during the Black Lives Matter, which VP Kamala Harris and many other leaders supported during 2020—you can’t help wondering what kind of minds would support such anarchy, and make sure none of the anarchists was arrested or prosecuted.

At the same time, the January 6^th hearings make a mockery of justice when our borders have been totally open to terrorists from any country in the world for the past 18 months…by the hand of our own Joe Biden.  He should be criminally charged with treason for actually doing everything in his power to usurp the U.S. Constitution.

Instead, Biden hired 87,000 IRS agents to tap into every Americans’ pocketbooks TO PAY for more than 25,000,000 illegal aliens living in our country in violation of our laws.

Do you realize that we continue to pay billions, upon billions, and in fact, into the trillions for illegals?  They tap into our schools, free lunches, medical, food stamps and much more.

For what this society once was after WWII, it’s almost beyond frightening as to what’s coming once the baby boomers die out.  There won’t be any moral, ethical or spiritual foundation left to carry on our way of life.  Why? Because the Constitution needs a responsible, educated, moral and ethical citizenry to continue.

I fear for the future. What about you?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

August 14, 2022

Many years ago, I was listening to a morning news, commentary, and opinion radio show when a man calling himself Davey called in to give his opinion on a news story covered by the show host. But it became clear very quickly that he was more interested in changing the subject to talk about his religious views. And since the radio show host was a strong advocate of free speech, even speech advocating ideas he personally abhorred, he allowed him to continue.

Davey had a great interest in bloodlines. He expressed his “Christian” belief that White people were the true descendants of Adam and that people of all other races were made beforehand on the fifth day of creation as the “beasts of the earth” mentioned in Genesis 1:24-25. He went on to say that White people were the true Israel, the chosen seed line superior to all other peoples, and heirs of the promises made to Abraham and his descendants.

According to Davey, Cain was the offspring of Eve and Satan (the serpent in the Garden of Eden), and that Cain and his descendants intermarried with the pre-Adamic races mentioned previously, resulting in a “serpent seed” race called the Jews. He believed in an Armageddon scenario he based on Genesis 3:15 that there was coming a final conflict between the woman’s seed and the serpent’s seed, where there would be a victorious war waged by the true Jews (Whites) against non-Whites, especially the “serpent seed race” (false Jews).

I was appalled at Davey’s racist views he tried to pass off as “Christian”. In the spirit of 1 Peter 3:15, which calls on Christians to be ready to make a defense respectfully and gently for their hope in Christ Jesus, I responded to his twisting of Scripture after his call was over, which the show host graciously broadcast on air.

What Davey was promoting was a belief system called Christian Identity, known for its hostility to non-Whites, especially Jews and Blacks. Its theory that all non-Whites are descended from a pre-Adamite race of human beings is contradicted by passages such as Genesis 1:27 and Acts 17:24-26, which teach that God created man in His image. “Man” in this passage includes people of all races and nations. The phrase “beasts of the earth” in Genesis 1:24-25 has always referred to land animals and never to humans of any ethnicity. Genesis 4:1 clearly describe Cain’s parents as Adam and Eve, not the serpent and Eve. Also, nowhere in the Bible is the final judgment of the wicked presented as a battle between peoples of different races.

The radio show host welcomed my well-reasoned and Biblical response and hoped that anyone else listening to the show who held such odious views would take heed.

Sadly, there are other religious groups claiming belief in Jesus who hold to similar kinds of views. Another such group is the Israelite Church of God in Jesus Christ. It is a religious group of those professing to be Black Hebrew Israelites. Based in New York City, it has congregations in several cities in the United States. This group teaches that the descendants of the Ten Lost Tribes and true biblical Jews are the Black Americans, West Indians, and the Native Americans of North and South America and those scattered throughout the world. The group claims that the “Black Israelites” have divine favor, inspiration and are superior to “Edomites” (White people) and all other non-Israelite people. They also hold strong apocalyptic views regarding the end times. They believe that Yahawashi (Jesus) is God’s divine Son and Messiah, and the redeemer for the sins of the Israelites and no other nation. They also believe that the Old and New Testaments and Apocrypha are inspired Scripture, but the group does not believe in the doctrine of the Trinity.

Sometimes the situation is not necessarily one ethnicity forming a religious group and declaring others of different skin color to be inferior or inherently evil. It can involve an attempt to remedy wrongs done by one group to another within the same religious organization.

On September 22, 1943, Lucille Byard was admitted in critical condition to the Washington Sanitarium and Hospital, a Seventh-day Adventist institution in Maryland. Mrs. Byard had fair skin, so the hospital staff did not realize at first that she was Black. But once this became known, they arranged to transport her to Freedman’s Hospital (now Howard University Hospital) six miles away in Washington, D.C. While these arrangements were being made, she was removed from her room and put in the hallway in a hospital gown. Although Mrs. Byard was admitted in critical condition, no one at the Washington Sanitarium examined or treated her before they attempted to transfer her. She was eventually discharged and transported by car, not being allowed to use the ambulance, to the Freedman’s Hospital. Thirty-eight days after being denied equal treatment at the Washington Sanitarium, Lucille Byard died at Freedman’s Hospital on October 30, 1943.

The word circulated among Black Seventh-day Adventists in the Washington, D.C. area about her treatment and it greatly angered them. They were not only upset about admittance to hospitals, but exclusion from certain Adventist colleges and facilities such as the Review and Herald cafeteria, and lack of employment or leadership opportunities in Adventist institutions generated much resentment.

This tragic situation eventually led to the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists creating in North America separate conferences where Black Adventists could have the employment, educational, and leadership opportunities not available to them in White conferences. This arrangement continues to this day.

An ideology that is gaining ground in many mainline and evangelical churches is Critical Race Theory (CRT). This theory, derived in part from Marxism, divides society based on race into oppressors and groups that are oppressed by them. In the context of American culture especially, it proposes that systematic racism instituted by White people (whether consciously or unconsciously) has been designed to suppress people of color throughout the major areas of society. Promoting the sentiment that racism is everywhere all the time, CRT becomes the standard by which virtually everything is viewed and judged.

Some of the results of CRT include the viewing of people as groups rather than individuals, and the attitude that all White people are guilty of racism merely for being White. As this ideology has grown in many mainline and evangelical churches, those formerly united by their faith in Jesus Christ have found themselves being polarized, with racial bias being promoted against brothers and sisters who happen to be White.

In Donna Fletcher Crow’s book, The Fields of Bannockburn: A Novel of Scotland from Origins to Independence, Margaret, a Saxon and English princess fled England after William the Conqueror, a Norman, defeated King Harold II at the Battle of Hastings in 1066 A.D. The sailing vessel meant to aid her escape back to continental Europe was blown north off course and shipwrecked in Scotland. She received refuge from King Malcolm III, whom she later married and became Queen of Scotland.

Queen Margaret was known for her pious devotion to Christ and charitable works serving the poor and orphans. She desired to build a great stone church in Scotland with the help of renowned architect Cyril de Vailly. But Cyril was viewed with deep suspicion by some in the Scottish court because he was a Norman, and King William was at war with the Saxons in England and with Scotland.

However, on one occasion Cyril saved the life of the Queen’s primary aide, Elswyth, while she was running to get help for the Queen who was in labor with her first child and heir to the throne. She slipped on a wet hillside path over a deep, would-be-fatal drop. But Cyril grabbed her hand just in time to prevent her from falling down the steep incline to her death. As result, not only was Elswyth saved, but also the Queen and her son.

On another occasion, the now toddler Prince Edward wandered off into a rushing stream near a waterfall. A large log was moving quickly toward him and would have hit him. If the log striking Edward did not kill him, it would have knocked him over the waterfall to his death. But Cyril leaped into the water and grabbed the child, taking the full blow of the log on his back. Though seriously injured, he managed to maintain his grip on the child and get him to shore.

While recovering on a bed, Cyril was confronted by Elswyth. She wanted to understand how a Norman, an enemy of her people, would risk his life to save a Scot and Saxon. Cyril expressed his sorrow for the Battle of Hastings and the Saxons who were slain there. But Elswyth added that thousands in the north of England died during King William’s scorched earth campaigns where whole towns were slaughtered.

Cyril said, “You are right. William is my king, but he has done much of which I disapprove. But I serve also a higher King, and He bids us to love one another. As His created ones, we are to be reconciled to Him and then to each other. In such there is no Norman or Saxon or Scot. That is why I build. I build places of worship to serve for reconciliation in a world where so much would tear men apart.”

Cyril de Vailly in this story seemed to have a better understanding of the gospel message than those described in the previous four situations. He looked beyond his ethnicity, his nation and king, to the King of Kings, Jesus Christ, the Creator of all humanity, the Mediator that reconciles to God all who trust in Him.

His words echoed that of Paul in Galatians 3:26-29,

“For you are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus. For all of you who were baptized into Christ have clothed yourselves with Christ. There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free man, there is neither male nor female; for you are all one in Christ Jesus. And if you belong to Christ, then you are Abraham’s descendants, heirs according to promise.”

The apostle Paul, in his gospel presentation to the Greeks at Mars’ Hill in Athens, pointed out the unity of humanity from the fact that God created from one man every nation and that in Him we have life and movement (Acts 17:22-31). This message he presented was for people of every nation, and not just for a particular ethnicity.

“The God who made the world and all things in it, since He is Lord of heaven and earth, does not dwell in temples made with hands; nor is He served by human hands, as though He needed anything, since He Himself gives to all people life and breath and all things; and He made from one man every nation of mankind to live on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed times and the boundaries of their habitation, that they would seek God, if perhaps they might grope for Him and find Him, though He is not far from each one of us; for in Him we live and move and exist, as even some of your own poets have said, ‘For we also are His children.’” (Acts 17:24-28)

The apostle Peter after his meeting with Cornelius, a Roman centurion, where he and his family believed the gospel message he brought and were saved, realized that God welcomes anyone from any nation who fears Him and seeks to do what is right (Acts 10:34-35). Being born again of the Spirit was for the Gentiles, too.

“While Peter was still speaking these words, the Holy Spirit fell upon all those who were listening to the message. All the circumcised believers who came with Peter were amazed, because the gift of the Holy Spirit had been poured out on the Gentiles also. For they were hearing them speaking with tongues and exalting God. Then Peter answered, ‘Surely no one can refuse the water for these to be baptized who have received the Holy Spirit just as we did, can he?’ And he ordered them to be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ. Then they asked him to stay on for a few days.” (Acts 10:44-48)

The apostle John in his first epistle to the church emphasized that hatred has no place in the life of a believer in Jesus. The one who loves his brother shows that he loves God who made him and walks in the light of Christ, while the one who does not is blinded by lies and walks in darkness (1 John 2:9-11).

“If someone says, ‘I love God,’ and hates his brother, he is a liar; for the one who does not love his brother whom he has seen, cannot love God whom he has not seen. And this commandment we have from Him, that the one who loves God should love his brother also.” (1 John 4:20-21)

Those involved with religious groups professing some belief in Jesus but are fixated on racial identity show that they have never truly embraced the gospel. Religious organizations that racially divide its adherents for what they believe are for reasons of equity, have also failed to embrace the gospel. Churches that adopt philosophies that divide people by skin color or ethnicity, have forgotten the good news of the new birth, redemption and reconciliation with God brought through the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ.

In the gospel of Christ, bloodlines, skin color, ethnicity, and national origin do not matter. Only the blood of Jesus shed on the cross for the forgiveness of all who trust in Him matters. In Christ, believers of all nations are united to each other in one body (Ephesians 4:1-6) in love of God and of each other.

“For even as the body is one and yet has many members, and all the members of the body, though they are many, are one body, so also is Christ. For by one Spirit we were all baptized into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether slaves or free, and we were all made to drink of one Spirit.” (1 Corinthians 12:12-13)

During the opening ceremonies of the Olympic games, it is customary for the athletes of the many participating nations to march into the stadium under their own nations’ flags. This is in preparation for the national teams to compete against each other to gain glory for their respective countries. In contrast, during the closing ceremonies flag bearers of the nations proceed into the stadium together followed by the athletes from the countries those flags represent. The athletes come into the stadium as one body singing, dancing and celebrating their common bond that they participated in the Olympic games, no matter to what nation they belonged.

There is a greater unity the Lord grants all true believers from wherever they originate in the world. It is an unending bond of love and fellowship that continues into the greater celebration to come.

“After these things I looked, and behold, a great multitude which no one could count, from every nation and all tribes and peoples and tongues, standing before the throne and before the Lamb, clothed in white robes, and palm branches were in their hands; and they cry out with a loud voice, saying, ‘Salvation to our God who sits on the throne, and to the Lamb.’ And all the angels were standing around the throne and around the elders and the four living creatures; and they fell on their faces before the throne and worshiped God, saying, ‘Amen, blessing and glory and wisdom and thanksgiving and honor and power and might, be to our God forever and ever. Amen.’ Then one of the elders answered, saying to me, ‘These who are clothed in the white robes, who are they, and where have they come from?’ I said to him, ‘My lord, you know.’ And he said to me, ‘These are the ones who come out of the great tribulation, and they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. For this reason, they are before the throne of God; and they serve Him day and night in His temple; and He who sits on the throne will spread His tabernacle over them. They will hunger no longer, nor thirst anymore; nor will the sun beat down on them, nor any heat; for the Lamb in the center of the throne will be their shepherd, and will guide them to springs of the water of life; and God will wipe every tear from their eyes.’” (Revelation 7:9-17)

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

August 14, 2022

I’m sure we have all heard about the upcoming food shortages and mothers are already experiencing shortages of baby formula for the last few months. This is not an accident. It is contrived by not just our government but our cooperation with the WEF to purposefully create the shortages so it will be easier to take control of the population. This is also the drive behind the Gren New Deal. Making fossil fuels so expensive that you have to use alternative energy sources even though fossil fuels are actually the best energy source we have.  Also, keep in mind that Klaus Schwab is a student of Nixon’s dirtbag Secretary of State, Henry Kissinger. Kissinger is a major proponent of the New World Order. He believes that the elites need to control everything. He has stated: “Control oil and you control nations; control food and you control the people.” US strategy deliberately destroyed family farming in the US and abroad and led to 95% of all grain reserves in the world being under the control of six multinational agribusiness corporations. He has been pushing this concept for decades and is even behind the vaccine mandates. In a speech to the WHO Council on Eugenics in February of 2009 he stated: “Once the herd accepts mandatory vaccinations, it’s game over.  They will accept anything – forcible blood or organ donation – “for the greater good”.  We can genetically modify children and sterilize them — “for the greater good”.  Control sheep minds and you control the herd.  Vaccine makers stand to make billions. And many of you in this room are investors. It’s a big win-win.  We thin out the herd and the herd pays us for extermination services”.  Remember I called him a dirtbag? That is the nicest thing I can say about him.

The Deep State is up to its eyebrows in the WEF. Many states have adopted the UN’s Agenda 2030. It is loaded with so-called ‘sustainable development goals’ that will do nothing but devastate our food supply and destroy our individual freedoms. The escalating regulatory attack on agricultural producers from Holland and the United States to Sri Lanka and beyond is closely tied to the United Nations’ “Agenda 2030” Sustainable Development Goals and the U.N.’s partners at the World Economic Forum (WEF), numerous experts told The Epoch Times.

Indeed, several of the U.N.’s 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are directly implicated in policies that are squeezing farmers, ranchers, and food supplies around the world.

High-level Chinese Communist Party (CCP) members within the U.N. system helped create the SDGs and are currently helping lead the organization’s implementation of the global plan, The Epoch Times has previously documented.

 If left unchecked, multiple experts said, the U.N.-backed sustainability policies on agriculture and food production would lead to economic devastation, shortages of critical goods, widespread famine, and a dramatic loss of individual freedoms.

 Already, millions of people worldwide are facing dangerous food shortages, and officials around the world say those are set to get worse as the year goes on. There is an agenda behind it all, experts told The Epoch Times.

Even private land ownership is in the crosshairs, as global food production and the world economy are transformed to meet the global sustainability goals.[1]

This Agenda 2030 is designed to eliminate all private land. They don’t believe you are smart enough to own your own property. The worse thing about this concept is our local governments and our federal government have signed on to this blatant violation of American principles and our Constitution. One of the earliest meetings defining the “sustainability” agenda was the U.N. Conference on Human Settlements known as Habitat I, which adopted the Vancouver Declaration.

The agreement stated that “land cannot be treated as an ordinary asset controlled by individuals” and that private land ownership is “a principal instrument of accumulation and concentration of wealth, therefore contributes to social injustice.”

“Public control of land use is therefore indispensable,” the U.N. declaration said, a prelude to the World Economic Forum’s now infamous “prediction” that by 2030, “you’ll own nothing.”

Numerous U.N. agencies and officials have outlined their vision of “sustainability” since then, including calls for drastic restrictions on energy, meat consumption, travel, living space, and material prosperity.

Experts interviewed by The Epoch Times say that some of the world’s wealthiest and most powerful corporate leaders are working with communists in China and elsewhere in an effort to centralize control over food production and crush independent farmers and ranchers.

The WEF, a network of major multinational businesses that collaborates closely with the CCP, is a “strategic partner” of the U.N. on Agenda 2030.[2] You can check out the ‘guidelines’ of what the UN believes should be done for living accommodations for the ‘useless eaters’, which is everybody but the elite, here.[3]

Don’t forget the wisdom of Dennis Prager who has stated on many occasions that “The left destroys everything it touches.” These elites can’t wrap their heads around the fact that the government that our Founders gave us has been the most successful government in the history of mankind. We don’t need anybody’s help to better it.  What we need is for the whole world to follow the lead of our Founders.  But this won’t happen because that would not allow the elites to control everything we do. They refuse to share the wealth a system like that would generate. They want it all to themselves.

Everything the WEF does towards agriculture is geared towards corporate ownership of all farmland. Bill Gates is buying up farmland and is the single biggest owner of farmland in the US.[4] China is buying up farmland in America and a lot of it is next to military bases, How could anything go wrong with that?[5], [6] We can’t allow this to continue. Americans should control America’s food supply not the UN and China shouldn’t be allowed to own any land in America. PERIOD!

For decades the American people have failed to pay attention to who they put in office.  Both parties have people in office that do not have the best interests of America or the American people in mind.  The Democrat party is the worst.  We can see that by the present administration that has done nothing for America since they took office.  Everything has been for the elites and for illegals and foreign nations. They voted against tuition funding for the children of our fallen soldiers but voted for giving illegals free tuition. If we intend on keeping America free, we have to replace who we send to DC. The ones that are there now are failing us miserably and getting rich in the process. We need more citizen involvement and term limits!

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://noqreport.com/2022/07/30/un-world-economic-forum-behind-global-war-on-farmers/
2. https://noqreport.com/2022/07/30/un-world-economic-forum-behind-global-war-on-farmers/
3. https://mirror.unhabitat.org/downloads/docs/TheVancouverDeclarationOnHumanSettlements.pdf
4. North Dakota-approves Bill Gates-major-farmland-purchase
5. https://nypost.com/2022/07/01/chinese-firm-bought-farm-near-us-air-force-drone-base-report/
6. Why-a-secretive-chinese-billionaire-bought-140000-acres-of-land-in-texas

By Rob Pue

August 14, 2022

As we continue to endure the tragic consequences in our nation of a country that has rejected God in favor of sin and “self,” the future of America has never been more bleak.  The bad news seems to be never-ending, and it’s blatantly obvious that everything our government officials are doing — and have been doing over the past several years — is designed to further a Leftist/Communist agenda that’s much, much bigger than most of us realize.  To say that those in power do not have the best interests of the country and our citizens in mind as they push their wicked plans forward, would be a most ridiculous understatement.

The United States is now controlled by the God-hating Left.  Perhaps, in their twisted, demented minds, they think they’re working toward an admirable goal.  Unfortunately, they are demonic — of their father, the devil — and it’s HIS work they’re doing, and his goals they’re working toward, and achieving.

The current illegitimate occupant of our White House now has the lowest poll numbers of anyone in history.  A recent Gallup Poll showed that only 13% of Americans now approve of Biden’s performance.  Yet the destruction continues.  This is the man who took an oath to “protect and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic.”  Unfortunately, he himself is Enemy Number One domestically and he’s in strong allegiance with all our foreign enemies as well.  More unfortunate yet, it seems just about every politician has violated their oath of office as well.

This is to be expected, as our country has steadily sought to push God out of every institution and area of life.  We’ve rejected God’s laws and replaced them with those of depraved men and women.  The satanist Aleister Crowley stated “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the law.”  And so we have, and so we have what we have today.

God gave us His Holy law — the Ten Commandments — for our benefit.  If we were to base our national laws on these ten, or even if we were simply to keep the first two, we would not, today, be in such desperate turmoil.  Instead, we did away with God’s Ten and replaced them with countless thousands of others, which only us poor people are bound to follow.  Our political “masters” are above the law, never held accountable, even when they’re caught red-handed.  There will be a Day of reckoning for them when they stand before the Holy, Almighty God, their Creator.  Until then, though, we seem to be at their mercy.

Perhaps this is the “justice” we deserve.  Not the justice we seek, but the justice we deserve, for allowing them to get away with it all for so long.  The righteous in America ceded their God-given authority to evil dictators, and so we understand what Proverbs 29 means, first-hand: “When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice, but when the wicked beareth rule, the people mourn.”

We’ve been moving steadily away from God and His Word for more than seventy years, and the further away we go the heavier the burden and the more we suffer as a nation.  And as we’ve left God behind, we’ve embraced all manner of sin and evil, selfish desires and lustful behaviors.  Perhaps you haven’t, but our nation has, as a whole, and so our whole nation will continue to suffer, unless and until there is national repentance.  But it’s going to take some serious repentance of Biblical proportions to stay the hand of God’s judgment now.

Abortion — the shedding of the most innocent of blood in the womb, has led to unbridled bloodshed in our streets.  Mass shootings, mob violence, and lawlessness.  As a youngster, I learned that “Jesus loves the little children.”  Indeed, and He’s serious about that.  For us to allow them to be murdered by the millions,under color of law for fifty years, seems unforgivable.  We’re also dealing with human trafficking, CHILD trafficking, pornography, drug and alcohol abuse,  unprecedented mental illness and suicides, and now we’re not only pridefully embracing sodomy, we’re teaching young children to embrace and celebrate it as well.

Speaking of child murder, on August 2nd, voters in Kansas had an opportunity to pass what was called the “Value Them Both Amendment,” which would have ended any questions regarding the legality of killing one’s own child.  The amendment failed, as 86% voted to make abortion a constitutional right in Kansas.

The organization Abolish Abortion Texas” recently shared a video posted on YouTube showing women how to build a “Do It Yourself Abortion Altar.”  This literally teaches women how to sacrifice their murdered unborn children on an ALTAR.  Yes, an altar.  The woman in the video built her abortion altar with crystals, candles, tarot card and incense.  She adds her abortion pills to the altar to “bless” them before she takes them.  She also recommends that women place their murdered child’s body in a container on the altar to “save for later when we find a way to properly dispose of the fetal remains in a way that gives reverence and respect and support to this ‘sacred abortion experience.’”  This is sick stuff, friends.

Meanwhile, we’re still facing the largest economic crisis since the Great Depression.  Hyper-inflation has already begun.  The cost of essentials, like energy and food will soon be beyond most people’s reach.  Studies show that the majority of Americans are only nine meals away from starvation.  What happens when the food in the stores becomes too expensive to purchase — or stops showing up in the stores altogether?

The housing market is crashing and burning even as mortgage interest rates continue to rise, making it impossible for first-time home buyers to qualify.  And as the economy slows to a snail’s pace, people lose jobs and credit cards are maxed out, it will be impossible for most to refinance their homes, so they’ll be out on the street.  We already have more homelessness in America than we had during the Great Depression.

Many places of business are no longer accepting cash for payment and the US dollar is poised to be phased out in favor of a World Digital Currency.  Meanwhile, Klous Schwab of the World Economic Forum recently stated that people should not be allowed to own their own cars any longer — cars should be shared with others or “rotated” between groups of people — but people should not be allowed to own their own cars.  This is their “build back better” plan.  It’s just the start of “you will own nothing and you’ll like it.”

Most are not aware that the Chinese military has been training in Mexico and Canada for several years now.  There are military bases in both those countries with thousands of Chinese troops.  Multiple high-level Chinese officials have stated openly that the purpose of these bases is for the coming invasion of the United States.  They’re not even trying to hide their intentions any longer.

Videos have shown ships owned by China loaded with weapons already nearby.  We’ve all seen the footage of all those container ships off our coastlines, backed up by the supply chain seige, waiting to unload their cargo to trucks and trains which can’t move anything  because there’s no diesel to run them.  But embedded among those cargo ships are highly sophisticated weapons systems built into the containers on the ships themselves.  Those containers actually contain high-powered missile launchers and we’ve seen live video footage of them being tested.  At the same time, even as China owns and operates multiple ports in Mexico, not to mention the Panama Canal, cruise ships have been converted into troop and weapons carriers.  They still look like normal cruise ships, but they’re loaded with Chinese tanks and troops.

But what are our politicians and so-called “leaders” now most concerned with?  Besides depopulating the earth of white Christian males, I mean…   Homosexual rights, “transgender” indoctrination, and brainwashing our children from the youngest of ages.  If you still don’t take this seriously, consider the Pennsylvania Department of Education.  They’re now claiming that children as young as three can identify as “transgender,” and the website for that department advises teachers to ask students before assuming what a student’s preferred pronouns might be.  According to Breitbart, “The department also advocates for teachers to celebrate a ‘gender-neutral day’ in which students are asked to pick ‘two to three ways they will reject gender stereotypes for the day.’”

Meanwhile, the San Diego Unified School District has just adopted a new K-12 “queer” curriculum.  It’s stated goal is “dismantling heteronormativity and promoting a constellation of new sexual identities such as ‘gender-queer,’ ‘non-binary,’ ‘pan-sexual’ and ‘two-spirit.’”   The curriculum vilifies straight people, especially straight WHITE people and especially straight WHITE MALES.  If you think this is just the state of Pennsylvania or the city of San Diego, you’d be absolutely, completely, totally wrong.  This stuff is being forced into every public school system, large and small and even charter and private schools are embracing it.

Remember when homosexuals said they just wanted to be treated “equally?”  I’ve dealt with these militant monsters on the streets, face to face, and they’re the most mean-spirited, violent, wicked people I’ve ever encountered.  It’s not equality they want.  They want  our blood, they want supremacy, and they especially want kids.

Their “lobby” is so all-encompassing and powerful, they now direct public discourse in everything from public schools to professional sports.  On July 19th the House of Representatives passed H.R. 8404, also known as the “Respect For Marriage Act.”  This codifies sodomite so-called “marriage” into federal law and forever smashes the Defense of Marriage Act.  The measure passed the House on a vote of 267-157 and now heads to the Senate, where it’s predicted to pass — if the Leftists can get just ten Republicans to vote “yes.”  You’d probably be stunned to know the Republicans who’ve said they’ll likely vote for it.  Our Wisconsin Senator Ron Johnson is among them, just so you’re aware.

And even as the veil is slowly being lifted on the scam-demic of the COVID STAB, we’re now being led by the rings in our noses into the “world-wide health emergency” known as Monkeypox.  This is a pestilence in which 98% of those who have caught it are men who have sex with other men, or bi-sexual men who have sex with men and then with women.  In a handful of reported cases, children have contracted Monkeypox — but in EVERY ONE of those cases, they were children who lived in sodomite homes.  I shudder to think what is going on behind those closed doors.  Even worse, if facts were brought to bear proving these poor children were being raped and sodomized, I doubt any court in the land would ever convict the perpetrators.

So now, even as we head into fall, and the November elections, we have another “world-wide health emergency” and a ready-made vaccine STAB that can easily be made mandatory.  The US Department of Defense already has the power to force it.  It’s not enough that fewer Americans than ever still trust the election system — now there will be a new thing for the sheeple to fear, new dictatorial powers within the health establishment, government and military, to keep the running joke of the elites running.  Now that they’ve tasted “power” they’re not giving it up without a fight, no matter how many of us die.

This is our country apart from God.  This is our country following Satan’s decree of “do what thou wilt.”  This is our country — once blessed by God as we reverenced and honored Him and His laws, established for our benefit; now cursed by God and given over to our depraved minds.

If there’s any hope left, it’s only in a true, deep repentance and humble return to Christ.   A return to the biblical precepts on which this nation was established so long ago, if such a thing is even possible at this late hour.  May we all grab a hold of the hem of His garment and beg His mercy — and may all who will go to Him, go to Him now.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 368.

Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

August 14, 2022

At the beginning of entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy’s book, Woke, Inc.: Inside Corporate America’s Social Justice Scam, Vivek relates a story about magic. He describes the art of distraction, sleight-of-hand, and deception. He links these smoke and mirror tactics to today’s version of woke capitalism and its vague, subjective, undefined, and unquantifiable progressive values that are advanced by stakeholders, at shareholder expense.

Vivek highlights that magic tricks consist of three parts. First, comes the Pledge, which is something you know and understand, like a deck of cards, a bunny or a girl. Second, comes the Turn, where something extraordinary happens to that which you know and understand, such as the bunny or the girl disappear. At this point people may gasp but there is no applause. The magician will need to bring the bunny or the girl back to get people cheering. This part is called the Prestige. The key to this discussion and what follows is there is no magic and there never has been any magic. The entire setup is a charade, sleight-of-hand, and trickery.

The same holds true in politics.

There is no magic that makes government spending better than private spending. There is no magic that makes government commissions and their assessments better than private party associations and their assessments. To wit, both may be biased in certain ways, but government power and funding has no parallel. To illustrate this point, think of the false claims regarding COVID, Global Warming, or inflation. Government has harnessed our tax dollars to further its own agenda with complete disregard for the citizens they are supposed to serve.

Here in Oregon, we can see the same large-scale charade taking place. Oregon’s Democrat legislators are simply keeping the con alive. They have amassed expansive power while keeping the game rolling along like a roulette wheel or magic show. However, their act is fast losing its “Prestige”.

This week my mailbox is filled with letters asking questions about SB 762. People want to know where it came from, how did it get passed, and what can be done about it?

For now, the so-called Wildfire Risk Assessment maps have been withdrawn by Oregon Department of Forestry (ODF) because they caused so much public outrage. But these maps are the least of our worries and they will be back, after all SB 762 was passed by legislators backed by the environmental left.

To set the stage, SB 762 was a 2021 Forest Policy bill requested by Governor Kate Brown and the Legislative Committee on Natural Resources and Wildfire Recovery. This committee chaired by Sen. Jeff Golden (D-Ashland) was formerly named the Environment and Natural Resource committee. I believe this committee was renamed to promote the illusion that wildfire is a concern for the environmental left and their legislative puppets.

This bill arose from Kate Brown’s unshakeable adherence to Rahm Emanuel’s advice, “You never want a serious crisis to go to waste. And what I mean by that is an opportunity to do things that you think you could not do before.” Many of these never-thought-of-before ideas are absurd on their face but others have been pushed into the public domain by heedless fear-mongering and traitorous promises by government experts.

SB 762, like most leftist legislation, fantasizes that more government rules will magically solve significant problems, like the mismanagement of our forests. SB 762 arose after several devastating wildfire seasons and became a focal point after seeing the horror from the 2018 Paradise, California fire.

In that tragedy a regional electric utility provider, Pacific Gas and Electric, had neglected maintenance and upgrades to their utility lines. This led to sparks in a heavily forested area and ignited fires during a high-wind event. More than 100 lives were tragically lost, and PG&E was quickly bankrupted.

The CA PUC approved a Chapter 11 bankruptcy plan that paid $5.4 billion in initial funds and 22.19% of PG&E stock into a trust for victims of wildfires caused by its outdated equipment. As of today, most lawsuits have been settled with $13.5 billion earmarked for more than 80,000 people who lost family members, homes, businesses and other property in the fires. Of course, this will never fully compensate for lost lives, memories, histories, or belongings.

Oregon’s Democrat super-majority, not wanting to let a crisis go to waste, strategized on how to use this as the starting place for loading the bureaucratic state with more power while stripping property rights and common-sense from families, land owners, municipalities and corporate entities. The Pledge starts the trickery by setting the focus on the Electrical System:

At its heart though, it is focused on the rural landscapes throughout Oregon, regardless of proximity to transmission lines or electrical substations. The key question is, how will risks be assessed? If the assessment comes from “science,” what “science” will be used and where will that “science” come from? What are the trade-offs between risk and reward? How would our state’s bureaucracies determine an entirely subjective assessment about “risk”? Risky to whom?

Can the state weigh your unique situation, individual circumstances and capabilities? How well did the state do on their risk-based assessments for your health under the COVID-19 debacle?

Corruption at the highest levels of government defies level-headed analysis. SB 762’s tax and spend political goal is aimed squarely at those living outside the metro, Democrat controlled, municipalities. Note, there is no risk-based analysis for sub-stations or transmission lines within the smoldering ruins of downtown Portland. In SB 762, we see political exploitation in deviously hidden ways.

When the legislature puts more demands on an agency, the agency typically needs more personnel, more office space, more computers and resources. SB 762 places 122 increased demands on state agencies, commissions, and contractual relationships. Some of these are quite complicated and others, less so, but they are easy enough to find by looking for “shall” clauses in the bill. Each of these is a demand which gets tagged onto each citizen’s share of the social contract, meaning you and I will fund them, regardless.

How much will this cost? What are the budgetary limits? ORS 477.060 spells out considerations in determining cost of protection for ODF which may “include the special or additional cost of fire protection for property owners within a forestland-urban interface classification, including the special or unique costs of assessment processing and administration.” Additionally, these “special or additional costs may not exceed $25 annually for each real property lot.”

However, this limitation has been struck with laser-like precision and ODF is not bound by any form of cost constraint. This means that the costs, regardless of how atrocious, will get passed onto property owners because ORS 477.270 stays in place and the cost for “providing protection for privately owned forestland shall be a lien upon such property.” This means ODF now has enormous financial incentive to exert its power as a proportional claim on your property.

Additionally, ORS 477.270 specifies, these fees “shall be levied and collected by the governing body with the next taxes on the land in the same manner and with the same interest, penalty and cost charges as apply to ad valorem property taxes in this state. The governing body shall instruct the proper officer to extend the amounts on the assessment roll in a separate account, and the procedure provided by law for the collection of taxes and delinquent taxes shall apply.”

In essence, what started as periodic workshops for utility grid providers ends up allowing ODF to place annual liens on every property in Oregon based upon some arbitrary risk-assessment and the supposed costs associated with providing fire protection. Landowners will also bear increased costs as private insurance providers get pulled into the one-size-fits-all maze of capricious rules and assessments.

This is why I continually argue that those running the Democrat super-majority are actively moving us toward socialism. They consistently pursue the expansion of the regulatory machine while limiting entrepreneurship, actively curtailing competition, and inhibiting private property rights. “You will own nothing and be happy” is part three of the con, the Prestige, the final result of their smoke and mirror magic.

Earlier I mentioned that your response and outrage caused the withdrawal of the original assessment maps. Stay vigilant as we work together to bring common-sense back to forestry management.

© 2022 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

By Sidney Secular

August 12, 2022

THE ADENA: THE FIRST CIVILIZERS OF NORTH AMERICA

The pyramid-like structure was discovered 60 feet at the bottom of Rock Lake in Southern Wisconsin in 1991. Three thousand years ago, that same structure stood at the edge of the lake. Sea levels had risen since the end of the Ice Age, hiding the now submerged remnants of extinct civilizations in various locations around the globe.

Archeologists affected surprise that a structure of such intricacy requiring complex social organization, a hierarchy of labor, building technology, tool production and a uniform system of measurement existed in an area previously supposedly populated only by hunter-gatherer Indians at the turn of the First Millennium, BC, a time before even the bow and arrow were invented. The sunken structure, called the Temple of the Moon, was not an anomaly. Similar structures just as old had already been discovered/uncovered in many scattered areas east of the Mississippi River and near the Great Lakes but were more numerous in the Ohio Valley than elsewhere. Indeed, there may have been thousands of them extant at any one time. They were stumbled upon by settlers and pioneers moving west and were nearly all obliterated for use as building materials for wells and walls and to provide land for farms with little fanfare or efforts at preservation. These were the remnants of North America’s first civilization named by archeologists, the Adena from the name of a complex of such structures located at the plantation of Ohio’s sixth governor, Thomas Worthington of Chillicothe.

The civilization showed no signs of gradual development but seemed to appear full-blown around 1,000 BC. Radiocarbon dating showed that the civilization was long-lived, expiring about 700 AD having reached an apex of development about 300 BC and gradually declining after 400 AD. The people were called Allegwi, Alleg and Talligewi by their Indian neighbors, and later Allegheny. This is the derivation of the names Allegheny Mountains and the Allegheny River. There was a tradition there were “giants” among them, people of a larger size and stature than the Indians. They were robust and many were about 7 feet in height, both men and women. The Adena introduced artistically advanced pottery that the Indians copied. They also introduced copper and iron bracelets and necklaces having the talent, knowledge and capability to produce; they also produced beads of precious stones, chert axes and crescents.

All of their fabrications shared basic common features indicating that they were produced during the same time period and by the same people. Their burial mounds consisted of long trenches in which were laid varying numbers of their dead with burial accoutrements including copper ornaments, ceremonial daggers and impressive necklaces. For dwellings, stones were selected for size and heaped symmetrically into a tent-shaped structure resembling an elongated pyramid 102 feet long by 12 feet wide by 12 feet high oriented exactly to the compass points, north-south or east-west  and all without exception were built in close proximity to water, whether a stream, river, lake, or the seacoast. The few stone mounds that have survived were initially mistaken for heaps of rock left behind by retreating glaciers despite their organized appearance. In several locations, they also built gigantic geoglyphs representing natural subjects such as eagles and other animals. A particularly noteworthy example is located near Lake Pepin in Minnesota being comprised of thousands of white crystals, each the size of a baseball, carried to the site from all over the Adena’s far flung trading network. Over time the site was robbed of its crystals that were then replaced with ordinary rocks. These are laboriously washed each year by members of a Boy Scout troop to preserve a resemblance/remembrance of the original geoglyph.

Two nearly identical geoglyphs are found in Georgia. All three structures are 102 feet long and located on high ridges overlooking rivers. Adena ceremonial centers and gathering places were earthen or stone structures in the same typical somewhat pyramid-like configuration. The most prominent survivor of these is West Virginia’s Grave Creek Mound, the largest conical earthwork in the United States with a diameter of  295 feet and standing 69 feet high. It is believed that about 3 million basket loads of soil comprising some 57 tons in weight went into construction of that site. It was then encircled by a massive moat of water 40 feet wide and 5 feet deep. A causeway also ran around the structure’s perimeter.  One of the male skeletons found in the structure was accompanied by over 2,000 finely cut discs of seashell, 250 pieces of mica, 17 beads made of bone, together with a collection of copper bracelets and rings. These offerings came from such far-flung locations as the Gulf Coast, the Carolinas and the Upper Great Lakes.

Another mound, the Miamisburg Mound in Ohio, comes close to the stature of the West Virginia mound, it’s circumference being 877 feet with a height of 70 feet. 54,000 cubic yards of earth went into building that structure that was originally encased in stone. But “Alleg” accomplishments did not end with their prodigious mounds. They built prodigious walls, over 3 miles long that served not only as defensive ramparts but as enclosures for huge ceremonial centers. At least fifteen of these entities have been found in southern Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, and Tennessee located atop high bluffs overlooking rivers in thickly wooded areas. “Fort Ancient,” near Lebanon, Ohio, is the largest known structure of this type and has been incorporated into a state park of 764 acres featuring walking trails and 3.5 miles of wall left by the Adena. It is thought that about 12,000 people gathered there for special occasions.

Other complexes of a similar nature are found at “Indian Fort Mountain,” 3 miles east of Berea, Kentucky; and “Old Stone Fort” in Coffee County, Tennessee.  Clearly, North America’s so-called “Indian mounds” were not crude piles of dirt produced by primitive savages. Rather, they were expressions of applied geometry, skilled materials handling and structured design accomplished by an organized workforce with advanced skills able to create structures that would defy the passage of millennia, succumbing only to the greed and ignorance of modern man who discovered them.

The Adena also produced objects that can be characterized as representing the fine arts. Tablets of fine-grained sandstone, baked clay, and limestone were used as media to create complex designs exemplifying lively expressionism and abstract art. Paint pigments were produced from graphite, manganese oxide, red ochre and pulverized galena.

Materially, these were the first true farmers in the United States living in permanent settlements and cultivating a wide variety of plants including squash and corn usually associated with the Indians. They were in no way a “hunter-gatherer” civilization. Indeed, it is more than likely that the Indians copied Adena techniques for growing these crops rather than being their source as is still believed to this day. As would be expected from an advanced culture, the Adena hunted and fished for the great variety of fish and game plentiful in their primordial surroundings. Sadly, experts believe that less than one percent of their cultural artifacts remain and that the rest have either been destroyed or otherwise lost and so are not subject to further examination and analysis.

The Adenas’ sad fate was extermination at the hands of neighboring Indian tribes carried out in coordinated attacks in large numbers – although there is evidence of genetic and health problems that also decimated their numbers and weakened them physically over a period of centuries. Indeed, those very factors may have led to the above more directly hostile circumstances. As well, other factors may also have been involved in their disappearance, but more on that anon. And so, by the time the traders and pioneers from Europe had arrived, the Adena had long since vanished into local Indian lore leaving their actual existence to be considered nothing but “Indian lore.”

There are many enigmas associated with the Adena, and if you believe the conventional archeologists, their origin is one of them. They literally burst upon the scene over 3,000 years ago as public works engineers, astronomers, metalsmiths, and the land’s first farmers and potters, but today are only remembered as “the mound builders.” Pitifully few shreds of their material accomplishments remain and as their lineage had no commonalities with the woodland Indians, they are virtually considered mere folklore as noted. But if we look beyond – and outside – North America, we can trace their origins.

Of all the major events that transpired beyond the Americas circa 1,000 BC the most notable one was the simultaneous rise of the Celts. Having moved westward in massive waves from their primeval homelands in the steppes of Central Asia, thence to the bogs and swamps of Poland, then through Bavaria, southern Germany and Austria, and then into northern France and central Spain – where they were called “Gauls” – and then finally winding up for the most part in the British Isles, they were described as being  “tall of body, muscular, white of skin, and blond of hair.” They were given to fighting like frenzied beasts and were characterized as barbarians though they were admitted artists of consummate skill. They manufactured prodigious quantities of tools, weapons, luxury goods, and art objects (especially jewelry and metalwork) and they bartered throughout Europe and the Near East, engaging in far-flung commerce. They had extraordinary maritime abilities and built especially sturdy and seaworthy ships that were better than others extant including those of the Romans, whom they bested in a famous battle. As a group, their main fault was that they did not form cohesive military and political units better able to confront their adversaries. They acted as assemblies of individuals rather than a cohesive force fighting for group goals.

Without doubt, the Celts possessed deep water vessels capacious enough to ferry thousands of people across the Atlantic Ocean. As such, their sudden appearance into central and western Europe and their abrupt debut as the Adena into eastern North America at the same time should at least prompt an examination of the commonalities among them. Such an examination would show that the two groups were remarkably similar. The European Celts were above average in height and so too the Adena stood out from North America’s indigenous populations with larger skulls, higher and broader foreheads, prominent jaws, and more pronounced cheekbones. These characteristics were very similar to those of the European Celts. There are very few Adena skulls to work with so it is difficult to make definitive statements on the matter. Studies show the Adena entered America on the eastern seaboard and then moved into the heartland of the continent. The stone chambers found in New England, especially at “Mystery Hill” (dubbed “America’s Stonehenge”) in New Hampshire, are architecturally similar to those in Scotland and Ireland. Three stones at Mystery Hill have markings associated with Beltane, an annual pagan Irish festival. The aforementioned  fort-like Adena hilltop structures and mounds are remarkably similar to structures found in Europe in areas through which the Celts passed.

While the American pioneers were busy obliterating nearly all the Adena mounds, some of the earthworks near bogs revealed a surprise – a primitive kind of pit furnace used in the production of iron along with heaps of white ash, the result of high temperatures used in iron smelting. The local Indians claimed to know nothing about the “ancient race of white giants” who built the mounds and were responsible for “all kinds of strange magic.” The said furnaces were not properly identified as such until 1949. In Europe, Celtic life was centered around bogs where the same kind of smelters were found as in the Ohio Valley. In fact, the Celts were the ones who inaugurated the Iron Age producing weapons, tools, and various implements of the medal that replaced bronze as the primary one that had characterized the Bronze Age.

The Celts were also famous for painting their bodies with exotic colors and designs – as did the Adena. The Romans referred to the Scots as “Picts,” a term derived from a Latin root meaning “to paint.” The Romans also found that the Southern people of Britain, also painted themselves with woad. Among the most emblematic of symbols used by the Celts and Adena  was the swastika. A Celtic rendition known in Ireland as “Brigid’s Cross” is identical to that found on Adena artifacts. These crosses are still employed by superstitious Irish Catholic households to ward off fire and evil. Like all other swastikas, the Irish variant is used to symbolize the return of light and regeneration and is displayed on the first day of Spring. The swastika was and still is regarded as a sign of good luck by many Indian tribes – most famously by the Hopi – and the symbol’s origin appears to have been the Adena.

The Adena were great weavers excelling in complex patterns and techniques. Although rare, a few examples still exist to prove that the mound builders arrayed themselves in magnificent attire. Like the Adena, the Celts were master weavers, delighting in complex, colorful, expressionistic patterns that bordered on the abstract. Helmets of Celtic warriors were often adorned by representations of hawks or eagles, an image often stylized in artistic renderings of  unusual helmets and imitated by officers in the Imperial German Army during World War I. As well, both the Adena and Celts revered the wolf for its courage, worshipping animals in their spiritual lives, a practice that was passed to the American Indian and Eskimo. This belief was reflected in elaborate costumes and ceremonial artifacts. Adena shamans dressed as werewolves in their ceremonies.

It is amazing that no records or representations of the long-dead language of the Mound Builders are extant. However, Algonquian speech which once spread across a large swath of North America is peppered with Celtic cognates and loan words. Appropriately, a strong concentration of Algonquians was centered in the Ohio Valley, the Mound Builders’ heartland. The Algonquians themselves show some “whitish” traits, including being taller than the other Indian tribes. Stone tablets scattered throughout the Adenas’ area of settlement have been found inscribed with Celtic symbols.

What became of these North American Celts? Folk traditions of the Ottawa, Ojibwa and Pottawattamie relate that their ancestors formed an alliance to kill the “white giants.” Since their population had been dwindling, the Indians decided to “gang up” on them in their reduced circumstances. The Indian alliance proved irresistible and the “fair-skinned Giant Sorcerers” as they were called by the Tuscarora made a last stand below the rapids at “Sandy Island.” It was there that thousands of human skeletons were found by colonists well into the late 18th Century. It is also interesting to note that the Adenas were accused of cannibalism when it appears that it is more likely that they were its victims. That last stand was the finale of a war that ranged from the Atlantic Coast to the Mississippi River and beyond. Vast killing grounds have been uncovered near the junction of the Hart and Missouri Rivers. One is one-hundred acres in extent. The ground there was filled with trenches piled full of dead bodies of both man and beast and covered with several feet of earth. In many places, mounds from 8 to 10 feet high, some more than 100 feet in length have been thrown up and are filled with broken pottery, vases of bright colored flint and agates. The work shows great skill and a higher degree of civilization available from the Native Americans of the time. Some of the vast cemeteries have yet to be explored. Indian lore of the genocidal conflict is profuse.

In May 1773, a representative of Lord Dunmore, the governor of Colonial Virginia visited the town of Chillicothe in what was to become Ohio. Thomas Bullitt was seeking permission from the Shawnee for his fellow Virginians to settle in the area. Chief Black Fish told Bullitt that he was not able to authorize the Whites to settle in the lands involved, which were then part of Kentucky. The Chief said that “. . . we have never owned that land. It belongs to the ghosts of the murdered Azgens (Adena) – a white people from across the eastern sea. Their bones and their ghosts own and occupy every hill and valley of the country. Long ago our forebears killed off the Azgens, but we now fear the spirits of these people more than our forebears feared them when they were flesh.” It is amazing how the Indians were willing to acknowledge the existence of those whom their own people refuse to recognize.

The reason for the Adenas’ dwindling numbers, other than the Indian attacks, have never been fully ascertained, although disease is likely to have something to do with it. Their warrior and exploratory spirit and advanced weaponry would seem to militate against hostile activities leading to a sufficient decrease in numbers and geographical considerations seem unlikely as they were always ready to move from one place or another to meet their needs or their fancies. However, as with all past civilizations, it is possible that they might have been growing soft and too content with a growing materialism, a matter that has been the downfall of all civilizations to date.

There are some strange anomalies to be noted in all of this. For instance, not one example of the Celts’ most iconographic artifact – the torque – has been found in prehistoric America. The torque was a twisted ornament of precious or semi-precious metal worn around the wrist or neck. Although its significance is not understood, its far-flung reverence as a cult object is beyond question. Large numbers of torques were produced by the Celts in Europe for over 1,000 years until they were prohibited by the Christian Church. Even so, no mound builder grave has yielded a single specimen. Moreover, Celtic warriors were renowned for their silver ornaments and iron and steel weapons, but no such items have been found in Adena earthworks. Far less than 1% of the Adena cultural residue remains, but that doesn’t explain this lack of finds.

One problem or deficiency, if you will, of the Celts in general in Europe and with the Adena in North America in the early historical periods was that the Celts presented as a people vice as organized nations. They didn’t get beyond the tribe or clan level of organization. That phenomenon made them less politically united or militarily cohesive, and thus more prone to disunity and unable to present a united front against their enemies. This could have contributed to the downfall of the Adena, as each group of them could have been picked off, one by one. Still, it is all rather strange and disheartening that such an advanced race could disappear virtually without an understandable history. Today, basically all that remain are broken bones, the gaunt ruins of their grand but failed hill forts, a dwindling collection of their earthworks, fragmentary artifacts, and folk memories preserved by the descendants of their enemies. Thus, a lost White civilization of America remains lost.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

August 12, 2022

Joel Gilbert argues that Michelle Obama will replace Joe Biden as the Democratic Party presidential nominee in 2024. Whether it’s Michelle or somebody else, Barack Hussein Obama is running the show. His former vice-president, Biden, is clearly a front man, who nominated another front man, Attorney General Merrick Garland. His job is to keep Donald J. Trump out of the White House so that the Democratic Party can consolidate its power as the leading socialist/communist organization in the “Free World,” on the road to a global utopia through a process the Marxists call “Permanent Revolution.”

The report that a federal magistrate linked to Obama approved the raid on Trump’s home is just one more example of who’s calling the shots.

Don’t worry about Hunter’s “laptop from Hell.” This is the presidency from Hell, a third term for Barack Hussein Obama.

We wrote three books about this, Red Star Rising, Comrade Obama Unmasked, and Permanent Revolution, describing what we are living and suffering through.

Leave no doubt that America’s current predicament is the result of eight years of Obama, a Marxist student of Russian agent Frank Marshall Davis who met with Chinese Communist President Xi to plot the final phase of the world revolution. The Chinese press called it a meeting of “veteran cadre,” yet another indication that Obama’s Marxist experiment was being organized in cooperation with China and Russia. That meeting preceded the release of the China virus.

Remember that Senate Republican Leader Mitch McConnell stopped Obama’s nomination of Garland to the Supreme Court, then turned around and voted for his nomination as Biden’s Attorney General. Trump got three Supreme Court vacancies as a result, but is now in the crosshairs as he contemplates another presidential run. Garland is an agent of Obama and McConnell has to know it.

In addition to publishing three books on the political significance of the Obama presidency, my group America’s Survival, Inc. warned the Senate that Garland, then a federal judge, was implicated in a major cover-up involving a member of the Weather Underground, the terror group whose leaders Bill Ayers and Bernardine Dohrn backed Obama for the presidency in 2008.

Before YouTube terminated my channel, eliminating 500 videos from public view, I had analyzed the issue of Merrick Garland’s involvement in a court case brought by the Obama Administration to drop terrorism charges against a communist by the name of Elizabeth Anna Duke. She was a member of a Weather Underground spin-off that specialized in terrorism, including bombing the U.S. Capitol in 1983, and fake IDs. Then-Judge Merrick Garland found no problem with a magistrate who arbitrarily dropped the charges against her, at the request of Obama’s Justice Department.

Obama was determined to get Merrick Garland on the Supreme Court but had to settle for the Attorney General position. As a result, numerous communist terrorists remain on the loose.

The issue is Obama, not Joe Biden or Hunter Biden. The Biden Crime Family is real but a distraction. Obama is the one behind the curtain.

For eight years we tried to warn Americans people about the lasting significance of the Obama presidency.

More relevant than ever before, America’s Survival, Inc. released a hard-to-find copy of the 1961 House Committee on Un-American Activities analysis of the book How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism. This is a how-to-book on how communists overthrow non-communist majorities and make democracies into dictatorships.  The author, Jan Kozak, historian of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia, outlined how a parliament or legislative body (such as the U.S. Congress) can be helpful in “transforming democratic nations” into communist countries. Hence, we see party line votes for more federal control over the U.S. economy, the latest being the “Inflation Reduction Act.”

For the doubters, consider Biden’s nominee, Lenin scholar Saule Omarova, as Comptroller of the Currency. Her thesis was titled, “Karl Marx’s Economic Analysis and the Theory of Revolution in The Capital.”

Can America be saved? We have to understand the history of communism and look at the examples of how Marxist regimes can be undermined and overthrown.

To begin with, let’s dispense with the terms “woke” and “cancel culture,” which mask the true nature of our predicament.

Meanwhile, Afghanistan has become a heavily-armed Islamic terrorist state, Democrat Nancy Pelosi is provoking a Chinese invasion of Republic of Free China on Taiwan, and when Biden showed his weakness by approving another Russian gas pipeline to Europe, Russia launched a war in Ukraine to demonstrate its economic power in Europe. It was President Bill Clinton who convinced Ukraine to give its nuclear weapons back to Moscow.

Biden’s response has been another no-win war.

Meanwhile, labeled by the media as the “Pink Tide,” we are witnessing the ominous advance of communism in the Western hemisphere. Even “60 Minutes” ran a story, too late to make a difference, about communist inroads in Central America.

When you hear about “The Worst Mass Migration Crisis in History,” understand the communist roots of this problem.

Vladimir Putin, speaking at the plenary session of the 25th St. Petersburg International Economic Forum, declared, “…Changes in the global economy, finances and international relations are unfolding at an ever-growing pace and scale. There is an increasingly pronounced trend in favor of a multipolar growth model in lieu of globalization. Of course, building and shaping a new world order is no easy task.”

As we educate the people, documenting global trends in our World Revolution Report, don’t fall into Putin’s trap. His “New World Order” spells the end of America. He wants the death of the dollar – and the death of America. His troops are now in Latin America.

We warned America many years in advance about the communist takeover of America. Trump’s presidency was a surprising pause in the consolidation of their power, after Republicans John McCain and Mitt Romney lost to the Marxist candidate.

Now Trump wants to take on these communists — again. He calls them “radical Left Democrats.” No, Mr. President. They are worse than that.

We saw what they intend to do with the arrest of the would-be assassin of Justice Kavanaugh. The psycho, probably on dope, turned himself in!

Forget the talk about “The Biden White House.” The Biden Administration is the spawn of Barack Hussein Obama. You can’t understand what’s happening now without an appreciation of Obama’s communist mentor and Obama’s relationship with China, Russia, and radical Islam.

The issue isn’t the “laptop from Hell.” It’s the presidency from Hell, in the form of a “former” president, Barack Hussein Obama, whose vice-president is now a figurehead president and his son, Hunter, a major distraction who will be handled with kid gloves.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Tom DeWeese

August 12, 2022

I have just returned from one of the most important speaking tours I have ever undertaken. In fact, it wasn’t really a speaking tour – I was barnstorming the state of Iowa. I was there to cause trouble and stir up the citizens – AND I DID IT!

You see, in Iowa, along with North and South Dakota, Minnesota, and Nebraska, the push is on to enforce a plan to capture CO2 and bury it in the ground. Of course, the excuse is to protect the earth from Climate Change!

In all of my years of fighting the lies and insane policies of the radical environmental movement, this is without doubt their DUMBEST plan ever – but it’s also one of the MOST DANGEROUS that we have ever faced.

Here’s the scheme. Thousands of acres of privately-owned, food-producing Midwest Corn Belt farmland are targeted for a new 1300-mile long-pipeline. But NOT a pipeline to bring us desperately needed fuel oil. No – the purpose of this pipeline is to capture carbon dioxide and TRANSPORT IT UNDER GROUND!!!!

Two main forces are pushing these Carbon Dioxide Pipelines. They are private companies named Summit Carbon Solutions and Navigator CO2 Ventures. These private companies have already sent out letters to farmers across Iowa, South Dakota, Minnesota, Nebraska, and North Dakota. Explaining the project, they are saying, “Navigator is proposing to build a large scale carbon capture pipeline system spanning more than 1300 miles across five states in the Midwest…” “The pipeline system… will capture carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from local facilities before these emissions reach the atmosphere and transport the CO2 safely via pipeline to a permanent and secure underground sequestration site in Illinois.” The letter goes on to explain that “the pipeline will materially reduce the participant’s carbon footprint and further the global goal of carbon neutrality.”

These are private companies. They are not public utilities. Yet, their letter to property owners contains this threat. “We intend to file a petition with the Iowa Utilities Board for permission to build the pipeline.” It goes on to say, “Our goal is to reach voluntary agreements with all landowners along the Project route, though if we are unable to do so, we may need to request the right of eminent domain (condemnation) from the Board.” So, the message is clear to property owners… be real nice and give up your land voluntarily, or we will just take it!

Just as I’ve been warning for over thirty years, all of this is part of the plot as called for in Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, The Green New Deal, and now the Great Reset. Clear back in 1992, when Agenda 21 was first introduced, its radical environmental promoters at the United Nations described it as “A blueprint for the reorganization of human society.”

Now, America’s farmers are on the front lines of the ground war to enforce that reorganization. And this is just the beginning to get it all started. As their land is confiscated, farmers won’t be allowed to grow food. No crops will be grown. The pipeline won’t be placed on the edges of the farm property — but will drive right through the middle, rendering much of the rest of the farm’s land useless. The first step in creating the pipeline will be to rip up the topsoil. Farmers are promised, if they will sign an easement agreement to voluntarily give up the land, in the first year they will be paid eighty percent of what they would have brought in for crop production. Sixty percent is promised for the second year, and forty percent for the third year. Little has been mentioned for what is to come after that.

As less and less farmland is available, the Great Reset scheme is to grow most of our food inside factories, providing only synthetic substitutes like the fake meat that is being marketed now. It’s interesting to note that, again, Bill Gates is right in the middle of this scheme. As he is busy buying up millions of acres of farmland, he’s also one of the biggest promoters of synthetic beef.

The Climate Change threat is a complete hoax, designed to create fear to get you to voluntarily give up your liberties. There is no scientific evidence whatsoever to back up the claims of man-made global warming.

Along with the drive for the carbon capture pipeline to eliminate CO2, there is a separate drive to lock away thousands more acres for wind and solar farms, in order to eliminate all oil and gas energy.

One plan calls for the locking way of seventeen million acres of solar farms in the Midwest to replace coal and gas power plants. It’s interesting to note that those coal and gas power plants take up only a few acres.

The solar panels use large amounts of plastic, which is made from oil. In addition, large amounts of copper are necessary for the wire infrastructure underneath. Plus, under those rows and rows of solar panels over thousand of acres is cement to cover the wires. Nothing grows under them – no grass or small animals. Valuable farmland destroyed.

In addition, plans also call for 250 million acres of wind farms. Wind turbines need huge amounts of oil in order to turn. They also need large amounts of copper, limestone, steel, aluminum, cobalt, and nickel to produce a single wind turbine. Some experts say that it will take more energy to produce a single wind turbine that it will create in its lifetime.

Wind and solar power are jokes – but they’re much worse than jokes to our environment. Picture 250 million acres of wind turbine forests. Gone will be scenic views, or peaceful land, and in the air, nothing will be flying as millions of birds, raptors, and endangered species will be destroyed. All in the name of protecting the environment.

Meanwhile, if the sun isn’t shining or the wind blowing, no energy is produced. In fact, if the goal is reached and all power is to come from wind and solar, it will supply only about four percent of the energy the nation needs.

Today, the same forces behind the wind and solar scheme are pushing the carbon capture pipeline. The most important food-producing farmland in the nation is about to be confiscated – all under the insane lie of environmental protection.

But here are some scientific facts that you won’t hear from these so-called science experts. Scientists, including Dr. Lee Merritt, an Iowa-based CO2 expert, reports that the earth is actually suffering from a CO2 shortage. The earth needs an average of 1,600 Parts Per Million (PPM) of CO2 in the atmosphere to support us. Currently, we have 410 PPM. In other words, nature is facing a CO2 starvation. Plants – including those we need to feed us — won’t be able to grow.

In addition, the massive deployment of wind and solar farms over thousands of acres may well create the beginnings of a new dust bowel that will destroy even more farmland.

And there is this shocking news. Carbon capture pipelines have now been proven to be major health hazards to people living close to them. A carbon capture pipeline in Mississippi ruptured near the small town of Satartia. A green cloud descended over the town, blocking oxygen and creating a fowl smell. Dozens of people became disoriented, nauseated, and dazed. Many collapsed in their homes. Even car engines shut off, because the also need oxygen to run. Months later, some people are still reporting mental fogginess. And first responders had no idea how to deal with it.

But the drive is on to build more of these dangerous, useless, and totally unnecessary carbon capture pipelines. Private companies like Summit Carbon Solutions and Navigator Co2 Ventures have no real reason to build them except that there is money in the Biden Infrastructure bill offering big bucks.

Opposition across Iowa and other affected states is strong. Public meetings designed to sell the idea are filled with citizens and property owners who stand opposed to the scheme. Many county supervisor boards have written letters to the Iowa Utilities Board (IUB) to express opposition. However, their commitment to a plan to stop it is weak. Some county officials have already surrendered to this tyranny, saying, “There’s not much we can do. It looks like it’s just going to happen.” One newspaper reported that “local governments have no legal power to stop carbon dioxide pipelines.” They are wrong!

And that’s why I went to Iowa and barnstormed the state. The good news is that no land has yet been taken. It’s still in the planning stage. I provided a series of plans on how citizens can organize and make this a very public issue. They don’t have to just accept it! Plus, I gave the elected officials a full game plan for fighting this in local and state government.

First, citizens and their elected representatives must understand that these companies behind the pipeline are private companies They don’t have the power to enforce eminent domain. They must have government force behind them. That’s why they are looking to the Iowa Utilities Board as their ace to give the power to take the land. I have a plan to stop that.

As I spoke directly to county supervisors, I didn’t pull any punches. Frankly, I was appalled that most of the county boards across the state have taken such a weak stand against the pipeline.

One county board had written a letter to the Iowa Utilities Board, pleading with them to not use the power of eminent domain. The letter ended by saying “…we respectfully ask that you refrain from utilizing eminent domain in your pursuits.”

I read that line to them in my public meeting and then shouted “This is how you represent your people? By pleading? Shameful!

I said, “YOU ARE THE BODY DIRECTLY ELECTED BY THE PEOPLE TO PROTECT THEIR RIGHTS…YOU MUST TAKE DIRECT ACTION TO DO THAT!”

I then outlined a plan to win. First, stop taking the coward’s way out by hiding behind an unelected, appointed board that doesn’t represent the people.

Second, I told them to prepare solid legislation that will protect the property rights of those in the path of the pipeline – Then I gave them several examples to choose from. I told them, “Declare your county protected from the pipeline.”

Third, I told them to now reach out to other county boards. Encourage them to take the same action in their county. Then, every county that takes the action must lock arms together and stand firm. In that way, they will create an impenetrable wall around their county and the state that these private companies and appointed boards cannot pierce.

One more piece to the puzzle will assure victory. If they have strong Constitutional Sheriffs that will enforce that property rights legislation, arrest any representatives of these private companies that come on private land to map it and pressure the landowners, that threat will end.

To assure these tactics are used, dedicated local citizens must demand that their elected representatives act. Then the citizens must organize to support them. Working together in that way, community by community, will result in this outrageous carbon capture pipeline never being built!

I must tell you, the response from my audiences was powerful. As I write this, they are now working to build the effective organization I called for. The citizens must do the work to convince their County Board of Supervisors to take these actions. I am now getting reports from the leaders I’ve been working with that this is starting to happen. Opposition is building.

In fact, after I returned home from the trip I was thrilled to receive a report that two counties in South Dakota (Brown and Spink) have just passed moratoriums, blocking any permits or construction on the pipeline!

This is what we can accomplish when we take a strong stand and refuse to buckle under.

© 2022 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: Contact Tom DeWeese

by Lee Duigon

August 11, 2022

I didn’t have much contact with my high school guidance counselor, but I very much doubt he belonged to a criminal street gang. But if I were going to high school in Boston now, I wouldn’t be able to say that with any confidence.

An “academic dean” in the Boston Public School system has pleaded guilty to racketeering. One Shaun Harrison, 63 years old, shot a student. It turns out that Mr. Harrison belonged to the Latin Kings street gang and was using his position in the schools to recruit more members to the gang.

What? Did no one else in that school district know, or at least suspect, that this dean might be of a dubious character? Who interviewed him for the job? Who checked his record? Who voted to hire him? What in the world is a confessed racketeer doing, “helping problem students”? And was he the only one?

Yes, I know it’s a hard story to believe.

And here’s another one.

Inderkum High School, in Sacramento (we’re going coast to coast) had a “teacher” who bragged about having pledged allegiance to Antifa, displayed an Antifa flag in his classroom, along with posters of Mao Tse-tung and other communist all-stars, and proclaimed to the nooze media, “I have 180 days to turn them [his students] into revolutionaries.”

The school board that hired him has now paid him almost $200,000 to resign and go away without a lawsuit. Click the link—you’ve got to see the picture of this guy. *This* is a “teacher”? People go to work, pay their taxes… so they can have this wacko “teach” their children? Like, if Antifa is NOT a criminal or terrorist group, it’s not for want to trying. (Hint: Democrats protect them.)

What were they thinking when they hired him? What teachers’ college prepared him to get a teaching certificate? And they’ve paid him three years’ salary just to get lost!

We ask again: What do the public schools have to do to convince you that they want to break up your family and wreck your country? What have they left undone, that you persist in sending your children there? Ours is the costliest public education system in world history—and this is what it gives us?

And that’s without even mentioning Critical Race Theory, transgender propaganda, and an ongoing campaign by “educators” to groom children for aberrant sex. Here all they’re doing is hiring gangsters and communist fanatics to “educate” America’s children.

How did all these America-hating, family-hating, God-hating weirdos gain control of our education system? But they’ve been working at it for a long, long time. R.J. Rushdoony’s “The Messianic Character of American Education” uses the educators’ own words, and their own actions, to expose them as the termites that they are, gnawing away at the foundations of our country. A hundred years ago it was mostly ivory-tower theorists with crackpot notions—and they were opposed by, of all people, the teachers. But nowadays it’s not only theorists doing all the damage: it’s the teachers’ unions, teachers’ colleges, and state and local school boards, too. All together they’ve transformed our public education system into the travesty that it is today.

There’s no hope of repairing the damage. Our only meaningful response is to remove our children from the public schools. Homeschooling has never been more affordable, more effective, or more efficient than it is now; and it’s getting better all the time. Certainly better, by miles and miles, than anything that public education has to offer.

We don’t need our public education system anymore.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit… before they sic the FBI on us. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Lex Greene

August 11, 2022

The title is the first half of a statement made by President John F. Kennedy (D) at his Inaugural Address on January 20, 1961. The balance of this statement was – “ask what you can do for your country.”

That was sixty-one years ago, and my how things have changed since. Today, democrat voters only ask, even demand, what our government (taxpayers) can do for them. They care not about anything else…Freedom, liberty, and justice for all, be damned. Everything is strictly about voting themselves favors from the government, all of it paid for by taxpayers, and they are obviously willing to even use extreme Nazi-style measures to accomplish the darkest of any heart’s desires.

This anti-American movement, totally at odds with President Kennedy’s call to the people in 1961, was rooted in the USA at least as far back as the early 1900s under the Wilson administration (D) and firmly advanced under FDR (D) between 1933 and 1945. The Marxist ideologies were then adopted by the 60’s peacenik crowd while they were high, and supplanted into their children, later raised by the government in government controlled education. Those peaceniks are often called “professor” today.

There are a few of those old peacenik addicts still around, although they are dying fast from COVID vaccine injury these days. But their children are now one of the biggest problems facing our nation, those between 25-45 years old now. These are the children and grandchildren of the 60s global Marxist generation, led by the likes of Che Guevara and the Weather Underground. Today, these groups are now represented by democrat street militants, Black Lives Matter and ANTIFA.

So, after decades of these groups advancing the “what can the taxpayers do for me” agenda, Kennedy’s statement changes once again.

Instead of asking what our country can do for us, we must now ask…

WHAT CAN OUR COUNTRY DO TO US?

Americans of every political stripe need look no further than what our government has done to our country just since January 2020, with the Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, Barack Obama, Joe Biden, and Kamala Harris Nazi regime and their maniacal psychos in every federal agency, including the US Military – via their purely evil GLOBAL COVID19 RESET.

But if that doesn’t make the hair raise on the neck of every American, the raid on the home of billionaire former President Trump should have you throwing up in your bathroom by now.

Ahead of that raid, the DOJ and FBI had already run numerous other fraudulent fake investigations working in concert with powerful democrats, trying to take down the most popular political figure on earth today, and everyone who supports him. January 6, 2021 rally goers remain in prison as nothing more than political prisoners today, except the two who have recently committed suicide.

Biden’s (Obama’s) DOJ and FBI waited for Trump to be out of town, gave the Trump’s Secret Service detail only 45-minutes advance notice, demanded that all Trump property security cameras be shut down and denied any Trump lawyers to be present during the raid – after Trump and his lawyers had been voluntarily cooperating with officials for month, which at this point, no citizens should ever do. All of this is unconstitutional, illegal, and never done before.

Within hours we find out that it was none other than former Jeffrey Epstein pedophile lawyer, now Federal Judge Bruce Reinhart, believed to have hastily signed off on the Trump raid warrant…likely a pedophile himself, truth be known.

It’s also coming to light that Liz Cheney’s husband is at the law firm defending Hunter Biden, which really pertains to Joe Biden’s international money laundering schemes, so far buried by the DOJ and FBI.

You just can’t make this kind of stuff up! The “swamp” is coming into crystal clear focus.

Now, I have watched as the mindless boobs who believe every lie the leftist politicians and their media ever tell, rage with excitement over what they just saw on their 24/7 anti-Trump TV screen and leftist social media platforms, even openly threatening violence towards the entire nation “if Trump isn’t indicted for something,” whether he has actually done anything illegal or not.

Part of me gets a real kick out of seeing idiot anti-gun folks openly threatening gun-enthusiasts in broad daylight on public social media. The other part of me knows that if any conservative or republican ever did that, Biden’s DOJ and FBI would raid their homes in minutes, as if it were the Trump compound in Florida.

Add to this the knowledge that democrats just rammed through (with no bipartisan support) another $1.3 Trillion spending bill disguised as some inflation reduction act, which includes $80 billion for 87,000 new IRS agents, (a 500% increase) on the heels of spending $700,000 for more IRS weapons and ammo a few weeks earlier, and you’d have to be deaf, dumb, and blind to miss the memo!

I think we can safely say, we get the message loud and clear. Remember what the leftists in power keep telling you? “No one needs weapons of war except the military.” – Except of course, Biden’s (Obama’s) gestapo, once proudly referred to as our US National Security agencies and US Military.

Clearly, the Biden (Obama) regime in power has rapidly and fully weaponized the entire federal authority against the American people…And since no one needs that kind of power unless they are going to war, they are going to war! This time, with us!

Indeed, it’s no longer “Ask not what your country can do for you” or “what you can do for your country” or even “what taxpayers can do for Marxist thugs,” – it’s now, WHAT CAN OUR COUNTRY DO TO US, every American?

Because Americans have been asleep at the wheel for so long and still not ready to make a united stand against tyranny, I suspect we will find out what they can do before November, when democrats are poised to lose political power from sea to sea and border to border.

Think there is anything they are unwilling to do? I don’t… Why would you?

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

August 11, 2022

In 2012, I wrote a 22-part series on “Islam in America” published by News With Views that foretold of honor killings and female genital mutilation in America. All of it occurring from Muslim immigrants that left their 6^th century Middle Eastern countries only to land in America.

Over 300,000 of them landed in Dearborn, Michigan.  More landed in Minneapolis, Minnesota as well as Miami, Florida.  Today, in excess of 4,000,000 of them penetrate every sector of American society where welfare offices feed, clothe and house them.

Today, according to Assistant District Attorney Ed O’Callaghan of the Department of Homeland Security at a White House press conference in October 2018, reported that there are, “…an average of 23 to 27 honor killings in the USA annually and over 500,000 cases of female genital mutilation.”

In other words, they migrated to America for a life of freedom, but continue to practice their 6^th century female killing rituals.  For the record, they practice FGM on girls younger than nine years old.  It’s assault and battery on a child.

Last week, a Muslim man in Texas went on trial for killing his two daughters over 10 years ago. His two sons hid him from police.  He took his two daughters out in his taxi and shot them with nine bullet holes in their bodies because they were dating young boys who weren’t Muslims.

The Daughters Call 911 As They Are Being Shot By Their Father

“In a 911 call presented to a Dallas courtroom this week in the trial against Yaser Abdel Said, who is accused of killing his two daughters in 2008, one of his daughters can be heard frantically telling police, “I’m dying.”

“Help. My dad shot me. I’m dying, I’m dying,” his youngest daughter, Sarah, says in the 911 call. “I’m dying, that’s what’s up.

“She can also be heard repeating, “Stop it, stop it, stop it,” toward the beginning of the call.

“Said, 65, is on trial for capital murder after spending 12 years on the run after allegedly murdering his 17-year-old and 18-year-old daughters in what prosecutors have described as “honor killings” because he did not like that they had boyfriends. He faces an automatic life sentence if convicted because prosecutors are not seeking the death penalty.” (Source: Audrey Conklin, Fox News, August 4, 2022)

If you read my 2009 series, I predicted endless honor killings and female genital mutilation.  Those deadly numbers continue to climb as more Muslims migrate to the USA.  We’ve got a mosque in my tiny town of Golden, CO.

What’s really disturbing stems from the fact that my series totally and completely reported the facts, the actions by Muslims and the deadly consequences. For my  reporting, the Southern Poverty Law Center made me a poster boy by character assassinating me, defamation and outright lies as to my character.  In other words, they wanted to drive me into a corner with fear with their name-calling.  In fact, I lost a paying job with www.CapsWeb.org in California, and the SPLC’s abuse has caused me much distress.  But there is no way to fight back against them. My only defense remains my integrity.

Ironically, the mainstream media will not report on honor killings or FGM here in America in 2022.  You won’t hear it on 60 Minutes, NPR or PBS. Terry Gross won’t touch it or Scott Simon.  It will never be reported on CNN, ABC, NBC or CBS.  Amazingly, you won’t ever hear about it from women’s rights groups.

Mark Twain called it “Silent Assertion” or the “mainstream lie” that everyone knows about, but no one will speak about.

Twain called it ‘the lie of silent assertion that there wasn’t anything going on in which humane and intelligent people were interested. Why should we help the nation lie the whole day long and then object to telling one little individual private lie in our own interest to go to bed on?  Just for the refreshment of it, I mean.  And to take the rancid taste out of our mouth.'”

Twain called it back in 1865, and I’m calling it in 2022.  It’s all a lie by the mainstream media.  They won’t touch it while it’s killing young girls at an average of 25 annually, and over 500,000 cases of FGM—here in the USA.  Even Muslim mothers travel to Detroit to get the procedure done on their daughters.  It’s pretty sickening, but it’s SO covered-up by Muslim families in Muslim-dominated areas like Detroit and Minneapolis.

If you don’t know what FGM entails, I can personally share with you that it is ugly, brutal, bloody, painful, razor blades, life-threatening, sepsis, and the child can never recover her cut-away genital parts. The procedure destroys any chance for a normal intimate life.   As for honor killings, brothers, fathers and uncles kill their women without an ounce of regret.  In fact, the United Nations reported that 20,000 honor killings occur annually in Muslim lands.

Muslims call it “Sharia Law” and for them, it supersedes America’s Constitutional Law.  They have no intention of ever becoming citizens of America, but in fact, expect to continue their conquest until we submit to their Sharia Law.  It’s creeping across America with every Muslim immigrant added.

So, what does that show for America?  Anyone in favor of more immigrants from such backward cultures?  What happens when it’s your daughter?  Why do I ask?  Well, that Muslim Said guy in Texas married an American woman…so it was her two daughters that the Islamic maniac killed.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Servando Gonzalez

August 10, 2022

[Warning: Political satire with a grain of salt. Not for the faint of heart!]

Evidently, conservative Republicans are losing the gender battle. Proof of it is that even conservative sites, radio commentators and media are calling this guy in a Russian jail a woman. Now, why are conservative Republicans losing this key battle? Well, I have a theory. Conservatives are losing this battle because they have no sense of humor. Proof of it is that I have to explicitly tell that this article is a satire for them to understand it.

Traditionally, humor have been the weapon of the underdog to fight tyranny. Why? Because tyrants hate humor, particularly when they are the but o f the jokes. Satire is the second best tool for fighting tyranny. Tyrants and heir sycophants lack a sense of humor.

This explains why tyrants, would-be tyrants and their followers hate and fear satire so much. It seems that the present crisis has awakened the dormant tyrant most of them carry in some hidden corner of their brains, so I hope this article will help you put them where they belong: in the dumpster of society.

One who recently acknowledged the power of humor is Monty Python veteran and award-winning film director Terry Gilliam. In a recent interview, he made fun of the gender-crazy activists and declared he could refer to himself as a “black lesbian.’[1]

So, I am proposing a similar way by which we can give the gender extremists in the U.S. government a taste of their medicine.

A few months ago I had to fill an application for the renewal of my U.S. passport. In accordance with the new norms set by the totalitarian-minded globalists at the U.N. and at home, it included even more personal information than previous applications in accordance to the coming global citizenship required for citizens of the New World Order.

To my utter surprise, however, there was an item of information that has not changed: sex. For the new real-id (whatever that means!) U.S. passport and driver’s license you still are either M (male) or F (female).

This obvious lack of consistency is totally out of sync with the new norms pushed down the throats of the American people by lefties and “progressives.” This lack of consistency must not be tolerated. We either have sex or gender, but not both. This dual standard is alien to the American spirit. One of the things guaranteed by the Constitution is equality for all —even (or particularly) for potential Democratic-voting illegal aliens.

The present state of things shows a total lack of respect for the prevalent mores and norms in today’s America. So, in order to be in tune with the current advances in equality, social justice and inclusiveness in this country, we the people must demand that, as soon as possible, we change the current retrograde, sexist system, an obvious remain of the times of slavery and white supremacism, and instead of sex, all official documents, birth and marriage certificates, driver’s licenses, passports, social security IDs, and all other forms of identification must show the person’s gender.[2]

So, instead of the pernicious, non-inclusive, M (male) or F (female), I propose using the more inclusive system I am detailing below:

HM (heterosexual male) / HF (heterosexual female)
MH (male homosexual) / MG (male gay)[3] / BG (butch gay) / FG (femme gay)
ML (male lesbian) / BL (butch lesbian) / FM (femme lesbian)
TM (transgender male) / TF (transgender female)
MB (male bisexual) / HB (homosexual bisexual) GB (gay bisexual)
FB (female bisexual) / BB (butch bisexual) /
MP (male pansexual) / FP (female pansexual)
MA (male asexual) / FA (female asexual)

I know that the system I am proposing may initially create some problems, but we need to advance with our new times. That is what progressivism is all about. Even more, there is an enormous practical advantage we will gain by switching to gender instead of the old-fashioned, reactionary sex classifications.

Currently, with our imperfect, out of date sexist system we are missing important statistical information that should be faithfully recorded. So, instead of the police reporting that the serial killer was a man, after the change to genders we will know that he was actually a BG. Or that the young woman who shot in cold blood her own parents because they didn’t approve her lifestyle was actually a ML. Or that some notorious serial killers were MG. Or that the woman who still is thinking about running again for the presidency of the United States is actually a BL. Or that two previous U.S. presidents were actually MH[4] and the wife of the second one is actually a TM.

The new innovative system of identification based on gender, not old-fashioned sex, will render many other advantages, Among them, we may know that most of the women marching on the streets in support of abortion rights are actually BL. We may discover also that, despite the fact that BL constitute less than 2 percent of the U.S. population, they represent close to 30 percent of the teachers in our public schools and close to 20 percent of the TSA screeners in U.S. airports.

If one is to believe the Me Too movement, all sexual harassers are HM. But, how if after applying the more inclusive classification I am proposing we discover that most sexual harassers are actually MG and BL?

We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in our police force, our military, the U.S. Congress and the Courts, including the Supreme Court. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in the U.S. mainstream media, in Hollywood and the music industry. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL in organizations such as the Southern Poverty Law Center and the fascist Antifa. We will finally know how large is the percent of MG, BG, and BL among members of the Council on Foreign Relatons.

In order to get the necessary information to support or deny the previous assumptions, the U.S. Census Bureau must change its current standards. The forthcoming U.S. Census must be changed to stop classifying individuals according to their sex and retrieve information according the new gender classifications.

In Orwell’s Animal Farm, all animals were equal, but some animals were more equal than others. We must not allow this to happen in today’s equalitarian, democratic, socialist America. We must demand equal treatment for all.

We must put the gendericists feet to the fire they themselves have created to drive us mad. Well, let’s see how they love it when we turn the fire against them. He who laughs later laughs the better.

Tell your Democratic friends to send letters or call their Democratic senators and representatives in Congress demanding this necessary change in America. The current system of dividing people into categories of sex, which is nothing but a social construct to favor the rich, the powerful and the reactionary conservatives, must be changed.

The sooner the better.

We, the American people deserve it!

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

1. See “Cult Director Lambasts Cancel Culture,” Russia Today, August 5, 2022,

2. People must be reminded that lying about your personal information on an official form is a felony punishable by law. So, either we change this retrograde way of represent ourselves of many of us will be selected for a free trip to enjoy the beautiful beaches in Guantanamo Bay.

3. Contrary to what gay activists want us to think, gay and homosexual are not synonyms but denote two quite different things. This is perhaps the best-kept secret of the gay movement. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order (Oakland, California: Spooks Books, 2010), pp. 236-241.

4. Obama’s sexual preferences are well known. For George W. Bush’s sexual preferences see Alang Stang, Not Holier Than Thou: How Queer is Bush?